The URL can be used to link to this page

WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO. 2 - CONTRACT 1 - REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT - 10-0039-UT-A' ' � � � i 1 1 t ' ' ' ' ' ' � 1 ' r WATER TREATMENT PLANT N�. 2- CONTRACT 1: REMOTE V�IELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT 10-0039-UT-(A) � � � � U CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared For: City of Clearwater Engineering Department 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 Issue for Bid December 2012 A� ' CERTIFICATE OF LI�ABIL�TY INSURANCE DAO�:I�o,�20� THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HGYLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THF POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AI�THORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the poiicy�ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certiflcate dces not confer rights to the certiflcate holder in lieu of such endo►sement�s). PRODUCER phone: (813)988-1234 Fax; (813)988-0989 CONTACT Trac ASSOCIATES AGENCY, INC. "o"E g13 988-1234 F'4'� (813) 988-0989 PO BOX 16190 ac No e�n :� ) No : _ E-MAIL trac associatesins.com 11470 N. 53RD ST. nooRess: Y@ _ PROWCER �956 TEMPLE TERRACE FL 33687 CUSTOMER ID: INSURED SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES INC. P.O. BOX 274045 TAMPA FL 33688 Agency Lic#_L062850 _ INSURER�S► AFFORDING COVERAGE NAI iNSUReRn : OWNERS INSURANCE CO. 32700 iNSUReRe : AUTO OWNERS INSURANCE CO. 18988 �n,suRERC : Meadowbrook Insurance Co. I INSURER E : � INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 274184 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLIC'� PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WIHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE: TERMS, INSR TypE OF INSURANCE ADD'L SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY E%P lTR INSR uWD POLICY NUMBER MnvDDiYnrv MMND LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY 20709632 07/01N2 07/07/13 EACHOCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGE TO RENTED $OO,OOO PREMISES Ea occumnce $ CLAIMS-MADE I� OCCUR MED. EXP (Any one person) g 70 ��0 � PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 'I,OOO,OOO GENERALAGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ i3OOO,OOO POLICY � PRO- LOC $ B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 4142994900 07/01/12 07/01/13 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 X ANY AUTO (Ea accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) g ALL OWNED AUTOS - BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ SCHEDULED AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE $ � X HIRED AUTOS (Per accident) X NON-OWNED AUTOS g $ B X UMBRELLA uae X pccuR 4346231701 07/01/12 07/01/13 EACH OCCURRENCE g 5,000,000 exCESS Une CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ S,OOO,OOO DEDUCTIBLE $ X RETENTION $ $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION WC0732469 07/01/12 07/01/13 X WCSTATU- p7�{ AND EMPLOVERS' LIABIUTY ,� � N TORY LIMITS $ IANY PROPRIETORIPARTNERIEXECUTIVE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ SOO�OOO OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED9 I� N/ A -- �Mandatory in NH� E.L. OISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ .50��0� n yes, descriee unaer - . DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ SOO,OOO DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 107, Additional Remarics Schedule, if more space is raquired) Re: Water Treatment Plant No. 2- Contract 1-Remote Well Facilities Expansion project 10-0039-UT (A) The City of Clearwater is an additional insured. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Ste 210 Clearwater, FL 33756 Attention: SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELIEiD BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE The ACORD name and logo are registered � j�r,�`� „�/�.t'�`—�" i��'�' Mike Roc,J�rs��—�-�s" .� � �� ,� 7� lJ � �� LJ � , � ' ' ' .� � � WATER TREATMENT PLANT N0. 2- CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FAClLITIES EXPANSION PROJECT CONTRACT NO.: 10-0039-UT-A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATlONS ISSUE CERTIFICATIONS � RE15S ENGINEERING, INC. CONSUL7ING ENpNEERS 1Q16 SPRING VILLAS PT. WINTER SPRINGS, TLORIDA 32708 TEL: (407) 674-5358 Fr1X: (407} 679-5003 DEMOL{710N CIVlL MECHANICAL Mark K. Warsham, P.E. Florida P.E. No. 63729 Reiss Engineerinq, Inc. Certificote of Autharization No. 8181 1�16 5prings �llos Pt. Winter Springs, FL 32708 STRUCTURA� Glenn W. Dunkelberger, P.E, Florido P.E. No. 38310 Reiss Engineering, Inc. Certiticote of Authorization Na. 8i81 1016 Springs Villas Pt., Winter Springs, FL 32708 �" ��°�� .� � ��' �� ,� �� Q. +,....d..r� ,�°� '� y�� p ./ � �� 9 a'� `" �'° � °' �. ' �� ry>e�` �yj � � m .qy p� V 1��y �!J, p 4 � T �� JV \J7 �s � r � • � o s °`� �`• � �m �� ;w , �� `�, p�+�b1�Y�t��d �t �.,�a ��,��l�� ,�� y�,��'�yji DUN��j��1%� \a��,�, ��c��►a �F��,,�.F � ,,� y. �, �. .. C9 , ` 3� � , NC?.3 ; � * e � � � �,�� — . �q t ST �" O + ` �. .'�i �i �• :(/ � ''�l��,� ,, •+ �P. �°►"�'�`•� _ � �, �° NAL. � '�'�\ �� 11�11�� t , + WATER TREATMENT PLANT N0. 2- CONTRACT i: REMOTE WELL FACILlTIES EXPANSION PROJECT CONTRACT Nd.: 10-0039-UT-A TECHNICAL SPEClFICATIONS lSSUE CERTIFICATIONS EMI CONSULTING SPECIALTtES, tNC. 5742 RtYER BED ROAD, GROVELAND, FLORIDA 34736 ELECTRICAL EMI CONSUL.TING SPECIAI.Tf�S, tNC. WilEard C. Hoar�shelt, P.E. Florido P.E. No. 42593 EMI Consulfing Specialties, Inc. Certificote of Autharization No. 6160 5742 River Bed Road Grovelond, FL 34735 �`*`�� `� ••H�� r', 6 ��+��4e��,..�� d� . � ,. � °. �� ` �/ �j R�asy, �°. � � � � r" �, r �� `�` «,.�4 Z7-9 � �� ,..ar .�� ; . _ � f � �� : �k :"�°• S7ATE Q� :� ° � C��,, �� . � „ '° 4 r,s,f � °• � (� � � ,Q �, "'��„�o� y�°'e�� t11 A L. ��'``� trt"�re 1 ' ' , ' � , � ' ' , , ' ' ' , j 1 r WATER TREATMENT PLANT N0. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT CONTRACT NO.: 10-0039—UT—A TECHN{CAL SPECIFICATIONS ISSUE CERTIFICATIONS HDR Engineering, inc. 2202 N. West Shore Bivd„ Suite 250 � Tampa, FL 33607 INSTRUMENTATION & C�NTROLS HDR ENGINEERlNG, INC. Kathleen Buechler, P.E. Florida P.E. No. 66725 HDR Engineering, lnc. Certificate of Authorization No. 4213 5426 Boy Center Dr., Suite 400 Tampo, FL 33fi09-3444 � , � � � i , � ' � ' � , , � � � ' r CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA WATER TREATMENT PLANT No. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJ ECT - 10-0039-UT-(A) SECTION I SECTION II TABLE OF CONTENTS ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX SECTION V Well_Cover2 ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer Prepared By: Reiss Engineering, Inc. Project #: 102006 Page II � oi� oi2oos � , � � ' � ' ' � , , � � � ' � `� SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS WATER TREATMENT PLANT No. 2-CONTRACT l: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT -10-0039-UT-(A) CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the Ciry of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: wvwv.myClearwater.comlcityprojects, ON Monday, December 17, 2012, unti) no later than close of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of the construction of twelve (12) new remote well facilities and rehabilitation of four (4) existing remote well facilities. MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held at 10 AM on Tuesday, January 8, 2013. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3�d Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520, until 1:30 P.M. on Thursday, January 31, 2013, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for Water Treatment Plant No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A). A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre-qualified Contractors in the construction category of Well Construction with a minimum pre-qualification amount of $2,000,000. Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weekslten (10) workdays prior to the bid opening date. ' A] 0% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City of Clearwater, Florida Michael Murray, Purchasing Manager (727) 562-4633 � 2-Sectionl.doc Page 1 of I 7/23/2012 ' , r � � , � ' � ' , ' r � , LJ I 1 1 � SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents: 1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS .......................................................................... 1 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................................. 1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE ................................. 1 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2 5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND .................................................................................... 3 6 CONTRACT TIME .......................................................................................................... 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................. 3 8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 3 9 SUBCONTRACTORS ......................................................................................................3 10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM ................................................................................................. 4 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 4 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5 13 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 5 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .............................................................................. 5 15 OPENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 5 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... 7 19 BID PROTEST .................................................................................................................. 7 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. 9 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES ....................................................................................... 9 SectionIl.doc i 4/3/2012 ' �I � C ' ' Section ll — Instructions to Bidders COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room — website address: www.myclearwater.com/cityprojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non-refundable. A complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. � 1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. J � , ' ' ' � ' ' ' � , � 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction ofthe City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre- qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); I00 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. Pre-Qualification requirements information is also available on City of Clearwater Website at address: www.mvclearwater.com/ o� v/depts/pwa/en�in/Construction/prequal.asp. Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical Sectionll.doc Page 1 of 9 4/3/2012 Section ll— Instructions to Bidders conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.S Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explarations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are suff3cient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent ofthe Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, by the City's planroom to all parties recorded by the City's planroom as planholders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified at the pre-bid meeting prior to the date for opening of Sectionll.doc Page 2 of 9 ' ' r ' r-, L: � ' , , CJ � ' ' � CJ ' � 4/3/2012 , ' ' ' ' 4.2 ' , ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' 5 Section 11— Instructions to Bidders Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. � =3� ��►��:, � r�� T=3 � �� =��1�� S.l Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (l 0%) of the Bidder's m�imum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. lf the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid opening. 53 s 6. l 7 7.1 8 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. CONTRACT TIME The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application far its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. ' 9 SUBCONTRACTORS � ' ' 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the SectionlI.doc Page 3 of 9 4/3/2012 9.2 10 Section ll— Instructions to Bidders Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. I =� I �717:Z�1�� • : ► i ] 0.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the pians or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shali produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4 11 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or befare the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5"xll" manila envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and Sectionll.doc Page 4 of 9 4/3/2012 ' , ' ' , , CJ , ' ' ' ' ' , , ' �9 , , ' ' � , L. ' � ' ' ' , ' C_J � � � ' � � , , � Section ll— Instructions to Bidders addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. 12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may he withdrawn or modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15 OPENING OF BIDS I5.1 16 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SectionIl.doc Page 5 of 9 4/3/2012 Section ll— Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 163 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales ta�c and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section llI — General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (l ) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. SectionlI.doc Page 6 of 9 , r r ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � �I � , ' 4/3/2012 , , � � , ' ' Section 11 — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. 1 certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. � Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. �J , , , ' ' i ' ' I� �J ' , 182 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or. not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. l 83 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation far bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening ar the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maYimum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite , Sectionll.doc L Page 7 of 9 4/3/2012 Section ll — Instructions to Bidders specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. 1"he City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3 PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. lf either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURtNG PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest ofthe City. Sectionll.doc Page 8 of 9 ' ' � � , ' ' , � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , 4/3/2012 ' ' � I�i ' , Section 11 — Instructions to Bidders 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s l 926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. � 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES � ' ' �� , ' , ' ' ' ' ' 21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater En in� eerin� Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction-related Best Management Practices. References EPA website � Sectionll.aoc ' Page 9 of 9 4/3/201 Z ' i� � Table of Contents: , 1 DEFINITIONS........ � � � SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS ............................................................ 1 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ........................................................................................... 5 2.1 DELNERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ............................ 5 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................ 5 23 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THEPROJECT ................................................................................................................ 5 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................... 5 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ........................................................................ 6 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS ................................................................................................6 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ............................................................. �, 3.1 INTENT ............................................................................................................... 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES ...................................... � , ' , � � j� �, � ' � � �I 7 .. 7 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS .................................................................................................... 8 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ......................................................................................... 8 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................ 8 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... 8 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS .................................................................................................... 9 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 9 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND ............................... 9 5.2 INSURANCE ................................................................................................................... 9 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE ......................................................... 10 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITYAND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE ............................ 10 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE A UTOMOBILE LIABILITY .................................................... 11 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. 12 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 12 6.l SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 12 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 13 63 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. l4 6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS .................................................. 14 6.5 USE OF PREMISES ...................................................................................................... 15 6.5.1 STAGINGAREAS ....................................................................................................15 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS ................................................................................ 1 S 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 16 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... 16 6.8 PERMITS .......................................................................................................................17 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ..................................................................................... l 7 6.10 EMERGENCIES ............................................................................................................18 6.11 DRAWINGS ..................................................................................................................18 Sectionlll.doc i 7/31 /2012 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFls, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW......... 6.1 I. 2 AS-B UILT DRA WINGS ............. ..................................... ................... ........ 6.11.3 CAD ST.4NDARDS .................................................................................... 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES.• ..................................................................................... 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE............ 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ......................................................................... 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION ..................................................................................... 6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION .......................... ...._....... 18 ............ 19 ............ 21 ............ 23 ............ 23 ............ 23 ............ 24 ............ 24 7 OTHER WORK .............................................................................................................. 24 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ........................................................................................ 24 7.2 COORDINATION ......................................................................................................... 25 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY ...................................................................................... 25 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............. 25 9.1 9.2 93 9.4 9.5 9.6 10 11 I l.l 1 l .2 11.3 12 13 14 13.1 l 3.2 13.3 l 3.4 13.5 13.6 13.7 14.1 14.2 l 4.3 14.4 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ...................................................................... CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................... REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................... SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS ..................... DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................... LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES ...... 25 ...... 26 ...... 26 ...... 26 ...... 26 ...... 27 CHANGES IN THE WORK .......................................................................................... 28 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................... 28 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .................................................................... 28 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 30 UNITPRICE WORK .................................................................................................... 30 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 31 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OFDEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................................... 31 TESTS AND INSPECTION .......................................................................................... 31 UNCOVERiNGTHE WORK ....................................................................................... 32 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK ....................................... 32 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................ 33 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 33 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ................................................................... 33 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 34 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 34 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 34 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ............................................................... 35 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 35 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 36 FINAL1NSPECTION ................................................................................................... 37 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 37 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................... 37 WAIVEROF CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 38 Sectionlll.doc w 7/31/2012 ' �� _� �� ` �, ; � � 11 � � ' ' LJ � � , i ' ' � ' ' ' ' � ' � ' ' CJ ' ' � ' ' ' , , � 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 38 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ...................................................................... 38 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE ...................................................................................... 38 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ........................................... 40 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION .............................................................................................. 40 17 MISCELLANEOUS ....................................................................................................... 40 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 40 17.2 GIVING NOTICE .......................................................................................................... 40 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM ..................................................................................................... 41 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 41 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................. 41 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION .................................................................................................... 41 17.7 ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS ................................................. 4l 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................................. 41 19 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 41 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................................... 42 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION ....................................................... 42 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION .......................... 42 22.1 GENERAL .....................................................................................................................42 22.2 EXAMPLE .....................................................................................................................42 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ............................................................................ 43 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ............................................................................................... 43 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE ................................................. 43 23.3 FIXED SIGN ................................................................................................................. 44 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS ...................................................................................................... 44 23.5 SIGN COLORING ......................................................................................................... 44 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT ..................................................................................................... 44 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................ 44 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN .......................................................................................... 45 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................. 45 25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM ..................................................................... 46 SectionlIl.doc iii 7/31/2012 iI� ' ' ' ' � ' ' ' � � � , ' , i� �I �' � ' ' Section 111— General Conditions 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct ar change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding Sectionlll.doc Page 1 of49 7/31/2012 Section lil — General Conditions contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents}, Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Corrtractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day oftwenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents ar does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final paym ent. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent SectionIll.doc Page 2 of 49 7/31 /2012 LJ ' , ' , � , , ' � l� ' � ' li � i � ' ' , ' ' � �� , Section lll — General Conditions professional associate ar consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.O.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations , Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens ' Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. 1 Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. � ' ' , ' Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person � Project ' A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. ' SectionIIl.doc ' Page 3 of 49 7/31 /20 ] 2 Section ll l— General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractar to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereo� which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Suppl ier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractar. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. SectionlIl.doc Page 4 of 49 7/31 /2012 ' , , � ' � ' ' , � � � � ' ' � , � � ' ' ' � ' Section Ill — General Condiiions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work ' The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the ' construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive � A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be , performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued � Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. , 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS ' � , ' 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor ' shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. � ' , 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable SectionlIl.doc Page 5 of 49 7/31/2012 Section lll — General Conditions field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof ar should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule ofthe Work and general Contract procedures. Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering Department to the Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, the preconstruction conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction Manager. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of construction stakeout and as-built survey. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification. 2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. r-, �J , � � , ' , � � � ' ' i � , � SectionIll.doc Page 6 of 49 7/31 /2012 , , � , ' ' ' ' �_ � ' ' � , � i , , �, I� J , ' , Section 11I — General Conditions 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereo� to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractar discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. SectionIll.doc Page 7 of 49 7/31/2012 4 Section ltl — General Conditions AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements far permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface ar latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of a11 such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. r-, f1, �J � C� � � ' ' , 1 � � � , � ' ' ' SectionIll.doc Page 8 of 49 7/31/2012 � ' ! r � ' ' ' , � Section Il l— General Conditions 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor sha11 report to Engineer whenever any reference point is tost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND , Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after ' the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the ' Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, , Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such , language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to � do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. ' ' � LJ I 5.2 INSURANCE Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disabi}ity benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily SectionIll.doc Page 9 of 49 7/3]/2012 Section 111— General Conditions injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v) Claims far damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: SectionIll.doc Page 10of49 7/31/2012 � , � � � I � � L�� l� ' ' � LJ 'J � � � ' ' � J � J 1 � � u ' � ' Section 11I — General Conditions Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $],000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate , 5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 1 ' � � ' ' , , � ' ' including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles: Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $ ] ,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractar's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from Owner. Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer. For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. SectionIIl.doc Page ll of49 7/31/2012 Section ill — General Conditions 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniyues, seyuences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractar shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed Sectionlll.doc Page 12of49 7/31/2012 ' � LJ � , � ' � ' CJ � � ' � , ' , , , , , ' ' , LJ Section Ill — General Conditions from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $60.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary , accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. � , � ' � ' � 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all wark at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Reyuirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and ' conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. , ' LJ ' The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. SectionIll.doc Page 13 of49 7/31/2012 Section 111— General Conditions 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name;of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier ar other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the wark under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. Sectionlll.doc Page 14 of 49 7/31/2012 ' ' ' ' C� � ' ' LJ � 1 � ' ' ' L�J �� C ' , ' ' Section 111— General Conditions All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. � Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person , or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. ' , ' � � ' � ' , � � , � Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the starage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, ar to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of al] staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: ' Sectionlll.doc � Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. Page 15 of 49 7/31/2012 Section ]11 — General Conditions • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Sod must be restored within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitaring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeiand Security E-Verify System to verify employment eligibility. ' ' , r , � ' , � � CJ � lJ ' � ' � SectionIIl.doc Page 16 of 49 7/31 /2012 , ' , ' � , , ' , , ' ' 1 ' , , ' ' Section Ill — General Conditions 6.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Wark and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in starage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractar. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffc due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having , jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when ' Sectionlll.doc Page 17 of 49 7/31/2012 1 Section 111 — General Conditions prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or autharization from Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal tog as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The SectionllI.doc Page 18 of 49 ' , ' , , ' � L , � ' ' ' � , ' , �J 7/31/2012 , L_J ' ' ' , , , ' 'J ' ' Section Ill —General Conditions Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. , Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in arder to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a , number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and � Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work � completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. , 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order , and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, ' including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not ' Sectionll l.doc Page 19 of 49 7/31 /2012 II I LJ Section lll — General Conditions indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter SJ-17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. SJ-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also knonw as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As-Built Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction L__,I'' ' ' ' � �J � � II ,� , ' ' � ' � � I � � � , Sectionlll.doc Page ZO of49 7/31/2012 ' ' � J ' , , �' � ' ' ' � ' , ' � ' �� ' Section III — General Conditions plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additiona) conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of l 983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of ineasurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6 Standards The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J-17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than l00 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As-Built drawings shali reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and uniTs of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1 Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix ' sect;onllI.doc � Page 21 of 49 7/31 /2012 6.' Section l ll — General Conditions 11.3.1.2 La er Namin Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as reyuired, using above format. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. Sectionlll.doc Page 22 of 49 �,3�,ZO�2 r ' � ' ' ' � II '� J Section Ill — General Conditions All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008 times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text height of .Ol 0 times the plot scale. 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: The as-built survey shall be produced on ' approved otherwise. The consultant shall file formats include: DWG, of a shape file. ' , ' � ' ' ' � ' l_.J , CJ ' bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of l"=20' unless deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahony(�a,�nyClearwater.com. 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Wark will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Wark, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. Sectionlil.doc Page 23 of49 7/31/2012 Section 111— General Conditions 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itsel fl, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. 6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 7 OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right perform work as necessary related to the project or not. these purposes. Sectionlll.doc to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for Page 24 of 49 ' ' , , , ij ; ' LJ ' � ' ' ' ' , � � ' 7/31 /2012 ' ' , � ' ' Section Ill — General Conditions The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2 COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, � the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be ' itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. � , ' � ' �'I ,, i' � LJ 8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractar through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING � CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE � ' ' � � _I Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. Sectionlll.doc Page 25 of49 7/31/2012 Sec[ion lll — General Conditions 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price ar the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative ar the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Wark is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time far the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's ' ' I� �� ' � � � � � �, ' � 1J ' � � �� SectionIII.doc Page 26 of 49 7/31/2012 � ' ' ' ' ' , ' Section ]ll — General Conditions written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the ' Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any ' exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. ' ' ' � ' LJ ' 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority ov.er or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying � documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the ' requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. ' ' The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. Sectionlll.doc Page 27 of 49 7/31/2012 Sectio�� IIl — General Conditions 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Wark Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Wark. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is reyuired by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) SectionIIl.doc Page 28 of 49 7/31/2012 � ' 1 , ' ' ' � � � ' � ' ' � � ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' � , ' ' ' �J � � , ' Section I ll— General Conditions after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 2. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor-owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. ' A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (l 5%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). � SectionIII.doc � B. A fixed fee of ten percent (l 0%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. Page 29 of 49 7/31/2012 Sec[ion lll — General Conditions C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4 The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other genera) expense. 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Wark are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractar's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. SectionIII.doc Page 30 of 49 ' ' l� C' , ' � ' � �J IJ �I�� ' ' , 7/31 /2012 � � 1 , Section 1ll — General Conditions 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME � The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's ' Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of , , , , ' �J , C� � ' ' �' � � i the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are ofthe essence ofthe Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay heyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Wark. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, ar(ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God ar acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these SectionlII.doc Page 31 of 49 7l31/2012 Section III — General Conditions inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction reyuire any Work (or part thereo� specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or eyuipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in yuestion, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been ' ' � ' � ��'�� L� ' C , ' �J � � , � � � SectionlIl.doc Page 32 of 49 7/31/2012 � ' , 1 , � Section ll 1— General Conditions eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK , If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with � Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). , 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may , be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Wark is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in ' accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of � others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and ' all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. , � � � �� , In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree SectionIII.doc Page 33 of 49 7/31/2012 Section 111— General Conditions as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be Owner. 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK as provided in article for Owner Representative's paid by Contractor to the If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, ar if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair ar replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Wark. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and eyuipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as-built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and ' �I ��I ' L� r--, �' f� �. ' ' � � ' � � � � � SectionIlI.doc Page 34 of 49 7/31/2012 , ' � ,i � ' CJ ' Section 111— General Conditions acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as-built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. , In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have , been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. I 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ' Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a , conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner I harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. � Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid � bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, � whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the � Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. � C9 � � ' 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. SectionIIl.doc Page 35 of 49 7/31/2012 Section lll — General Conditions In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subseyuently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Wark to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and accessthereto. SectiontIl.doc Page 36 of 49 7l31/2012 C� ' ' ��, � ' r ' ' � � LJ � � L: � � , 1 u ' ' � � , , � � , � ' � C� � , i � � � Section Ill — General Conditions 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and lnsurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and SectionIII.doc Page 37 of 49 7/31l2012 Section 111 — General Conditions accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Wark is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work ar any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Sectionlll.doc Page 38 of 49 7/31/2012 , ' � C� [J � � � � L _� ' � , r, � � L� � � 1 � � ' � , Section 111— General Conditions Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractar (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. � If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractar shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by ' Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. � Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not ' release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, , without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. ln such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract � Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; , J r ' � � 1 for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of ar resulting from such termination. SectionIIl.doc Page 39 of 49 7/31 /2012 Section 111— General Conditions 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or reyuired to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. � t__; � � ' L� � � � CJ ' , , LJ � � , SectionlII.doc Page 40 of49 7/31/2012 ! ' ' � Section ll l— General Conditions 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM � Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to � the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. , 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in ' each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. , , � � ' ' ' I � , � , �J � 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the ContractorNendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7 ROLL-OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll-off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal needs. Far availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, phone: (727) 562-4923 or email: Michael.Pryor(�a,m yC 1 earwater.com . 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19 MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. SectionIII.doc Page41 of49 7/31/2012 Section Ill — General Conditions 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. See SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION for ODP items included in the Contract Documents and the APPENDIX for ODP Documents. 22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500-foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-'/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inyuiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE CITY SEAL SectionIII.doc Page 42 of 49 7/31 /2012 � � � � , , �� , � , � , , � � � , � � ' r r � ' , , � r L' � � , � Section III — General Conditions Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) T'he construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any partiCtalar item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public � funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractar is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active , work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 — SCOPE DESCRIPTION. � � , � 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. SectionIII.doc Page 43 of 49 7/31/2012 Section III — General Conditions 23.3 FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4-foot by 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24-inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080- inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5 SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. ' r � � ' ' , � r ' � ' � � � � � SectionIII.doc Page 44 of 49 7/31/2012 , � ' � Section IIi - General Conditions 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN r r 0 � ' 1 ' � ' ' ' C� � � � ' , � PROJECT NAME (CONTRACT NUMBER) (DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT ��-� CONTRACTOR: � COMPLETION DATE: . __ . __ FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: � -- °��,rwater U ' �- -- - 4 ' � _--L- � - - I I i j I. __ r _ _L 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be reyuired that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar davs as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the SectionIII.doc Page 45 of 49 7/31l2012 Section Ill — General Conditions Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (l ) year from the date of fina] acceptance. 25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non-responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case-by-case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): SectionIIl.doc 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. Page 46 of 49 �� r � L� r C _J r ' r � , � , , � � 7l31l2012 , ' ' ' � Section Ill — General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: � 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. � 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. ' 4. T'he company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. ' Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the , above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies ' as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. ' , � `� � ' � � r , SectionIIl.doc Page 47 of49 7/31/2012 ' Section Ill — General Conditions SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM THIS FORM MZ/ST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. Sectionlll.doc Authorized Signature Printed Name Title Name of Entity/Corporation Page 48 of 49 , � � ' ' ' , � ' � �� J � �I �� , , ' u 7/31/2012 , � � ' ' ' , 1 , ' ' , ' , ' ' r � � � � ' Section lll — Ge�eral Conditions STATE OF COUNTY OF The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this day of , 201_, by (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the (title) of (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did/did not take an oath. NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SectionIlI.doc Notary Public Printed Name My Commission Expires: Page 49 of 49 7/31/2012 , ' SECTION IV � TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ' ' �I � , ' r ' ' � r ' �� , , � Table of Contents: SECTIONIV .................................................................................................................................. i TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................... i 1 SCOPE OF WORK ........................................................................................................... 1 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. l l.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST .................................................................................. 2 2 FIELD ENGINEERING .................................................................................................. 3 2.l LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............... 3 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS ............................................................................. 3 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA ....................................................................................................... 4 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY ................................. 4 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS ............................................................................................... 4 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS ......................................................................................... 4 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS ........................................................................... 4 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ................................................................ 6 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK .......................................................... 6 6 CONCRETE ......................................................................................................................7 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK .......................................... 7 7.1 EXCAVATION ................................................................................................................7 7.2 FORMS ...........................................................................................................................7 8 REINFORCEMENT .........................................................................................................8 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................... 8 9 OBSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................8 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT ............................................................................................ 8 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS .................................................................. 9 12 DEWATERING .................................................................................................................9 12.1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................... 9 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 10 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL ................................................................................... 10 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROMANYNON-CONTAMINATED SITEACTIVITY ........................... 10 13 SANITARY MANHOLES .............................................................................................. 12 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .......................................................................................................... 12 13.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 13 5-SectionlV.doc i 5/15/2012 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) ........................................ 13 13.3 DROP MANHOLES ..................................................................................................... 13 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 13 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS .............................................................................................. 14 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................. l4 14 BACKFILL ......................................................................................................................14 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC . .......................................................................................14 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUC TURE 5 ................................................................................................................ 14 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. l 5 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL .....................................................................15 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... l5 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. l 5 18 UNDERDRAINS .............................................................................................................15 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... l6 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 16 19 STORM SEWERS .......................................................................................................... 16 19.1 AS BUILT 1NFORMATION ......................................................................................... l6 19.2 TESTING ...................................................................................................................... l 6 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 17 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS .............................................................. 17 20.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 17 20.1.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ......................................................•--�----.......................... 17 20.1.2 FORCEMAINPIPE .............................................................................................17 20.2 INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................... 17 20.2.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE---�-��--� .............................................................................. 17 20.2.2 FORCEMAINPIPE ...............�----.........................................................................18 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................... 18 20.4 TESTING ......................................................................................................................18 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITYSEWERS ........................................................................ 18 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS ....................................�---...................................... 19 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...................................................•••.......................................-••• l9 20.5.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ..............�-�---.................................................................... 19 20.5.2 FORCEMAINPIPE .............................................................................................19 21 DRAINAGE .....................................................................................................................19 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE .......................................................................... 19 22.1 BASE ............................................................................................................................ 19 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ................... 21 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ............................... 21 22.2 SUBGRADE ................................................................................................................. 21 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ................................................................................ 22 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................ 22 5-SectionlV.doc ii 5/15/2012 , � i ' , � , � LJ � LJ ' , r , � ._ � ' ' � ' , LJ ' ' � �I � , ' , ' ' , r, il � �J � , �� ' 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ................................................................... 22 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ........................................................................................... 22 23.1.1 AGGREGATE ........................................................................................................22 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS ................................................................................. 22 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITYASSURANCE ............................................................................................ 22 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES .................................................................... 23 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ............................... 23 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 24 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .............................................................. 24 23.6.1 CRACKS ................................................................................................................24 23.6.2 POTHOLES ...........................................................................................................24 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ............................................................................... 25 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................ 25 23.9 SUPERPAVEASPHALTIC CONCRETE ....................................................................26 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 26 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 26 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .................................. 27 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 27 25.1 IRRIGATION ................................................................................................................ 27 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION .....................................................................................................27 25.1.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................................29 25.1.3 EXECUTION .........................................................................................................33 25.2 LANDSCAPE ...............................................................................................................36 25.2.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................36 25.2.2 PRODUCTS ..........................................................................................................41 25.2.3 EXECUTION ......................................................................................................... 44 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING ................................................... 51 26. l INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 51 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 51 26.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 51 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION .................................................................... 52 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 52 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 53 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 53 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 53 26.9 PAYMENT ....................................................................................................................53 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ........................................................................................... 53 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 54 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...............................................................•-••.............................. 54 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 54 29 CONCRETE CURBS ..................................................................................................... 54 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 54 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 54 5-Sectionl V.doc iii 5l15/2012 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRNEWAYS ......................................................... 54 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS .......................................................................................... 54 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ......................................................................................... 55 303 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 55 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 55 31 SODDING ........................................................................................................................55 , ' ' ' 32 SEEDING .........................................................................................................................56 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM , STRUC TURE 5 ................................................................................................................ 56 34 35 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 56 33.2 PRECAST TYPE ...................... 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 57 MATERIALUSED ......................................................................................................... 57 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ...................................... 57 36 STREET SIGNS .............................................................................................................. 57 37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS .................................................. 57 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING ................................ 57 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING ................................................... 57 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ....................................................................... 58 37.4 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 58 37.5 RECORDED 1NFORMATION, AUDIO ...................................................................... 58 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ....................................................................... 58 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ............................................................................................ 58 37.8 LIGHTING ................................................................................................................... 59 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL .................................................................................................... 59 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX ................................................................................................... 59 3711 AREA OF COVERAGE .-• ............................................................................................ 59 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES ................................................................................... 59 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ................................................................... 59 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. 59 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 60 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 60 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES ........................................................................ 60 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS ....................................................................................... 60 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 60 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 61 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 61 38.9 MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................... 61 38.10 COMPLIANCE .............................................................................................................61 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING ................................................................. 64 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... 64 5-SectionIV.doc __ _ _ __ rv �J � ' L� � ' ' , ' ' , ' snsi2oi2 ' � � u , � � �� il � ' , � ' ' L_ J ' � , ' , lJ ' 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES....................................................................................................... 64 41. l SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 64 4 ] .2 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 65 41. 2.1 GENERAL . ....... . . .. ...... .......... ... ... ......... .................................................................. 65 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS ..................................................................... 65 41.2.3 GATE VALVES ...................................................................................................... 67 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES ...................................................................................................... 67 41. 2. S ITYDRANTS ................................. ............................................. ............................. 68 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ............................................................................................. 69 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTIONAND REPAIRS .................................................................. 69 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ................................................................................ 69 41. 2. 9 TAPPING SLEEVES ............................................................................................. 70 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 70 41.3 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................70 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING ....................................................................................... 70 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING ....................................................................................................... 70 41.3.3 SE77'ING OF VALVES, HYDRANTSAND FITTINGS ......................................... 72 41. 3. 4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ............................................................... 72 41.4 TESTS ...........................................................................................................................73 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS ......................................................................................... 73 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST ................................................................................................ 73 41.5 STERILIZATION ......................................................................................................... 73 41. S.1 STERILIZING AGENT .......................................................................................... 73 41.5.2 FL USHING SYSTEM ...................................... ...................................................... 73 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE .......................................................................... 73 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS ............................................................................ 74 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 74 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 74 41. 6.1 GENERAL .................................. ........................................................................... 74 41.6.2 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS ........................................................... 75 41.6.3 FURNISHAND INSTALL FI7TINGS ................................................................... 75 41.6.4 FURNISHAND INSTALL GATE YALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXESAND COVERS...................................................................�-�---........---............................ 75 41.6.5 FURNISHAND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS ....................................................... 75 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................. 76 43 TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................................... 76 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................... 76 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS ......................................................�--.......................---.......... 76 43.1.2 BASE COURSE .....................•�--�---........................................................................ 76 43.1.3 PRIMECOAT ......................................................•----...........................------...........76 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE ............................................................................................ 76 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 76 43.1.6 COLOR COAT ...................................................................................................... 77 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS ............................................................................................ 78 43.2.1 GENERAL ...................................................................�-----.........................---........78 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ..............�---.......-•---�-�----...............................---..................... 79 5-SectionIV.doc u si� si2o� 2 4 4 46 43.2.3 SLOPE ...................................................................................................................79 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 80 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING ....................................................................................... 80 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 80 43. 2. 7 ROOT BARRIER ................................................................................................... 80 43. Z.8 FENCING ............................................................................................................. 81 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS ....................................................................................................81 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................... 81 43.2.11 SHADE STR UCTURE ........................................................................................... 83 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) .................................................................................. 83 43.2.13 CONCRETE ..........................................................................................................83 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING ................................................ 83 43.2.1 S WATER COOLER ................................................................................................. 84 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION ..............................................................................................84 43.2.17 W,4RRANTY ...........................................................................................................84 4 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......................................................................... 85 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......... 85 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN .............................................................. 85 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY ......................................................................................... 85 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ....................................................................... 86 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS ................................................................................................... 86 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS ................. 86 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS ......................................................... 86 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS ............................................................................................. 86 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................... 86 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 87 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 87 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ 87 5 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING .............................................................................. 87 45.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 87 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 88 45.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 88 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION .................................................................... 88 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 89 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ......................................................................................:...... 89 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 89 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 89 45.9 PAYMENT ....................................................................................................................89 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING ..................................... 90 46.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 90 46.1.1 PIPEAND FIiINGS .................�--...........................---......................................... 90 46.1.2 QUALITYCONTROL ........................................................................................... 90 46.1.3 SAMPLES ..............•-�----....................�...--�---�--.....................................---.................90 46.1.4 REJECTION ......................................................................................�---�---............90 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS ..................................................................................................... 90 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ................................................................................. 91 5-SectionlV.doc vi 5/15/2012 � ' ' i � ' , ' , ' , ' , ' ' � 1 ' ' � , ' ' � � ' 47 ' , 4 , � � � � � � , ' ' 4 46. 3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE ........................................................................................... 91 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS .................................................................... 91 46. 3. 3 PIPE JOINING ..................................................................................................... 91 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE ............................................................................. 91 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE ........................................................................................ 91 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTSAND DIMENSIONS ...................................................... 91 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION ........................................................................... 91 46. 4. 3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCA VATIONS ............................................... .......... . 92 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER ................................................................................ 92 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ...................................................................... 92 46.4. 6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED ................................................ 92 46.4. 7 BACKFILLING ..................................................................................................... 93 46. 4. 8 POINT REPAIR ... .......... ............................ . .... ................................... ... ..... ........ .. .. 93 46. 4. 9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS ................................................................................... 93 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE ...................... 93 47. l SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 93 47.2 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 93 47.3 PIPE .............................................................................................................................. 93 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM ...................................................................................................... 94 47.5 FITTINGS .....................................................................................................................94 8 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................ 94 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT ................................................................................ 94 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GtTNITE ................. 94 48.3 COMPOSITION ........................................................................................................... 94 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................. 95 48.5 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 95 48.6 WATER ......................................................................................................................... 95 48.7 REINFORCEMENT .....................................................................................................95 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS ....................................................................................... 95 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION ......................................................................................... 96 48.10 PROPORTIONING .......................................................................................................96 48.11 MIXING ........................................................................................................................96 48.12 APPLICATION .............................................................................................................96 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ......................................................................................... 97 48.14 SURFACE FINISH ....................................................................................................... 97 48.15 CURING ....................................................................................................................... 97 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ..................................................................... 97 48.17 INSPECTION ............................................................................................................... 98 48.18 EQUIPMENT ....................•---....................................................................................... 98 9 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ........................... 99 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT ................................................................................................. 99 49.2 PAYMENT ....................................................................................................................99 493 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS ............................................................................ 99 49.3.1 MATERIALS ..........................................................................................................99 49. 3. 2 INSTALLATION AND EXEC UTION .................................................................. 100 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM .............................................. 100 5-SectionIV.doc vii 5/I S/2012 5 51 52 53 49.4.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................101 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL ...................................................................................... l Ol 49.6 GROUTING MIX ....................................................................................................... 101 49.7 LINER MIX ................................................................................................................ 101 49.8 WATER ....................................................................................................................... 102 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 102 49.10 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. l02 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 102 49.11.1 PREPARATION ...................................................................................................102 49.11.2 MIXING ...............................................................................................................103 49.11. 3 SPRAYING .......................................................................................................... 103 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING ...........-�-� .......................................................................... 103 49.11.5 CURING .............................................................................................................. 103 49.11. 6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 104 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... l04 49.12.1 SCOPE .......................................�--....................................................----..............104 49.12.2 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................104 49.12.3 INST.4LLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 106 0 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ..........................................................................108 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM ............................................................108 Sl. l SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 108 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ..................................................................................... 109 51.2.1 ASPHALT ............................................................................................................109 S1. 2. 2 CONCRETE ................................... ..................................................................... 109 51.2.3 COURT P.4TCN BINDER MIX ........................................................................... 109 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ......................................................... l 09 S l.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE .......................................................... 110 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION .................................................................................... I 10 SI.6 PLAYING LINES ....................................................................................................... 110 51.7 GENERAL .........................•--•.....................................................................................110 51.8 LIMITATIONS ........................................................................................................... 110 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ..........................111 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES ..................................................................................111 53.1 MATERIAL .................................................................................................................111 53.1. I GABIONAND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL ...................................................111 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL : ...............................................113 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE.-� .............................................................................................114 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC ....................................................................................... 114 53.2 PERFORMANCE ....................................................................................................... 114 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ...........................................................115 54.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ l 15 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK ........................................................................................ 115 54.3 WORK METHODS ........................................................•...............---......................... 116 54. 3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHED ULING ...................... ..................................................116 54.3.2 DUTIESPER SERVICE VISIT ............................................................................116 5-SectionIV.doc viii 5/15/2012 � i r, ' � � � u ' � 1 � � � r; �J � ' � ' ' ' ' ' ' � t ' ' ' � ' , � 54.4 LITTER .......................................................................................................................116 54.5 VISUAL CHECK ....................................................................................................... 116 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING .......................................................... l 16 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)..... 116 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL .................................................................................................. 116 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL ................................................................................................ 117 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY ............................................................................................ l 17 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION .......................................................................................... l 17 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA ......................................................... l 17 54.13 MULCH CONDITION ............................................................................................... 117 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR .................................................................... l 17 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL ...::....:..:..::::..::...:........:....:..:..:....:: 1] 7 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION ...................................... 117 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION ............................................................................................ l 18 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ................................................................................................. I 18 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ....................................................................................... 118 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL .............................................................................. l] 8 5421 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................... 1 l 8 55 MILLING OPERATIONS ............................................................................................119 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE ...................................... 1l9 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... l 19 55.3 SALUAGEABLE MATERIALS ................................................................................. 120 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ........:............................................................................ l20 55.5 ADIUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF LINDERGROLIND UTILITIES .................. 120 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 120 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING ................................................................................................ 120 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS .............................................................................. 12l 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... l21 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 12l 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ................................................................................... 121 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 121 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 121 57 RIPRAP .........................................................................................................................121 ' S8 57.1 57.2 58.1 58.2 � 59 59.1 � l� �� BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... l21 BASISOF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... l22 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ................................................................................ 122 HAZARDPOTENTIAL ............................................................................................. 122 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................ 122 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ........................................... 122 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 60 SIGNING AND MARKING .........................................................................................123 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING .............................................................................................. 123 5-SectionI V.doc ix 5/] 5/2012 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT ....................................................... l23 62 TREE PROTECTION .................................................................................................. 124 62.1 TREE BARRICADES ................................................................................................ 124 62.2 ROOT PRUNING ....................................................................................................... 124 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ........................................................................................ 125 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES .............................................................................................. 126 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN ............................................................................................... 126 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 126 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ....................................................... 126 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS ........................................................................................... 127 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS ............................................................................................ 127 63.6 POSTING ....................................................................................................................127 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ......................................•..................................................... l27 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE ......................................................127 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS ........................................................................................... 127 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES ............................................ 127 5-SectionlV.doc x 5/15/2012 � C � ' ' �J ' � ' ' � C� ' � , ' � Section IV — Technical Specifications 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION Project Name: Water Treatment Plant No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project Project Number: 10-0039-UT (A) Scope of Work: The wark for which proposals are invited consists of constructing twelve (12) brackish water well facilities and rehabilitating four (4) existing fresh water well facilities. The Scope of Work is described in more detail in Section Na Supplementary Technical Specifications, specification section Ol l] 00, Summary of Work. Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) items are: - Well Pump and Motors, - Control Valve and Control Valve Actuators, - Flow Meters. The Contractor shall provide 1 Fixed & 4 Portable project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined ' at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for ', approval. Additional project signs may be reyuired above the indicated amount due to the I ', Contractor's schedule of work, which will be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. � CONTRACT PERIOD: 365 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS , 5-SectionIV.doc Page 1 of 128 5/IS/2012 ' Section IV —Technical Specifications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: Water Treatment Plant No. 2- Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project Project Number: l 0-0039-UT-(A) The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: 1 � Sco e Of Work 2.l � Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Contractor 22 ❑ Line and Grade Shall Be Performed B The Cit 3 � Definition Of Terms 4 � Order And Location Of The Work 5 � Excavation For Under round Work 6 � Concrete 7 � Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work 8 � Reinforcement 9 � Obstructions 10 � Restoration Or Re lacement Of Drivewa s, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 � Work In Easements Or Parkwa s 12 � Dewaterin l3 ❑ Sanita Manholes 14 � Backfill I S ❑ Street Crossin s, Etc. 16 ❑ Raisin Or Lowerin Of Sanita Sewer, Storm Draina e Structures 17 � Unsuitable Material Removal 18 ❑ Underdrains 19 ❑ Storm Sewers 20 ❑ Sanita Sewers And Force Mains 21 ❑ Draina e 22 � Roadwa Base And Sub rade 23 ❑ As haltic Concrete Materials 24 ❑ Ad'ustment To The Unit Bid Price For As halt 25 ❑ General Plantin S ecifications 26 ❑ Hd e Deformed - Reformed Pi e Linin 27 ❑ Plant Mix Drivewa s 28 ❑ Re ortin Of Tonna e Of Rec cled Materials 29 ❑ Concrete Curbs 30 ❑ Concrete Sidewalks And Drivewa s 31 � Soddin 32 ❑ Seedin 33 ❑ Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 � Materia} Used 35 � Conflict Between Plans And S ecifications 36 ❑ Street Si ns 5-SectionlV.doc Page 2 of 128 5/15/2012 1 ' , ' ' � ' ' ' ' , ' � ' ' , � ' ' Section 1V —Technical Specifications 37 � Audio/Video Recordin Of Work Areas 38 � Erosion And Siltation Control 39 � Utilit Tie In Location Markin 40 � Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee 4l � Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and A urtenances 42 ❑ Gas S stem S ecifications 43 ❑ Tennis Courts 44 � Wark Zone Traffic Control 45 ❑ Cured-In-Place Pi e Linin 46 ❑ S ecifications for Pol eth lene Sli linin 47 ❑ S ecifications for Pol vin 1 Chloride Ribbed Pi e 48 ❑ Gunite S ecifications 49 ❑ Sanita and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration 50 � Pro'ect Information Si ns S l ❑ In-Line Skatin Surfacin S stem 52 � Resident Notification of Start of Construction 53 ❑ Gabions and Mattresses 54 ❑ Lawn Maintenance S ecifications 55 ❑ Millin O erations 56 � Clearin and Grubbin 57 ❑ Ri ra 58 ❑ Treatment Plant Safet 59 ❑ Traffic Si nal E ui ment and Materials 60 ❑ Si nin And Markin 61 ❑ Roadwa Lightin 62 � Tree Protection 63 ❑ Pro'ect Web Pa es 64 � Overhead Electric Line Clearance 2 2.1 FIELD ENGINEERING LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyars shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As- built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.1 l.2 of these Contract Documents. 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and 5-SectionlV.doc Page 3 of 128 5l15/2012 Section IV —Technical Specifications shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida. 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III, ARTICLE 1- DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated yuantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows: AA Aluminum Association, Inc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Of�icials ACI American Concrete Institute I�i�.yl 5-Sectionl V.doc American Iron and Steel Institute Page 4 of 128 ' ' , � ' � ' ' ' 1 ' ' � � , , ' 5/15/2012 � ' ' I� � ' , ' , ' ' ' � LJ � � ' ' r ' 5-SectionIV.doc ' AMA AMCA ANSI APA ASAE ASCE ASHRAE ASME ASSE A STM AWG AWMA AWS AW WA CFR CISPI CRSI CS DEP DOT EPA FAC FBC FFPC FGC FMC FPC FedSpec HI IBBM IEEE IPS MIL NAAMM NBFU NEC NEMA NFPA NPT NWMA PCA PCI SBC SBCCI SDI SFPC SGC Section 1V —Technical Specifications Acoustical Materials Association Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. American National Standards Institute American Plywood Association American Society ofAgricultural Engineers American Society ofCivil Engineers American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society of Sanitary Engineering American Society for Testing and Materials American Wire Gauge Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association American Welding Society American Water Works Association Code of Federal Regulations Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Concrete Reinforcing Steel lnstitute Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) Department of Transportation (Florida) Environmental Protection Agency Florida Administrative Code Florida Building Code Florida Fire Prevention Code Florida Gas Code Florida Mechanical Code Florida Plumbing Code Federal Specifications Standards of Hydraulic Institute Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Iron Pipe Size Military Specification National Association ofArchitectural Metal Manufacturers National Board of Fire Underwriters National Electrical Code National Electrical Manufacturers Association National Fire Protection Association National Pipe Thread National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association Portland Cement Association Prestressed Concrete Institute Standard Building Code (SBCCI) Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. Steel Door Institute Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI) Standard Gas Code (SBCCI) Page 5 of 128 5/15/2012 SJI SMACCNA Section IV — Technical Specifications Steel Joist Institute Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council ofAmerica UL Underwriters' Laboratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK , ' � ' � This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE , WORK. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a"Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's wark at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety reyuirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all safety reyuirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 6 of 128 5/15/2012 � � ' � � , � �I � � , IJ L 1 , ' ' l �� J �J Section IV — Technical Specifications Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. 6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM G33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, , for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as , determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. � 7 7.1 ' ' ' � ' 1 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK EXCAVATION Excavating far concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the dn,�� 7.2 FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of suf�icient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 7 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 8 REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements ofAASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractar shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS. CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, ar same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T 180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. 5-Sec[ionlV.doc Page 8 of 128 ! , � � , , �� II ,, i � � �I ' � ' � � � 5/IS/2012 ' ' , � ' ' ' , ' , 1 ' , , � LJ , i � , � Section 1V — Technical Specifications The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractar will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre- construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 12 DEWATERING 12.1 GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as reyuired for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be ef�cient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 9 of 128 5/IS/2012 Section 1V — Technical Specifications The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non-Contaminated Site Activity prior to dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The following document has been incorporated into this section for reference... 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY City Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results 2) A copy of the FDEP Notification It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have any questions. You may contact the City at 562-4750 for direction or further assistance. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non-contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62- 620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites, analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1. 5-SectionIV.doc TABLE 1 Page 10 of 128 Screening Values for Discharges into: , , ' ' , , � � � � 1 , � ' , , � si�si2o�2 , � 1 1 � , ' � � � � , , ' ' ' ' ' Section IV — Technical Specifications Parameter Fresh Waters Coastal Waters Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 10.0 mg/1 l 0.0 mg/1 PH, standard units 6.0-8.5 6.5-8.5 Total Recoverable Mercury — by Method 1631 E 0.012 µg/1 0.025 µg/1 Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/1 93 µg/1 Total Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/1 2.9 µg/1 Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/1 5.6 µg/1 Total Recoverable Zinc 86.0 µg/1 86.0 µg11 Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/1 50.0 µg/I Benzene 1.0 µg/1 I.0 µg/1 Naphthalene 100.0 µg/1 100.0 µg/1 If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table ], except TOC, the discharge is not authorized by this permit or by the City ofClearwater. (a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table l, which may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Notice of Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds. (b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district of�ice thirty (30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information: l. the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issued to; 2. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); 4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); 5. the name of the receiving water; and 6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit. ' (c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the Department. , 5-SectionIV.doc Page 11 of 128 5lIS/2012 � Section 1V —Technical Specifications For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.S units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units, the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration of less than 1500 mg/l, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than 1500 mg/1. In accordance with Rule 62-302.500(1)(a-c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph (2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2} reveal that no contamination exists from any source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department. All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62-621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floar outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 12 of 128 5/15/2012 ' C� � � � L� � , L� � � � � i1 �, , , , ' � � � 1 � r LJ � � , C CJ , ' ' , �i �' �_J � , � Section 1V — Technical Specifications Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets l and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 — Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detai1301. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 13 of 128 5lIS/2012 Section IV —Technical Specifications 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type ll Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type ll Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2-inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of PROCO EP214-351 Sewper Coating or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP-R Liner with a minimum thickness of 2 mm. 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. 14 BACKFILL Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to l2" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 1 Z" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction ofAASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer ar Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. , I� � � , , � �_' � � LJ , , i r , � � 5-SectionlV.doc Page 14 of 128 5/15/2012 ( � , � 16.1 Section 1V — Technical Specifications BASIS OF PAYMENT � Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. , ' 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off- site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT � The basis of ineasurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. � ' � � ' ' u 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A#57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and in confarmance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe � exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% , ' r � ' flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly-chlaride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. 5-SectionIV.doc Page IS of 128 5l15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub-drain in place and accepted. 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941 of the current FDOT Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING T'he Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertighfiess of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet ar more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed l 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as reyuired by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 16 of 128 5/15/2012 � � � C� LJ � C , � , CJ � � � ' �� r , , i �_ ' ' Section 1V —Technical Specifications The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT � Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price , includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). ' 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 20.1 MATERIALS ' 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. , Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall•have a rubber ' sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20-feet. � ' _� I,� � � � , , � , , �_J Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings sha11 conform to Section 4l of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell L7NI B 5. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 17 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12-inch on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The 5-SectionIV.doc Page 18 of 128 5/15/2012 � I � ' ' � � � � ' , � , C� n � � ' `.J ' ' ' C� � ' , 1 ' ' , , , ' , ' , Section 1V —Technical Specifications Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4- inches shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technica) Specifications for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall ' refer to Section IV, Article 1"Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. � Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed , by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the ' S-SectionIV.doc Page 19 of 128 5/IS/2012 ' Section IV — Technical Specifications limits of the base, Section IV, Article l7 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shatl have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed far the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests 5-SectionIV.doc Page 20 of 128 5/IS/2012 , � �I I ' ' � � ' ' ' ' , , , ' '�J � , ' � � ' , , , � , ' , Section IV — Technical Specifications (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. 5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call far the working of the existing base, the finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200-? of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330-11 and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE , The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if ' so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. , ' , r , ' , ' ' 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the wark. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections l60 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 21 of 128 5/15/2012 Seciion IV — Technical Specifications 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160-7.2 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shalt be included in the bid item for base. 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 9l 5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the reyuirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of 5-SectionIV.doc Page 22 of 128 5/15/2012 , ' ' ' � , ' � � � ' � ' ' ' r ' ' 1 , ' ' ' , , 1 , � ' , , , , � ' � i , Section IV —Technical Specifications removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Pa,yment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined bv the followin�: l. Density per Section 330-11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of '/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications 2000 edition. In addition, for excesses of '/4" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall noti the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 33l and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction) COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) THICKNESS (Inches) Type S—I Type S—I with Type S—III FC-3 Type S—III Type S—I Type S—III with FC-3 with FC-3 Top Layer Top Layer Top Layer 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 st 2°d 1 st 2nd ] st 2nd 1 1 1 1'/z 1'/2 2 1��4 3�4 * 1 � 2'/2 1'/4 1'/4 1'h 1 l'/2 1 3 1%z 1'/2 2 1 2 I * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets 5-SectionlV.doc Page 23 of l28 5/15/2012 Section 1V — Technica) Specifications Additional Notes: 1. Type S—I11 shall be limited to the final (top) structurai layer (one layer only). 2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S—III per Section 33l of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT} of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An FC-3 friction course per Section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 23.6.2 POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 24 of 128 5/15/2012 ' ' ' ' , L , ' ' � i CJ ' � ' � ' �� , ' � Section IV —Technical Specifications 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES , The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. ' The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: � � ' �I The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of , pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. ' All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On ' arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included ' in the unit cost of the asphalt Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled , , � ' pavmg. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ]. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. ' 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the ' S-SectionlV.doc Page 25 of 128 5/15/2012 �J Section IV — Technical Specifications Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying} shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is reyuired, it shal] conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be '/4" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index I Ol . 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE l. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections 23.1 through 23.8 above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). 2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction reyuirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of ineasurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 26 of 128 ' � ' ' ' � ' , ' , ' ' ' ' , , ' 5/l5/2012 � ' ' ��I ��I , �� , ' � � , r--� �� rl � � Section 1V —Technical Specifications 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: l. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than l0% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http:/lwwwl l.myflorida.com. lt is under the section "Doing Business with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment [ndex in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the , turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. � 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation ' subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. � 5-SectionlV.doc Page 27 of 128 5/ISl2012 C Section IV —Technical Specifications B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEG Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shal} be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (l0) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information: l. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting reyuiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to eomply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City 5-SectionlV.doc Page 28 of 128 5/15/2012 ' ' , , ' , ' ' ' , ' , � � ' � ' � ' ' � ' , , ' ' � �� ' � � � ' Section 1V —Technical Specifications of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.2 PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, ll20, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. A11 fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES ' 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: ' 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals , 3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non-Shock Safe-T Shear Stem ' 5-SectionlV.doc ' Page 29 of ] 28 5/I S/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 5. Safe-T-Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company , Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2'/z" IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AW WA-G509 2. 2001b. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/t1V resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendara, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and LJNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, ar approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 30 of 128 5/IS/2012 ' � � ' , ' � � � ' ' ' ' , ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' � ' 1 ' ' ' �J ' � I'� ' , ' ' ' Section 1V — Technical Specifications C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek # 182001 (6") economy turf box cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION with # 182002 A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (l/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between I 5-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be 7". B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an AirNacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high- impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 31 of 128 5/IS/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of L1NIK Control Modules. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 32 of 128 5/15/2012 [� ' , ' ' ' l� ' ' � ' � ' ' � � CJI ' ' � ' Section IV — Technical Specifications D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID ' A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB series valve. ' ' ' , , , ' � � ' ' ' B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving � prior to roadway base. ' 5-SectionN.doc Page 33 of ]28 5/15/2012 , Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than '/2 in. C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved eyuipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T l80 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of inechanical tampers ar approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in Iayers not more than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minar adjustments reyuired due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 34 of 128 5/15/2012 ' , ul ' ' , u � � � ' ' `J � � � ' , � ' ' � i�I I L__J LJ ' ' ' ' ' , , ' C� � CJ I� L�� L-J � Section IV —Technical Specifications E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. l. Allow welded joints as least I S minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing ]. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: l. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. ' 5-SectionlV.doc , Page 35 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting ar breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior to installation. 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at suf�icient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. 25.2 LANDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal, Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and 5-SectionIV.doc Page 36 of 128 5/IS/2012 1 , � , � , C� ' ' � , � � �� , , � , , � ' ' , � � ' , ' ' , � ' ' Section iV —Technical Specifications incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the controt of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (and all subseyuent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the ' wark, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. ' � � 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 5-SectionIV.doc , Page 37 of 128 5/15/2012 Section 1V — Technical Specifications 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT.: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C. T.: C. W.: SPR.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. TR. : Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: O. C.: DIA.: LYS.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. On center, distance between plant centers. Diameter. Leaves. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 38 of 128 � ' ' , � � , ' � ' ' � ' , � ' � 5/15/2012 I ' �I �. r , Section IV — Technical Specifications D.B.K: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1 /2 feet above grade. CAL.: � B&B: ' , PPP: FG: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at l 2 inches above grade. Ba11ed and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. , STD.: ' Owner: ' � � � , � �! � ' � Plants per pot. Field grown. Standard, single, straight trunk. To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.8 25.2.1.8.1 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls far trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than 1 foot diameter of ball to every I inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B& B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. � 5-SectionIV.doc , Page 39 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations. 25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy 5-SectionIV.doc Page 40 of 128 5/15/2012 � � , r ' , ' ' , ' , � ' � � ' � � � �-� 1 , � ' ' 1 , , , ' ' , LJ ' Section IV —Technical Specifications to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, andlor to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 25.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a"Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. ' C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida # 1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department ofAgriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). � D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. , 5-SectionIV.doc Page 41 of 128 5/15/2012 � Section 1V —Technical Specifications E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firtn, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B& B procedures. J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa provided the yuality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 42 of 128 5/15/2012 ' � , � ' , ' � ' � , � ' � ' � � , 1 , , ' ' � � ' 1 , , Section 1V — Technical Specifications 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (l ) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be l:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no mare than '/4 the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper. ' Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with ' a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two - 3/4" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. ' � , � � D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractar and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over l". C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or ' 5-SectionIV.doc � Page 43 of 128 5/15/2012 Section 1V — Technical Specifications a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under l gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one faot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at 4-%2 feet above grade. 25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications far protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas 5-SectionI V.doc Page 44 of 128 5/IS/2012 II ., � I ' � ' � �i u ' , � � �� ' � !� � `� ' � r ' � � � , ' � 1 , ' , ' ' � , � Section IV —Technical Specifications adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1-%2 inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (l/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Roded' per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub- grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. G Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, , even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. � � � LJ D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 45 of 128 5/IS/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well- drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing far each species. C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 5-SectionIV.doc Page 46 of 128 5/IS/2012 _ ___ ' � �� L_J L�J C� , II � � , ' , � ' � � ' � ' I � � , , ' C_J �� J LJ , 1 gallon 3 gallon 5 gallon 7 gallon Trees Palms Section IV —Technical Specifications 1 - 2l gram tablet 2 - 2l gram tablet 3 - 2l gram tablet 4 - 21 gram tablet 3 tablets each'/2" (12 millimeters) caliper 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper grade Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shali be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-free ' Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. , ' I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.4 SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made , to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (l) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface , edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1l2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. , ' � ' D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive yuantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 47 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV —Technical Specifications E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:l and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x l6 inch wood connected with two 3/4 inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non-mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 5-SectionN.doc Page 48 of 128 5/15/2012 � i ., �I � � ' , , �I LJ J 1 ' � , � ' ' ' r II � ' � r , , ' Section 1V — Technical Specifications 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, ' keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. ' , ' ' ' ' C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades} for all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees , to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. ' ' , CJ 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractar shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under , 5-SectionlV.doc LJ Page 49 of 128 siisi2o12 Section IV — Technical Specifications the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within l5 days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. 25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within l5 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No 5-SectionlV.doc Page 50 of 128 5/15/2012 ' , ' , , , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � ' , ' , ' ' , Section IV —Technical Specifications additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant reyuire replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. ' 26 26.1 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING INTENT ' It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic ' sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. , ' ' ' , , ' , ' ' 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 26.3 MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the materiai conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Propertv ASTM Method Value HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi 5-SectionIV.doc Page 51 of 128 5/IS/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications HDPE Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-Ib/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the ]iner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at 5-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-3744 or approved eyual. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be reyuired to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 52 of 128 ' � ' ' ' , , �� ' ' ' ' , r� �_ .' ' � , 5/15/2012 I , , ' Section N — Technical Specifications 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION , Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods , approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. � Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner ' shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. ' ' 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to ] 00% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. ' Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect , any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shal) notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. , ' ' , � � r-, ��i �J ' ' 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restaration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 53 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. 27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be ful.l compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS This Article deleted. 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed l 00 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ] 0 feet. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor sha11 notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of a}I concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not 5-SectionIV.doc Page 54 of 128 5/15/2012 ' ' ' , � , ' � , , ' ' � ' r ' , , ' , , , , ' i�, ,u ' , C_ J Section 1V — Technical Specifications more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6!6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price , shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. , , ' � ' � ' LJ �J 31 SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the 5-SectionIV.doc Page 55 of 128 5/IS/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 32 SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shal) be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 601b. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also reyuired that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. ' , � L� ' , ' ' ' , ' ' ' �� I' � 5-SectionIV.doc Page 56 of 128 5/IS/2012 , ' u � � LJ � � ,� � � LJ ' , � � � i , �� ' � � Section IV — Technical Specifications 33.2 PRECAST TYPE The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using O ring between precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 19 — MATERIAL USED. 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 36 STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 37 AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of a pre-construction conditions. 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21 } days prior to construction in any area. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 57 of 128 5/IS/2012 Section 1V — Technical Specifications 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video recording documentation. 37.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video levei, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. , � � , � ' � �� ' , ' 1 ' � i J � ' � 5-SectionlV.doc Page 58 of 128 5/15/2012 � �' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � 1 ' �, � ' 1 ' , ' ' 37.8 LIGHTING All recording shall be d precipitation, mist or fog. properly illuminate the s those subjects. Section N — Technical Specifications �ne during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to ibjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of 37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 59 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer before installation. 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of containing at least one (l) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the basin. 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is completed. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 60 of 128 5/15/2012 ' , � � ' ' ' , � � ' � ' ' � ' ' 1 ' , � � � Section 1V — Technical Specifications Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS ' All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. , ' 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: a. No more than 4001ineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; ' b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. � J ' i� ' ' � � ' � ' L__J 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. 38.10 COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a"Stop Work Order". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 61 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV —Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1 st occurrence - Warning 2nd occurrence - $32 Re-inspection Fee 3rd occurrence - $80 Re-inspection Fee 4th occurrence - Stop Work Order Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Department may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 562-4750 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562-4750. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 62 of 128 � � � � Li � ' � '� ' �� ' � ' , ' 5/15/2012 ' 1 � r � � � � � ■� � �■ � � � _ � � � � � Section IV — Technical Specifications CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF EROSION VIOLATION UNDER SECTION 3-701 (DIVISION 7— EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE. Warning $32.00 Re-inspection Fee $80.00 Re-inspection Fee Stop Work Order • DATE POSTED: Inspector's Name: Inspector's Signature: CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562-4741 & ENGINEERING/CONSTRUCTION 727 562-4750 Received by: (Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt or concurrence with findings of the inspector.) IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED 5-SectionlV.doc Page 63 of 128 5/15/2012 Section 1V —Technical Specifications 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6-inch x 3-inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4-inch X 2-inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT. WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 — AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE. 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES !�iR�E��Z�]» The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. ' ' � � I � ' � i L �1 � ' �� ' � � 5-SectionIV.doc Page 64 of 128 5/l5/2012 � , ' ' �i U r-, ,�J ' ' ' , � ' � � Section ]V —Technical Specifications 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 8] or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure (In.) (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 03l 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AW WA C l S l/A2l .51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE ' Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4-inch through 8-inch shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. , Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. � Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: , 5-SectionIV.doc Page 65 of 128 5/IS/2012 ' Section IV — Technical Specifications Size Dimension Ratio Rated Water Working Pressure Laying Length (OD/Thick.) (PSI) (Ft) 4 18 I50 20 6 l8 l50 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than 8-inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4-inch through 8-inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4-inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements ofASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about l 8-inches between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2-inch PVC pipe to 12-inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2-inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2-inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2-inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from 4-inch through 16-inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AW WA C 153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AW WA C 111 /A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AW WA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be sIip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. n �� , ' , ' , , � � L � � ' , � 5-SectionIV.doc Page 66 of 128 5/15/2012 ' ' , � , � �_� � � , ' � � � , , � � ' ' � C� 1 1 Section 1V —Technical Specifications Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4-inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2-inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed. Four lnch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to l6-inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-S15, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with O ring bonnet seat with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.. Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16-inch shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be 3- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet l of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 67 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV—Technical Specifications 41.2.5 HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B-84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard G502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an O-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately 2-inch above the ground line. Breakaway bolts not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a#7 (1-l/2-inch) pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with O-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with O- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a 6-inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessaries. 15. Hydrant shall have a 5-1/4-inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4-1/2-inch pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 68 of 128 5/15/2012 ' � � L.7 ' , � � l� ' � �� ' ' 1 � � � , ' , Section IV — Technical Specifications 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard G502-85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AW WA Specification C 502. Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from , the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. ' , � � , � All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4-inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on 4-inch main shall be 1-l/2-inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2- inch service connections to 6-inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTtON AND REPAIRS l. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; , and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. ' � �� J � � � � LJ 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and ali devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when reyuired, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed are: 5-SectionIV.doc Page 69 of 128 5/15l2012 Section N—Technical Specifications 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 4l2 or Smith-Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4-inch bronze test plug. 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. ln distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the reyuired lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the reyuired locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown offbefore any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30-inches and a maximum of 42- inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. , ' � LJ , � � � � � L. J � � ' � `_� � 5-SectionlV.doc Page 70 of 128 5/15/2012 , , � ' Section 1V — Technical Specifications 41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION , Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, , ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or ' � , � � r ' , � dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is ]aid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and ' workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. ' Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. � � � � Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 71 of 128 5/IS/2012 41.3.3 Section 1V — Technical Specifications SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed l8-inches from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located l0-feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6-inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independent 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shaIl be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. � , , , , , ' � � � ' ' � ' � � � 5-SectionIV.doc Page 72 of 128 5/15/2012 � � ' ' C � ' I] ' � , ' , , � � Section IV — Technical Specifications Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of I50 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other fareign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor sha11 give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48-hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. � 41.5 STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AW WA C65 l. 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing ' shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. ' CJ i ' 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 73 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If inethods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joints materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as reyuired for a complete and operable system. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 74 of 128 ' � ' � �I � � ' , � ' � � f � � � LJ ' r 5/15/2012 � � ' �� (I � � �J Section IV—Technical Specifications 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type , satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. ' ' � , , � 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready far operation. 41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES ' AND COVERS , L1 , LJ LJ � � I 41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT The yuantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust 5-SectionIV.doc Page 75 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications anchorage, 6-inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrantlead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per 1,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of l" leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RG250 and shall conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction". 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a l0 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more than '/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and South. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water wili , � � � � � I� � rI �_� ' r � 1 , � � , � 5-SectionIV.doc Page 76 of 128 5/15l2012 � � , � ' , ' � � I �� ' , Section 1 V— Technical Specifications be approved. If a deficiency of more than '/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.6 COLOR COAT 43.1.6.1 MATERIALS Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Court Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION 43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. lf it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use. � After patching the surface shall not vary more than l/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a deficiency of more than ]/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. ' In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not � require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix. ' , C� �� I � � , No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required. Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 77 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 degrees, Fahrenheit and rising. NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may reyuest. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in conformance with the specifications and drawings. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 78 of 128 5/15/2012 1 ' , , , � ' ' ' � , � ' 1 ' � � � � ' ' Section IV —Technical Specifications 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS � The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. , ' , 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ' 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY ' L_] , ' � 1 r--, L� � ' � LJ � I � � �� The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (l0) foot high fence surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade materiai beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentation of any recycled materials. 43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub-grade elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T l80 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T l 80 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner. 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 79 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch ofthe established grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be two and one-quarter (2-1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of one-quarter (l/4) to one-half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary from specified grade by more than one-eighth (l/8) inch. 43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis courts. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 80 of 128 ' ' � , � ' , , ' , ' � , ' ' � � 5/ISl2012 � ' �I � ' , 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN Section 1V — Technical Specificaiions The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and , described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specification. r---, � , , ' , �� ' L� � �� , ' ' 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2-l/2" Ameristar HT-25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT 25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-offtype, and offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half (1-I/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractor shall provide nine (9} foot high windscreens at all ten (l0) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high- density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12) inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES , Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven- eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support � 5-SectionlV.doc Page 81 of 128 5/15/2012 ' Section N — Technical Specifications the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation. 43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA. 43.2.10.4 NET A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one quarter (]/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shal) have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design — Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 — 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-]/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - T wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence hook cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction "Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels. 8. Court Rake (1 each) — six-foot length aluminum. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 82 of 128 i � � � i � ' � ' , , ' ' ' � ' ' ' ' ' 5/IS/2012 ' J � ' Section N — Technical Specifications 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE , Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8" — 8' long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. , 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per ' square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. ' , ' , ' � _J ' ' I � ' ' , il li �� _J 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP The Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works. 43.2.14.4 POLES � FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures. The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractar to install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight-(8) tennis courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-0770 fax (336) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: 5-SectionlV.doc Page 83 of 128 5/15/2012 Section iV — Technical Specifications Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole TS Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole TS Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole TS new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2 circuits Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole TS Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. 43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits. New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shali include the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles. 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the instal lation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series — water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all eyuipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project. 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (}) year from the date of completion. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 84 of 128 5/15/2012 ' ' � , ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' � ' ' , , , , �i � ' Section 1V —Technical Specifications 43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two years from the day of completion. ' 44 44.1 ' WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone ' traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. , ' , , 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY ' The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: ' � ' ' � , • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traf�ic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved temparary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs". 2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ' 5-SectionlV.doc ' Page 85 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV —Technical Specifications 102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all tra�ic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of reyuirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes wil) increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. 44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department ofTransportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traf�ic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C-View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562-4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. � ' ' � � �i ' ' ' ' � i I �_� L C� � � i � ' ' ' 5-SectionIV.doc Page 86 of 128 5/15/2012 , , ' ' ' , ' ' , 1 Section IV —Technica) Specifications All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traf�ic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Control in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on , the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of ' Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Pro�ect site at all times while work is being conducted. , The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Tra�c Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain ' traf�ic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification , of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. � ; � LJ ' Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING 45.1 INTENT ' It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand , 5-SectionlV.doc Page 87 of 128 5/l5/2012 , Section IV — Technical Specifications exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor preyualification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 45.3 MATERIALS The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength Flexural Strength Flexural Modulus of Elasticity Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D638 3,000 psi ASTM D790 4,500 psi ASTM D790 300,000 psi ASTM D2290 150,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor preyualification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accardance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. ' , , � � ' � C� ' , ' ' ' � ' �_J ' 5-SectionlV.doc Page 88 of 128 5/15/2012 ' � , ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION � After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The , television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. ' ' 45.6 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals. ' The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractar shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes ' shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. ' 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be � reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to ' manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a ' later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. I !� '� , � �, i � ' ' � 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 45.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 89 of 128 5/IS/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING 46.1 MATERIALS 46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) ar approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density, melt index, and other physical properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 46.1.3 SAMPLES The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent labaratory. 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 90 of 128 5/15/2012 r-- L_: � ' , LJ , i�i ,, .' �,'� J , � ' ' � ' � ., �I �� , , � ' ' Section IV —Technical Specifications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ' 46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If ' the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment. I 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should ' be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. � ' � ' ' � � ' ' ' LJ � ' 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch existing sewer. 16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18-inch existing sewer. 18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer. 21'/2-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer. 28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer. 34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer. 42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the liner. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 91 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shai excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used far pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement. The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and installation of the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe. ' ' , ' , ' � � ' �� J � � ' , � , 5-SectionlV.doc Page 92 of 128 5/15/2012 ' , C 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A ' neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. ' 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost ' for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to , determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adeyuate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. `� , 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top ' of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. , ' 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall be graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. ' 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE ' ' , � � ' �I� � 47.1 SCOPE This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 93 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that ofthe pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the ratio of 1.5 (one and one hal� cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to l(one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, tatest edition serial designation CI50 for Portland Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/ar organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer. 48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modified by those specifications. Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 COMPOSITION Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. ' ' ,I� ' ' � � ' � ' � � � ,� L__,' � ' ' � � 5-SectionlV.doc Page 94 of 128 5/15/2012 , ' ' � Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS ' Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi. , � � ,1 `_J � 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C I50 for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates. Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following limits: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve ' Passing No. 4 Sieve Passing No. 8 Sieve Passing No. 16 Sieve ' Passing No. 30 Sieve Passing No. 50 Sieve Passing No. 100 Sieve ' 48.6 WATER l00% 95% to 100% 80% to 100% 50% to 85% 25% to 60% 10% to 30% 2% to 10% Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil, ' acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. I� J ' ' 48.7 REINFORCEMENT Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS ' Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment. � ' ' Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 95 of 128 5/15/2012 Section 1V —Technical Specifications 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than 50 psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by an air/water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring materials shall be subject to approval. 48.11 MIXING Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix befare it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, including the water contained in the aggregate. Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below 32 degrees, Fahrenheit. Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed. Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the 5-SectionIV.doc Page 96 of 128 5/15/2012 , ' ' ' � , � � � � ' , L� �� ' I' � , � ' , ' , � � ' , � , r-, � I� ' I� , ' � , , ' � Section IV — Technical Specifications surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless otherwise specified. All cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of inesh shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applications. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air jet. 48.14 SURFACE FINISH Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmospheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 97 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering eyuipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The tower chamber shall force the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the materia] is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All eyuipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately l50 feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Comp. Cap Max. Hose Dia. Max. Size Nozzle Min. Air Press. (cfm) (In.) (In.) (psi) 365 1 5/8 l 5/8 60 600 2 2 gp 750 2 1/2 2 l/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: T'he water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadeyuate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). 5-SectionlV.doc Page 98 of 128 5/15/2012 �� ' ' � ' ' ' � � � � � ' ' � , ' � � ' II u '� � 1 , , � LJ ' � , , ' � ' , � ' Section 1V — Technical Specifications 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 49.3.1.2 MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 99 of 128 5/l5/2012 Section IV —Technical Specifications 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manho}e sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and carbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with l 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, eyuipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum I/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 100 of 128 ' ' � ,J � � � I I u ' ' L9 L_J ' , � ' ' 5/15/2012 I 1 ' ' ' Section 1V — Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS � 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations 1 and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) ] 5 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi , 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, l50 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant , � ' ' 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: l. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, l hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.6 GROUTING MIX Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according ' to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a I day strength of 50 psi. C� � , � , � � , 49.7 LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days: l. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 101 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended reyuiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shal) be 50-5 l pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and 5-SectionlV.doc Page 102 of 128 5/15/2012 ' , ' 1 � , , � � ' � , � ' i , � � � �J II � � � � , LJ � ' , , � , � J � � , Section N — Technicai Specifications concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be reyuired in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 49.11.2 MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be l5 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at }east four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C l 09. 49.11.5 CURING � Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhoie is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. ' S-SectionIV.doc Page ]03 of 128 5/15/2012 C_ J Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of inercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS 49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 5-Sectionl V.doc 1-3 minutes 1 day 5l 0 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi Page 104 of 128 ' L__i r � 1 �J � � � � � ' �� I � � � ' � snsi2o�2 � , , � r , L_ J Section IV — Technical Specifications Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING l day 4I0 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: � Tensile Strength Elongation Bonding Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 400% ASTM D 3574-86 250-300 psi ' 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: ' Density Tensile Strength Elongation � Shrinkage Toxicity , , , I� � � , ' �� , � 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574 l 50 psi ASTM D- 4l2 250% ASTM D-3574 Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Non Toxic A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1 x10 Ilcm/sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec at 100% RH at 50% RH A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days 5-SectionlV.doc Page l05 of 128 5/IS/2012 Section IV—Technical Specifications Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 I 1000 12000 13000 AsUn C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 AsUn C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4- 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C l 1 l6 and ASTM C 10] 8, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a dark grey color. 49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be l00% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume Color (other colors available on request) Pot Life, hrs � Tensile Strength, psi, min Tensile Elongation, % Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE l:l Light Gray 1 2,000 I 0 —20 5 1,800 Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. ' � r � ' �� LJ � � � � � , � 1 � � c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. , 5-SectionIV.doc Page ] 06 of 128 5/15l2012 LJ , � , , � � CJ Section IV — Technical Specifications d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps l-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION � An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/ar sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from ' entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective screens. � i ,� � 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL ' Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface. ' 2. lnstall all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. � , ' � , � -. � 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #I as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. 5-SectionIV.doc Page ]07 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV —Technical Specifications 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING ] . Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches} has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove al) debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shal} be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (l0) inches of inercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off: With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS. 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE l. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the 5-SectionIV.doc Page ]08 of 128 5/IS/2012 L�' � ' , � � ' , � �I ' � � , � � r !J � � ' , , ' ' ' I� ' � �� Section IV —Technical Specifications site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Plexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System • 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave • 2 Coats of Plexiflor • Plexicolor Line Paint 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE , Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer , according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section IO.l4. r--, �i ' r , L: , �� , 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix: Acrylic Resurfacer Water (Clean and Potable) Sand (60-80 mesh) Liquid Yield 55 gallons 20-40 gallons 600-900 pounds 112-138 gallons 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending on surface porosity) at a rate of .OS -.07 gallons per syuare yard per coat. 3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix 5-SectionIV.doc Page 109 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .OS-.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .OS-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix: Plexipave Color Base Plexichrome Water 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 30 gallons 20 gallons 20 gallons 1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.OS gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with suf�icient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. 51.6 PLAYING LINES Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line Hockey Association. 51.7 GENERAL 1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arums with California Products Corporation tabels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50°F or more than l 40°F. 2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. 5-SectionlV.doc Page I 10 of 128 , � ' , , ' ' ' ' , � ' , , ' � , 5/15/2012 � �1. „ ' ' , , ' �__J Section IV — Technical Specifications 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. 8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates. 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to l hour at 70°F with 60% relative humidity. 1 l. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear. , 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION This article deleted. See SECTION llI, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START ' OF CONSTRUCTION. 53 � 53.1 1 53.1.1 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES MATERIAL GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS 8� MATTRESSES , Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge ' 12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ-W-461 H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating , shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239. ' , ' , ��i � ' The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4'/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be O.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge l0), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 '/z), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 Ibs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite 5-SectionN.doc Page 111 of ]28 5lIS/2012 Section IV —Technical Specifications Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A-313, Type 302, Class l, or equal. All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A-641. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. l . Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of l.30 to l 34. 2. Tensile Strength: a. According to ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <l 2% (Method B). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HC 1(hydrochloric acid 12 Be). 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B-117 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 1 l 2 of ] 28 , , ' ' ' ' , ' � ' , , , , ' ' , 5/IS/2012 , ' J � ' �J ' ' 1 , �I I LJ , ' ' ' i ' , ' , Section IV —Technical Specifications 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287. 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit the following properties: � 2 Appearance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable change in color. Specific Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value. 3. Durometer Hardness: a. Shall not show change higher than ] 0% of its initial value. 4. Tensile Strength: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 5. Elongation: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 6. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. 7. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 8. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physica) requirements: • Absorption, maximum 5% • Los Angeles Abrasion (FM I OT096), maximum loss 45% • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-T104), maximum loss 12% 5-SectionlV.doc Page 113 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications • F}at and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed ] 0% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: l. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866 inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. 53.2 PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of inesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every ather mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. 5-SectionlV.doc Page I 14 of 128 5/15/2012 ' � � � � � � �' ' � , CJ ' ' ' ' , ' ' � J ' , ' , ' Section IV —Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. ' Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full ' and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. ' � ' ' Filler stone shall not be dropped more than l2" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 54.1 SCOPE , To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces ' at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street � medians including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traf�3c; ' • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; ' • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; , • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. ' , ' � , 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance reyuired under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. T'he City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 115 of 128 5/IS/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered. 54.5 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. 54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, according to the following specifications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 116 of 128 5/15/2012 , , . -, II , C � , , �I� I'� � � `I ' �i l� ' � , ' ' , � ' ' � � � � ' � Ji ��I � ,� � �� Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide darnage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor at his/her expense. 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR , Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled ' system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the monthly mamtenance fee. ' 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a , less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. � � �� , ' 54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 117 of 128 5/15/2012 Section IV — Technical Specifications 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (l) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by l l:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. — 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 p.m. 54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 118 of 128 C� � � ' � � ' , � ' I � '� , ' � � ii � ' 5/15/2012 ' �J , ' � u Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next regular payment to the Contractor. ' S. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall � schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. � 55 55.1 ' , i tl � � � MILLING OPERATIONS EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line � and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. � 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the ' road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for � asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 119 of 128 5/IS/2012 ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to schedule delivery of material. 55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time reyuired far such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 120 of 128 ' ' � ' , ' , ' � � ' ,� � � i � � I� � snsi2ol2 ! , , ' ' ' ' � ' ' ' ' � � ' ' ' ' 1 ' LJ Section 1V — Technical Specifications 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT T'he quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shali be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand- cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. 5-SectionlV.doc Page 121 of 128 5/IS/2012 Section 1V — Technical Specifications 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (W WTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. • The date of the training, and • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, ' C. J C' ' ' ' ' ' ' � � 1 LJ ' � ' ' 5-SectionlV.doc Page 122 of 128 5/15/2012 ' , ' ' ' � ' ' ' Section IV —Technical Specifications pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traf�ic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnica) report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT , The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all eyuipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. , ' 60 SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and ' markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 7l l) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or , markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made far these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. , 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans ' and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. ' ' 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 7I5 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include al1 equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. ' 5-SectionIV.doc Page 123 of 128 5/IS/2012 ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 62 TREE PROTECTION 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At ar greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above reyuirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 62.2 ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society ofArboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other eyuipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by 5-SectionIV.doc Page 124 of 128 ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' � ' , ' ' ' , 5/15/2012 , ' , � � ' Section IV —Technical Specifications construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of l 8 inches below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society ofArboriculture (ISA) certified arbarist. ' C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. ' D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. ' E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter � from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. ' G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of l 8" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18". ' H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. � I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. , J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. ' K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may ' require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. ' M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. , 62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or ' under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and , other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 125 of 128 5/15/2012 ' Section IV —Technical Specifications B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and wilI require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT 19990505/ http://www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. 5-SectionIV.doc Page 126 of 128 5/15/2012 � , � ' ' �J �I �� i � !�1 ' ' , ' u ' ' �'' � � ' LJ C� ' ! ' Section IV —Technical Specifications 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ' Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. ' , ' , � ' ' � ,� ' , ' 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1- Having the power lines de-energized and visibly grounded. Option 2- Maintaining a minimum distance of 20 feet of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV an 50 feet of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3- Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the table included in Section 64.2. 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (nominal, kV, alternating current) (feet) Up to 50 l 0 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 20 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 5-SectionIV.doc Page 127 of 128 5/]5/2012 Section 1V — Technical Specifications Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) � � LJ , , Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. , � , C� � ' ' � � � ' � ' 5-SectionIV.doc Page 128 of 128 5/IS/2012 ' , , ' ' ' SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 64 inclusive; are a part of this contract. The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to Section II Instructions ' to Bidders, Section III General Conditions, and/or Section IV Technical Specifications. Where any article of the Instruction to Bidders, General Conditions, and Technical Specifications is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these , supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect. ' C' ' ' �, II � J ' ' ' � MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARTICLE 3- DEFINITION OF TERMS 3 The following sentences are added to the definition of Estimated Quantities: "The basis for payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. No claims for damages, anticipated profits, or other claims associated with the difference between the amounts of work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof will be honared". ARTICLE 6 - CONCRETE 6 Article 6 is supplemented by Section 03 30 00 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 7— EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 72 Section 03 11 00 in Section Na Supplemental Technical Specifications supersedes Article 7.2. ARTICLE 8 — REINFORCEMENT 8 Article 8 is supplemented by Section 03 20 00 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 9 - OBSTRUCTIONS ' 9 Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, City of Clearwater ' WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) �� i��C� Issued for Bid December 20 ] 2 ' shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a Florida registered Professional Surveyor and Mapper (PSM). ARTICLE 14 - BACKFILL l4 Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 6" in thickness unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor Density Test) to the bottom of pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95% compaction as determined by AASHTO T l 80 (Modified Proctor Density Test). ARTICLE 25 — GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 25.2.2 The following sentence is added to Article 25.2.2.1.5 Fertilizer: "No fertilizer shall be applied within ] 00 ft of a City public water system production well." ARTICLE 37 - AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 37 Article 37 is superseded by Section O1 32 34 in Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 38 — EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 38 Contractor shall obtain a FDEP generic permit for the discharge of produced groundwater during pump performance testing. All soil erosion and sediment control measures shall be installed prior to disturbing the site and shall be maintained throughout the project. 38.9 No additional payment will be made to the Contractor for the re- establishment of erosion control devices which may become damaged, destroyed, or otherwise rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the construction of the Project. Near completion of the project, when directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dismantle and remove the temporary devices used for sediment control during construction. ARTICLE 41 — WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES 41 Specification Sections 33 ll 16 and 33 13 00 of the IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications supplement Article 41. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� Issued for Bid December 2012 � ' ' �i �� ' � ' ' ' , !� L ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' 1 ' LJ � L � �� J 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 ARTICLE 44 — WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 44 All public trails and parking areas shall not be obstructed. Coordination with the Engineer and the City is required for work zone issues in public areas. Public Safety is paramount. ARTICLE 56 — CLEARING AND GRUBBING 56 Topsoil shall be stripped in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or objectionable material. Tall growths of grass shall be cut before stripping. Stripping is not to occur within a drip line of a tree unless written permission is obtained. Topsoil shall be stockpiled where directed. Storage piles shall be constructed to freely drain and the piles shall be covered or seeded to prevent erosion. Borrow topsoil, if required, shall be reasonably free of subsoil, weeds, roots, and objects over 2 inches in diameter. All waste materials shall be removed from the site. Burning combustible materials or burying organic matter on site is not allowed. 1 City of Clearwater , WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 � � E;�- � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 ;� Hil_� y. � � ' , ' , ' ' � � ' � ' � ' ' ' � �I ' ' , , ' r ' , , � ' � ' SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents DIVISION O1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section O1 11 00 O1 14 00 O1 22 Ol 01 29 00 Ol 3] 13 Ol 3l 19 01 32 00 O1 32 33 01 32 34 01 33 00 014213 Ol 43 33 01 45 16.13 Ol 50 00 Ol 57 l3 O1 60 00 O1 6l 00 Ol 71 l3 0174]0 01 74 16 01 77 00 O1 78 23 01 78 39 O1 79 23 O1 91 14 Title Summary of Work Sequence of Construction Measurement and Payment Payment Procedure Project Coordination Project Meetings Construction Progress Documentation Construction Photographs Color Audiovisual Construction Record Submittals Abbreviations Manufacturers' Field Services Contractor Quality Control Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Material and Equipment Common Product Requirements Mobilization and Demobilization Cleaning During Construction and Final Cleaning Surface Restoration Special Provisions Contract Closeout Operation and Maintenance Data Project Record Documents Instruction of Operations & Maintenance Personnel Equipment Testing and Facility Startup , DIVISION 02 — SITE WORK � Section Title 02 41 00 Demolition ' DIVISION 03 — CONCRETE Section Title ' 03 11 00 Concrete Formwork City of Clearwater ' WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 20 ] 2 ' � � Y� 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcement 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete 03 35 00 Concrete Finishes 03 4l 38 Concrete Joint and Joint Accessories 03 60 00 Grout DIVISION 09 — FINISHES Section Title 09 90 O1 Painting and Coating of Process Equipment 09 91 OS Piping, Valve, and Equipment Identification Syste DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL Section Title 26 01 26 Acceptance Tests and Performance Verification 26 OS 00 General Electrical Provisions 26 OS l 9 600 Volt Cable 26 OS 23 Instrumentation Cable 26 OS 26 Grounding Systems 26 OS 33 Rigid Conduit 26 OS 34 Flexible Conduit 26 OS 35 Expansion/Deflection Fittings 26 OS 36 Pull and Junction Boxes 26 OS 37 Outlet Boxes 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 28 16 Disconnect Switches 26 41 00 Lightning Protection System 26 41 23 Transient Voltage Surge Suppression DIVISION 31 — UTILITIES Section Title 31 02 00 Earthwork 31 11 00 Clearing, Grubbing, and Stripping 31 23 13 Stabilized Subgrade 31 23 16 Excavation, Backfilling, and Compaction DIVISION 33 — UTILITIES Section Title 33 11 16 Underground Piping and Fittings City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 ' ' ' ' ' m � , ' ' � ' � , ' , r , � �� l��a , ' ' , ' ' ' , , ' , ' , , ' , , ' ' ' ' 33 13 00 Disinfection of Process and Water Main Piping DIVISION 40 — PROCESS INTEGRATION Section Title 40 O1 20 General Requirements for Piping 40 OS l6 Pipe Hangers and Supports 40 23 20 Above Ground Pipe and Fittings 40 23 21 Above Ground Valves and Piping Appurtenances 40 91 10 Primary Elements and Transmitters 40 91 l0A Instrument Certification Sheet Example 40 91 l OB Instrument Certification Sheet 40 92 O1 Motor Actuators for Valves DIVISION 43 — PROCESS LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT Section Title 43 21 14 Submersible Turbine Wel) Pumps City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 a � �, � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 � � �, �° � � ' II ' ' ' , ' ' � � J , , � LJ ' ' ' , LJ , , ' PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION O1 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK � l.O1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' L _J A. The completed Work will provide the Owner with twelve (12) new remote brackish well facilities and four (4) replacement fresh well facilities. B. The Work shall include the following: 1. Mobilization/Demobilization/General Conditions a. Wark shall include the following: ' 1) Provision of insurance and bonds 2) Moving equipment to the site for site work 3) Performing initial site preparation and erecting project information , signs. 4) Performing audio-video recording of existing conditions at the construction site. ' S) Providing sanitary and potable water facilities as required for the proper performance and completion of the work. 6) Removing equipment from the site. ' 7) Submitting contract closeout documents. 8) Performing final site cleanup. ' ' ' r� �� ' ' ' ' ' 2. Tree Removal a. The work shall include removing branches as necessary, cutting trees down, stump removal and disposal of all tree materials off-site. b. Coordination with City personnel prior to tree removal at each site is required and shall be included in the Bid Price. 3. Tree Barrier Installation/Removal a. The work includes, but is not limited to, the installation of tree barricades as follows: 1) Furnishing and installing all tree barricades as shown on the drawings and/or as directed by the City. 2) Removing all tree barricades upon completion of Work. 4. Temporary Security Fencing a. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following: l) Furnishing and installing all temporary fencing as shown on the drawings and/or as directed by the City. 2) Removing all temporary fencing upon completion of Work. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid Ol 11 00 -] December 2012 � � 5. � 7. 8. Silt Fencing a. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1) Furnishing and installing all silt fencing as shown on the drawings and/or as directed by the City. 2) Removing all temporary fencing upon completion of Work. Root Pruning a. The work includes root pruning in accordance with the contract documents by a qualified person(s) as shown on the drawings and/or as directed by the City. Electrical Service Conduit, Wiring, and Pull Boxes a. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following: ]) Provision and installation of conduit, wiring, and pull boxes between Progress Energy service pedestals and the facility electric meters as shown on the drawings and/or as directed by the City. 2) Coordination with Progress Energy for Progress Energy to make the wiring terminations in the pedestal. Site Work/Demolition a. The Work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1) Work for rehabilitating the facilities at Well 45 and Well 46 includes complete demolition of the existing facilities including the existing fencing and concrete pads and removal of the existing vertical turbine well pumps and all associated piping, electrical, and control/telemetry equipment. Work for rehabilitating the facilities at Well 51 and Well 52 is the same with the exception of removing the existing well pumps (no existing pumps). 2) Performing existing well facility demolition for rehabilitating the facilities. Demolition at Well 45 and Well 46 includes complete demolition of the existing facilities including the existing fencing and concrete pads and removal of the existing vertical turbine well pumps and all associated piping, electrical, and control/telemetry equipment. Work for rehabilitating the facilities at Well 51 and Well 52 is the same with the exception of removing the existing well pumps (no existing pumps). 3) Performing site grading and excavations for concrete. 4) Constructing concrete well pad and well pump pedestal. 5) Provision and erection of permanent fencing. 6) Performing final site grading. 7) Sodding b. All demolished or excess materials shall be removed from the sites. ' ' , � , � , ' ' ' , , ' ' ' i 9. Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment a. The Work includes, but is not limited to, the following: , Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well , Facilities Expansion Project IO-0039-UT-(A) � �� Issued for Bid O1 I 1 00 - 2 December 2012 , � � � ' ' ' � ' ' , � �J ' ' � C� � ' LJ , 10. 11 12. 13. � 1) Provision and installation of all well pump discharge piping including above ground process piping and supports and underground raw water piping. 2) Installation of ODP control valve with actuator and flow meter. 3) Provision and installation of all electrical equipment including wiring and conduit, disconnects, circuit breakers, junction boxes, motor feeders, electric panets, generator receptacles, light poles, grounding systems and all associated electrical equipment. 4) Work includes painting, pressure testing, disinfection, bacteriological sampling, startup and demonstration testing, training by manufacturer's representatives, cleanup, warranties, and all other incidentals required to complete the work. Work shall include flushing and disinfecting the well, well pump, column pipe, discharge head, piping and valves and collecting and analyzing well water samples for 20 consecutive days. Well disinfection and groundwater sampling activities shall be coordinated with Clearwater Public Utilities personnel. Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation a. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1) Furnishing PVC column pipe and all fittings and appurtenances as indicated in the contract documents. 2) Installation of ODP submersible turbine well pump with motor on column pipe to the depth indicated on the drawings or as directed by the City or Engineer. 3) Installation of the safety cable for the pump, the riser check valve, the power cable for the pump, and the pump discharge head assembly (part of ODP pump materials). Well Pump and Appurtenances (ODP) a. The work includes, but is not limited to, the provision of the following: 1) Submersible turbine well pump with motor 2) Submersible pump power cable 3) Discharge head assembly 4) Safety cable and hardware 5) Riser Check Valve Control Valve and Actuator (ODP) a. The Work includes, but is not limited to, the provision of the following: 1) Control valve with motor actuator per the Contract Documents. Flow Meter (ODP) a. The Work includes, but is not limited to, the provision of the following: 1) Flow Meter and Accessories in accordance with the Contract Documents. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��;� �P��i:m�� Issued for Bid Ol 11 00 - 3 December 2012 ' 1.02 ODP EQUIPMENT ' Owner direct purchase (ODP) items are to include the submersible turbine well pumps, the flow meters, and the motor actuated valves (with motor actuators). � 1.03 WELL FACILITIES IDENTIFICAITON The original well site numbers, permit ID Nos. and well site names are as follows: , Well ID No. Well Site Name 2-1 Ruth Eckerd 2-2 Del Oro 2-3 Mission Hills 2-4 Kapok 2-5 David Ave. 2-6 McMullen Tennis 2-7 Allen's Creek East 2-g Allen's Creek West 2-9 Safety Village 2-�� Ed Wright 2-� 1 South Elevated Water Tower 2-�2 Belmont 45 Fresh Well 45 46 Fresh Well 46 51 Fresh Well 51 52 Fresh Well 52 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 11 00 - 4 December 2012 ' ' ' ' ' r ' � ' , ' , ' � �� tr��i�� ' ' ' ' � SECTION O1 14 00 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION PART1-GENERAL ' ].O1 A ' 1.02 � ' ' ' i ' ' [� , C �_1 � ' � A. 1:3 SUMMARY This section includes work sequence requirements necessary for coordination with other City contracted work. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide temporary security fencing around the sites throughout the construction of each site. Construction at the fresh well facilities currently out of service can begin immediately C. Owner is anticipating engaging a Well Drilling contractor for installation of the deep wells. The Work at each site will commence after the Well Driller's contract term. The proposed schedule is provided below. D. Temporary piping shall be provided as required by the approved sequence of construction, to a11ow for yard piping additions and conversion of existing piping to accommodate new facilities. E 1.03 A Contractor shall prepare detailed sequence of work and it shall be included as a part of the Progress Schedule required under Section Ol 32 00, Construction Progress Documentation. FRESH WELL CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE REQUIREMENTS Construction at the fresh well facilities currently out of service (Well #51 and Well #52) can begin immediately after notice to proceed. B. Construction at the fresh well facilities currently in service (Well #45 and Well #46) shall be constructed after WTP No. l is substantially complete (By Others) on or about November 1, 2013. 1.04 A BRACKISH WELL CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE REQUIREMENTS Construction of the brackish well facilities will follow the well drilling schedule. The order that the production wells will be completed is as follows: 1. Well Z-7 Allen's Creek East Site (Original Well Site No. 20b) 2. Well 2-6 McMullen Tennis Site (Originally Well Site No. 83) 3. We112-4 Kapok Site (Originally Well Site No. 82) 4. We112-10 Ed Wright Site (Original Well Site No. 84) 5. We112-11 South Elevated Water Tower Site (Original Well Site No. 35) 6. We112-12 Belmont Site (Original Well Site No. 37) 7. We112-9 Safety Village Site (Original Well Site No. 32) 8. Well 2-5 David Avenue Site (Original Well Site No. 11) 9. Well 2-8 Allen's Creek West Site (Original Well Site No. 20a) 10. We112-2 Del Oro Site (Original Well Site No. 2) City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 01 14 00 - 1 December 2012 �� % ' 11. Well 2-1 Ruth Eckerd Site (Original We11 Site No. 1) ' 12. Mission Hills Site (Original Well Site No. 55) l.OS INTERCONNECT CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE REQUIREMENTS , A. Construction of the brackish and fresh well facilities must be completed prior to construction ofthe Pinellas County interconnect modifications. , PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) � END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 14 00 - 2 December 2012 � , ' � � ' ' � � � � ' � �� ' � � ' 1 , PART1- GENERAL ' ' � � � l .Ol SCOPE A. 1.02 SECTION O1 22 O1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT This section covers methods of ineasurement and payment for items of Work under this Contract. GENERAL A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work reyuired by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction equipment and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the lump sum and unit prices bid. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. , 1.03 A ' 1.04 �I LJ ESTIMATED QUANTITIES See Section IV Article 3— Definition of Terms. EXCAVATION A. Except where otherwise specified, the lump sum price bid far each item of Work which involves excavation or trenching shall include all costs for such Work. No direct payment shall be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is unclassified and there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for backfill where rock is excavated below subgrade. ' 1.05 TAXES AND PERMITS ' � ' ' ' A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State of Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply to this bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to have been included in Bidder's proposal. 1.06 RETAINAGE A. Refer to Agreement City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 01 22 Ol - 1 December 2012 � V� � 1.07 A B MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Refer to Article 14 of Standard General Conditions. Schedule of Bid Items Lump Sum Bid Items a. b. c. d. The work for each Lump Sum bid item shall be constructed as shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications. Measurement and Payment for each bid item shall be made at the lump sum price stated in the Bid for each item and shall be pro-rated for the actual work completed based on an approved schedule of values detailing work to be completed under the specific item. Each lump sum price shall include all of the contractors' costs to complete the construction exclusive of payment items provided for elsewhere in the bid form. Each lump sum price shall include but not be limited to the following: ». iii iv v. v�. vii. V 111 ix. X. Xl. xii. Xlll. xiv. xv. xvi. xvii. xviii. xix. XX. XXi. XXlI. xxiii. Shop and Working Drawings. Excavation (excluding unsuitable soil excavation) Shoring and bracing Clearing, grubbing and grading except as hereinafter specified. Trench excavation, including necessary pavement removal and rock removal, except as otherwise specified. Dewatering and disposal of surplus water. Structural fill, backfill, and grading. Compaction Replacement of unpaved roadways, and shrubbery plots. Clean-up, miscellaneous wark and restoration. Testing and placing system in operation. Any material and equipment required to be installed and utilized for the tests. Painting Pipe, structures, pavement replacement, asphalt and shell driveways and/or appurtenances included within the limits of lump sum work, unless otherwise shown. Maintaining or detouring of traffic. Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. Sodding of areas affected by construction. As-built Record Drawings. Disinfection Bacteriological sampling and testing. Start-up. Training by Manufacturer's Representative Sediment and Erosion Control City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 01 22 O1 - 2 December 2012 � �. �.�� ' ' � L� �J ' � �� ' � ' ' , � ' ' , � ' ' ' ' ' � � 1 ' ' � ' � 2. Unit Cost Bid Items a. b. c. d. The work for each Unit Cost bid item shall be constructed as shown and described on the Drawings and Specifications. Payment shall be made at the Unit Cost price stated in the Bid for each item. Each unit cost price shall include all of the Contractor's costs to complete the construction exclusive of payment items provided for elsewhere in the bid form. See Section Ill Article l 1.3. C. Description of Bid Items GENERAL ]. Bid Item Nos. 1, 14, 26, 37, 48, 59, 71, 84, 95, 107, 120, 131, 143, 152, 161, 170, 179 — Mobilization/Demobilization a. �� c. Description: This item covers all mobilization/demobilization for each site necessary for completion of this project related to construction of the production wells, the gravel access road and related ancillaries. Measurement: The lump sum Bid Price for mobilization/demobilization shall include costs associated with preparatory work and operations necessary to begin constructing the well heads or access road, including but not limited to, those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the Project site, pre-construction video, and for the establishment of temporary offices for the Contractor, security of project site, Project Information sign per City of Clearwater Article 50, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities as required by the Plans and Specifications and all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations, notification of residents per City of Clearwater Article 52.2, all Contractor obtained permits, clearing and grubbing per City of Clearwater Article 56 as required for the proper performance and completion of the work. Payment for mobilization/demobilization will be made on an incremental basis in accordance with the following: Percent of Original Allowable Percent Contract Amount of the Lump Sum Earned Price for the Item 10 25 20 30 30 35 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 70 City of Clearwater � WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 01 22 O1 - 3 December 2012 ' � � � .» 80 80 90 90 100 100 d. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. e. Pay item shall include the cost of bonds and any other required insurance, consideration for indemnification to the City and the Engineer's Consultant, and any other pre-construction expenses necessary for the start of the Work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall also be included in this Pay Item. f. Bid price for mobilization/demobilization shall not exceed 3.5°/a of the subtotal amount for each bid item group. g. Payment shall be made under: �. ii. iii iv v. vi v>>. viii. ix. x. xi. xii. Xlll. xiv. XV. XVI. Item No. 1 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 14 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 26 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 37 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 48 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 59 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 71 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 84 — Mobilization/Demobi(ization Item No. 95 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 107 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 131— Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 143 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 152 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 161 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 170 — Mobilization/Demobilization Item No. 179 — Mobilization/Demobilization 2. Bid Item Nos. 2, 73, 96, 108, 182 — Tree Remova( a. b. c. Description: This bid item includes removing branches as necessary, cutting trees down, stump removal, disposal of all tree materials off- site, and permits for each site. Measurement: The quantity of trees removed to be paid for under this Item shall be measured as a lump sum quantity. Measurement shall be as shown on the drawings or where directed by the Owner's Representative. Payment: The yuantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. Payment will be made by project completion. No payment will City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid Ol 22 O1 - 4 December 2012 � �, 5 � ' � �' � ' , � , �J � � ' ' , � ' ' ' , � , ' ' ' ' , � LJ , � i I� � � � �I e. be made if trees are not removed throughout the project as deemed necessary by the Owner or the Owner's authorized Project Representative. Coordination with City personnel prior to tree removal at each site is required and shall be included in the Bid Price. Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 2— Tree Removal ii. Item No. 73 — Tree Removal iii. Item No. 96 — Tree Removal iv. Item No. 108 — Tree Removal v. Item No. 182 — Tree Removal 3. Bid Item Nos. 3, 15, 60, 73, 109, 132, 181: Tree Barricades a. � � Description: The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to install tree barricades for all trees and palms for each site within or adjacent to the work zone, including staging or lay down areas as required by the City Code and Specification Section IV. The lump sum price includes furnishing and installing barricade material, routine maintenance, and removal of tree barricades upon completion of construction as directed by the Owner's Project Representative. Measurement: The quantity of tree barricades to be paid for under this Item shall be measured as a lump sum quantity. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price set out in the Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full compensation for all the work described herein. No payment will be made if tree barricades are not utilized throughout the project as deemed necessary by the Owner or the Owner's authorized Project Representative. Payment for tree barricades will be made on an incremental basis in accardance with the following: Percent of Original Allowable Percent Contract Amount of the Lump Sum Earned Price for the Item l0 10 2� 2� 30 30 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 70 80 80 90 90 100 100 City of Clearwater � WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 41 22 O1 - 5 December 2012 LJ � � � d. Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 3— Tree Barricade ii. Item No. 15 — Tree Barricade iii. Item No. 60 — Tree Barricade iv. Item No. 73 — Tree Barricade v. Item No. 109 — Tree Barricade vi. Item No. 132 — Tree Barricade vii. Item No. 181— Tree Barricade 4. Bid Item Nos. 4, 16, 27, 38, 49, 61, 74, 85, 97, 110, 121, 133, 144, 153, 162, 171, 180: Erosion Control a. The lump sum amount shall be for furnishing and installing erosion control for each site where shown on the drawings or as directed by the Project Representative and shall inc}ude artificial coverings, sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, cleanouts, staked silt barrier, staked silt fence. The lump sum price includes furnishing and installing material, routine maintenance and removal of temporary erosion control features upon completion of construction as shown on the drawings and specified. b. Measurement: The yuantity to be paid for under this item is lump sum for installation of erosion control items as required for the project or as directed by the Owner or Owner's authorized Project Representative. c. Payment for erosion control will be made on an incremental basis in accordance with the following: a Percent of Original Contract Amount Earned 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 4— Erosion Control ii. Item No. 16 — Erosion Control iii. Item No. 27 — Erosion Control iv. Item No. 38 — Erosion Control City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 22 01 - 6 December 2012 Allowable Percent of the Lump Sum Price for the Item l0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 _ � �� ' , � ' ' � � � � � � J , , ' �1 ' � ' , 1 � , � � � � � 5. v. vi. vii. viii. ix. x. Xl. xii. xiii. xiv. xv. xvi. XV11. Item No. 49 — Erosion Control Item No. 61 — Erosion Control Item No. 74 — Erosion Control Item No. 85 — Erosion Control Item No. 97 — Erosion Control Item No. 110 — Erosion Control Item No. 121— Erosion Control Item No. 133 — Erosion Control Item No. 144 — Erosion Control Item No. 153 — Erosion Control Item No. 162 — Erosion Control Item No. 171 — Erosion Control Item No. 180 — Erosion Control Bid Item Nos. 5, 17, 28, 39, 50, 62, 75, 86, 98, 111, 122, 134, 183 — Root Pruning a Q c � Description: This bid item is for root pruning of trees associated with the construction of the production well heads or gravel access road. Tree roots shall be acceptably pruned by (or supervised by) an ISA certified arborist as directed by the Owner's Representative. The Unit Bid Price for root pruning shall include, but is not limited to, the following: l) Root pruning in accordance with the contract documents, which shall include the services of a certified arborist, cutting the roots, cutting equipment, plastic barrier, and any other activity or equipment necessary to prune the tree roots until the work is accepted by the Owner or the Owner's authorized Project Representative, as shown on the drawings and/or as directed by the Owner or Owner's authorized Project Representative. Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item is the linear horizontal feet of root pruning for each site acceptably performed to the limits shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner or Owner's authorized Project Representative. Payment: Payment for the root pruning will be made per horizontal linear foot upon final completion of the work at each site. The unit bid price includes the services of a certified arbarist, cutting the roots, cutting equipment, plastic barrier, painting with tree pruning compound, and any other measures necessary to prune the tree roots as specified until the work is accepted by the Owner's Representative Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 5— Root Pruning ii. Item No. 17 — Root Pruning iii. Item No. 28 — Root Pruning iv. Item No. 39 — Root Pruning v. Item No. 50 — Root Pruning City of Clearwater ' WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 22 01 - 7 December 2012 ' � � vi. Item No. 62 — Root Pruning vii. Item No. 75 — Root Pruning viii. Item No. 86 — Root Pruning ix. Item No. 98 — Root Pruning x. Item No. 111— Root Pruning xi. Item No. 122 — Root Pruning xii. Item No. 134 — Root Pruning xiii. Item No. 183 — Root Pruning x�v. PRODUCTION WELLS � ' � ' , 6. Bid Item Nos. 6, 19, 29, 40, 51, 63, 76, 87, 99, 112, 123, 135, 145, 154, 163, 172 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring � a. � c � Description: The Unit Bid Price for electrical service conduit and wiring shall include, but is not limited to, the following: 1) Provision and installation of conduit and wiring between Progress Energy service pedestals and the facility electric meters as shown on the drawings and/or as directed by the Owner or Owner's authorized Project Representative. 2) Coordination with Progress Energy for Progress Energy to make the wiring terminations in the pedestal. Measurement: The quantity to be paid for under this item is the linear horizontal feet of conduit and wiring properly installed to the limits shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner or Owner's authorized Project Representative. Payment: Payment for the electrical service conduit and wiring will be made per horizontal linear foot upon final completion of the work at each site. Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 6— Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring ii. Item No. 19 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring iii. Item No. 29 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring iv. Item No. 40 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring v. Item No. 51— Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring vi. Item No. 63 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring vii. Item No. 76 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring viii. Item No. 87 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring ix. Item No. 99 — Electricai Service Conduit and Wiring x. Item No. 112 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring xi. Item No. 123 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring xii. Item No. 135 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring xiii. Item No. 145 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring xiv. Item No. 154 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring xv. Item No. 163 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring xvi. Item No. 172 — Electrical Service Conduit and Wiring City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 22 Ol - 8 December 2012 A, � F� � r�, � � , � � � � � � , ' � , � , � � ' � � u � , � , ' � , 7 8. Bid Item Nos. 7, 19, 30, 41, 52, 64, 77, 88, 100, 113, 124, 136 — Electrical Service Pull Boxes a. Description: The Unit Bid Price for electrical service pull boxes shall include, but is not limited to, the following: l) Provision and installation of pull boxes as shown on the drawings and/or as directed by the Owner or Owner's authorized Project Representative. b. Measurement: Measurement will be per each based on the number of electrical service pull boxes installed. c. Payment: Payment for the electrical service pull boxes shall be for each pull box installed in accordance with the Contract Documents. d. Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 7— Electrical Service Pull Boxes ii. Item No. 19 — Electrical Service Pull Boxes iii. Item No. 30 — Electrical Service Pull Boxes iv. Item No. 41 — Electrical Service Pull Boxes v. Item No. 52 — Electrical Service Pull Boxes vi. Item No. 64 — E(ectrical Service Pull Boxes vii. Item No. 77 — Electrical Service Pull Boxes viii. Item No. 88 — Electrical Service Pull Boxes ix. Item No. 100 — Electrical Service Pull Boxes x. Item No. 113 — Electrical Service Pull Boxes xi. Item No. 124 — Electrical Service Pull Boxes xii. Item No. 136 — Electrical Service Pull Boxes Bid Item Nos. 8, 20, 31, 42, 53, 65, 78, 89, 101, 114, 125, 137, 146, 155, 164, 173 — Site WorWDemolition :� [7 c d. e. The Lump Sum Bid Price for the site work shall include, but is not limited to, the following: l) Performing existing well facility demolition (if required). 2) Performing site grading and excavations for concrete. 3) Constructing concrete well pad and well pump pedestal. 4) Provision and erection of permanent fencing. 5) Performing final site grading. 6) Sodding Measurement: The quantity of site work and demolition to be paid for under this Item shall be measured as one lump sum quantity. Payment: Payment for the site work will be made on a lump sum upon final completion of the work at each site. All demolished or excess materials shall be removed from the sites. Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 8— Site Work ii. Item No. 20 — Site Work iii. Item No. 31— Site Work City of Clearwater � WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O] 22 O1 - 9 December 2012 ' � iv. v. vi. vii. viii. ix. x. xi. xii. xiii xiv xv. xvi Item No. 42 — Site Work Item No. 53 — Site Work Item No. 65 — Site Work Item No. 78 — Site Work Item No. 89 — Site Work Item No. 101— Site Work Item No. 114 — Site Work Item No. 125 — Site Work Item No. 137 — Site Work Item No. 146 — Site Work Item No. 155 — Site Work Item No. 164 — Site Work Item No. 173 — Site Work 9. Bid Item No. 9, 22, 32, 43, 54, 66, 79, 90, 102, 115, 126, 138, 147, 156, 165, 174 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment a. Description: The Lump Sum Bid Price for the well pump piping and electrical equipment shall include, but is not limited to, the following: l) Provision and installation of all well pump discharge piping including above ground process piping and supports and underground raw water piping. 2) Installation of control valve with actuator and flow meter. 3) Provision and installation of all electrical equipment including wiring and conduit, disconnects, circuit breakers, junction boxes, motor feeders, electric panels, generator receptacles, light poles, grounding systems and all associated electrical equipment. 4) Work includes painting, pressure testing, disinfection, bacteriological sampling, startup and demonstration testing, training by manufacturer's representatives, cleanup, warranties, and all other incidentals required to complete the work. b. Measurement: The quantity of well pump piping and electrical equipment to be paid for under this Item shall be measured as one lump sum quantity. c. Payment: Payment for the site work will be made on a percent complete and lump sum basis. d e. f. Work shall include flushing and disinfecting the well, well pump, column pipe, discharge head, piping and valves and collecting and analyzing well water samples for 20 consecutive days. Well disinfection and groundwater sampling activities shall be coordinated with Clearwater Public Utilities personnel. Proper disposal of recovered ground water is the responsibility of the Contractor. Payment shall be made under: Item No. 9— Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 01 22 Ol -]0 December 2012 L: � � � � LJ , � �� i � � , � , � � �r:�� ' 1 1 , i� � � , � , � � , L� , � �� ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vii. viii. ix. x. xi. xii. xiii. xiv. xv. XV1. Item No. 22 — Weli Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 32 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 43 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 54 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 66 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 79 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 90 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 102 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 115 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 126 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 138 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 147 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 156 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 165 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment Item No. 174 — Well Pump Piping and Electrical Equipment 10. Bid Item Nos. 10, 22, 33, 44, 55, 67, 80, 91, 103, 116, 127, 139, 148, 157, 166, 175 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation a. � c. Description: The Unit Bid Price for providing the well pump drop pipe and installing the well pump shall include, but is not limited to, the following: 1) Furnishing PVC column pipe and all fittings and appurtenances as indicated in the contract documents. 2) Installation of submersible turbine well pump with motor on column pipe to the depth indicated on the drawings. 3) Installation of the safety cable for the pump, the riser check valve, the power cable for the pump, and the pump discharge head assembly. Measurement: The yuantity to be paid for under this item is the length in vertical feet of Certa-Lok column pipe acceptably installed to the limits shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Work includes accessories and all other incidentals required to complete the work. Payment: Payment for the PVC column pipe will be made per vertical foot upon completion of installation of the pump, column pipe, and accessories. � City of Clearwater 1 WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 22 O1 - 11 December 2012 � �� d. The Contractor shall be responsible for flushing and disinfecting the pump and column pipe. e. Proper disposal of ground water is the responsibility of the Contractor. f. Payment shall be made under: i. ii. lll. iv. v. vi. vii. viii. ix. x. xi. xii. xiii. xiv. xv. XVI. Item No. 10 — Wel( Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation Item No. 22 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Instal(ation Item No. 33 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation Item No. 44 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Welt Pump Installation Item No. 55 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation Item No. 67 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation Item No. 80 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation Item No. 91 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation Item No. 103 - Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation Item No. 116 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation Item No. 127 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation Item No. 139 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Instatlation Item No. 148 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation Item No. 157 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation Item No. 166 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation Item No. 175 — Well Pump Drop Pipe; Well Pump Installation 11. Bid Item Nos. llA, 23A, 34A, 45A, 56A, 68A, 81A, 92A, 104A, 117A, 128A, 140A, 149A, 158A, 167A, 176A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item a. Description: Under this bid item, the Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and delivering to site the following items and their associated materials and appurtenances as required in the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) documents located in the Appendix Section: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote We11 Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 01 22 O1 -]2 December 2012 � ; a� �.. � ' � � � L� , � J ' � � ' � � ;_1 � � � 1 � L_ � ' ' � � � � � � � � , C� , � b. c. d. ]) Submersible turbine well pump with motor 2) Submersible pump power cable 3) Discharge head assembly 4) Safety cable and hardware 5) Riser Check Valve Measurement: The quantity of well pump and appurtenances to be paid for under this Item shall be measured as a lump sum quantity. Payment: Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for each submersible well pump and motor with associated appurtenances provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be made under: �. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vii. viii. ix. x. xi. xii. xiii. xiv. xv. Item No. 11A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 23A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 34A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 45A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 56A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 68A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 81A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 92A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 104A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 11'7A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 128A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 140A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 158A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 167A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item Item No. 176A — Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and Motor — ODP Item 12. Bid Item Nos. 12A, 24A, 35A, 46A, 57A, 69A, 82A, 93A, lOSA, 118A, 129A, 141A, 150A, 159A, 168A, 177A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item City of Clearwater I WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A} Issued for Bid O] 22 01 - 13 December 2012 � a. � a. Description: Under this bid item, the Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and delivering to site the following items and their associated materials and appurtenances as required in the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) documents located in the Appendix Section: 1) Control valve with motor actuator. b. Measurement: The quantity of control valve and actuator to be paid for under this Item shall be measured as a lump sum quantity. c. Payment: Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for each valve and actuator with associated appurtenances provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. d. Payment shall be made under: �. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vii. viii. ix. x. Xl. xii. xiii. xiv. xv. xvi. Item No. 12A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 24A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 35A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 46A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 57A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 69A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 82A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 93A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. lOSA — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 118A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 129A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 141A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 150A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 159A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 168A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item Item No. 177A — Furnish & Deliver Control Valve and Control Valve Actuator — ODP Item City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 22 O1 - 14 December 2012 , ' i � L � , � � � � � � � ' � �� ^ i� i;� r' � , , ' � ' � , , r i , , � � , � � 13. Bid Item No. 13A, 25A, 36A, 47A, 58A, 70A, 83A, 94A, 106A, 119A, 130A, 142A, 151A, 160A, 169A, 178A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item a. b. c. d. Description: Under this bid item, the Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and delivering to site the following items and their associated materials and appurtenances as required in the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) documents located in the Appendix Section: 1) Flow Meter and Accessories Measurement: The quantity of flow meter to be paid for under this Item shall be measured as a lump sum quantity. Payment: Payment for flow meters shall be for each meter with associated appurtenances provided in accordance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be made under: i. ii. iii. iv. v. vi. vii. viii. ix. x. xi. xii. xiii. xiv. xv. xvi. Item No. 13A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 25A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 36A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 47A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. S8A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 70A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 83A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 94A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 106A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 119A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 130A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 142A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 151A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 160A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 169A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item Item No. 178A - Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - ODP Item 14. Bid Item Nos. 11B, 12B, 13B, 23B, 24B, 25B, 34B, 35, 36B, 45B, 46B, 47B, 56B, 57B, 58B, 68B, 69B, 70B, 81B, 82B, 83B, 92B, 93B, 94B, 104B, lOSB, 106B, 117B, 118B, 119B, 128B, 129B, 130B, 140B, 141B, 142B, 149B, 150B, 151B, 158B, 159B, 160B, 167B, 168B, 169B, 176B, 177B, 178B - Sales Tax Savings City of Clearwater � WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 01 22 O1 - 15 December 2012 i � � a. This item is for the sales taxes associated with the purchasing of the ODP item. At the completion of the project, this item will be deducted from the final contract amount. 15. Bid Item Nos. 11C, 12C, 13C, 23C, 24C, 25C, 34C, 35, 36C, 45C, 46C, 47C, 56C, 57C, 58C, 68C, 69C, 70C, 81C, 82C, 83C, 92C, 93C, 94C, 104C, lOSC, 106C, 117C, 118C, 119C, 128C, 129C, 130C, 140C, 141C, 142C, 149C, 150C, 151C, 158C, 159C, 160C, 167C, 168C, 169C, 176C, 177C, 178C - Installation, Testing, Warranty a. 0 c � Description: Under this item, the Contractor shall be responsible for unloading and proper storage prior, installation of the well pump, motor and associated appurtenances, performing all testing; providing the required warranty, and complete all related work for a complete operational well pump and motor as specified in the Contract Documents. Measurement: The yuantity of well pump and appurtenances to be paid for under this Item shall be measured as a lump sum quantity. Payment: Payment will be made on a lump sum basis for each submersible well pump and motor with appurtenances installed and operational in accordance with the Contract Documents. Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 11C - Installation, Testing, Warranty ii. Item No. 12C - Installation, Testing, Warranty iii. Item No. 13C - Installation, Testing, Warranty iv. Item No. 23C - Installation, Testing, Warranty v. Item No. 24C - Installation, Testing, Warranty vi. Item No. 25C - Installation, Testing, Warranty vii. Item No. 34C - Installation, Testing, Warranty viii. Item No. 35C - Installation, Testing, Warranty ix. Item No. 36C - Installation, Testing, Warranty x. Item No. 45C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xi. Item No. 46C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xii. Item No. 47C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xiii. Item No. 56C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xiv. Item No. S�C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xv. Item No. 58C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xvi. Item No. 68C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xvii. Item No. 69C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xviii. Item No. 70C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xix. Item No. 81C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xx. Item No. 82C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xxi. Item No. 83C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xxii. Item No. 92C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xxiii. Item No. 93C - Installation, Testing, Warranty xxiv. Item No. 94C - Installation, Testing, Warranty City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 22 01 - 16 December 2012 � �� ;� �, ' � ' , , � � � � � , � � � , � � J � , [1 � l__J ' , L_� , � ' , � ' ' C � � xxv. Item No. 104C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxvi. Item No. lOSC — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxvii. Item No. 106C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxviii. Item No. 117C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxix. Item No. 118C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxx. Item No. 119C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxxi. Item No. 128C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxxii. Item No. 129C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxxiii. Item No. 130C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxxiv. Item No. 140C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxxv. Item No. 141C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxxvi. Item No. 142C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxxvii. Item No. 149C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxxviii. Item No. 150C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xxxix. Item No. 151C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xl. Item No. 158C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xli. Item No. 159C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xlii. Item No. 160C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xliii. Item No. 167C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xliv. Item No. 168C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xlv. Item No. 169C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xlvi. Item No. 176C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xlvii. Item No. 177C — Installation, Testing, Warranty xlviii. Item No. 178C — Installation, Testing, Warranty KAPOK ACCESS ROAD l6. Bid Item No. 184: Clearing and Grubbing a. � c. Description: Contractor shall be responsible for clearing and grubbing necessary to remove and dispose of all vegetation and debris (including earthen materials incidentally removed with vegetation and debris), and removing structures and obstructions located within the limits of the construction area as shown on the drawings or designated by the Engineer, except such objects as are designated to remain in place or are to be removed in accardance with other sections of these Contract Documents. The Work shall also include the preservation from injury or defacement of all vegetation and objects designated to remain. Measurement: The quantity of clearing and grubbing to be paid for under this Item shall be measured as a lump sum quantity, acceptably performed and completed. Payment: The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all labor, materials and eyuipment necessary to remove and dispose of materials and structures including all hauling, equipment, tools, labor, landscape trimmings, leveling of terrain, and all incidental items necessary to accomplish the work as shown on the drawings and City of Clearwater 1 WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 22 O1 -] 7 December 2012 u ,,� � 17 l 8. specified Contract Documents. Excess soils and debris shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. d. Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 184 — Clearing and Grubbing Bid Item No. 185: Stabilized Sub-Grading (12" Thick) a. b. c. � Description: Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and placement of 12-inch thick stabilized sub-grade as per the Contract Documents. Measurement: The quantity of stabilizing sub-grade shall be paid far under this Item as square yards (SY) acceptably placed and completed. Payment: The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to grade and stabilize the sub-grade as shown on the drawings and specified in the Contract Documents, to include but not limited to, hauling, dewatering, site grading, clean fill furnishing and placement, proof rolling, compaction and testing, and disposal of excess excavation. Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 185 — Stabilized Sub-Grading (12" Thick) Bid Item No. 186: Crushed Concrete Base (8" Thick) a. b. c. � Description: Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and placement of 8-inch thick crushed concrete base as per the Contract Documents. Measurement: The quantity of crushed concrete base shall be paid for under this item as square yards (SY) acceptably placed and completed. Payment: The lump sum amount for this item shall be for furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to deliver and place the crushed concrete base material as shown on the drawings and specified in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to, hauling, dewatering, site grading, clean fill furnishing and placement, proof rolling, compaction and testing, and disposal of excess excavation. Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 186 — Crushed Concrete Base (8" Thick) 19. Bid Item No. 187: Twin Bollards w/Chain a. Description: This bid item describes measurement and payment for installing twin bollards and chain as shown on the drawings and specified in the Contract Documents. b. Measurement: Measurement will be on an individual basis for each set of twin bollard and chain installed and accepted by the Owner's Representative. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 22 01 - 18 December 2012 � z, ;, �� , 1 ' , � � i , � � , � ' � ' I' I � , r � ' ' ' , � , � ' ' i � � � c � Payment: Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes all labor, equipment, excavation and incidental items necessary to accomplish the work. Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 187 — Twin Bollards w/Chain 20. Bid Item No 188: Unsuitable Material Excavation Below Grade as Directed by Owner a 0 c. � Description: This bid item describes measurement and payment for excavation, ordered by the Owner's Representative in writing, to remove and dispose of earth unsuitable for bedding and support of pipelines, manholes, or structures. Measurement: Measurement shall be the volume, in cubic yards, of unsuitable earth actually removed by the Contractor as determined by field dimensions or survey. Payment: Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit bid price includes all labor, equipment, hauling, disposal, dewatering, and incidentat items necessary to accomplish the work. Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 188 — Unsuitable Material Excavation Below Grade as Directed by Owner 21. Bid Item No 189: Select Backfill Below Grade as Directed by Owner a L7 r� � Description: This bid item describes measurement and payment for select backfill below grade, ordered by the Owner's Representative in writing. Measurement: Measurement shall be the volume, in cubic yards, of select backfill actually installed by the Contractor as determined by field dimensions or survey. Payment: Payment will be according to the unit bid price set forth in the Proposal. The unit price includes all labor, equipment, borrow material, placing, grading, compacting, testing and incidental items necessary to complete the Work. Payment shall be made under: i. Item No. 189 — Select Backfill Below Grade as Directed by Owner 22. Bid Item No. 190: Segmented Retaining Wall Allowance a. Description: This allowance is to be used for payment on the design and construction of the 175-foot segmented retaining wall system to include, but not limited to, materials, labor, equipment, delivery and construction. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all City of Clearwater ' WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 22 Ol - 19 December 2012 , °� � � b, c. work with the construction of the segmented retaining wall as per the Contract Documents. Contractor shall provide any materials not provided by Associated Construction Products, Inc. and complete all necessary wark not completed by Associated Construction Products, Inc. to construct the segmented retaining wall. Payment: Receipt of payment by Contractor to Associated Construction Products, Inc. will be required for reimbursement by the City. No Contractor markup is allowed under this bid item. Payment shall be made under: PROGRESS ENERGY 23. 24. Item No. 190 — Segmented Retaining Wall Allowance Bid Item No. 191: - Progress Energy Utility Allowance a. This allowance is to be used for payment to Progress Energy for providing the electrical service to the new remote well facilities. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of work with Progress Energy for installation of the new utilities. b. Payment: Receipt of payment by Contractor to Progress Energy will be reyuired for reimbursement by the City. No Contractor markup will be paid for under this bid item. c. Payment shall be made under: Item No. 191— Progress Energy Utility Allowance Bid Item No. 192: - Owner's 10% Contingency a. All contingency work covered by this item includes furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and services required consisting of unforeseen items of work not included in other bid items but necessary for accomplishing the work and shall apply only to extra work as approved by the Owner, or additional items over and above those specified in the Contract Documents. The cost of this additional work shall be agreed upon in writing and approved by the Owner's Project Representative prior to starting this additional work. The lump sum bid for contingency shall equal ten percent (10%) of the subtotal of the Bid Items 1 through 191 rounded up to the nearest cent. In case of mathematical error on the bidder's part, the Contingency Bid Item will be adjusted up or down to equate to 10% of this subtotal. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 22 01 - 20 December 20 ] 2 °� � ,,, ' r � � � ' ' , � � � , � i , � � , ' ' 1 � ' ' , L� ' � , ' r �� PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION � City of Clearwater ' WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 22 O1 - 21 December 20I2 � °� ;�° THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 ��„� a� � � LI �_J , � PART1- GENERAL � 1.01 GENERAL ' � ' SECTION O1 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURE A. Payment will be based on Lump Sum (including Schedule of Values) and Unit Items and accepted in accordance with the Contract documents. A schedule of Value shall be provided far any Lump Sum items, as requested. Materials, equipment, skills, tools, and labor which is reasonably and properly inferable and necessary for the proper completion of the Work in a substantial manner and in compliance with the requirements state or implied by the Drawings and Specifications shall be furnished and installed by Contractor without additional compensation, whether specifically indicated in the Contract Documents or not. These items are considered incidental to the bid items shown in the Bid Form. The described items apply for all applicable parts in the Bid Form. ' B. Payment will be based on the percentage complete of work performed in strict accordance with the Drawings and Specifications, based on Lump Sum (including Schedule of Values) and Unit Items. A Schedule of Value shall be provided for any , Lump Sum items, as requested. Contractor shall use the City Application for Payment form including attachments. , , CJ C. The City reserves the right to alter the Drawings, modify incidental work as may be necessary, including deduction or cancellation of any one or more of the bid items. Changes in the Work shall not be considered as a waiver of any condition of the Contract nor invalidate any provisions thereof. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: � ' 1.03 A. ' B. CJ � ' � L� C Schedule of Values: Submit on form approved by Owner. 2. Application for Payment. 3. Final Application for Payment. SCHEDULE OF VALUES Prepare a separate Schedule of Values for each schedule of the Work under the Agreement. Upon request of Engineer, provide documentation to support the accuracy of the Schedule of Values. Lump Sum Work: 1. List bonds and insurance premiums, mobilization, demobilization, preliminary and detailed progress schedule preparation, equipment testing, facility startup, and contract closeout separately. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid � �� t��!E: ��C�� December 2012 O1 29 00 - 1 2. Break down by Division 2 through 46 with appropriate subdivision of each Specification. D. An unbalanced or front-end loaded schedule will not be acceptable. E. F. 1.04 Summation of the complete Schedule of Values representing all the Wark shall equal the Contract Price. Submit Schedule of Values on a Compact Disc (CD), in a spreadsheet format compatible with latest version of Excel. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Process in accordance with the Application for Payment of the General Conditions. B. Contractor shall use the City Application for Payment form including required attachments. C. Payment will be made at the lump sum price for each of the items shown in the Bid Proposal, stored and/or installed and accepted, which price and payment shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all materials and performing all Work in connection therewith and incidental thereto. 1.05 A 1.06 A NONPAYMENT FOR REJECTED OF UNUSED PRODUCTS Payment will not be made for following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected material. Quantities of material wasted or disposed of in manner not called for under Contract Documents. Rejected loads of material, including material rejected after it has been placed by reason of failure of Contractor to conform to provisions of Contract Documents. Material not unloaded from transporting vehicle. Defective Work not accepted by Owner. Material remaining on hand after completion of Work. PARTIAL PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Partial Payment: 1. Payment for materials and equipment in proper storage at the Site of the Work or other approved storage site will be made for those items for which the Contractor has submitted paid invoices to Engineer, less 10 percent. 2. Proper storage requires that materials are stored in a bonded warehouse and proof of the bonding insurance shall be provided to the City. Contractor shall be wholly responsible to replace items that are lost or stolen whether stored on Site or in a bonded warehouse. This replacement shall be done by Contractor at no additional cost to the City. The City will not be responsible for materials and equipment that become damaged or stolen if Contractor chooses to store said materials and equipment on Site. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 012900-2 � '�;�� ;� � �� . ,. ,� ' ' �� , ' � , i ,-. L , � � , ' ' , � ' ' , , ' ' ' � ' ' , r � � � 3. Final Payment: Will be made only for products incorporated in Work; remaining products, for which partial payments have been made, shall revert to Contractor unless otherwise agreed, and partial payments made for those items will be deducted from final payment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities E�ansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 012900-3 �� THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 2900-4 ' ' , ' C� ' � LJ I� � �_� , LJ .--, �� ' , ' r � I � � .� �„ ,, ,� �,: � � 1 ' PART 1 - GENERAL , 1.O l A , : , , ' , ' � 1 A2 A ' ' B. ' l .03 , A. CJ ' � i� V SECTION Ol 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION SUBMITTALS Review, approve, and submit submittals required by Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work. Informational: l. Statement of Qualification (SOQ) for land surveyor, civil engineer, or any subcontractors. 2. Statement of Qualification (SOQ) for professional photographer and videographer. 3. SOQ for Geotechnical Engineer/materials testing firm. 4. Photographs: 5 a. Submit examples of photographer's work, similar to that required for this project. b. Delivery of Prints: Submit three sets of prints in plastic pages monthly to accompany each request for progress payment. c. Submit final binder at final closeout meeting. Video Recordings: Submit one copy, including updated copy of project video log, within 5 days of being taken. SPECIFIED CODES The Site work is based on the latest edition of the Florida Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, hereinafter referred to as Florida DOT Specifications or DOT Specs, and requirements of the City of Clearwater and Pinellas County. The design of the Work is based on the requirements of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP), the National Fire Protection Association, the Insurance Services Organization and the City of Clearwater and Pinellas County. REFERENCE STANDARDS Except as otherwise required, products and workmanship shall conform to best quality materials and practices recognized by agencies, associations, councils, etc., specified in individual sections. 1.04 PROJECT PERMITS A. Copies of permits that have been issued by regulatory agencies, are included in the construction documents. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� EEm�i�� Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 31 13 - 1 B. Review and become familiar with permits for the Project, complete with conditions, attachments, exhibits and permit modifications. Maintain a copy of permits for the Project at the Site, and they shall be available for review upon request. C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to abide by provisions of permits. Contractor is responsible for the selection; implementation and operation of ineasure required by the permits, including the maintenance of said measures as necessary during construction. No additional compensation will be allowed for any work associated with the permit reyuirements. 1.05 A. RELATED WORK AT SITE General: 1. Other work that is either directly or indirectly related to scheduled performance of the Work under these Contract Documents, listed henceforth, is anticipated to be performed at Site by others. 2. Coordinate the Work of these Contract Documents with work of others as specified in General Conditions. 3. Include sequencing constraints specified herein as a part of Progress Schedule. 1.06 UTILITY NOTIFICATION AND COORDINATION A. Provide for the coordination of the Work with the required work of public agencies and utilities. Contact Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any work in areas of existing utilities. Notify applicable utilities prior to commencing Work, if damage occurs, or if conflicts or emergencies arise during Work. 1.07 A. : PROJECT MILESTONES General: Include the Milestones specified herein as a part of the Progress Schedule required under Section 01 32 00, Construction Progress Documentation. Project Milestones: Generally described in the Agreement Form. Following is a detailed description of each: 1. Substantial Completion a. The work may not be considered substantially complete unless the punch list items that remain, as identified by the Engineer and Owner, can be completed within thirty (30) days. All painting, finishes, fencing, cleanup, final grading, grassing and landscape planting shall have been completed and ready for inspection before substantial completion� is given. Also, all building occupancy certificates will need to have been obtained. After (or concurrent with) the Demonstration Tests, with any minor deficiencies noted, the Contractor wishing to consider the Work substantially complete, shall have work completed as follows and submit to the Engineer: ' � , r, L ' ' ' , ' J � J l_� ---, � ' ' i. A written notice that the Work is substantially complete. ii. A list of items to be completed or corrected and explanations , thereof. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well � Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� Issued for Bid December 2012 01 31 13 - 2 ' , ' ' , l_ J � � '� � � �J , , ' l� , , � ' �J �,� L�^ c. � iii. iv. v. vi. vii. viii. ix. x. Xl. All Operations and Maintenance manuals have been submitted and approved in accordance with the contract documents. All equipment has been checked-out by the equipment manufacturer and Certificates of Manufacturer's Check-Out have been submitted in accordance with the Contract documents. All start-up and demonstration testing completed and Certificates of Completed Demonstration submitted are in accordance with the Contract documents. Project Record Documents are complete and have been submitted and reviewed in accordance with the Contract documents. The treatment facility is fully-operational and is able to pump finished water at acceptable water quality requirements for a period of 48 hours and the plant can be started up and operated in automatic mode. All training of Owner's personnel is completed. All areas to be used and occupied are safe, operable in automatic and complete. All deficiencies noted on inspection reports or non- conformances are corrected or the correction plan is approved. All building inspections shall have been performed and passed by the local code officials. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the Engineer will make an inspection, if necessary, to determine the status of completion. Should Engineer determine that the Work is not substantially complete: i. The Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing, giving the reasons therefore. ii. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work and send a second written notice of substantial completion to Engineer. iii. Engineer will reinspect the Work. When Engineer finds that the Work is substantially complete, he will: � Prepare a tentative Certificate of Substantial Completion, with a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final inspection. After consideration of any objections made by the Owner as provided in the General Conditions of the Contract, the Engineer will execute the Certificate of Substantial Completion with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected. 2. Final Completion City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 01 31 13 - 3 � a. When Contractor considers deficiencies completed or certification that: ». iii. iv. v. vi. vii. viii. � the Work is complete with all minor , corrected, he shall submit written Contract Document requirements have been met. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of Owner's representative and are operational. All minor deficiencies have been corrected or completed and the Work is ready for final inspection. All operation and maintenance manuals have been submitted. Project record documents are complete and submitted. Transfer of all spares and expendables has been made to the Owner with a full accounting of the quantities and amounts due. b. Engineer will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. c. Should Engineer consider that the Work is incomplete or defective: i. Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. ii. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send a second written certification to Engineer that the Work is complete. iii. Engineer will reinspect the Work. d. When the Engineer finds that the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall request the Contractor to make closeout submittals. 1.08 FACILITY OPERATIONS ' ' ' � �I �� I � � Li ' ' �J A. Continuous function of and access to Owner's facilities and the safety of persons , utilizing the Owner's facilities are of critical importance. Schedule and conduct activities to enable existing facilities to remain functional and safe. . . C Designated areas will be assigned for parking at each site. Any damage to property outside of the limits of construction must be repaired by the Contractor. Perform Work continuously during critical connections and changeovers, and as required to prevent interruption of Owner's operations. � 14J ' D. When necessary, plan, design, and provide various temporary services, utilities, connections, temporary piping and heating, access, and similar items to maintain ' continuous operations of Owner's facility. E. Do not close lines, open or close valves, or take other action which would affect the operation of existing systems, except as specifically required by the Contract , City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well ' Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��,� ��,�� Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 3l 13 - 4 , ' ' ' ' � ' r-, I !I � �! �� I� ,J �-, �� !I � �I .; �i �� ' � ' � i� r F 1.09 Documents and after authorization by Owner and Engineer. Such authorization will be considered within 48 hours after receipt of Contractor's written request. Do not proceed with Work affecting a facility's operation without obtaining Owner's and Engineer's advance approval of the need for and duration of such Work. CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographically document all phases of the project including preconstruction, construction progress, and post-construction. B. Engineer shall have the right to select the subject matter and vantage point from which photographs are to be taken. C. Preconstruction and Post-Construction: 1. lnitial preconstruction photographs shall be taken no later than 14 calendar days after Notice to Proceed and prior to beginning of construction, and shall show views of the Site, including adjacent private property. 2. Particular emphasis shall be directed to structures both inside and outside the Site. 3. Format: digital, minimum resolution of 1,152 by 864 pixels and 24-bit millions of color, as approved by Engineer. D. Construction Progress Photos: l 2. Take progress photographs at periodic intervals, not to exceed 30 days, and at critical path milestones in construction process showing the extent and progress of the Work performed as of that date. Photographs shall be taken at each location of work on the day ending period for which partial payment is requested during the development of stages and condition of work and as directed by the Engineer. Typical lift station and pipeline work shall be photographed at different stages of construction at the direction of Engineer. Take 50 pictures at each specified time. Take photographs of each major structure or area of Work. E. Final Photographs: Taken in the same manner and location as specified for Construction Progress Photos. F. Digital File Images 1. Digital file images shal] remain the property of Contractor. Maintain digital file negatives for period of two years from Date of Substantial Completion of entire Project. Furnish additional prints during that time, to Owner and Engineer, at commercial rates applicable at time of purchase. 2. Label each disk with Project and Owner's name, and week and year images were produced. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O 1 31 13 - 5 .m o � PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION OF WORK A. Coordinate the Work of all trades so that each will have sufficient space and time within which to work properly and efficiently. B. Changes in the intended design of the Project as a result of improperly coordinated construction Work will not be tolerated. Delays in the Work caused by rejections of installed materials due to improper coordination, and as otherwise specifiecl, will not be considered valid justification for extensions of Contract Time. 3.02 A 3.03 PHOTOGRAPHY Technique: Factual presentation with correct exposure and focus for high resolution and sharpness with maximum depth-of-field and minimum distortion. CUTTING, FITTING, AND PATCHING A. Cut, fit, adjust, ar patch Work and work of others, including excavation and backfill as required, to make Work complete. B. Obtain prior written authorization of Engineer and City of Clearwater before commencing Work to cut or otherwise alter: 1. Structural or reinforcing steel, structural column or beam, elevated slab, trusses, or other structural member. 2. Weather- or moisture-resistant elements 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of element. 4. Work of others. C. Refinish surfaces to provide an even finish. 1. Refinish continuous surfaces to nearest intersection. 2. Refinish entire assemblies. 3. Finish restored surfaces to such planes, shapes, and textures that no transition between existing work and Work is evident in finished surfaces. D. Restore existing work, Underground Facilities, and surfaces that are to remain in completed Work including concrete-embedded piping, conduit, and other utilities as specified and as shown. E. Make restorations with new materials and appropriate methods as specified for new Work of similar nature; if not specified, use recommended practice of manufacturer or appropriate trade association. F. Fit Work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces and fill voids. G. Remove specimens of installed Work for testing when requested by Engineer. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 31 13 - 6 ��;� � ' ' � , i , ' , ' , ' ' ' � , ' ' �J � ' � PART 1 - GENERAL f 1.01 A. ' ' i� � �. r-, i � �� J � � ' � � �� i� �_ � � ' ' � SECTION O1 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS GENERAL Engineer will schedule physical arrangements for meetings throughout progress of the Work, prepare meeting agenda with regular participant input and distribute with written notice of each meeting, preside at meetings, record minutes to include significant proceedings and decisions, and reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within 5 days after each meeting to participants and parties affected by meeting decisions. 1.02 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Contractor shall be prepared to discuss the following subjects, as a minimum: l. Required schedules. 2. Sequencing of critical path work items. 3. Progress payment procedures. 4. Project changes and clarification procedures. 5. Use of Site, access, office and storage areas, security and temporary facilities. 6. Major product delivery and priorities. 7. Contractor's safety plan and representative. B. Attendees will include: 1. Owner's representatives. 2. Contractor's office representative. 3. Contractor's resident superintendent. 4. Contractor's yuality control representative. 5. Subcontractors' representatives whom Contractor may desire or Engineer may request to attend. 6. Engineer's representatives. 7. Others as appropriate. 1.03 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULES REVIEW MEETING A. As set forth in General Conditions and Section O1 32 00, Construction Progress Documentation. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 3l 19 - 1 " ,' � 1� A : l .OS A. l .06 A. B. C. D. 1.07 A, B. �. PROGRESS MEETINGS Engineer will schedule regular progress meetings at Site, conducted weekly to review the Work progress, Progress Schedule, Schedule of Submittals, Application for Payment, contract modifications, and other matters needing discussion and resolution. Attendees will include: 1. Owner's representative(s), as appropriate. 2. Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers, as appropriate. 3. Engineer's representative(s). 4. Others as appropriate. QUALITY CONTROL MEETINGS In accordance with Section Ol 45 l 6.l 3, Contractor Quality Control. PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS When required in individual specification sections, convene at Site prior to commencing the Work of that section. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, the Work of that section. Notify Engineer 7 days in advance of ineeting date. Provide suggested agenda to Engineer to include reviewing conditions of installation, preparation and installation or application procedures, and coordination with related Work and work of others. FACILITY STARTUP MEETINGS Schedule and attend a minimum of two facility startup meetings. The first of such meetings shall be held prior to submitting Facility Startup Plan, as specified in individual Specification sections, and shall include preliminary discussions regarding such plan. Agenda items shall include, but not be limited to, content of Facility Startup Plan, coordination needed between various parties in attendance, and potential problems associated with startup. Attendees will include: 1. Contractor. 2. Contractor's designated quality control representative. 3. Subcontractors and equipment manufacturer's representatives whom Contractor deems to be directly involved in facility startup. 4. Engineer's representatives. 5. Owner's operations personnel. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 3l 19 - 2 � ' � ' � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � i � � ' r-, � ' t ' ' ' ' 1 , ' , ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 � , 6. Others as required by Contract Documents or as deemed necessary by Contractor. 1.08 OTHER MEETINGS A. In accordance with Contract Documents and as may be reyuired by Owner and Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 31 19 - 3 .�� THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 31 19 - 4 � ' ' ' ' , � ' ' I� ' r�, � ' � , , ' ' �� i ' J 1 ' SECTION O1 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 A ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1.02 ' 1 ' ' , ' ' fl A. B. SUBMITTALS Informational Submittals: 1 ►� 3 4. Preliminary Progress Schedule: Submit within time specified in the General Conditions. Detailed Progress Schedule: a. Submit initial Detailed Progress Schedule within 30 days following the Notice to Proceed date or 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment, whichever shall first occur. b. Submit an Updated Progress Schedule in accordance with Article Detailed Progress Schedule. Submit with Each Progress Schedule Submission: Contractor's certification that Progress Schedule submission is actual schedule being utilized for execution of the Work. a. Disk file compatible with latest version of Microsoft Project or approved equal. b. Progress Schedule: Five Iegible copies. c. Narrative Progress Report: Same number of copies as specified for Progress Schedule. Prior to final payment, submit a final Updated Progress Schedule. PRELIMINARY PROGRESS SCHEDULE In addition to basic reyuirements outlined in the City's General Conditions, show a detailed schedule, beginning with Notice to Proceed, for minimum duration of 90 days, and a summary of balance of Project through Final Completion. Show activities including, but not limited to the following: 1. Notice to Proceed. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Permits. Submittals, with review time. Contractor may use Schedule of Submittals specifed in Section O1 33 00, Submittals. Early procurement activities for long lead equipment and materials. Initial Site work. Earthwork. 7. Specified Work sequences and construction constraints. 8. Contract Milestone and Completion Dates. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� E:w��€��a Issued for Bid December 2012 01 32 00 - 1 C. D. 1.03 9. Owner-furnished products delivery dates or ranges of dates. ] 0. Major structural, mechanical, equipment, electrical, architectural, and instrumentation and control Work. Il. l 2. System startup summary. Project close-out summary. 13. Demobilization summary. Update Preliminary Progress Schedule monthly as part of progress payment process. Failure to do so may result in the Owner withholding all or part of the monthly progress payment until the Preliminary Progress Schedule is updated in a manner acceptable to Engineer. Format: In accordance with Article Progress Schedule--Critical Path Network. DETAILED PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. In addition to requirements of General Conditions, submit Detailed Progress Schedule beginning with Notice to Proceed and continuing through Final Completion. B. Show the duration and sequences of activities required for complete performance of the Work reflecting means and methods chosen by Contractor. C. When accepted by Engineer, Detailed Progress Schedule will replace Preliminary Progress Schedule and become Baseline Schedule. Subsequent revisions will be considered as Updated Progress Schedules. D. Format: In accordance with Article Progress Schedule—Critical Path Network. E. Update monthly to reflect actual progress and occurrences to date, including weather delays. 1.04 PROGRESS SCHEDULE-CRITICAL PATH NETWORK A. Contents: l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Schedule shall begin with the date of Notice to Proceed and conclude with the date of Final Completion. Identify Work calendar basis using days as a unit of ineasure. Show complete interdependence and sequence of construction and Project- related activities reasonably required to complete the Work. ldentify the Work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities, and clearly identify critical path of activities. Reflect sequences of the Work, restraints, delivery windows, review times, Contract Times and Project Milestones set forth in the Agreement and Section Ol 31 13, Project Coordination. Include as applicable, at a minimum: a. Obtaining permits, submittals for early product procurement, and long lead time items. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 01 32 00 - 2 �N "�` �� 1 ' J ' � ' LJ ' ' ' ' �� , ' � � ' , i� ' ' ' ' , ' � �I , � ' , � � , � , : b. c. d. e. f. h. i. k. l. m. n. o. 9• r. s. t. Mobilization and other preliminary activities. Initial Site work. Specified Work sequences, constraints, and Milestones, including Substantial Completion date(s) Subcontract Work. Major equipment design, fabrication, factory testing, and delivery dates. Delivery dates for Owner-furnished products, .as specified in Section O1 11 00, Summary of Work. Site Work. Concrete Work. Structural steel Work. Architectural features Work. Conveying systems Work. Equipment Work. Mechanical Work. Electrical Work. Instrumentation and control Work. Interfaces with Owner-furnished equipment. Other important Work for each major facility. Equipment and system startup and test activities. Project closeout and cleanup. Demobilization. 7. No activity duration, exclusive of those for Submittals review and product fabrication/delivery, shall be less than ] day or more than 30 days, unless otherwise approved. 8. Activity duration for Submittal review shall not be less than review time specified unless clearly identified and prior written acceptance has been obtained from Engineer. 9. Contractor shall include a mandatory 30 days, minimum float time for utility relocation work. City will not consider Contract Time extensions related to utility coordination matters unless the utility related delays exceed the 30 days float time and extend the critical path of the Project Schedule. Network Graphical Display: 1. Plot or print on paper not greater than 30 inches by 42 inches or smaller than 22 inches by 34 inches, unless otherwise approved. 2. Title Block: Show name of Project, Owner, date submitted, revision or update number, and the name of the scheduler. Updated schedules shall indicate data date. 3. Identify horizontally across top of schedule the time frame by year, month, and day. 4. Identify each activity with a unique number and a brief description of the Work associated with that activity. 5. Indicate the critical path. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� :�� Issued for Bid December 2012 Ol 32 00 - 3 C 1.05 /:� : C. 6. Show, at a minimum, the controlling relationships between activities. 7. Plot activities on a time-scaled basis, with the length of each activity proportional to the current estimate of the duration. 8. Plot activities on an early start basis unless otherwise requested by Engineer. 9. Provide a legend to describe standard and special symbols used. Schedule Report: l. On 8-1/2-inch by 11-inch white paper, unless otherwise approved. 2. List information for each activity in tabular format, including, at a minimum: a. Activity Identification Number. b. Activity Description. c. Original Duration. d. Remaining Duration. e. Early Start Date (Actual start on Updated Progress Schedules). f. Early Finish Date (Actual finish on Updated Progress Schedules). g. Late Start Date. h. Late Finish Date. i. Total Float. 3. Sort reports, in ascending arder, as listed below: a. Activity number sequence with predecessor and successor activity. b. Early-start. c. Total float. PROGRESS OF THE WORK Updated Progress Schedule shall reflect: 1. Progress of Work to within 5 working days prior to submission. 2. Approved changes in Work scope and activities modified since submission. 3. Delays in Submittals or resubmittals, deliveries, or Work. 4. Adjusted or modified sequences of Work. 5. Other identifiable changes. 6. Revised projections of progress and completion. 7. Report of changed logic. Produce detailed subschedules during Project, upon request of Owner or Engineer, to further define critical portions of the Work such as facility shutdowns. If Contractor fails to complete activity by its latest scheduled completion date and this Failure is anticipated to extend Contract Times (or Milestones), Contractor shall, within 7 days of such failure, submit a written statement as to how Contractor intends to correct nonperformance and return to acceptable current Progress Schedule. Actions by Contractor to complete the Work within Contract Times (ar Milestones) will not be justification for adjustment to Contract Price or Contract Times. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 32 00 - 4 � m.=� ' �� n, �� I ' ' � ' � , � � ' ' ' ' , ' , ' � , ' ' �� D. Owner may order Contractor to increase plant, equipment, labor force or working hours if Contractor fails to: l. Complete a Milestone activity by its completion date. 2. Satisfactorily execute Work as necessary to prevent delay to overall completion of Project, at no additional cost to Owner. 1.06 NARRATIVE PROGRESS REPORT A. Format: : , � � , ' , ' ' l .07 A ' ' � , 1. Organize same as Progress Schedule. 2. ]dentify, on a cover letter, reporting period, date submitted, and name of author of report. Contents: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 Number of days warked over the period, work force on hand, construction equipment on hand (including utility vehicles such as pickup trucks, maintenance vehicles, stake trucks). General progress of Work, including a listing of activities started and completed over the reporting period, mobilization/demobilization of subcontractors, and major milestones achieved. Contractor's plan for management of Site (for example, lay down and staging areas, construction traffic), utilization of construction equipment, buildup of trade labor, and identification of potential Contract changes. Identification of new activities and sequences as a result of executed Contract changes. Documentation of weather conditions over the reporting period, and any resulting impacts to the work. Description of actual or potential delays, including related causes, and the steps taken or anticipated to mitigate their impact. Changes to activity logic. Changes to the critical path. Identification of, and accompanying reason for, any activities added or deleted since the last report. Steps taken to recover the schedule from Contractor-caused delays. SCHEDULE ACCEPTANCE Engineer's acceptance will demonstrate agreement that: 1. Proposed schedule is accepted with respect to: a. Contract Times, including Final Completion and all intermediate Mitestones are within the specified times. b. Specified Work seyuences and constraints are shown as specified. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 32 00 - 5 � : C. c. Specified Owner-furnished Equipment ar Material arrival dates, or range of dates, are included. d. Access restrictions are accurately reflected. e. Startup and testing times are as specified. f. Submittal review times are as specified. g. Startup testing duration is as specified and timing is acceptable. 2. In all other respects, Engineer's acceptance of Contractor's schedule indicates that, in Engineer's judgment, schedule represents reasonable plan for constructing Project in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer's review will not make any change in Contract requirements. Lack of comment on any aspect of schedule that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents will not thereby indicate acceptance of that change, unless Contractor has explicitly called the nonconformance to Engineer's attention in submittal. Schedule remains Contractor's responsibility and Contractor retains responsibility for performing all activities, for activity durations, and for activity sequences required to construct Project in accordance with the Contract Documents. Unacceptable Preliminary Progress Schedule: l. Make requested corrections; resubmit within ] 0 days. 2. Until acceptable to Engineer as Baseline Progress Schedule, continue review and revision process, during which time Contractor shall update schedule on a monthly basis to reflect actual progress and occurrences to date. Unacceptable Detailed Progress Schedule: 1. 2. Make requested corrections; resubmit within 10 days. Until acceptable to Engineer as Baseline Progress Schedule, continue review and revision process. D. Narrative Report: All changes to activity duration and sequences, including addition or deletion of activities subsequent to Engineer's acceptance of Baseline Progress Schedule, shall be delineated in Narrative Report current with proposed Updated Progress Schedule. 1.08 � : ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT TIMES Evaluation and reconciliation of Adjustments of Contract Times shall be based on the Updated Progress Schedule at the time of proposed adjustment or claimed delay. Schedule Contingency: Contingency, when used in the context of the Progress Schedule, is time between Contractor's proposed Completion Time and Contract Completion Time. ' , � ' ' � ' , � ' , , ' , ' 2. Contingency included in Progress Schedule is a Project resource available to , both Contractor and Owner to meet Contract Milestones and Contract Times. Use of Schedule contingency shall be shared to the proportionate benefit of ' both parties. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well � Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A} � ��,� ��,�� Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 32 00 - 6 ' �J , � I ' , , ' ' � , ' , , ' ' I� ' ' ' 3. Use of schedule contingency suppression techniques such as preferential sequencing and extended activity times is prohibited. 4. Pursuant to Contingency sharing provisions of this Specification, no time extensions will be granted, nor will delay damages be paid until a delay occurs which (i) consumes all available contingency time, and (ii) extends Work beyond the Contract Completion date. C. Float: 1. In accordance with the General Conditions. D. Claims Based on Contract Times: 1. Where Engineer has not yet rendered formal decision on Contractor's Claim for adjustment of Contract Times, and parties are unable to agree as to amount of adjustment to be reflected in Progress Schedule, Contractor shall reflect an interim adjustment in the Progress Schedule as acceptable to Engineer. 2. It is understood and agreed that such interim acceptance will not be binding on either Contractor or Owner, and will be made only far the purpose of continuing to schedule Work until such time as formal decision has been rendered as to an adjustment, if any, of the Contract Times. 3. Contractor shall revise Progress Schedule prepared thereafter in accordance with Engineer's formal decision. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 32 00 - 7 � � ' , ' ' ' ' THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 32 00 - 8 ' � ' � , ' , ' ' � � �� ' ' , ' , , ' ' ' ' , 1 , ' � ' ' ' ' , , PART 1 - GENERAL 1.O 1 I:1 SECTION O1 32 33 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS DESCRIPTION Pursuant to the General Conditions, the Contractor shall submit photographs of the existing conditions prior to construction and monthly thereafter throughout progress of the work prior to requisition job meeting for application of payment. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Photographer: Qualified as a commercial photographer, engaged as a professional in business for a period of not less than three years. Electronic ground level photos do not require a professional photographer. 2. Employ photographer only after review of his qualifications by Engineer. 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1. Submit qualifications and experience of record photographer. 2. Submit examples of photographer's work, similar to that required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A. B. C. D. E. F. PRINTS Full color. Finish: Smooth surface, glossy. Minimum Size: 4 in x 6 in for all views except aerials to be 15 in x 21 in. Paper Weight: Single weight, neutral, image tone, white base. Mounting: In plastic sheets in loose leaf, three ring binders. Provide a CD with electronic photo files. Furnish a file index that lists photo no. or file name and description of view. 2A2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify each print on back. 1. Name of project. 2. Phase. 3. Name of contractor. 4. Description of view/orientation. 5. Time and date of exposure. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project t0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 32 33 - 1 December 2012 . � 6. Name and address of photographer. 7. Photographer's numbered identification of exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TECHNIQUE A. Factual presentation. B. Correct exposure and focus. 1. 1080 dpi resolution and sharpness. 2. Maximum depth-of-field. 3. Minimum distortion. 3.02 VIEWS REQUIRED A. Photograph from locations to adequately illustrate state of project, or condition of construction. B. Take photographs from as close to the same position each time as practical. C. Take a series of ground level photographs from each of the corners of the construction areas prior to starting construction and on the first day of each month. D. Take a series of photographs showing the progress of the work on each process on the first day of each month and at the beginning of construction prior to any activity. E. In addition, provide photographs prior to, at critical stages of, and at the end of construction, when they do not coincide with scheduled times. 3.03 DELNERY OF PRINTS A. Deliver CDs monthly to accompany each request for progress payment. B. If the submitted photographs do not meet the requirements of this section, submit another series within one week. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 32 33 - 2 December 2012 � �t: b ' Co i , SECTION O1 32 34 COLOR AUDIOVISUAL CONSTRUCTION RECORD PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION ' , , ' , � , ' , ' � LJ C' A. Provide all material, equipment, transportation, labor and incidentals to prepare a continuous, color audio-visual recording of the proposed project to serve as a record of pre-construction conditions. B. All recordings and written records shall become the property of Owner. C. Recordings shall be submitted in DVD format. 1.02 A. B. 1.03 SCHEDULING Make recordings within 21 days prior to commencement of construction. No construction shall begin prior to review by the Owner's Representative of the recording covering the construction area. The Owner's Representative shall have the authority to reject all or any portion of a recording not conforming to specifications and order that it be redone at no additional charge. The Contractor shall reschedule unacceptable coverage within five (5) days after being notified. SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Division O1 General Requirements, Section O1 33 00, and the General Conditions. B. Qualifications and references of the professional. I Jl.� �►� �:Z�] 1111�711[.y 2.01 A. : GENERAL The total recording system and the procedures employed in its use shall be such as to produce a finished product that will be admissible as evidence in a legal or administrative proceeding involving the project. The video portion of the recording shall produce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colars and shall be free of distortion or any other form of picture imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall clearly produce the commentary of the camera operator and be free of distortion. All video recordings shall, by electronic means, display on the screen the time of day, the month, day and year of the recording and the horizontal location of the recording in relation to the project stationing (when applicable). This time and date information must be continuously and simultaneously generated with the actual recording. ' City of Clearwater , WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ] 0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 01 32 34 - 1 December 2012 � �_� w� � PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.O1 COVERAGE A. The recordings shall contain coverage of all surface features within the construction zone of influence. These features shall include, but not be limited to, all road- ways, pavement, retention ponds, railroad tracks, curbs, driveways, sidewalks, culverts, headwalls, retaining walls, landscaping, trees, poles, signs, overhead projections and fences. Of particular concern shall be the existence or non- existence of any faults, fractures or defects. Significant detail of any pre-existing damages to physical features and improvements shall be provided. B. Panning, zoom-in and zoom-out rates shall be controlled to maintain a clear view of the object. The following features and improvements shall be clear and visible: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Cracks in wall. Condition of fencing. Condition of planted areas and type of vegetation. Condition of sodded areas. Conditionsof sprinkler systems and associated controls and wiring. Condition of signs. Conditions of lighting and associated wires. 3.02 AUDIO CONTENT A. Accompanying the video recording of each DVD shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator, shall assist in viewer orientation and in the identification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. : 3.03 � The audio recording shall be free from any conversation between the camera operator and any other production technicians that is not pertinent to the project. DVD INDEXING DVD shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by number and project title. B. Each DVD shall have a written log of that DVD's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on that DVD in terms of the names of the streets or easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, DVD unit counter numbers when possible, and the date of the recording. 3.04 CONDITIONS OF RECORDING A. All recording shall be performed during times of good visibility. No recording shall be done during periods of significant precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) � �� Issued for Bid O1 32 34 - 2 December 2012 ' '�� ._ � LJ , � � ' ' ' ' ' , ' , ' �I L� ' ' ' 3.05 A , �I ' 1 ' only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects and to produce sharp, bright recordings of those subjects. CONTINUITY OF COVERAGE The recording shall be a single, continuous, unedited recording which begins at one end of a particular construction area. B. However, where coverage is required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles and smooth transport of the recording system is not possible, such coverage shall consist of an organized interrelated sequence of recordings at various positions along that proposed construction area, i.e., wooded easement area. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking or by a special conveyance. 3.06 A 3.07 COVERAGE RATES The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and significance of the surface features within that construction areas' zone of influence. CAMERA OPERATION A. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording � system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. , B. Control camera functional controls, such as camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom-out rates, such that recorded objects shall be clearly viewed during playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens ' focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chroma, white balance and electrical focus shall be controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. � , , , , C. Maintain viewer orientation of the physical location of the audio and video portions of the recording. To this end, overall views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. D. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed center line of construction. E. The horizontal location of the recording shall be documented by linear measurement, utilizing a"fifth wheel" measuring device, relating the recording to project stationing (when applicable). 3.08 TESTS A. Submit the completed recordings to the Owner's Representative for review. B. If any recording or parts of any recording are illegible or inaudible, they shall be re- , recorded and edited into the sequence prior to commencement of construction. City of Clearwater , WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� iC�� Issued for Bid O1 32 34 - 3 December 2012 LJ END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 01 32 34 - 4 December 2012 �; � ' , ' � , , ' � � � ' ' � �_� , ' , , �2�� 1��i�� ' ' ' , , PART1- GENERAL , 1.01 DEFINlT10NS J �-. I I � , ' ' ' , ' ' � , ' , ' l_ J SECTION Ol 33 00 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittal: Written and graphic information submitted by Contractor that requires Engineer's approval. B. Informational Submittal: Information submitted by Contractor that does not require Engineer's approval. 1.02 A. PROCEDURES Direct submittals to Engineer at the address identified at the Preconstruction Conference. B. Contractor shall furnish all required submittals with complete detailed information and accuracy necessary to achieve required Engineer Approval of an item with the initial submittals. All costs of Engineer involved with subsequent submittals (the second and consequent submittals of an item for approval) reviews of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval, will be backcharged to Contractor, at the hourly billing rate for individuals working on reviewing the submittal as set forth in their respective firm's contract with the City, by the City deducting such costs from payment due Contractor for Work completed. C. Transmitta} of Submittal: 1. Contractor shall: a. Review each submittal and check for compliance with Contract Documents. b. Stamp each submittal with approval stamp before submitting to Engineer. 2 3 � � Stamp to include Project name, Contract number, submittal number, Specification section number, Contractor's reviewer name, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with Contract Documents. Engineer will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. Complete, sign, and transmit with each submittal package, one Transmittal of Contractor's Submittal form in format approved by Engineer. Identify each submittal with the following: a. Numbering and Tracking System: i. Seyuentially number each submittal. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 33 00 - 1 December 2012 �.R � � E F. G. H. I. ii. Resubmission of submittal shall have original number with sequential alphabetic suffix. b. Specification section and paragraph to which submittal applies. c. City's Project title and number, and Engineer's project number. d. Date of transmittal. e. Names of Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier, and manufacturer as appropriate. 4. Identify and describe each deviation or variation from Contract Documents. Format: 1. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of Contract Documents. 2. Package submittal information by individual Specification section. Do not combine different Specification sections together in submittal package, unless otherwise directed in Specification. 3. Present in a clear and thorough manner and in sufficient detail to show kind, size, arrangement, and function of components, materials, and devices, and compliance with Contract Documents. 4. Index with labeled tab dividers in orderly manner. Timeliness: Schedule and submit in accordance Schedule of Submittals, and requirements of individual Specification sections. Processing Time: 1. Time for review shall commence on Engineer's receipt of submittal. 2. Engineer will act upon Contractor's submittal and transmit response to Contractor not later than 21 days after receipt, unless otherwise specified. 3. Resubmittals will be subject to same review time. 4. No adjustment of Contract Times or Price will be allowed due to delays in progress of Work caused by rejection and subsequent resubmittals. Resubmittals: Clearly identify each correction or change made. Incomplete Submittals: 1. Engineer will return entire submittal for Contractor's revision if preliminary review deems it incomplete. 2. When any of the following are missing, submittal will be deemed incomplete: a. Contractor's review stamp, completed and signed. b. Transmittal of Contractor's Submittal, completed and signed. c. Insufficient number of copies. Submittals not required by Contract Documents: 1. Will not be reviewed and will be returned stamped "Not Subject to Review." 2. Engineer will keep one copy and return all remaining copies to Contractor. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 33 00 - 2 December 2012 2k� � � � ' ' ' ' ' �I C' CJ ' , ' � ' , ' ' � , 1.03 SUBMITTALS , ' ' LJ CJ ' ' , , ' , � �' C1 ' , , , A. Action Submittals: 1. Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification sections. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Copies: Six copies and one electronic copy for use by City and Engineer, plus additional copies as required by Contractor. b. Identify and indicate: 3. 0 c �J i. Applicable Contract Drawing and Detail number, products, units and assemblies, and system ar equipment identification or tag numbers. ii. Equipment and Component Title: Identical to title shown on Drawings. iii. Critical field dimensions and relationships to other critical features of Work. Note dimensions established by field measurement. iv. Project-specific information drawn accurately to scale. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams as follows: i. Modify or delete information that is not applicable to the W ork. ii. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. Product Data: Provide as specified in individual Specifications. Samples: a. Copies: Three, unless otherwise specified in individual Specifications. b. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of quality. Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following: i. Manufacturer name. ii. Model number. iii. Material. iv. Sample source. c. Manufacturer's Color Chart: Units or sections of units showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. d. Full-size Samples: i. Size as indicated in individual specification section. ii. Prepared from same materials to be used for the Work. iii. Cured and finished in manner specified. iv. Physically identical with product proposed for use. Action Submittal Dispositions: Engineer will review, mark, and stamp as appropriate, and distribute marked-up copies as noted: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 33 00 - 3 December 2012 � a. No Exceptions Taken (Approved): i. Contractor may incorporate product(s) ar implement Work covered by submittal. ii. Distribution: I. Two (2) copies to Owner. II. Two (2) copies to Engineer. III. One (l) copy returned to Contractor appropriately annotated. b. Note Comments (Approved as Noted): i. Contractor may incorparate product(s) or implement Work covered by submittal, in accordance with Engineer's notations. ii. Distribution: I. Two (2) copies to Owner. IL Two (2) copies to Engineer. III. One (1) copy returned to Contractor appropriately annotated. c. Resubmit (Not Approved): i. Contractor may not incorporate product(s) or implement Work covered by submittal. ii. Distribution: I. Two (2) copies to Owner. II. Two (2) copies to Engineer. III. One (1) copy returned to Contractor appropriately annotated. d. Rejected (Not Approved): i. Contractor may not incorporate product(s) or implement Work covered by submittal. Product is unacceptable. Submit new product. ii. Distribution: I. Two (2) copies to Owner. II. Two (2) copies to Engineer. III. One (1) copy returned to Contractor appropriately annotated. B. Informational Submittals: 1. General: a. Copies: Submit five copies, unless otherwise indicated in individual Specification section. b. Refer to individual Specification sections for specific submittal requirements. c. Engineer will review each submittal. If submittal meets conditions of the Contract, Engineer will forward copies to appropriate parties. If City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 33 00 - 4 December 2012 �� ' I�� ' � , .-� 1 �; � ' LJ , � ' � L�I'� r L_.J , , �� , , , ' 2. 3. ' ' , ' ' , ' �I� ' , , � , , � 4 5. Engineer determines submittal does not meet conditions of the Contract and is therefore considered unacceptable, Engineer will retain one copy and return remaining copies with review comments to Contractor, and require that submittal be corrected and resubmitted. Application for Payment: In accordance with Section O1 29 00, Payment Procedures. Certificates: a. General: i. Provide notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. ii. Signed by officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. b. Installer: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that installer complies with requirements as specified in individual Specification sections. c. Material Test: Prepared by qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements. d. Certificates of Successful Testing or Inspection: Submit when testing or inspection is required by Laws and Regulations or governing agency or specified in individual Specification sections. e. Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance: In accordance with Section O1 43 33, Manufacturers' Field Services. f. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation: In accordance with Section O1 43 33, Manufacturers' Field Services. Contract Closeout Submittals: In accordance with Section Ol 77 00, Contract Closeout. Contractor-Design Data: a. b. c. d. f. g• h. Written and graphic information. List of assumptions. List of performance and design criteria. Summary of loads or load diagram, if applicable. Calculations. List of applicable codes and regulations. Name and version of software. Information reyuested in individual Specification section. 6. Manufacturer's Instructions: Written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures in accordance with individual Specification sections. 7. Operation and Maintenance Data: As specified in individual Specification sections. 8. Schedules: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) � �� :wF�� Issued for Bid Ol 33 00 - 5 December 2012 a. Schedule of Submittals: Prepare separately or in combination with Progress Schedule as specified in Section 01 32 00, Construction Progress Documentation. i. Show for each, at a minimum, the following: I. Specification section number. IL Identification by numbering and tracking system as specified under Paragraph Transmittal of Submittal. III. Estimated date of submission to Engineer, including reviewing and processing time. ii. On a monthly basis, submit updated schedule to Engineer if changes have occUrred or resubmittals are required. b. Schedule of Values: In accordance with Section O1 29 00, Payment Procedures. c. Progress Schedules: In accordance with Section O1 32 00, Construction Progress Documentation. 9. Special Guarantee: Supplier's written guarantee as required in individual Specification sections. 10. Statement of Qualification: Evidence of qualification, certification, or registration as required in Contract Documents to verify yualifications of professional land surveyor, engineer, materials testing laboratory, specialty Subcontractor, trade, Specialist, consultant, installer, and other professionals. 11. Submittals Required by Laws, Regulations, and Governing Agencies: a. Submit promptly notifications, reports, certifications, payrolls, and otherwise as may be required, directly to the applicable federal, state, or local governing agency or their representative. b. Transmit to Engineer for Owner's records one copy of correspondence and transmittals (to include enclosures and attachments) between Contractor and governing agency. ' ' r , , ' ' ' ' i ' ' 12. Test and Inspection Reports: a. General: Shall contain signature of person responsible for test or' ' report. b. Factory: i. ii. iii iv v. Identification of product and Specification section, type of inspection or test with referenced standard or code. Date of test, Project title and number, and name and signature of authorized person. Test results. If test or inspection deems material or equipment not in compliance with Contract Documents, identify corrective action necessary to bring into compliance. Provide interpretation of test results, when requested by Engineer. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 01 33 00 - 6 December 2012 � �� , � , � � � �i � ' , ' �_I �. . �'� � ' , ' , ' �� , i i i ' � _J 13 14 15 vi. Other items as identified in individual Specification sections. c. Field: As a minimum, include the following: i. Project title and number. ii. Date and time. iii. Record of temperature and weather conditions. iv. Identification of product and Specification section. v. Type and location of test, Sample, or inspection, including referenced standard or code. vi. Date issued, testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and name and signature of laboratory inspector. vii. If test or inspection deems material or equipment not in compliance with Contract Documents, identify corrective action necessary to bring into compliance. viii. Provide interpretation of test results, when requested by Engineer. ix. Other items as identified in individual Specification sections. Onsite Records: Contractor shall have at least one set of complete, approved submittals and shop drawings on the Site at all times when Work is in progress. Testing and Startup Data: As specified in individual Specification sections. Training Data: In accordance with Section Ol 43 33, Manufacturers' Field Services. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O] 33 00 - 7 December 2012 �,,:� � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 01 33 00 - 8 December 2012 � � � �� "' ` ' , � ' � 1 , L' 1 1 1 1 1 1 i � � 1 C ' 1 ' PART 1 - GENERAL � l .O 1 ' � ' � CJ ' ' C� ' ' ' ' 1 ' , A : SECTION Ol 42 13 ABBREVIATIONS REFERENCE TO STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF TECHNICAL SOCIETIES Reference to standards and specifications of technical societies and reporting and resolving discrepancies associated therewith shall be as provided in the General Conditions, and as may otherwise be required herein and in the individual Specification sections. Work specified by reference to published standard or specification of government agency, technical association, trade association, professional society or institute, testing agency, or other organization shall meet requirements or surpass minimum standards of quality for materials and workmanship established by designated standard or specification. C. Where so specified, products or workmanship shall also meet or exceed additional prescriptive or performance requirements included within Contract Documents to establish a higher or more stringent standard of quality than required by referenced standard. D. Where two or more standards are specified to establish quality, product and workmanship shall meet or exceed requirements of most stringent. E. Where both a standard and a brand name are specified for a product in Contract Documents, proprietary product named shall meet or exceed requirements of specified reference standard. F. Copies of standards and specifications of technical societies: 1. Copies of applicable referenced standards have not been bound in these Contract Documents. 2. Where copies of standards are needed by Contractor, obtain a copy ar copies directly from publication source and maintain in an orderly manner at the Site as Work Site records, available to Contractor's personnel, Subcontractors, Owner, and Engineer. 1.02 ABBREVIATIONS A. Abbreviations for trade organizations and government agencies: Following is a list of construction industry organizations and government agencies to which references may be made in the Contract Documents, with abbreviations used. 1. 2 AA CITY SPECS) AABC Aluminum Association (HIGHLIGHTED ONES ARE IN Associated Air Balance Council 3. AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� a;:�i�� Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 42 13 - 1 4. AASHTO 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. l 0. ]1. l 2. 13. l 4. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 2l. 22. 23. ABMA ACI AEIC AGA AGMA AI AISC AISI AITC ALS AMCA ANSI APA API APWA ARI ASAE ASCE ASHRAE 24. ASME 25. ASNT 26. ASTM 27. AWI 28. AWPA 29. AWPI 30. AWS 31. AWWA 32. BHMA 33. CBM 34. CDA 35. CGA City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A Issued for Bid December 2012 American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials American Bearing Manufacturers' Association American Concrete Institute Association of Edison Illuminating Companies American Gas Association American Gear Manufacturers' Association Asphalt Institute American Institute of Steel Construction American Iron and Steel Institute American Institute of Timber Construction American Lumber Standards Air Movement and Control Association American National Standards Institute APA - The Engineered Wood Association American Petroleum Institute American Public Works Association Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute American Society of Agricultural Engineers American Society of Civil Engineers American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society for Nondestructive Testing ASTM International Architectural Woodwork Institute American Wood Preservers' Association American Wood Preservers' Institute American Welding Society American Water Works Association Builders Hardware Manufacturers' Association Certified Ballast Manufacturer Copper Development Association Compressed Gas Association 014213-2 �:� � LJ ' � � � � ' t � ' � 1 , ' J , ' � ' ' , IJ ' , !� 'J ' � , � � � , � , � I�I I u ' 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 4l. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 6l. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. CISPI CMAA CRSI CS CSA CSI DIN DIPRA EIA EJCDC ETL FAA FAC FCC FDA FDEP FDOT FEMA FIPS FM Fed. Spec. FS Federal GA GANA HI HMI IBC ICBO ICC ICEA IFC IEEE IESNA Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Crane Manufacturers' Association of America Concrete Reinforcing Stee] Institute Commercial Standard Canadian Standards Association Construction Specifications Institute Deutsches Institut fiir Normung e.V. Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association Electronic Industries Alliance Engineers Joint Contract Documents' Committee Electrical Test Laboratories Federal Aviation Administration Florida Administrative Code Federal Communications Commission Food and Drug Administration Florida Department of Environmental Protection Florida Department of Transportation Federal Emergency Management Agency Federal Information Processing Standards FM Global Federal Specifications (FAA Specifications) Specifications and Standards (Technical Specifications) Gypsum Association Glass Association of North America Hydraulic Institute Hoist Manufacturers' Institute International Building Code International Conference of Building Officials International Code Council Insulated Cable Engineers' Association International Fire Code Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 Ol 42 13 - 3 � 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. IFI IGMA IMC INDA IPC IRI ISA ISO ITL JIC MIA MIL MMA NAAMM NACE NEBB NEC NECA NEMA NESC NETA NFPA NHLA NICET NIST NRCA NRTL NSF N SPE NTMA NWWDA OSHA Industrial Fasteners Institute Insulating Glass Manufacturer's Alliance International Mechanical Code Association of the Nonwoven Fabrics Industry International Plumbing Code Industrial Risk Insurers Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society International Organization for Standardization Independent Testing Laboratory Joint Industry Conferences of Hydraulic Manufacturers Marble Institute of America Military Specifications Monorail Manufacturers' Association National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE International National Environmental Balancing Bureau National Electrical Code National Electrical Contractor's Association National Electrical Manufacturers' Association National Electrical Safety Code InterNational Electrical Testing Association National Fire Protection Association National Hardwood Lumber Association National Institute for Certification in Engines Engineering Technologies National Institute of Standards and Technology National Roofing Contractors Association Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratories NSF International National Society of Professional Engineers National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association National Wood Window and Door Association Occupational Safety and Health Act (both Federal and State) City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 42 13 - 4 �p -?�. G'`� '. .,� •. id iva: u t` .! 'w' '.i 1 � � � , ' ' l� � ' ' LJ ' ' � ' � , ' ' LJ � �� , � l _J � , ' , ' � � � , IOI. 102. 103. l 04. 1 O5. l 06. 107. 108. 109. 1 l 0. lll. 1]2. l 13. 1 l 4. l 15. 116. l 17. 118. 119. l 20. 121. 122. 123. 124. 125. PCI PEI PPI PS RMA RUS SAE SDI SDI SJI SJRWMD SMACNA SPl SSPC SWI TEMA TCA TIA UBC UFC UL UMC USBR WCLIB W WPA Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute Porcelain Enamel Institute Plastic Pipe Institute Product Standards Section-U.S. Department of Commerce Rubber Manufacturers' Association Rural Utilities Service Society of Automotive Engineers Steel Deck Institute Steel Door Institute Steel Joist Institute St. John's River Water Management District Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Society of the Plastics Industry The Society for Protective Coatings Steel Window Institute Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers' Association Tile Council of North America Telecommunications Industry Association Uniform Building Code Uniform Fire Code Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Uniform Mechanical Code U.S. Bureau of Reclamation West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau Western Wood Products Association PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 42 13 - 5 � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract I: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 OI 42 13 - 6 ��°� � u ' , �J � � �_ J � � � J' � ' ' ' � � r L� � � ' ' ' � � � ' � � , LJ , , � � , SECTION O1 43 33 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS I:1 1.02 /� l .03 A : Person-Day: One person for 8 hours within regular Contractor working hours. SUBMITTALS Informational Submittals: 1. Training Schedule: Submit not less than 21 days prior to start of equipment installation and revise as necessary for acceptance. 2. Lesson Plan: Submit proposed lesson plan not less than 21 days prior to scheduled training and revise as necessary for acceptance. QUALIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE Authorized representative of the manufacturer, factory trained, and experienced in the technical applications, installation, operation, and maintenance of respective equipment, subsystem, or system, with full authority by the equipment manufacturer to issue the certifications required of the manufacturer. Additional qualifications may be specified elsewhere. Representative subject to acceptance by Owner and Engineer. No substitute representatives will be allowed unless prior written approval by such has been given. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 A. B. C. D. E. FULFILLMENT OF SPECIFIED MINIMUM SERVICES Furnish manufacturers' services when required by an individual specification section, to meet the requirements of this section. Where time is necessary in excess of that stated in the Specifications for manufacturers' services, or when a minimum time is not specified, the time required to perform the specified services shall be considered incidental. Schedule manufacturer' services to avoid conflict with other onsite testing or other manufacturers' onsite services. Determine, befare scheduling services, that all conditions necessary to allow successful testing have been met. Only those days of service approved by Engineer will be credited to fulfill the specified minimum services. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Wel) Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 014333-1 � F When specified in individual specification sections, manufacturer's onsite services shall include: l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Assistance during product (system, subsystem, or component) installation to include observation, guidance, instruction of Contractor's assembly, erection, installation or application procedures. Inspection, checking, and adjustment as required for product (system, subsystem, or component) to function as warranted by manufacturer and necessary to furnish Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. Providing, on a daily basis, copies of all manufacturers' representatives' field notes and data to Engineer. Revisiting the Site as required to correct problems and until installation and operation are acceptable to Engineer. Resolution of assembly or installation problems attributable to, or associated with, respective manufacturer's products and systems. Assistance during functional and performance testing, and facility startup and evaluation. 7. Training of Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of respective product as required. 8. Additional requirements may be specified elsewhere. 3.02 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE A. When so specified, a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, a copy of which is attached to this section, shall be completed in full, signed by the entity supplying the product, material, or service, and submitted prior to shipment of product or material or the execution of the services. B. Engineer may permit use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by accepted certification of compliance. C. Such form shall certify that the proposed product, material, or service complies with that specified. Attach supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. � 3.03 May reflect recent or previous test results on material or product, if acceptable to Engineer. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF PROPER INSTALLATION A. When so specified, a Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation form, a copy of which is attached to this section, shall be completed and signed by the equipment manufacturer's representative. B. Such form shall certify that the signing party is a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer, is empowered by the manufacturer to inspect, approve, and operate their equipment and is authorized to make recommendations required to assure that the equipment is complete and operational. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 014333-2 �� ` ' � � ' ' � , � , � � ' � � , � � 1__J w � � � � ' � ' 3.04 A : TRAINING General: 1. Furnish manufacturers' representatives for detailed classroom and hands- on training to Owner's personnel on operation and maintenance of specified product (system, subsystem, or component) and as may be required in applicable Specifications. 2. Furnish trained, articulate personnel to coordinate and expedite training, to be present during training coordination meetings with Owner, and familiar with operation and maintenance manual information. 3. Manufacturer's representative shall be familiar with facility operation and maintenance requirements as well as with specified equipment. 4. Furnish complete training materials, to include operation and maintenance data, to be retained by each trainee. Training Schedule: 1. List specified equipment and systems that require training services and show: � a. Respective manufacturer. b. Estimated dates for installation completion. c. Estimated training dates. C� � � � � , � , � � C. 2. Allow for multiple sessions when several shifts are involved. 3. Adjust schedule to ensure training of appropriate personnel as deemed necessary by Owner, and to allow full participation by manufacturers' representatives. Adjust schedule for interruptions in operability of equipment. 4. Coordinate with Section O1 32 00, Construction Progress Documentation. Lesson Plan: When manufacturer or vendor training of Owner personnel is specified, prepare for each reyuired course, containing the following minimum information: 1. Title and objectives. 2. Recommended types of attendees (for example, managers, engineers, operators, maintenance). 3. Course description and outline of course content. 4. Format (for example, lecture, self-study, demonstration, hands-on). 5. Instruction materials and equipment requirements. 6. Resumes of instructors providing the training. D. Pre-startup Training: l. Coordinate training sessions with Owner's operating personnel and manufacturers' representatives. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� i��?C`��t"'a Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 43 33 - 3 E. 3.05 A 2. Complete at least l4 days prior to beginning of facility startup. Post-startup Training: If required in Specifications, furnish and coordinate training of Owner's operating personnel by respective manufacturer's representatives. SUPPLEMENTS The supplements listed below, following "End of Section", are part of this Specification. 1. Form: Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. 2. Form: Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 — _ __ 014333-4 i 1 � �� 1�tF�� , � � � � � � � � i � ' MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE OWNER: PROJECT NAME: PROJECT NO: Comments: PRODUCT, MATERIAL, OR SERV/CE SUBMITTED: I hereby cert� that the above-referenced product, material, or service called for by the contract for the named project �vil/ be furnished in accordance ivith a11 applicable requirements. I further cert� that the product, material, or service are of the quality specified and conform in all respects with the contract requirements, and are in the quantity shown. Date of Execution: Manufacturer: Manufacturer's Authorized Representative (print): (Authorized Signature) City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 014333-5 20 � MANUFACTURER'S CERTIF/CATE OF PROPER ]NSTALLATION OWNER EQPT SERIAL NO: EQPT T,9G NO. EQPT/SYSTEM: PROJECT NO: SPEC. SECTION.• I hereby cert� that the above-referenced equipment/system has been: (Check Applicable) ❑ Installed in accordance ivith Manufacturer's recommendations. ❑ Inspected, checked, and adjusted. ❑ Serviced ivith proper initial lubricants. 0 Electrical and mechanical connections meet guality and safety standards. � All applicable safety eguipment has been properly installed. 0 Funciiona! tests. ❑ Sysiem has been performance tested, and meets or exceeds specified performance reguirements. (When complete system of one manufacturer) Note: Attach any performance test documentation from manufacturer. Comments: I, the undersigned Manufacturer's Representative, hereby cert� that 1 am (i) a duly authorized representative of the manufacturer, (ii) empolvered by the manufacturer to inspect, approve, and operate his equipment and (iii) authorized to make recommendations required to assure that the equipment furnished by the manufacturer is complete and operational, except as may be othenvise indicated herein. I further cert� that all information contained herein is true and accurate. Date: , 20 Manufacturer: By Manujacturer's Authorized Representative: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 END OF SECTION � � � � , � j � il I I �J � 1 � � � � � � �� O14333-6 � � ' PART 1 - GENERAL � 1.O1 A ' i � 1.02 �J SECTION O1 45 16.13 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REFERENCES The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: ] . ASTM International (ASTM): a. D3740, Evaluation of Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and const�►�t�on. b. E329, Use in the Evaluation of Testing and Inspection Agencies as Used in Construction. DEFINITIONS A. Contractor Quality Control (CQC): The means by which Contractor ensures that the construction, to include that performed by subcontractors and suppliers, complies with the requirements of the Contract. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: , 1. CQC Plan: Submit, no later than 30 days after receipt of Notice to Proceed. 2. CQC Report: Submit, weekly, an original and one copy in report form. t 1.04 A � � � � � 1 � � : OWNER'S QUALITY ASSURANCE All Work is subject to Owner's quality assurance inspection and testing at all locations and at all reasonable times before acceptance to ensure strict compliance with the terms of the Contract Documents. Owner's quality assurance inspections and tests are for the sole benefit of Owner and do not: 1. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; 2. Relieve Contractor of responsibility for damage to or loss of the material before acceptance; 3. Constitute or imply acceptance; ar 4. Affect the continuing rights of Owner after acceptance of the completed Work. C. The presence or absence of a quality assurance inspector does not relieve Contractor from any Contract requirement. D. Promptly furnish all facilities, labor, and material reasonably needed for performing such safe and convenient inspections and tests as may be required by Engineer. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� 1�1��l;�� Issued for Bid December 2012 01 45 16.13 - 1 E. City may deduct from the Contract Price, by issuing a Change Order, any additional cost of inspection or test when Work is not ready at the time specified by Contractor for inspection or test, or when prior rejection makes re-inspection or retest necessary. All yuality assurance inspections and tests will be performed in a manner that will not unnecessarily delay the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A I:� Maintain an adequate inspection system and perform such inspections as will ensure that the Work conforms to the Contract Documents. Maintain complete inspection records and make them available at all times to Owner and Engineer. C. The quality control system shall consist of plans, procedures, and organization necessary to produce an end product that complies with the Contract Documents. The system shall cover construction and demolition operations, both onsite and offsite, including Work by subcontractors, fabricators, suppliers and purchasing agents, and shall be keyed to the proposed construction sequence. 3A2 COORDINATION MEETING A. After the Preconstruction Conference, but before start of construction, and prior to acceptance of the CQC Plan, schedule a meeting with Engineer and Owner to discuss the quality control system. B. Develop a mutual understanding of the system details, including the forms for recording the CQC operations, control activities, testing, administration of the system for both onsite and offsite Work, and the interrelationship of Contractor's management and control with the Owner's Quality Assurance. C. There may be occasions when subsequent conferences may be called by either party to reconfirm mutual understandings or address deficiencies in the CQC system or procedures that may require corrective action by Contractor. 3.03 A QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION CQC System Manager: �� 3. Designate an individual within the Contractor's organization who will be responsible for overall management of CQC and have the authority to act in all CQC matters for the Contractor. CQC System Manager may perform other duties on the Project. CQC System Manager shall be an experienced construction person, with a minimum of 3 years construction experience on similar type Work. 4. CQC System Manager shall report to the Contractor's project manager or someone higher in the organization. Project manager in this context shall City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��,� �� Issued for Bid December 2012 O l 45 ] 6.l 3- Z � � � � � � LJ i � � � � � � � � � L1 � 1 L1 [J u � � � � i i � � � � j , , , � � � : 5 mean the individual with responsibility for the overall quality and production management of the Project. The CQC System Manager shall be onsite during construction; periods of absence may not exceed 2 weeks at any one time. 6. Identify an alternate for the CQC System Manager to serve with full authority during the System Manager's absence. The requirements for the alternate will be the same as for the designated CQC System Manager. CQC Staff: 1. Designate a CQC staff, available at the Site at all times during progress, with complete authority to take any action necessary to ensure compliance with the Contract. All CQC staff inembers shall be subject to acceptance by Engineer. 2. CQC staff shall take direction from CQC System Manager in matters pertaining to QC. 3. CQC staff must be of sufficient size to ensure adequate QC coverage of all Work phases, work shifts, and work crews involved in the construction. These personnel may perform other duties, but must be fully qualified by experience and technical training to perform their assigned QC responsibilities and must be allowed sufficient time to carry out these responsibilities. 4. The actual strength of the CQC staff may vary during any specific Work period to cover the needs of the Project. Add additional staff when necessary for a proper CQC organization. C. Organizational Changes: Obtain Engineer's acceptance before replacing any member of the CQC staff. Requests for changes shall include name, yualifications, duties, and responsibilities of the proposed replacement. 3.04 I7 : CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN General: Plan shall identify personnel, procedures, control, instructions, test, records, and forms to be used. 2. An interim plan for the first 30 days of operation will be considered. 3. Construction will be permitted to begin only after acceptance of the CQC Plan or acceptance of an interim plan applicable to the particular feature of Work to be started. 4. Work outside of the features of Work included in an accepted interim plan will not be permitted to begin until acceptance of a CQC Plan or another interim plan containing the additional features of Work to be started. Content: l. Plan shall cover the intended CQC arganization for the entire Contract and shall include the following, as a minimum: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract ]: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� i „�� Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 45 16.13 - 3 a. � c. � e. f. g• h Organization: Description of the quality control organization, including a chart showing lines of authority for all aspects of the Work specified. CQC Staff: The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of each person assigned a QC function. Letters of Authority: A copy of a letter to the CQC System Manager signed by an authorized official of the firm, describing the responsibilities and delegating sufficient authorities to adeyuately perform the functions of the CQC System Manager, including authority to stop Work which is not in compliance with the Contract. The CQC System Manager shall issue letters of direction to all other various yuality control representatives outlining duties, authorities and responsibilities. Copies of these letters will also be furnished to Owner. Submittals: Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing submittals, including those of subcontractors, offsite fabricators, suppliers and purchasing agents. Testing: Control, verification and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test to include the test name, frequency, specification paragraph containing the test requirements, the personnel and laboratory responsible for each type of test, and an estimate of the number of tests required. Procedures for tracking preparatory, initial, and follow-up control phases and control, verification, and acceptance tests, including documentation. Procedures for tracking deficiencies from identification through acceptable corrective action. These procedures will establish verification that identified deficiencies have been corrected. Reporting procedures, including proposed reporting formats; include a copy of the CQC report form. C. Acceptance of Plans: Acceptance of the Contractor's basic and addendum CQC plans is required prior to the start of construction. Acceptance is conditional and will be predicated on satisfactory performance during the construction. Owner reserves the right to require Contractor to make changes in the CQC plan and operations including removal of personnel, as necessary, to obtain the quality specified. D. Notification of Changes: After acceptance of the CQC plan, Contractor shall notify Engineer, in writing, a minimum of 7 calendar days prior to any proposed change. Proposed changes are subject to acceptance by the Engineer. 3.05 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL REPORT , r � � � , C� � ' � � C� , � A. As a minimum, prepare a CQC report for every 7 calendar days. Account for all days throughout the life of the Contract. Reports shall be signed and dated by the CQC � System Manager. Include copies of test reports and copies of reports prepared by all QC staff. B. Maintain current records of yuality control operations, activities, and tests performed, � including the Work of subcontractors and suppliers. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract I: Remote Well , Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��,;� �� Issued for Bid December 2012 01 45 16.13 - 4 � t � � , , ' C. Records shall be on an acceptable form and shall be a complete description of inspections, the results of inspections, daily activities, tests, and other items, including but not limited to the following: l. Contractor/subcontractor and their areas of responsibility. 2. Operating plant/equipment with hours worked, idle, or down for repair. 3. Work performed today, giving location, description, and by whom. When a netwark schedule is used, identify each phase of Work performed each day by activity number. 4. Test and/ar control activities performed with results and references to specifications/plan requirements. The control phase should be identified (Preparatory, Initial, Follow-up). List deficiencies noted along with corrective action. ' � � � � � , 3.06 A. , , � � i � i�1yl 5. Material received with statement as to its acceptability and storage. 6. Identify submittals reviewed, with Contract reference, by whom, and action taken. 7. Offsite surveillance activities, including actions taken. 8. Job safety evaluations stating what was checked, results, and instructions or corrective actions. 9. List instructions given/received and conflicts in Drawings and/or Specifications. 10. Contractor's verification statement. 11. Indicate a description of trades working on the Project; the number of personnel working; weather conditions encountered; and any delays encountered. 12. These records shall cover both conforming and deficient features and shall include a statement that equipment and materials incorporated in file work and workmanship comply with the Contract. SUBMITTAL QUALITY CONTROL Submittals shall be as specified in Section O1 33 00, Submittals. The CQC organization shall be responsible for certifying that all submittals are in compliance with the Contract requirements. Owner will furnish copies of test report forms upon request by Contractor. Contractor may use other forms as approved. TESTING QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Procedure: 1. Perform tests specified or reyuired to verify that control measures are adequate to provide a product which conforms to Contract requirements. Perform the following activities and record the following data: a. Verify testing procedures comply with contract requirements. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 01 45 ] 6.13 - 5 � b. Verify facilities and testing equipment are available and comply with testing standards. c. Check test instrument calibration data against certified standards. d. Verify recording forms and test identification control number system, including all of the test documentation requirements, have been prepared. e. Documentation: ii. iii. iv. v. Record results of all tests taken, both passing and failing, on the CQC report for the date taken. Include specification paragraph reference, location where tests were taken, and the seyuential control number identifying the test. Actual test reports may be submitted later, if approved by Engineer, with a reference to the test number and date taken. Provide directly to Engineer an information copy of tests performed by an offsite or commercial test facility. Test results shail be signed by an engineer registered in the state where the tests are performed. Failure to submit timely test reports, as stated, may result in nonpayment for related Work performed and disapproval of the test facility for this Contract. B. Testing Laboratories: Laboratory facilities, including personnel and equipment, utilized for testing soils, concrete, asphalt and steel shall meet criteria detailed in ASTM D3740 and ASTM E329, and be accredited by the American Association of Laboratory Accreditation (AALA), National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), or other approved national accreditation authority. All personnel performing concrete testing shall be certified by the American Concrete Institute (ACI). 3.08 A. B. COMPLETION INSPECTION CQC System Manager shall conduct an inspection of the Work at the completion of all Work or any milestone established by a completion time stated in the Contract. Punchlist: 1. 2. 3. CQC System Manager shall develop a punchlist of items which do not conform to the Contract requirements. Include punchlist in the CQC report, indicating the estimated date by which the deficiencies will be corrected. The CQC System Manager or staff shall make a second inspection to ascertain that all deficiencies have been corrected and so notify the Owner. 4. These inspections and any deficiency corrections required will be accomplished within the time stated for completion of the entire Work or any particular increment thereof if the Project is divided into increments by separate completion dates. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O 1 45 l 6.13 - 6 � E� � � � � � 1 � , � ' � ' � j � � � , � � � ' � � � ' �J ' ' � � � � , � r � � �� , END OF SECTION THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 Ol 45 16.13 - 7 �` � � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 � ` � , � � CJ � � ' � � � I 1 1 � ! 1 � J � , ! r ' ' � , � � r , , � � r � , , , SECTION O1 50 00 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PARTI- GENERAL 1.01 A. 1.02 A 1.03 A. REFERENCES The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: l. American Association of Nurserymen: American Standards for Nursery Stock. 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials: Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. 3. Federal Emergency Management Agency. 4. Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT): Roadway and Traffic Design Standards. 5. International Municipa) Signal Association (IMSA). 6. National Fire Prevention Association (NFPA): 241, Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations. 7. Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA); Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA): 568B, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. 8. U.S. Department ofAgriculture: Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds. 9. U.S. Weather Bureau: Rainfall-Frequency Atlas of the U.S. for Durations from 30 Minutes to 24 Hours and Return Periods from 1 to 100 Years. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide all temporary facilities as outlined herein. SUBMITTALS Informational Submittals: 1. Copies of permits and approvals for construction as required by Laws and Regulations and governing agencies. 2. Qualifications: IMSA Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification of person responsible for traffic control safety. 3. Temporary Utility Submittals: a. Electric power supply and distribution plans. b. Water supply and distribution plans. c. Drainage plans. d. Dewatering well locations. e. Sanitary. 4. Temporary Construction Submittals: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 50 00 - 1 � 1.04 A. 1.OS A. B. C. 1.06 A. B. 5. a. Parking area plans. b. Contractor's field office, storage yard, and storage building plans, including gravel surfaced area. c. Engineer's field office plan. d. Fencing and protective barrier locations and details. e. Staging area location plan. f. Traffic control plan. Temporary Control Submittals: a. Noise control plan. b. Plan for disposal of waste materials including wastewater from dewatering operations and intended haul routes. MOBILIZATION Mobilization shall include, but not be limited to, these principal items: 1. Obtaining required permits. 2. Moving Contractor's field office and equipment required for first month operations onto Site. 3. Installing temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities. 4. Providing onsite communication facilities, including telephones. 5. Providing onsite sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified and as required by Laws and Regulations, and governing agencies. 6. Arranging for and erection of Contractor's work and storage yard. 7. Posting OSHA required notices and establishing safety programs and procedures. 8. Contractor's superintendent at Site full time. 9. Setup and acceptance or required erosion and sedimentation control. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY Comply with Owner's safety rules while on Owner's property. Keep Owner informed of serious onsite accidents and related claims. Use of Explosives: No blasting or use of explosives will be allowed onsite. VEHICULAR TRAFFIC Traffic Control Plan: Adhere to traffic control plan reviewed and accepted by Owner. Changes to this plan shall be made only by written approval of appropriate public authority and acceptance by Owner. Secure approvals for necessary changes so as not to delay progress of the Work. Traffic Routing Plan: Show sequences of construction affecting use of roadways, time reyuired for each phase of the Work, provisions for decking over excavations and City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 Ol 50 00 - 2 �;� , � r , � � ' L: l� ' 1 L� � , � I I � ' lJ ' , ' , , � l__J � phasing of operations to provide necessary access, and plans for signing, barricading, flagging, and striping to provide passages for pedestrians and vehicles. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide at least one employee in the field, superintendent or foreman, who holds an IMSA Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification. This certified employee should be on the Site when traffic control measures are installed and when work is occurring within the traffic zones. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PROJECT SIGN A. Provide and maintain one, 8-foot wide by 4-foot high sign constructed of 3/4-inch exterior high density overlaid plywood. Sign shall bear name of Project, Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and other participating agencies. Lettering shall be blue applied on a white background by an experienced sign painter. Paint shall be exterior type enamel. Information to be included will be provided by Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 A TEMPORARY UTILITIES Power: ' 1. Electric power will be available at or near Site. Determine type and amount available and make arrangements for obtaining temporary electric power service, metering equipment, and pay all costs for electric power used during , contract period, except for portions of the Work designated in writing by Engineer as substantially complete. ' � , , r i ' ' 2. Cost of electric power shall be borne by Contractor. B. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting to meet applicable safety requirements to allow erection, application, or installation of materials and equipment, and observation or inspection of the Work. C. Sanitary and Personnel Facilities: 1. 2. Provide and maintain facilities for Contractor's employees, Subcontractars, and all other onsite employers' employees. Service, clean, and maintain facilities and enclosures. Use of Owner's existing sanitary facilities by construction personnel will not be allowed. D. Telephone Service: Arrange and provide onsite telephone service for use during construction. Pay costs of installation and monthly bills. E. Fire Protection: Furnish and maintain on Site adequate firefighting equipment capable of extinguishing incipient fires. Comply with applicable parts of NFPA 241. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� :;�� Issued for Bid December 2012 01 50 00 - 3 3.02 I:1 I'� PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY General: ' ' l. Perform Work within right-of-way and easements in a systematic manner that � minimizes inconvenience to property owners and the public. 2. No residence or business shall be cut off from vehicular traffic for a period exceeding 4 hours, unless special arrangements have been made. Any agreements shall be in writing and provided to the Engineer prior to work. 3. Maintain in continuous service existing oil and gas pipelines, underground power, telephone or communication cable, water mains, irrigation lines, sewers, poles and overhead power, and all other utilities encountered along line of the Work, unless other arrangements satisfactory to owners of said utilities have been made. Any agreement shali be in writing and provided to the Engineer prior to work. 4. Where completion of the Work requires temporary or permanent removal or relocation of existing utility, coordinate activities with owner of said utility and perform all work to their satisfaction. 5. Protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain underground pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground utility construction uncovered ar otherwise affected by construction operations. 6. Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free from obstruction and available for use at all times. 7. In areas where Contractor's operations are adjacent to or near a utility, such as gas, telephone, television, electric power, water, sewer, or irrigation system, and such operations may cause damage or inconvenience, suspend operations until arrangements necessary for protection have been made by Contractor. 8. Notify property owners and utility offices that may be affected by construction operation at least 2 days in advance. a. Before exposing a utility, obtain utility owner's permission. b. Should service of utility be interrupted due to Contractor's operation, notify proper authority immediately. Cooperate with said authority in restoring service as promptly as possible and bear costs incurred. � LI , � , � � , � , , 9. Do not impair operation of existing sewer system. Prevent construction , material, pavement, concrete, earth, volatile and corrosive wastes, and other debris from entering sewers, pump stations, or other sewer structures. 10. Maintain original Site drainage wherever possible. Trees and Plantings: Protect from damage and preserve trees, shrubs, and other plants outside limits of the Work and within limits of the Work, which are designated on the Drawings to remain undisturbed. � r a. Where practical, tunnel beneath trees when on or near line of trench. , b. Employ hand excavation as necessary to prevent tree injury. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well , Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� („� Issued for Bid December 2012 O 1 50 00 - 4 ' ' � C� L� ' , � , ' , ' ' , C 0 c. d. f. g• h Do not stockpile materials or permit traffic within drip lines of trees. Provide and maintain temporary barricades around trees. Water vegetation as necessary to maintain health. Cover temporarily exposed roots with wet burlap, and keep burlap moist until burlap can be removed and soil is replaced around roots. No trees, except those specifically shown on Drawings to be removed, shall be removed without written approval of Engineer. Dispose of removed trees in a legal manner off the Site. 2. Balling and burlapping of trees indicated for replacement shall conform to recommended specifications set forth in the American Standards for Nursery Stock, published by American Association of Nurserymen. All balls shall be firm and intact and made-balls will not be accepted. Handle ball and burlap trees by ball and not by top. 3. In event of damage to bark, trunks, limbs, or roots of plants that are not designated for removal, treat damage by corrective pruning, bark tracing, application of a heavy coating of tree paint, and other accepted horticultural and tree surgery practices. 4. Replace each plant that dies as a result of construction activities with plants in quantity and quality acceptable to the Owner. Maintain plants in accordance with the requirements for permanent seeding in Section Ol 57 13, Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control. Finished Construction: Protect finished floors and concrete floors exposed as well as those covered with composition tile or other applied surfacing. Waterways: Keep ditches, culverts, and natural drainages continuously free of construction materials and debris. E. Dewatering: Construct, maintain, and operate cofferdams, channels, flume drains, sumps, pumps, or other temparary diversion and protection works. Furnish materials required, install, maintain, and operate necessary pumping and other equipment for the environmentally safe removal and disposal of water from the various parts of the Work. Maintain foundations and parts of the Work free from water. F. Archaeological Finds: 1. General: Should finds of an archaeological or paleontological nature be made , within the limits of the Site, immediately notify Owner and Engineer and proceed in accordance with the General Conditions. Continue the Work in other areas without interruption. , r , CJ ' 2. Archaeological Finds: Evidence of human occupation or use of an area within the contract limits prior to the Year l 840. Evidence may consist of skeletons, stone, or other utensils, or evidence of habitations or structures. 3. Paleontological Finds: Evidence of prehistoric plant or animal life, such as skeletons, bones, fossils, or casts and other indications such as pictographs. 4. Owner may order the Work stopped in other areas if, in Owner's opinion, the find is more extensive than may appear from uncovered material. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��,� ��;;��t;� Issued for Bid December 2012 01 50 00 - 5 G. 3.03 A 5 0 Protection of Finds: a. Cover, fence, or otherwise protect finds until notice to resume the Work is given. b. Cover finds with plastic film held in place by earth, rocks, or other weights placed outside the find. Should additional backfilling be necessary for safety or to prevent caving, place backfill material loosely over the plastic film. c. Sheet or shore as necessary to protect excavations underway. Place temporary fence to prevent unauthorized access. d. Dewater finds made below water table as necessary to protect construction Work underway. Divert groundwater or surface runoff away from find by ditching ar other acceptable means. Removal of Finds: a. All finds are property of Owner. Do not remove or disturb finds without Owner's written authorization. b. Should Owner elect to have a find removed, provide equipment, lahor, and material to permit safe removal of find without damage. Provide transportation for delivery to individuals, institutions, or other places as Owner may find desirable, expedient, or required by law. Endangered Species: l. Take precautions necessary and prudent to protect native endangered flora and fauna as shown on the Drawings or otherwise identified. a. Notify Engineer of construction activities that might threaten endangered species or their habitats. 2. Engineer will mark areas known as habitats of endangered species prior to commencement of onsite activities. � � r , , , � 1 , � CJ� 3. Additional areas will be marked by Engineer as other habitats of endangered , species become known during construction. TEMPORARY CONTROLS Air Pollution Control: 1. 2. Minimize air pollution from construction operations. Burning: a. Of waste materials, rubbish, ar other debris will not be permitted on or adjacent to Site. 3. Conduct operations of dumping material (soil, rock, etc.) and of carrying material (soil, rock, etc.) away in trucks to cause a minimum of dust. Give unpaved streets, roads, detours, or haul roads used in construction area a dust- preventive treatment or periodically water to prevent dust. Strictly adhere to applicable environmental regulations for dust prevention. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 50 00 - 6 � 4-'. � "" � � �� ' ' r , ' � � , ' 4. Provide and maintain temporary dust-tight partitions, bulkheads, or other protective devices during construction to permit normal operation of existing facilities. Construct partitions of plywood, insulating board, plastic sheets, or similar material. Construct partitions in such a manner that dust and dirt from demolition and cutting will not enter other parts of existing building or facilities. Remove temporary partitions as soon as need no longer exists. B. Noise Control: ' 1. Noise Control Plan: Propose plan to mitigate construction noise and to comply with noise control ordinances, including method of construction, equipment to be used, and acoustical treatments. ' ' , ' ' ' , LJ � ' , , C� ' C � Water Pollution Control: Disposal ofwaste into streams orwaterways is prohibited. 2. Divert sanitary sewage and non-storm waste flow interfering with construction and requiring diversion to sanitary sewers. Do not cause or permit action to occur which would cause an overflow. 3. Prior to commencing excavation and construction, obtain Engineer's agreement with detai}ed plans showing procedures intended to handle and dispose of sewage, groundwater, and stormwater flow, including dewatering pump discharges. 4. Comply with procedures outlined in U.S. Environmental Protection Agency manuals entitled, "Guidelines for Erosion and Sedimentation Control Planning" and "Implementation, Processes, Procedures, and Methods to Control Pollution Resulting from All Construction Activity," and "Erosion and Sediment Control-Surface Mining in Eastern United States." �� G'� Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, chemicals, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. Provide acceptable containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Erosion, Sediment, and Flood Control: l. Provide, maintain, and operate temporary facilities to control erosion and sediment releases, and to protect the Work and existing facilities from flooding during construction period. 2. Design erosion and sediment controls to handle peak runoff resulting from 25-year, 24-hour storm event based on U.S. Weather Bureau, "Rainfall- Frequency Atlas of the United States for Durations from 30 Minutes to 24 Hours and Return Periods from 1 to 100 Years," Technical Paper No. 40, 1981. 3. Size temporary stormwater conveyances based on procedures presented in U.S. Department of Agriculture, "Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds," Soil Conservation Service Engineering Technical Release No. 55, 1986. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� ;i��1��l�� Issued for Bid December 2012 01 50 00 - 7 3.04 A B C 3.05 A. B. C. D. E. 3.06 A. B. 4 Design temporary flood control facilities for design flood with minimum of 3 feet of freeboard. Design flood shall be as published by FEMA for l 00-year recurrence interval. STORAGE YARDS AND BUILDINGS Coordinate requirements with Section Ol 6l 00, Common Product Requirements. Temporary Storage Yards: Construct temporary storage yards for storage of products that are not subject to damage by weather conditions. Temporary Storage Buildings: 1. Provide environmental control systems that meet recommendations of manufacturers of equipment and materials stored. 2. Arrange or partition to provide security of contents and ready access for inspection and inventory. 3. Store combustible materials (paints, solvents, fuels) in a well-ventilated and remote building meeting safety standards. ACCESS ROADS AND DETOURS Construct access roads as shown and within easements, rights-of-way, or Project limits. Utilize existing roads where shown. Alignments for new routes shall be approved by Engineer. Maintain drainage ways. Install and maintain culverts to allow water to flow beneath access roads. Provide corrosion-resistant culvert pipe of adequate strength and diameter to resist construction loads and convert anticipated flow. Provide gravel, crushed rock, or other stabilization material to permit access by all motor vehicles at all times. Maintain road grade and crown to eliminate potholes, rutting, and other irregularities that restrict access. Coordinate with Engineer detours and other operations affecting traffic and access. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to Engineer of operations that will alter access to the Site. PARKING AREAS Control vehicular parking to preclude interference with public traffic or parking, access by emergency vehicles, Owner's operations, or construction operations. Provide parking facilities for personnel working on the Project. No employee or equipment parking will be permitted on Owner's existing paved areas. 3.07 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC A. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding closing or restricting use of public streets or highways. No public or private road shall be closed, except by written permission of proper authority. Assure the least possible obstruction to traffic and normal commercial pursuits. City of Clearwater � � ' � ' � , ' , ' � ' � ' , , , WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well ' Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) � �� Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 50 00 - 8 ' , , , L1 LJ ' ' , ' ' : Conduct the Work to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. C. Unless permission to close a street is received in writing from the proper authority (County, City, FDOT), place excavated material so vehicular and pedestrian traffic may be maintained at all times. If Contractor's operations cause traffic hazards, it shall repair road surface, provide temporary ways, erect wheel guards or fences, or take other measures for safety satisfactory to Owner. D. Whenever it is necessary to cross, close, or obstruct roads, driveways, and walks, whether public or private, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or other temporary expedients for accommodation of public and private travel. E. Road Closures: Maintain satisfactory means of exit for persons residing or having occasion to transact business along route of the Work. If it is necessary to close off roadway or alley providing sole vehicular access to property for periods greater than 2 hours, provide written notice to each owner so affected 3 days prior to such closure. In such cases, closings of up to 4 hours may be allowed. Closures of up to ]0 hours may be allowed if a week's written notice is given and undue hardship does not result. Any road closures shall be approved by Engineer prior to implementation. F. Maintenance of traffic is not required if Contractor obtains written permission from Owner and tenant of private property, or from autharity having jurisdiction over public property involved, to obstruct traffic at designated point. G. In making street crossings, do not block more than one-half the street at a time. Whenever possible, widen shoulder on opposite side to facilitate traffic flow. Provide temporary surfacing on shoulders as necessary. H. Maintain top of backfilled trenches before they are paved, to allow normal vehicular , traffic to pass over. Provide temporary access driveways where required. Cleanup operations shall follow immediately behind backfilling. I. When flaggers and guards are required by regulation or when deemed necessary for , safety, furnish them with approved orange wearing apparel and other regulation traffic control devices. CJ � � �1 , , ' J. Notify fire department and police department before closing street or portion thereof. Notify said departments when streets are again passable for emergency vehicles. Do not block off emergency vehicle access to consecutive arterial crossings or dead-end streets, in excess of 3001inear feet, without written permission from fire department. Conduct operations with the least interference to fire equipment access, and at no time prevent such access. Furnish Contractor's night emergency telephone numbers to police department. 3.08 A CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION In accordance with General Conditions, as may be specified in other Specification sections, and as required herein. B. Wet down exterior surfaces prior to sweeping to prevent blowing of dust and debris. At least weekly, sweep all floors (basins, tunnels, platforms, walkways, roof surfaces), and pick up all debris and dispose. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� +9�1��lEw�l�C� Issued for Bid December 2012 O 1 50 00 - 9 � C. Provide approved containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, ` and rubbish. At least at weekly intervals, dispose of such waste materials, debris, and rubbish offsite. ' D. At least weekly, brush sweep entry drive and roadways, and all other streets and walkways affected by the Work and where adjacent to the Work. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 50 00 - 10 , � � ' ' , � � ' � � ' ' , � �� 1��4� , � 1 , r SECTION O1 57 13 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PARTI- GENERAL ' l.O1 WORK OF THIS SECTION ' ' i�l II � , � �i � ' ' �J � � �� LJ ' � ' A. This section covers Work necessary for stabilization of soil to prevent erosion during and after construction and land disturbing activities. The Work shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, and equipment to perform the Wark and services necessary as herein specified and as indicated on the Drawings. This shall include installation, maintenance, and final removal of all temporary soil erosion and sediment control measures. B. The minimum areas requiring soil erosion and sediment control measures are indicated on the Drawings. The right is reserved to modify the use, location, and quantities of soil erosion and sediment control measures based on activities of Contractor and as Engineer considers to be in the best interest of Owner. C. 1.02 A. See additional information noted on the Drawings and within Section IV (Technical Specifications) Article 38 "Erosion and Siltation Control". GENERAL See the General Conditions which contain information and requirements that apply to the Work specified herein and are mandatory for this Project. B. All activities shall conform to the State of Florida Department of Environmental Protection Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector's Manual, latest version; the city Site Plan Permit; and the Drawings. In the event of a conflict, the more stringent requirement shall apply. C. Soil erosion stabilization and sedimentation control consist of the following elements: ►� 3. Maintenance of existing permanent or temporary storm drainage piping and channel systems, as necessary. Construction of new permanent and temporary storm drainage piping and channel systems, as necessary. Construction of temporary erosion control facilities such as silt fences, check dams, etc. 4. Protection of curb inlets, grate inlets and storm drain pipe inlets in accordance with the FDEP Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector's Manual best practices. 5. Seeding: a. Placement and maintenance of temporary seeding on areas disturbed by construction. 6. Soil Stabilization Seeding: Placement of fertilizer and seed, etc., in areas as specified hereinafter. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facitities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� {:,;��#��IE��i�� Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 57 13 - 1 7. Prevention of Offsite Tracking of Sediment: a. The project and surrounding roadways shall be kept free from materials that may enter the drainage system. Any sediment tracked onto roadways shall be cleaned immediately by means other than flushing with water. b. Tracking pads at ingress and egress points shall be used to control tracking of sediment onto offsite roadway surfaces. The pads shall be constructed of 2-inch size stone and sized to prevent sediment from the site being carried offsite by vehicles. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Product data. B. Informational Submittals: Hydroseeding plan. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.O l A. B. 2.02 A. B. 2.03 SOIL STABILIZATION AND TEMPORARY SEED Summer seed mix shall be 50 percent by weight Pensacola Bahia, 30 percent by weight Sericea Lespedeza, and 20 percent by weight German Millet. Winter seed mix shall be 50 percent by weight Tall Fescue, 30 percent by weight Sericea Lespedeza, I S percent by weight Annual Ryegrass, and 5 percent by weight Redtop. FERTILIZER Fertilizer shall be commercial, chemical type, uniform in composition, free-flowing, conforming to state and federal laws, and suitable for application with equipment designed for that purpose. Fertilizer shall have a minimum percentage of plant food by weight for the following: Permanent fertilizer mix shall be 10 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phospharic acid, and 10 percent potash. LIME A. Ground dolomitic limestone not less than 85 percent total carbonates and magnesium, ground so that 50 percent passes through a 100-mesh sieve and 90 percent passes a 20-mesh sieve. Coarser material will be acceptable provided the specified rates of application are increased proportionately on the basis of quantities passing the 100-mesh sieve. 2.04 STRAW MULCH A. Threshed straw of oats, wheat, barley, or rye, free from seed of noxious weeds, or clean salt hay. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Projectl0-0039-UT-(A) � �� g�� Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 57 13 - 2 ' , r ' � ' ' ' , ' , � � L�' � � r u ,- , i i � �_ � ' ' 2.05 � A. � ' ' � SUPER SILT FENCE Provide super silt fence (SSF) in accordance with FDEP Standards Manual, latest edition. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall install erosion and sediment control measures and maintain in accordance with the Drawings for the duration of the Project. The sequence of construction shown on the Drawings is made a part of these Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary seeding at all times. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for phasing Work in areas allocated for its exclusive use during this Project, including any proposed stockpile areas, to restrict sediment transport. This shall include installation of temporary erosion control devices, ditches, or other facilities. ' D. The areas set aside for the Contractor's use during the Project may be tempararily developed to provide satisfactory working, staging, and administrative areas for its exclusive use. Preparation of these areas shall be in accordance with other ' requirements contained within these Specifications and shall be done in a manner to control sediment transport away from the area. � � � � ' , I i� L_ J ' ' E. Permanent stockpiles shall be seeded with soil stabilization seed and protected by construction of silt fences and permanent 2-foot, minimum depth, ditches, completely surrounding stockpiles and located within 10 feet of the toes of the stockpile slopes. F. Sediment transport and erosion from working stockpiles shall be controlled and restricted from moving beyond the immediate stockpile area by construction of temporary toe-of-slope ditches and accompanying silt fences, as necessary. Contractor shall keep these temporary facilities in operational condition by regular cleaning, re-grading, and maintenance. Stockpiles remaining in place longer than 14 calendar days shall be considered permanent stockpiles for purposes of erosion and sediment control. G. Silt traps shall be cleaned of collected sediment after every storm or as determined from the biweekly inspections. Cleaning shall be done in a manner that will not direct the sediment into the storm drain piping system. Removed sediment shall be taken to an area selected by the Engineer where it can be cleaned of sticks and debris, then allowed to dry. Final sediment and debris disposal shall be onsite as designated by Engineer. H. Replacement or repair of failed or overloaded silt fences, check dams, or other temporary erosion control devices shall be accomplished by Contractor within 2 days after receiving written notice from the Engineer. Unpaved earth drainage ditches shall be re-graded as needed to maintain original grade and remove sediment buildup. If a ditch becomes difficult to maintain, Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer and install additional erosion control City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract I: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 57 13 - 3 � devices such as check dams, temporary paving, or silt fences as directed by the Engineer. J. If Contractor has not conducted maintenance efforts to the satisfaction of Engineer within 2 working days after receiving written notification from Engineer, Owner shall have the prerogative of engaging others to perform any needed maintenance or cleanup, including removal of accumulated sediment at constructed erosion control facilities, and deduct from the Contract Price, by issuing a Change Order, the costs for such efforts plus a$500 administration fee. 3.02 A 3.03 A SUPER SILT FENCE Construct super silt fence (SSF) in accordance with the FDEP Standards Manual, latest edition. SEEDING General : 1. The Contractor shall give at least 3 days notice to the Engineer prior to seeding to allow the Owner to inspect the prepared areas. The Contractor shall rework any areas not approved for seeding to the Owner's satisfaction. 2. The Contractor shalt keep the Engineer advised of schedule of operations. 3. Seed shall be clean, delivered in original unopened packages and bearing an analysis of the contents, guaranteed 95 percent pure with minimum germination rate of 85 percent. B. Schedules: C. 1. Seeding shall be performed in accordance with the following schedule: a. Summer Seeding: Between March 15 and June I5, or September 1 to November 15. b. Winter Seeding: All other times of year, except when weather conditions prohibit further construction operations as determined by the Engineer. Soil Stabilization and Temporary Seeding: 1. Soil stabilization seeding shall consist of the application of the following materials in quantities as further described herein for stockpiles and disturbed areas left inactive for more than 14 days. a. Lime. b. Fertilizer. c. Seed. d. Mulch. e. Maintenance. 2. Temporary Seeding is to be placed and maintained over all disturbed areas prior to Permanent Seeding. Maintain Temporary Seeding until such time as areas are approved for Permanent Seeding. As a minimum, maintenance shall include the following: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O l 57 13 - 4 � :.� a� ' , r , ' ' � , , , , � ' ' � ' ' ' ' � � � ' ' ' ' ' � ' � ' i i 1 1 ' , a. Fix-up and reseeding of bare areas or redisturbed areas. b. Mowing for stands of grass or weeds exceeding 6 inches in height. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 01 57 13 - 5 "� � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 0] 57 13 - 6 �`'� ,» 11 � , �' � ' u ' , ' � r-, i' :', � �' I �. � � ' ' � � _. J ' ' � SECTION Ol 60 00 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ' PART1- GENERAL ' 1.01 A ' ' ' 1 ' ' � ' u ' DESCRIPTION Scope of Work: Material and equ�pment mcorporated mto the Work: 1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. 2. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by Engineer. 3. Manufactured and fabricated products: a. Design, fabricate and assemble in accordance with the best engineering and shop practices. b. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gauges, to be interchangeable. c. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical, by the same manufacturer. d. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. e. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown ar specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing. 4. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or is specified. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: 1. General Conditions and Requirements of the Contract 2. Submittals: Section O1 33 00 1.02 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS A. Only new materials and equipment shall be incorporated in the work. All materials and eyuipment furnished by Contractor shall be subject to the inspection and approval of Engineer. No material shall be delivered to the site without prior approval of Engineer. B. The Contractor shall submit to Engineer, data relating to materials and eyuipment he ' proposes to furnish for the work. Such data shall be in sufficient detail to enable Engineer to identify the particular product to form an opinion as to its conformiry to the specifications. ' ' ' City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 20 t 2 O 1 60 00 - 1 �., �� C. Facilities and labor for handling and inspection of all materials and equipment shall be furnished by Contractor. If Engineer requires, either prior to beginning or during progress of the work, Contractor shall submit samp}es of materials for such special tests as may be necessary to demonstrate that they conform to the specifications. Such samples shall be furnished, stored, packed and shipped as directed at Contractor's expense. Except as otherwise noted, Contractor will make arrangements for and pay for the tests. D. Contractor shall submit data and samples sufficiently early to permit consideration and approval before materials are necessary for incorporation in the work. Any delay of approval resulting from Contractor's failure to submit samples or data promptly shall not be used as a basis of claim against Owner or Engineer. E. In order to demonstrate the proficiency of workers or to facilitate the choice among several textures, types, finishes and surfaces, Contractor shall provide such samples of workmanship or finish as may be required. � l .03 I-7 The materials and equipment used on the work shall correspond to the approved samples or other data. SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS The substitution requirements of this Section are in addition to the requirements of the General Conditions and Special Conditions. B. The intent of these Specifications is to provide Owner with a quality facility without discouraging competitive bidding. Substitutions may be submitted and will be evaluated as specified herein. C. For products specified only by reference standards, performance and descriptive methods, without naming manufacturer's products, the Contractor may provide the products of any manufacturer complying with the Contract Documents, subject to the review of product data by Engineer as specified herein. D. For products specified by naming a manufacturer's product followed by the words "or eyual" or "or approved equal", the Contractor may provide any of the named products. He may substitute a product by another manufacturer as an equal only after review by the Engineer and Owner's Representative as specified herein. In all cases, any product provided must comply with all of the specified requirements. 1.04 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including five copies to Engineer. Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� g;�� Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 60 00 - 2 ' ' � ' , 1 ' ' � ' � ' 1 ' ' ' 1 �� 1 ' ' ' ' ' , u ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 : l. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accord with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. l I7 Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with Engineer for further instructions. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. C. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. I.OS TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Arrange deliveries of products in accordance with construction schedules. Coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. ]. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. lmmediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals, and that products are properly protected and undamaged. B 1.06 Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store products in accord with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. l. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather tight enclosures. 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges reyuired by manufacturer's instructions. 3. Store fabricated products above the ground, on blocking or skids, prevent soiling or staining. Cover products which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings, provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. 4. Store loose granular materials in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. B. All materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work shall be handled and stored by Contractor before, during and after shipment in a manner to prevent warping, twisting, bending, breaking, chipping, rusting, and any injury, theft or damage of any kind whatsoever to the material or equipment. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 01 60 00 - 3 � C. Cement, sand and lime shall be stored under a roof and off the ground and shall be kept completely dry at all times. All structural and miscellaneous steel, and reinforcing steel shall be stored offthe ground or otherwise to prevent accumulations of dirt or grease, and in a position to prevent accumulations of standing water and to minimize rusting. Beams shall be stored with the webs vertical. Precast concrete beams shall be handled and stored in a manner to prevent accumulations of dirt, standing water, staining, chipping or cracking. Brick, block and similar masonry products shall be handled and stored in a manner to reduce breakage, chipping, cracking and spalling to a minimum. D. All materials which, in the opinion of Engineer, have become so damaged as to be unfit for the use intended or specified shall be promptly removed from the site of the work, and Contractor shall receive no compensation for the damaged material or its removal. E. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified conditions, and free from damage or deterioration. F. Protection After Installation: Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove covering when no longer needed. G. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material, equipment and supplies sold and delivered to Owner under this Contract until final inspection of the work and acceptance thereof by Owner. In the event any such material, equipment and supplies are lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed prior to final inspection and acceptance, Contractor shall replace same without additional cost to Owner. H. Should Contractor fail to take proper action on storage and handling of equipment supplied under this Contract within seven days after written notice to do so has been given, Owner retains the right to correct all deficiencies noted in previously transmitted written notice and deduct the cost associated with these corrections from Contractor's Contract. These costs may be comprised of expenditures for labor, eyuipment usage, administrative, clerical, engineering and any other costs associated with making the necessary corrections. 1.07 I1 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF EQUIPMENT ON SITE Special attention shall be given to the storage and handling of materials on site. As a minimum, the procedure outlined below shall be followed: 1. Materials shall not be shipped until approved by the Engineer. The intent of this reyuirement is to avoid unnecessary delivery of unapproved materials and to reduce on-site storage time prior to installation and/or operation. Under no circumstances shall materials be delivered to the site more than one month prior to installation without written authorization from the Engineer. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 60 00 - 4 � �� s� «� ' � �� I ' ' ' ll , , I� ' ' 1 ' � �I � ' ' , , ' �I � ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' ll �� Materials shipped to the site shall be stored in accordance with Paragraph 1.06, herein. 2. Manufacturer's storage instructions shall be carefully studied by Contractor and reviewed with Engineer by him. These instructions shall be carefully followed and a written record of this kept by the Contractor. ] .08 WARRANTY A. For all major pieces of material, submit a warranty from the material manufacturer in accordance with the General Contractor. The manufacturer's warranty period shall be concurrent with the Contractar's for one (1) year after the Final Acceptance. 1.09 WARRANTY SUBMITTALS REQUIREMENTS A. For all material, submit a warranty from the product manufacturer. The manufacturer's warranty period shall be concurrent with Contractor's for one (1) year, unless otherwise specified, commencing at the time of final acceptance by Owner. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining certificates for material warranty for all major items which list for more than $1,000. The Engineer reserves the right to request warranties for material not classified as major. The Contractor shall still warrant material not considered to be "major" in the Contractor's one-year warranty period even though certificates of warranty may not be required. C. In the event that the material manufacturer or supplier is unwilling to provide a one (l) year warranty commencing at the time of Owner acceptance, the Contractor shall obtain from the manufacturer a two (2) year warranty commencing at the time of equipment delivery to the job site. This two-year warranty from the manufacturer shall not relieve Contractor of the one-year warranty starting at the time of Owner acceptance of the equipment. D. Owner shall incur no labor or equipment cost during the guarantee period. E. Guarantee shall cover all necessary labor, and materials resulting from faulty or inadequate design, improper assembly or erection, defective workmanship and materials, leakage, breakage or other failure of all equipment and components furnished by the Manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 01 60 00 - 5 � City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project IO-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 01 60 00 - 6 � �� ' ' I� ' ' ' I� ' , ' ' ' �I ' ' , ��1�� l�� ' � , ' � PART 1 - GENERAL , 1.01 A ' ' ' ' , 1.02 A ' , ' , ' � � ' ' ' SECTION O1 61 00 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS DEFINITIONS Products: New items for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased by Contractor or Owner for the Project, or taken from previously purchased stock, and may also include existing materials or components required for reuse. 2. lncludes the terms material, equipment, machinery, components, subsystem, system, hardware, software, and terms of similar intent and is not intended to change meaning of such other terms used in Contract Documents, as those terms are self-explanatory and have well recognized meanings in construction industry. 3. ltems identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model designation, indicated in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Altitude: Provide materials and equipment suitable for installation and operation under rated conditions at 100 feet above sea level. B. Provide equipment and devices installed outdoors ar in unheated enclosures capable of continuous operation within an ambient temperature range of 30 degrees F to 120 degrees F. 1.03 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT A. When practical, factory assemble products. Mark ar tag separate parts and assemblies to facilitate field assembly. Cover machined and unpainted parts that may be damaged by the elements with strippable protective coating. B. Package products to facilitate handling and protect from damage during shipping, handling, and storage. Mark or tag outside of each package or crate to indicate its purchase order number, bill of lading number, contents by name, name of Project and Contractor, equipment number, and approximate weight. Include complete packing list and bill of materials with each shipment. C. Extra Materials, Special Tools, Test Equipment, and Expendables: 1. Furnish as required by individual Specifications. 2. Schedule: a. Ensure that shipment and delivery occurs concurrent with shipment of associated eyuipment. b. Transfer to Owner shall occur immediately subsequent to Contractor's acceptance of equipment from Supplier. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 61 00 - 1 � D. E. l .04 3. Packaging and Shipment: a. Package and ship extra materials and special tools to avoid damage during long term storage in original cartons insofar as possible, or in appropriately sized, hinged-cover, wood, plastic, or metal box. b. Prominently displayed on each package, the following: 4. 5. i. Manufacturer's part nomenclature and number, consistent with Operation and Maintenance Manual identification system. ii. Applicable equipment description. iii. Quantity of parts in package. iv. Equipment manufacturer. Deliver materials to Site. Replace extra materials and special tools found to be damaged or otherwise inoperable at time of transfer to Owner. Request a minimum 7-day advance notice of shipment from manufacturer. Factory Test Results: Reviewed and accepted by Engineer before product shipment as reyuired in individual Specification sections. DELIVERY AND INSPECTION A. Deliver products in accordance with accepted current Progress Schedule and coordinate to avoid conflict with the Work and conditions at Site. Deliver anchor bolts and templates sufficiently early to permit setting prior to placement of structural concrete. B. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original container or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. Include on label, date of manufacture and shelf life, where applicable. C. Unload products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for unloading or as specified. Record receipt of products at Site. Promptly inspect for completeness and evidence of damage during shipment. D. Remove damaged products from Site and expedite delivery of identical new undamaged products, and remedy incomplete or lost products to provide that specified, so as not to delay progress of the Work. 1.OS HANDLING, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Handle and store products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in a manner to prevent damage. Store in approved storage yards or sheds provided in accordance with Section O1 50 00, Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls. Provide manufacturer's recommended maintenance during storage, installation, and until products are accepted for use by Owner. B. Manufacturer's instructions for material reyuiring special handling, storage, or protection shall be provided prior to delivery of material. C. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) � ��; ��,�� Issued for Bid December 2012 01 61 00 - 2 LJ ' � ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' , � � � , ' ' � 1 � ' CJ ' ' ' conditions, and free from damage or deterioration. Keep running account of products in storage to facilitate inspection and to estimate progress payments for products delivered, but not installed in the Work. D. Store electrical, instrumentation, and control products, and equipment with bearings in weather-tight structures maintained above 60 degrees F. Protect electrical, instrumentation, and control products, and insulate against moisture, water, and dust damage. Connect and operate continuously space heaters furnished in electrical equipment. E. Store fabricated products above ground on blocking or skids, and prevent soiling or staining. Store loose granular materials in well-drained area on solid surface to prevent mixing with foreign matter. Cover products that are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings; provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. F. G H Store finished products that are ready for installation in dry and well-ventilated areas. Do not subject to extreme changes in temperature or humidity. After installation, provide coverings to protect products from damage due to traffic and construction operations. Remove coverings when no longer needed. Hazardous Materials: Prevent contamination of personnel, storage area, and Site. Meet requirements of product specification, codes, and manufacturer's instructions. ' PART 2 - PRODUCT ' 2.O l A. �i , , L_J ' , LJ ' ' GENERAL Provide manufacturer's standard materials suitable for service conditions, unless otherwise specified in the individual Specifications. B. Where product specifications include a named manufacturer, with or without model number, and also include performance requirements, named manufacturer's products must meet the performance specifications. C. Like items of products furnished and installed in the Work shall be end products of one manufacturer and of the same series or family of models to achieve standardization for appearance, operation and maintenance, spare parts and replacement, manufacturer's services, and implement same or similar process instrumentation and control functions in same or similar manner. D. Equipment, Components, Systems, and Subsystems: Design and manufacture with due regard for health and safety of operation, maintenance, and accessibility, durability of parts, and shall comply with applicable OSHA, state, and local health and safety regulations. E. Regulatory Requirement: Coating materials shall meet federal, state, and local requirements limiting the emission of volatile organic compounds and for worker exposure. F. Safety Guards: Provide for all belt or chain drives, fan blades, couplings, or other moving or rotary parts. Cover rotating part on all sides. Design for easy installation and removal. Use 16-gauge or heavier; galvanized steel, aluminum coated steel, or galvanized or aluminum coated 1/2-inch mesh expanded steel. Provide galvanized City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 61 00 - 3 � � �,: G H steel accessories and supports, including bolts. For outdoors application, prevent entrance of rain and dripping water. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): l. Provide the Work in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). Where required by the AHJ, material and equipment shall be labeled or listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory or other organization acceptable to the AHJ in arder to provide a basis for approval under NEC. 2. Materials and equipment manufactured within the scope of standards published by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. shall conform to those standards and shall have an applied UL listing mark Equipment Finish: l. 2 Provide manufacturer's standard finish and color, except where specific color is indicated. If manufacturer has no standard color, provide eyuipment with gray finish as approved by Engineer. I. Special Tools and Accessories: Furnish to Owner, upon acceptance of equipment, all accessories required to place each item of equipment in full operation. These accessory items include, but are not limited to, adequate oil and grease (as required for first lubrication of equipment after field testing), light bulbs, fuses, hydrant wrenches, valve keys, handwheels, chain operators, special tools, and other spare parts as required for maintenance. J. Lubricant: Provide initial lubricant recommended by eyuipment manufacturer in sufficient quantity to fill lubricant reservoirs and to replace consumption during testing, startup, and operation until final acceptance by Owner. 2.02 PRODUCT SELECTION A. Product selection is governed by the Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by previous project experience. Procedures governing product selection include the following: 1. Where only a single source product or manufacturer is named, provide the product indicated or submit a request for substitution for any product or manufacturer not named. 2. Where two or more sources of products or manufacturers are named, provide one of the products indicated or submit a request for substitution for any product or manufacturer not named. 3. Where Specifications describe a product or assembly, listing exact characteristics required, without use of a brand ar trade name, provide any product or assembly that provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract reyuirements. ' ' ' ' ' �' CJ II� ' L� J ' � L. ' , ' ' 4. Where Specifications require compliance with performance reyuirements, provide product that complies with the specified requirements. ' City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well ' Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) � �� t,�I��C"`a Issued for Bid December 2Q12 O1 61 00 - 4 , ' , , , ' ' 2.03 A. ' ' ' ' : ' ' , ' 2.04 , L�� , ' 5. Where the Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard or regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes or regulations specified. 6. Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Engineer's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. 7. Where specified product requirements are indicated to be selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures, or similar condition, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified reyuirements. Engineer will select the color, pattern and texture from the product line selected. FABRICATION AND MANUFACTURE General : 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Manufacture parts to U.S.A. standard sizes and gauges. Two or mare items of the same type shall be identical, by the same manufacturer, and interchangeable. Design structural members for anticipated shock and vibratory loads. Use l/4-inch minimum thickness for steel that will be submerged, wholly or partially, during normal operation. Modify standard products as necessary to meet performance Specifications. Lubrication System: 1. 2. 3. Require no more than weekly attention during continuous operation. Convenient and accessible. Oil drains with bronze or stainless steel valves and fill-plugs easily accessible from the normal operating area or platform. Locate drains to allow convenient collection of oil during oil changes without removing equipment from its installed position. Provide constant-level oilers or oil level indicators for oil lubrication systems. 4. For grease type bearings, which are not easily accessible, provide and install stainless steel tubing; protect and extend tubing to convenient location with suitable grease fitting. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Where Specifications call for factory testing to be witnessed by Engineer, notify Engineer not less than 14 days prior to scheduled test date, unless otherwise specified. B. Calibration Instruments: Bear the seal of a reputable laboratory certifying instrument has been calibrated within the previous 12 months to a standard endorsed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). C. Factory Tests: Perform in accordance with accepted test procedures and document successful completion. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��i�� IE=��t�t;.� Issued for Bid December 2012 01 61 00 - 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 I1 INSPECTION Inspect materials and equipment for signs of pitting, rust decay, or other deleterious effects of storage. Do not install material ar equipment showing such effects. Remove damaged material or equipment from the Site and expedite delivery of identical new materia) or equipment. Delays to the Work resulting from material or equipment damage that necessitates procurement of new products will be considered delays within Contractor's control. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Equipment Drawings show general locations of equipment, devices, and raceway, unless specifically dimensioned. B. No shimming between machined surfaces is allowed. C. Install the Work in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation, unless otherwise specified. D. Repaint painted surfaces that are damaged prior to equipment acceptance. E. Do not cut or notch any structural member or building surface without specific approval of Engineer. F. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and as may be specified. Retain a copy of manufacturers' instruction at Site, available for review at all times. G. For material and equipment specifically indicated or specified to be reused in the W ork: 1. Use special care in removal handling stora e and reinstallation to assure 3.03 /_� 3.04 A , , g, proper function in the completed Work. 2. Arrange for transportation, storage, and handling of products that require offsite storage, restoration, or renovation. Include costs for such Work in the Contract Price. FIELD FINISHING In accordance with individual Specification sections. ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING Perform reyuired adjustments, tests, operation checks, and other startup activities. 3.05 LUBRICANTS A. Fill lubricant reservoirs and replace consumption during testing, startup, and operation priar to acceptance of equipment by Owner. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 01 61 00 - 6 � � �. , CI ' �� J ' ' ' 1 C� ' ;� ' ' ' , , ' ' , , ' , ' ' ' , , ' , � ' ' ' ' 1 ' SECTION O1 71 13 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this section consists of the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for beginning work on the project and the operations for ending work on the project. The work will include, but not be limited to, those operations necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to and from (at the end) the project site, and for the establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities. The cost of bonds and insurance, and any other preconstruction expense necessary for the start of the work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall be included. The cost of final clean-up and demobilization shall be included. 1.02 PAYMENT A. Payment shall be made under the lump sum item listed in the Bid Form. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract I: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O l 71 13 - 1 �m� � � �,; , ' ' ' ' ' ' THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Coniract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 01 71 13 - 2 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � ��i�� , , ' C � � ' �� ' � � , � � ' � ' ' ' ' � SECTION O1 74 10 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL I:7 C C I�� This section includes cleaning during construction and final cleaning on completion of the work. At all times maintain areas covered by the contract and adjacent properties and public access roads free from accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by construction operations. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and antipollution laws. Do not burn or bury rubbish or waste materials on project site. Do not dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, in storm or sanitary drains. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer on surface to be cleaned. PART 2- CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. During execution of work, clean site, adjacent properties, and public access roads and dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish to assure that buildings, grounds, and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. C. Provide containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. D. Cover or wet excavated material leaving and arriving at the site to prevent blowing dust. Clean the public access roads to the site of any material falling from the haul trucks. PART 3- SITE CLEANING PRIOR TO LANDSCAPING A. Remove concrete, concrete wash, stucco splatter, gunite overspray, and all other wastes and debris prior to final grading and landscaping. PART 4 - FINAL CLEANING A. At the completion of work and immediately priar to final inspection, clean the entire project site as follows. B. Clean, sweep, wash, and polish all work and equipment including finishes. C. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces; polish surfaces. D. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O 1 74 10 - 1 � E. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean landscaped areas. F. Remove from the site temporary structures and materials, equipment, and appurtenances not required as a part of or appurtenant to, the completed work. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 74 l 0- 2 A�y H.:v. , � ' SECTION O1 74 16 SURFACE RESTORATION SPECIAL PROVISIONS PARTl- GENERAL ' l .0 ] A � ' ' ' ' SCOPE Contractor shall not unreasonably encumber the Work area with construction equipment or materials. Work area shall be kept clean during construction activities and promptly restored to original condition after moving to next Work area. 1.02 SCHEDULING A. Daily: Remove and dispose of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. B. Weekly: Each Friday, at the latest, remove and dispose of debris generated by construction activities and construction personnel, restore areas to original condition (lawns, beds, sidewalks, driveways, streets) with temporary or permanent surfaces as specified in these technical Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 � A ' � ' , � ' ' � ' CLEANING Leave the Work and adjacent areas affected in a cleaned condition satisfactory to Engineer. 1. Remove and dispose of debris generated by construction activities and construction personnel. 2. Repair and patch adjacent surfaces to original condition. 3. Clean sidewalks, driveways, and other areas to original or better condition. 4. Rake clean all other surfaces. 5. Leave water courses, gutters, and ditches open and clean. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Notify Engineer on a weekly basis of Work areas that construction crews have worked on during the week. B. The Engineer, with the Contractor, will make an inspection to verify the status of completion. C. Engineer will notify Contractor in writing when surface conditions do not meet the Contract Documents. 3.03 EVALUATION A. Failure to perform, as determined by the Engineer may result in all or one of the following: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� l��l:��#`4�� Issued for Bid December 2012 01 74 16 - 1 ' l. Owner exercising right to correct defective Work in accordance with the � General Conditions. 2. Refusal of Engineer to recommend or Owner to make monthly progress ' payments as requested by the Contractor. City may reject the Contractor's Application for Payment and require it to be resubmitted after the condition has been corrected. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Projeet �0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 74 l6 - 2 ' � ' � , ' � ' � ' ' � ' ' � �� ' ' � �J C� PART 1 - GENERAL � 1.01 A ' ' � ' � � � ' , , ' ' r ' B 1.02 A SECTION Ol 77 00 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Informational Submittals: 2. 3. Submit prior to application for final payment. Confirmation that Operation and Maintenance Manuals have been submitted per Section Ol 78 23, Operation and Maintenance Data. Extra Materials: As required by individual Specification sections. Closeout Documents: Contractor shall use City of Clearwater closeout documents. RECORD DOCUMENTS Quality Assurance: 2. 3 Furnish qualified and experienced person, whose duty and responsibility shall be to maintain record documents. Accuracy of Records: a. b. Coordinate changes within record documents, making legible and accurate entries on each sheet of Drawings and other documents where such entry is required to show change. Purpose of Project record documents is to document factual information regarding aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive Site measurement, investigation, and examination. Record Drawings: a. � c. Ensure record drawings are field verified, certified, signed and sealed by a State of Florida registered professional land surveyor hired by Contractor who will be responsible for the accuracy of dimensions, locations and elevations in accordance with Owner's requirements and the Technical Specifications. Drawings shall be neat and legible. Show elevations and horizontal control of storm sewer, gravity sewer including laterals, electric cables, television cables, force mains, water mains, and reclaimed water mains which are crossed. Recording shall be for all utilities including those shown on Drawings and those exposed during construction. Record drawings are required prior to final inspection of the Project. Maintain record drawings as construction progresses. Contractor shall accommodate Engineer's and Owner's review and inspection of the record drawings upon request to facilitate confirmation of this requirement. Owner, at their discretion, may delay monthly progress City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 Ol 77 00 - 1 �,'� payments to Contractor until the requirements of this section are complied with. Owner may also withhold additional retainage for failure to comply with the requirements of this section. d. Contractor complete marked-up drawings shall be received by the Engineer one month prior to final inspection. 1.03 RELEASES FROM AGREEMENTS � ' ' � A. Furnish Owner written releases from property owners or public agencies where side agreements or special easements have been made, or where Contractor's operations ' have not been kept within the Owner's construction right-of-way. B. In the event Contractor is unable to secure written releases: 1. Inform Owner of the reasons. 2. Owner or its representatives will examine the Site, and Owner will direct Contractor to complete the Work that may be necessary to satisfy terms of the side agreement or special easement. 3. Should Contractor refuse to perform this Work, Owner reserves right to have it done by separate contract and deduct cost of same from Contract Price, or require Contractor to furnish a satisfactory bond in a sum to cover legal Claims for damages. 4. When Owner is satisfied that the Work has been completed in agreement with Contract Documents and terms of side agreement or special easement, right is reserved to waive requirement for written release if (i) Contractor's failure to obtain such statement is due to grantor's refusal to sign, and this refusal is not based upon any legitimate Claims that Contractor has failed to fulfill terms of side agreement or special easement, or (ii) Contractor is unable to contact or has had undue hardship in contacting grantor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED} PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS I:1 i General: 1. Promptly following commencement of the Contract Time, secure from Engineer, at no cost to Contractor, one complete set of the Contract Documents. Drawings will be full size. ' � ' � � � � ' � 2. Label or stamp each record document with title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS," , in neat large printed letters. 3. Record information concurrently with construction progress and within 24 hours after receipt of information that change has occurred. Do not cover or conceal Wark until required information is recorded. Preservation: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 77 00 - 2 .� , R' �� . , , ' � , � � ' ' , � , � � � ' � , ' � LJ l. 2. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Make documents and Samples available at all times for observation by Engineer. C. Making Entries on Drawings: 1. 2 3 4. Using an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe change by graphic line and note as required. a. Color Coding: i. Green when showing information deleted from Drawings. ii. Red when showing information added to Drawings. iii. Blue and circled in blue to show notes. Date entries. Call attention to entry by "cloud" drawn around area or areas affected. Legibly mark to record actual changes made during construction, including, but not limited to: a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finished first floor data if not shown or where depth differs from that shown. b. Residential project dimensions are to be referenced from a permanent and easily recoverable physical monument (i.e., fire hydrant, property corner, street intersection, center line of road). c. Commercial projects shall be referenced from buildings and other pertinent structures. d. Horizontal location of new water mains, valves, blow offs, meters or meter boxes, manholes, force mains, lift stations and reclaimed water lines, and points of connection to existing water mains, force mains, manholes, lift stations, marker balls, and reclaimed water lines shall be referenced by distance to at least two permanent points. e. Vertical location of new and points of connection to existing gravity sewer mains, reclaimed water mains and manholes, lift stations, water mains and force mains shall be referenced by distance to at least one permanent point. f. Location of electronic marker balls installed during construction shall be noted on the record drawings by the symbol "EMB." Dimensions of the actual installed location of utility lines constructed within an easement shall be shown on the record drawings. g. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. h. Locate existing facilities, piping, equipment, and items critical to the interface between existing physical conditions or construction and new construction. i. Changes made by Addenda and Field Orders, Work Change Directive, Change Order, and Engineer's written interpretation and clarifcation City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 77 00 - 3 � 3.02 A. using consistent symbols for each and showing appropriate document tracking number. 5. Dimensions on Schematic Layouts: Show on record drawings, by dimension, the centerline of each run of items such as described above. a. Clearly identify the item by accurate note such as "cast iron drain," "galv. water," and the like. b. Show, by symbol or note, vertical location of item ("under slab," "in ceiling plenum," "exposed," and the like). c. Make identification so descriptive that it may be related reliably to Specifications. 6. Water, Reclaimed Water, and Sewer Mains: Show the following field information. a. Show material used to construct mains. b. Show location of mains, tees, crosses, bends, terminal ends, valves, manholes, by distances from known above ground reference points (manholes, catch basins, ROW centerlines). c. Show location of sleeves. d. Show depth of cover over pipe every 100 ft and the location of all pipes and fitting. e. Elevation and horizontal control of gravity sewers, including laterals, pressure sewer mains, etc. which are crossed. f. Elevation and horizontal control of pressure water and sewer stub-outs including service laterals. g. Location of existing lines and utilities encountered during construction. 7. Paving: Show the following information: As constructed elevations corresponding to plan elevations. FINAL CLEANING At completion of the Work or of a part thereof and immediately prior to Contractor's request for certificate of Substantial Completion; or if no certificate is issued, immediately prior to Contractor's notice of completion, clean entire Site or parts thereof, as applicable. 1. Leave the Work and adjacent areas affected in a cleaned condition satisfactory to Owner and Engineer. 2. Remove grease, dirt, dust, paint or plaster splatter, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from exposed surfaces. 3. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish and match adjacent surfaces. 4. Broom clean exterior paved driveways and parking areas. 5. Hose clean sidewalks, loading areas, and others contiguous with principal structures. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� ,�� Issued for Bid December 2012 01 77 00 - 4 ' C' L�' � CI � � ' , � � � , , l`J � � � � � 1 i � � ' � ' � ' � ' � � , � , ' � B 3.03 A : 6. Rake clean all other surfaces. 7. Replace air-handling filters and clean ducts, blowers, and coils of ventilation units operated during construction. 8. Leave water courses, gutters, and ditches open and clean. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surfaces to be cleaned. FINAL INSPECTION Final inspection will be held upon completion of the Project. Notify Owner, upon completion, to arrange inspection tour of the completed Project. Contractor and Owner's representatives shall be present for the inspection. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 Ol 77 00 - 5 � � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract ]: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 01 77 00 - 6 �� , � PART1- GENERAL SECTION O1 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA , l .Ol SECTION INCLUDES � 1 u ' A. Detailed information for the preparation, submission, and Engineer's review of Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Data, as required by individual Specification sections. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Preliminary Data: Initial and subsequent submissions for Engineer's review. B. Final Data: Engineer-accepted data, submitted as specified herein. C. Maintenance Operation: As used on Maintenance Summary Form is defined to mean any routine operation required to ensure satisfactory performance and longevity of equipment. Examples of typical maintenance operations are lubrication, belt tensioning, adjustment of pump packing glands, and routine adjustments. ' 1.03 A � , , � � i � � r , 1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Equipment and System Data: 1. Preliminary Data: a. Do not submit until Shop Drawing for equipment or system has been reviewed and approved by Engineer. b. Submit prior to shipment date. 2. Final Data: Submit data not less than 30 days prior to installation of equipment or system equipment or system field functional testing. DATA FORMAT A. Prepare preliminary data in the form of an instructional manual. Prepare final data on electronic media. B. Instructional Manual Format: 1. Binder: Commercial yuality, permanent, three-ring or three-post binders with durable plastic cover. 2. Size: 8-1/2 inches by I 1 inches, minimum. 3. Cover: Identify manual with typed or printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA" and list: a. City's Project number and title. b. Designate applicable system, equipment, material, or finish. c. Identity of general subject matter covered in manual. d. Identity of equipment number and Specification section. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 78 23 - 1 �; � � � 1.05 A. 4. Title Page: a. Contractor name, address, and telephone number. b. Subcontractor, Supplier, installer, or maintenance contractor's name, address, and telephone number, as appropriate. i. Identify area of responsibility of each. ii. Provide name and telephone number of local source of supply for parts and replacement. 5. Table of Contents: a. Neatly typewritten and arranged in systematic order with consecutive page numbers. b. Identify each product by product name and other identifying numbers or symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. 6. Paper: 20-pound minimum, white for typed pages. 7. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. 8. Three-hole punch data for binding and composition; arrange printing so that punched holes do not obliterate data. 9. Material shall be suitable for reproduction, with quality equal to original. Photocopying of material will be acceptable, except for material containing photographs. Electronic Media Format: 1. Portable Document Format (PDF): a. After all preliminary data has been found to be acceptable to Engineer, submit Operation and Maintenance data in PDF format on CD. b. Files to be exact duplicates of Engineer-accepted preliminary data. Arrange by specification number and name. c. Files to be fully functional and viewable in most recent version of Adobe Acrobat. SUBMITTALS Informational: 1. Data Outline: Submit two copies of a detailed outline of proposed organization and contents of Final Data prior to preparation of Preliminary Data. 2. Preliminary Data: a. Submit three copies for Engineer's review. b. If data meets conditions of the Contract: i. One copy will be returned to Contractor. ii. One copy will be retained in Engineer's file for City use. c. If data does not meet conditions of the Contract: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 78 23 - 2 � �` � � � � ' � � � ' � , , � , � � , � � � , � � 1.06 tA , i. All copies will be returned to Contractor with Engineer's comments (on separate document) for revision. ii. Engineer's comments will be retained in Engineer's file. iii. Resubmit three copies revised in accordance with Engineer's comments. 3. Final Data: Submit two copies in format specified herein. DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS Content for Each Unit (or Common Units) and System: 1. Product Data: a. Include only those sheets that are pertinent to specific product. b. Clearly annotate each sheet to: � i. Identify specific product or part installed. ii. Identify data applicable to installation. iii. Delete references to inapplicable information. , , �� i � � � � � � , ' 2. 3. 4. c. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. d. Performance curves, engineering data, nameplate data, and tests. e. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. f. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, detailed assembly drawings showing each part with part numbers and seyuentially numbered parts list, and diagrams required for maintenance. g. Spare parts ordering instructions. h. Where applicable, identify installed spares and other provisions for future work (for example, reserved panel space, unused components, wiring, terminals). As-installed, color-coded piping diagrams. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve. Drawings: Supplement product data with Drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Format: � � iv. Provide reinforced, punched, binder tab; bind in with text. Reduced to 8-1/2 inches by l l inches, or 11 inches by 17 inches folded to 8-l/2 inches by 11 inches. Where reduction is impractical, fold and place in 8-1/2-inch by 1 l-inch envelopes bound in text. Identify Specification section and product on Drawings and envelopes. b. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. c. Control and flow diagrams. d. Coordinate drawings with Project record documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation_ City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 78 23 - 3 �`: � � : �� Instructions and Procedures: Within text, as required to supplement product � data. a. Format: Organize in consistent format under separate heading far each different procedure. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, including: I. Proper procedures in event of failure. IL Instances that might affect validity of guarantee or Bond. b. Installation Instructions: Including alignment, adjusting, calibrating, and checking. c. Operating Procedures: i. Startup, break-in, routine, and normal operating instructions. ii. Test procedures and results of factory tests where required. iii. Regulation, control, stopping, and emergency instructions. iv. Description of operation sequence by control manufacturer. v. Shutdown instructions for both short and extended duration. vi. Summer and winter operating instructions, as applicable. vii. Safety precautions. viii. Special operating instructions. d. Maintenance and Overhaul Procedures: i. Routine maintenance. ii. Guide to troubleshooting. iii. Disassembly, removal, repair, reinstallation, and re-assembly. 6. Guarantee, Bond, and Service Agreement: In accordance with Section Ol 77 00, Contract Closeout. Content for Each Electric or Electronic Item or System: 1. Description of Unit and Component Parts: a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data, nameplate data, and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. d. Interconnection wiring diagrams, including control and lighting systems. 2. Circuit directories of panelboards. 3. Electrical service. 4. Control requirements and interfaces. 5. Communication requirements and interfaces. 6. List of electrical relay settings, and control and alarm contact settings. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 Ol 78 23 - 4 s V� � , � � , �� ' , � � � ' � � � � u � , � � ' , ' � , � ' � � � , � � � � 7. Electrical interconnection wiring diagram, including as applicable, single-line, three-line, schematic and internal wiring, and external interconnection wiring. 8. As-instalied control diagrams by control manufacturer. � �1 11. �2. Operating Procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Startup and shutdown sequences, normal and emergency. c. Safety precautions. d. Special operating instructions. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine maintenance. b. Guide to troubleshooting. c. Adjustment and checking. d. List of relay settings, control and alarm contact settings. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. C. Maintenance Summary: l. Compile individual Maintenance Summary for each applicable equipment item, respective unit ar system, and for components or sub-units. 2. 3. Format: a. Use Maintenance Summary Form bound with this section or electronic facsimile of such. b. Each Maintenance Summary may take as many pages as required. c. Use only 8-l/2-inch by 11-inch size paper. d. Complete using typewriter or electronic printing. Include detailed lubrication instructions and diagrams showing points to be greased or oiled; recommend type, grade, and temperature range of lubricants and frequency of lubrication. 4. Recommended Spare Parts: a. Data to be consistent with manufacturer's Bill of Materials/Parts List furnished in O&M manuals. b. "Unit" is the unit of ineasure for ordering the part. c. "Quantity" is the number of units recommended. d. "Unit Cost" is the current purchase price. 1.07 SUPPLEMENTS A. The supplements listed below, following "End of Section", are part of this Specification. 1. Forms: Maintenance Summary Form. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� ,��;;��[a�r� Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 78 23 - 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) MAINTENANCE SUMMARY FORM PROJECT: CONTRACT NO.: 1. EQUIPMENT ITEM 2. MANUFACTURER 3. EQUIPMENT/T,4G NUMBER(S) 4. WEIGHT OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS (OVER 100 POUNDS) S. NAMEPLATE DATA (hp, voltage, speed, etc.) 6. MANUFACTURER'S LOCAL REPRESENTfITIVE a. Name Telephone No. b. Address 7. MAINTENANCE REOUIREMENTS l 1 � � , � � r , Maintenance Operation Lubricant Comments Fre uenc If A licable � List briefly each maintenance operation required List required Refer by symbol and refer to specific information in manufacturer's frequency of each to lubricant standard maintenance manual, if applicable. maintenance required. � (Reference to manufacturer's catalog or sales operation. literature is not acce table.) � � � � City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 78 23 - 6 � � � �� t�� , � � ' 8. LUBRICANT LIST � , ' � � �I , , � � , , � � ' � Reference Exxon Chevron S mbol Shell Mobile Texaco BP Amoco Or E ual List symbols List equivalent lubricants, as distributed by each manufacturer for the used in No. 7 specific use recommended. above. 9. RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS FOR OWNER'S INVENTURY. Part No. Descri tion Unit uanti Unit Cost Note: Identi arts rovided by this Contract with two asterisks. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 78 23 - 7 � ' `J ' ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' � � l .Ol A. � ' B. � � 1.02 1 A. � � LJ � , LJ , B. C. D, E. SECTION O1 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS DESCRIPTION Scope of Work: Maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Orders and other modifications of the contract. 5. Engineer's Field Orders or written instructions. 6. Approved Shop Drawings, Working Drawings and Samples. 7. Field Test records. 8. Construction photographs. Related Requirements Described Elsewhere: 1. Submittals: Section O1 33 00 2. Color Audiovisual Construction Record: Section O1 32 33 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES Store documents and samples in Contractor`s field office apart from documents used for construction. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples. File documents and samples in accordance with CSI format with section numbers as provided herein. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible, condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the Engineer. As a prereyuisite for monthly progress payments, the Contractar is to exhibit the currently updated "Record Documents" for review by the Engineer and Owner. Payment may be withheld if record documents are not satisfactorily maintained. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 01 78 39 - 1 December 2012 � 1.03 A. 1.04 A. B. C. � E. MARKING DEVICES Provide marking pens for recording information in the color code designated by the Engineer. RECORDING Stamp each document "PROJECT RECORD" with a rubber stamp having 1- inch high letters. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. Drawings: Legibly and clearly mark, to scale, each drawing to record actual construction: 1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum. 2. All underground piping with elevations and dimensions; change in piping location; horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements; actual installed pipe material, class, etc. 3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features ofthe structure. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 5. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 6. Details not on original contract drawings. 7. Equipment and piping relocations. 8. Major architectural and structural changes including relocation of doors, windows, etc. 9. Architectural schedule changes according to Contractor's records and shop drawings. Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. Shop Drawings (after final review and approval): Provide six sets of record shop drawings within the Operation and Maintenance Manual, for each process equipment, piping, electrical system and instrumentation system. (See Section O1 78 23.) City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued far Bid O1 78 39 - 2 December 2012 r �� R� � �' � �_.» ' C� �J ' � � , ' � � , � � � � � � � 1.05 . .. SUBMITTAL At Contract closeout, deliver Record Documents to the Engineer for the Owner. Accompany submittal wrth transmittal letter m duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each Record Document 5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid O1 78 39 - 3 December 2012 � g� °�; ;� � ' � ' � � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY � City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A} Issued for Bid 01 78 39 - 4 December 2012 , i � 1 t 1 1 � � 1 � �� i��l��a � , ' , � ' SECTION O1 79 23 INSTRUCTION OF OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL PART 1 - GENERAL ' ] .01 A � � � � , , � , ' � � , � ' I: I .02 A B. C. l .03 A. SUMMARY This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing the City's personnel, including the following: l. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 3. Demonstration and training videotapes. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section O1 78 23 — Operation and Maintenance Data. 2. Divisions 02 through 46 Sections for specific reyuirements for demonstration and training for products in those Sections. SUBMITTALS Instruction Program: Submit two copies of outline of instructional progam for demonstration and training, including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. 1. At completion of training, submit one complete training manual(s) for Owner's use. 2. Provide video/audio DVD recording of each training module. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre-instruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section O1 3l l3 "Project Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following: l. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities reyuired for instruction. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 79 23 - 1 ;� ¢� ;� 2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. 3. Review required content of instruction. 4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable. 1.04 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations. B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.O l A. : INSTRUCTION PROGRAM Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following: 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: lnclude the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. d. Project Recard Documents. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract I: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 79 23 - 2 , � � , � � �' � C � � , � � � � ' ' �� ' ' , � ' ' LJ , L1 � r , , , ' � � , ' , 3 0 e. ldentification systems. f. Warranties and bonds. g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. b. c. d. e. f. g• h. J• k. 1. m. Startup procedures. Equipment or system break-in procedures. Routine and normal operating instructions. Regulation and control procedures. Control sequences. Safety procedures. Instructions on stopping. Normal shutdown instructions. Operating procedures for emergencies. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. b: d. e. f. Inspection procedures. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. Procedures for routine cleaning Procedures for preventive maintenance. Procedures for routine maintenance. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Wel) Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 01 79 23 - 3 � � g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 n : PREPARATION Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a combined training manual. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. 3.02 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a yualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructars, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location. B. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract I: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 79 23 - 4 �� , � � ' ' ' � , , r , ' � ' � , ' ' , ' ' ' � , 'J � ' ' ' ' , � ' � SECTION O1 91 14 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND FACILITIES STARTUP PARTl- GENERAL l.Ol DEFINITIONS A. Facility: Entire Project, or an agreed-upon portion, including all of its unit processes. B. Functional Test: Test or tests in presence of Engineer and Owner to demonstrate that installed equipment meets manufacturer's installation, calibration, and adjustment requirements and other requirements as specified. C. Performance Test: Test or tests performed after any required functional test in presence of Engineer and Owner to demonstrate and confirm individual equipment meets performance requirements specified in individual sections. D. Unit Process: As used in this section, a unit process is a portion of the facility that performs a specific process function, such as pump station or electrical building. E. Facility Performance Demonstration: 0 2. A demonstration, conducted by Contractor, with assistance of Owner, to demonstrate and document the performance of the entire operating facility, both manually and automatically (if required), based on criteria developed in conjunction with Owner and as accepted by Engineer. Such demonstration is for the purposes of (i) verifying to Owner entire facility performs as a whole, and (ii) documenting performance characteristics of completed facility for Owner's records. Neither the demonstration nor the evaluation is intended in any way to make performance of a unit process or entire facility the responsibility of Contractor, unless such performance is otherwise specified. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: l. Facility Startup and Performance Demonstration Plan. 2. Functional and performance test results. 3. 4. Completed Unit Process Startup Form for each unit process. Completed Facility Performance Demonstration/Certification Form. 1.03 FACILITY STARTUP AND PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION PLAN ' A. Develop a written plan, in conjunction with Owner's operations personnel; to include the following: , 1. Step-by-step instructions for startup of each unit process and the complete facility. , r, II �_� City of Ciearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 91 14 - 1 � 2. Unit Process Startup Form (sample attached), to minimally include the following: a. Description of the unit process, including equipment numbers/nomenclature of each item of equipment and all included devices. b. Detailed procedure for startup of the unit process, including valves to be opened/closed, order of eyuipment startup, etc. c. Startup requirements for each unit process, including water, power, chemicals, etc. d. Space for evaluation comments. 3. Facility Performance Demonstration/Certification Form (sample attached), to minimally include the following: a. Description of unit processes included in the facility startup. b. Sequence of unit process startup to achieve facility startup. c. Description of computerized operations, if any, included in the facility. d. Contractor certification facility is capable of performing its intended function(s), including fully automatic operation. e. Signature spaces for Contractor and Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 r:� : C � GENERAL Facility Startup Meetings: Schedule to discuss test schedule, test methods, materials, chemicals and liyuids required, facilities operations interface, and Owner involvement. Contractor's Testing and Startup Representative: 1. Designate and furnish one or more personnel to coordinate and expedite testing and facility startup. 2. Representative(s) shall be present during startup meetings and shall be available at all times during testing and startup. Provide temporary valves, gauges, piping, test equipment and other materials and equipment reyuired for testing and startup. Provide Subcontractor and equipment manufacturers' staff adequate to prevent delays. Schedule ongoing work so as not to interfere with or delay testing and startup. E. Owner will: 1. Provide water, power, chemicals, and other items as required for startup, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Operate process units and facility with support of Contractor. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 91 14 - 2 ;� � , , ' r ' � � ' 1 , , , , ' �1 ' ' , -� II � ' , , � ' ' ' � , L , C ' � ' ' , , , 3. Provide labor and materials as required for laboratory analyses. 3.02 EQUIPMENT TESTING A. Preparation: 1. Complete installation before testing. 2. Furnish qualified manufacturers' individual Specification sections. representatives, when required by 3. Obtain and submit from equipment manufacturer's representative when required by individual Specification sections. 4. Equipment Test Report Form: Provide written test report for each item of equipment to be tested, to include the minimum information: 5. � a. Owner/Project Name. b. Equipment or item tested. c. Date and time of test. d. Type of test performed (Functional or Performance). e. Test method. f. Test conditions. g. Test results. h. Signature spaces for Contractor and Engineer as witness. Cleaning and Checking: Prior to beginning functional testing: a. Calibrate testing equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. b. Inspect and clean eyuipment, devices, connected piping, and structures to ensure they are free of foreign material. c. Lubricate equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. d. Turn rotating equipment by hand when possible to confirm that equipment is not bound. e. Open and close valves by hand and operate other devices to check for binding, interference, or improper functioning. f. Check power supply to electrio-powered equipment for correct voltage. g. Adjust clearances and toryue. h. Test piping for leaks. Ready-to-test determination will be by Engineer based at least on the following: a. Acceptable Operation and Maintenance Data. b. Notification by Contractor of eyuipment readiness for testing. c. Receipt of Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation, if so specified. d. Adequate completion of work adjacent to, or interfacing with, equipment to be tested. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O l 91 14 - 3 �,; � e. Availability and acceptability of manufacturer's representative, when specified, to assist in testing of respective equipment. f. Satisfactory fulfillment of other specified manufacturer's responsibilities. g. Equipment and electrical tagging complete. h. Delivery of all spare parts and special tools. B. Functional Testing: 1. Conduct as specified in individual Specification sections. 2. Notify Owner and Engineer in writing at least 10 days prior to scheduled date of testing. 3. Prepare Equipment Test Report summarizing test method and results. 4. When, in Engineer's opinion, eyuipment meets functional reyuirements specified, such equipment will be accepted for purposes of advancing to performance testing phase, if so required by individual Specification sections. Such acceptance will be evidenced by Engineer/Owner's signature as witness on Equipment Test Report. C. Performance Testing: l. Conduct as specified in individual Specification sections. 2. Notify Engineer and Owner in writing at least 10 days prior to scheduled date of test. 3 Q 5. Performance testing shall not commence until equipment has been accepted by Engineer as having satisfied functional test reyuirements specified. Type of fluid, gas, or solid for testing shall be as specified. Unless otherwise indicated, furnish labor, materials, and supplies for conducting the test and taking samples and performance measurements. 6. Prepare Equipment Test Report summarizing test method and results. 7. When, in Engineer's opinion, eyuipment meets performance requirements specified, such equipment will be accepted as to conforming to Contract requirements. Such acceptance will be evidenced by Engineer's signature on Equipment Test Report. 3.03 STARTUP OF UNIT PROCESSES A. Prior to unit process startup, equipment within unit process shall be accepted by Engineer as having met functional and performance testing requirements specified. B. Startup sequencing of unit processes shall be as chosen by Contractor to meet schedule requirements. C. Make adjustments, repairs, and eorrections necessary to complete unit process startup. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� {�j�� Issued for Bid December 2012 O 1 91 14 - 4 ' � ' ' , ' , ' ' ' , ' , � ' � ' ' ' � I � ' ' ' CJ ' L_J , ' , ' , C_ J r , ' ' ' , D. Startup shall be considered complete when, in opinion of Engineer, unit process has operated in manner intended for 5 continuous days without significant interruption. This period is in addition to functional or performance test periods specified elsewhere. E. Significant Interruption: May include any of the following events: 1. Failure of Contractor to provide and maintain qualified onsite startup personnel as scheduled. 2. Failure to meet specified functional operation for more than 2 consecutive hours. F. 3.04 A. B. C. D. E. 3.05 3. Failure of any critical equipment or unit process that is not satisfactorily corrected within 5 hours after failure. 4. Failure of any noncritical equipment or unit process that is not satisfactorily corrected within 8 hours after failure. 5. As determined by Engineer. A significant interruption will require startup then in progress to be stopped. After corrections are made, startup test period to start from beginning again. FACILITY PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION When, in the opinion of Engineer, startup of all unit processes has been achieved, sequence each unit process to the point that facility is operational. Demonstrate proper operation of required interfaces within and between individual unit processes. After facility is operating, complete performance testing of equipment and systems not previously tested. Document, as defined in Facility Startup and Performance Demonstration Plan, the performance of the facility, until all unit processes are operable and under control of computer system. Certify, on the Facility Performance Demonstration/Certification Form, that facility is capable of performing its intended function(s), including fully automatic operation. SUPPLEMENTS A. Supplements listed below, following "End of Section," are a part of this Specification: 1. Unit Process Startup Form. 2. Facility Performance Demonstration/Certification Form. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 91 14 - 5 �� UNIT PROCESS STARTUP FORM OWNER: PROJECT: Unit Process Description: (Include description and equipment number ojall equipment and devices): Startup Procedure (Describe procedure jor sequential startup and evaluation, including valves to be opened/closed, order of equipment startup, etc.): Startup Requirements (Water, power, chemicals, etc.):. Evaluation Comments: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� Issued for Bid December 2012 O1 91 l4 - 6 , � , ' ' , ' t ' , ' , ' , ' ' ' � ' FACILITY PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION/CERTIFICATION FORM OWNER: PROJECT: Unit Processes Description (List unit processes involved in jacility startup): Unit Processes Startup Sequence (Describe sequence for startup, including computerized operations, ijany): Contractor Certification that Facility is capable of performing its intended function(s), inciuding fully automatic operation: Contractor: Engineer: _ Date: Date: (Authorized Signature) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project (10-0039-UT) 100% Design September 2012 O1 91 14 - 7 � 20. 20 TI3IS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project (10-0039-UT) 100% Design September 2012 01 9l 14 - 8 ��; � �"F� ��i ' r ' ' L_.1 , ��I `� , , , �i � ,- , �i ' r � � � � � - ' , , i ' PART1- GENERAL ' 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK � SECTION 02 41 00 DEMOLITION A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, eyuipment and services necessary to complete all demolition work at City of Clearwater Water Treatment Plant No. 2 Remote Well Facilities Expansion as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. ' l .02 A , ' ' 1.03 lJ , , � 1 ' , ' � L�� A. PROCESS STRUCTURE, PIPING, AND EQUIPMENT DEMOLITION As related to the construction at the City of Clearwater Water Treatment Plant No. 2 Remote Welt Facilities, unless otherwise directed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall: 1. Demolish, remove, and properly dispose of the structures/piping/equipment. 2. The Contractor shall also be responsible for providing the City with any and ali paperwork associated with the cleaning, demolition, or disposal of the process structures/piping/equipment that is requested or required for City records. PROTECTION OF PROPERTIES Debris and Mud 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any demolition debris or mud from any street, alley or right-of-way resulting from the execution of the demolition work. Any cost incurred by City in cleaning up any litter or mud shall be charged to the Contractor and be deducted from the funds due for the work. 2. 3. B. Noise C Littering of the site shall not be permitted. All waste materials shall be promptly removed from the site. 1. All construction equipment used in conjunction with this project shall be in good repair and adequately muffled. The Contractor shall comply with noise pollution ordinances of the City. Dust Control 1. The Contractor shall take appropriate actions to minimize atmospheric pollution. To minimize atmospheric pollution, the Construction Manager, or his designate representative shall have the authority to require that reasonable precautions be taken to prevent particulate matter from becoming airborne. Such reasonable precautions shall include, but not limited to: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 02 41 00 - 1 �� C E. F G. a. The use of water or chemical for control of dusts in the demolition of existing buildings or structures, construction operations, the grading of roads, or the clearing of land. b. Covering, at all times when in motion, open-bodied trucks transporting materials likely to give rise to airborne dusts. Requirements for the Reduction of Fire Hazards Before demolition of any part of any building, the Contractor shall remove all volatile or flammable materials, such as gasoline, kerosene, benzene, cleaning fluids, paints or thinners in containers, and similar substances. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for having and maintaining the correct type and class of fire extinguisher on site. When a cutting torch or other equipment that might cause a fire is being used, a fire extinguisher shall be placed close at hand for instant use. 3. No fires of any kind will be permitted in the demolition work area. 4. No material obstructions or debris shall be placed or allowed to accumulate within fifteen feet of any fire hydrants shall be accessible at all times. 5. Debris shall not be allowed to accumulate on roofs, floors, or in areas outside of and around any structure being demolished. Excess debris and materials shall be removed from the site as the work progresses. Protection of Public Utilities The Contractor shall not damage existing fire hydrants, street, lights, power poles, telephone poles, fire alarm boxes, wire cables, pole guys, underground utilities or other appurtenance n the vicinity of the demotions sites. The Contractor shall pay for temporary relocation of utilities, which are relocated at the Contractor's request for his convenience. Protection of Adjacent Property 1. The Contractor shall not damage or cause to be damaged any public right-of- way, structures, parking lots, drives, streets, sidewalks, utilities, lawns or any other property adjacent to project sites for demolition whether or not the property is schedules for future demolition. The Contractor shall provide such sheeting and shoring as required to protect adjacent during demolition. Care must also be taken to prevent the spread of dust and flying particles. Site Security 1. City assumes no responsibility for loss, theft, or damage to the work, tools, equipment, and construction. In the instance of any such loss, theft, or damage, the Contractor shall be responsible to renew, restore, replace or City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� p��g��, Issued for Bid December 2012 02 41 00 - 2 ' ' i , , lJ '� � ' LI' �� , ' L_J ' lJ � � � �� , ' ' ' � J � [:J ' ' l .04 ' � '�7 remedy the work, tools, equipment, and construction without additional costs to City. The Contractor, at his own cost, may provide watchmen services and other means of site security. 3. Site parked equipment, operable machinery, and hazardous parts of the work in progress subject to mischief and accidental operation, shall be inaccessible, locked, or otherwise made inoperable when left unattended. Measurements l. Any measurements, scales and indication of volumes of materials referenced within these Specifications, plans, or pictorials are provided only as a demonstration of work to be provided by the Contractor. It is the Contractor's responsibility to field verify any and all measurements necessary for the formulation of his bid. RISK LOSS A. The Contractor shall accept the site in its present condition and shall inspect the site for its character and the type of structures to be demolished. City assumes no responsibility for the condition of existing buildings, structures, and other property within the demolition area, or the condition of the property before or after the solicitation of proposals. No adjustment of proposal price or allowance for any change in conditions that may occur after the execution of contract will be allowed. ' l .OS VACATING OF BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES A. The building demolition area shall be released to the Contractor upon completion of ' the operations building modifications and operations personnel have vacated the buildings. Process equipment/structures to be demolished shall be released to the Contractor at the Pre-Construction meeting. ' I .06 PERMITS AND FEES ' � L_.J i L� � A. The Contractor shall obtain all the necessary permits and pay all permit fees that may be required by City, the State of Florida, or any utility having jurisdiction in conjunction with the demolition work. 1.07 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, transportation, temporary construction, charges levies, fees, permits and other expenses necessary, as may be required, to complete this work in accordance with the plans and specifications. B. The Contractor shall be paid the lump sum price for demolition of each building as established by the Schedule of Values and as approved by City and the Engineer and this payment will be full compensation for removal of buildings, building materials, City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� 9��I:��i�� Issued for Bid December 2012 02 41 00 - 3 contents of buildings, appliances, trash, rubbish, asphalt material, walls, foundations, electrics, sidewalks, steps and driveways from the site; finish grading of disturbed areas and placing and removing safety fencing. C. The Contractor shall be paid the lump sum price for demolition of each process equipment/structure as established by the Schedule of Values and as approved by City and the Engineer and this payment will be full compensation for removal of the equipment/structures. PART 2- PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DEMOLITION SCHEDULE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the Owner, or his designated representative, with a minimum of 3 weeks advance notification prior to beginning the execution of demolition of any structure. 3.02 A. SALVAGE OF DEMOLITION MATERIALS The Contractar shall be allowed to salvage demolition materials only from property owned by City. B. The Contractor may recycle demolition debris at a licensed or permitted recycling center; however, all other debris must be disposed of at a licensed or permitted disposal facility. C. All buildings, building materials, and equipment resulting from this work shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall be removed from the premises at once. City reserves the right to remove salvage items for use by City. These items shall be removed by City prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. 3.03 I1 DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS Non-Building Structures and Process Equipment 1. The Contractor shall remove all equipment, piping, electrics, mechanical equipment, concrete slabs, asphalt, surface obstructions, masonry, slabs and appurtenances. 2. Retaining walls or curbs near the perimeter of project areas shall be removed as indicated. The Contractor shall employ hand labor or other suitable tools and equipment necessary to complete the work with out damage to adjacent property. Where such retaining walls or curbs are removed, the embankment shall be graded to a slope or not greater than 3:1 horizontal: vertical or as directed by the Owner, or his designated representative. The cost of any tree or brush removal due to building demolition of the removal and grading out of City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 02 41 00 - 4 � a.,;; �`a � ' �1, i� , ' � ' i, I'� C' � i ' LJ L _l , � , � , ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' � � ' � LJ �1 1 ' ' ' LJ ' retaining walls shall be considered incidental and shall be included in the lump sum bid for demolition. 3. Fences, guardrails, signs, and similar structures shall be completely removed from the site by the Contractor. All posts for support shall be pulled out or dug up so as to be entirely removed. 4. All printing, posts reinforcing bars, anchor bolts, railings and all other partly buried protruding from the ground shall be removed. The remaining void shall be filled with soil and compacted. 5. The Contractor shall remove only trees identified for removal to facilitate building demolition. Coordinate tree and shrubbery removal with the Construction Manager, or his designated representative. The Contractor shall protect all vegetation not removed from damage by the demolition operation. In the event that the Contractor damages vegetation with out appropriate approvals, it shall be repaired or removed by the Contractor as directed by the Construction Manger, or his designated representative. 6. Grease Traps shall be pumped out by a licensed company and shall be demolished and removed from the site. The excavation or pit shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with these specifications. 7. Meter pits shall be demolished and removed. The excavations shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with these specifications. 3.04 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLITION DEBRIS AND SOLID WASTE A. All materials, rubbish, and trash shall be removed from the demolition area leaving the under floor and demolition area free of debris. Any cost incurred by City in cleaning up such materials and debris left behind shall be deducted from funds due the Contractor under this contract. B. All debris and solid waste shall be delivered by the Contractor to an approved disposal facility licensed in accordance with state and/or local regulations, laws, and zoning. The Contractor shall be responsible to pay all fees for waste disposal. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, or his designated representative copies of all disposal tickets for each structure demolished, where available, which identify the specific address of the origin of the debris associated with each ticket. The cost of all fees shall be considered incidental to the demolition. C. All debris and solid waste associated with process equipment or structures shall be cleaned and disposed of in accordance with federal and FDEP regulations. D. Buildings to be demolished under this contract have been comprehensively surveyed for asbestos containing materials and lead paint with none identified. If any material suspected of containing asbestos or lead paint is discovered on City owned property during demolition, the Contractor shall cease work and notify the City, or their City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 02 41 00 - 5 ��; � designated representative, and the asbestos shall be removed by a licensed Asbestos Abatement Contractor under a separate contract executed by City. E. The handling of Freon containing appliances is subject to all applicable state and federal mandates and regulations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification and removal and disposal of the material in accordance with applicable regulations. All costs associated with said removal and disposal shall be considered incidental and shall be included in the lump sum bid for demolition. F. The handling of any fluorescent lighting fixtures and ballasts containing PCB or mercury is subject to all applicable state and federal mandates and regulations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and disposal of the material in accordance with applicable regulations. All costs associated with said removal and disposal shall be considered incidental and shall be included in the lump sum bid for demolition. 3.05 BACKFILL, GRADING, AND CLEAN UP A. When site conditions permit, as determined by the Owner, or his designated representative, on-site soil shall be used as backfill material. The top 9-12 inches of topsoil within the limits of construction may be stripped and stockpiled on site for use as final topsoil and grading material. If adequate topsoil, as defined by City Specifications, is not available on site, the Contractor shall bring in enough topsoil from off-site to place a minimum 8-inch cover on the entire site. Excess excavation materials shall be removed from the site. Topsoil material shall not be permitted as deep fill materials. Any borrow or fill material shall be approved by the Owner, or his designated representative before and during the placing of the material. Atl depressions on the property shall be filled, compacted, and graded to uniform slope with adequate drainage. B. All excavations shall be backfilled with acceptable material and compacted according to the reyuirements the City Specifications. C. All additional fill material shall be of equal quality to the soil adjacent to the excavation, and free of rubble or organic matter. The Contractor shall provide for a minimum depth of 8 inches of topsoil over the excavated area. There shall be no payment for additional fill material, which shall be considered incidental to the demolition bid price. Additional fill material shall be acceptable fill material that meets the requirements of the City Specifications. D. The Contractor shall employ hand labor where the use of power machinery is unsafe or unable to produce a finished job. Hand labar shall also be used to clean the site of any debris. E. The site shall be graded to conform to all surrounding areas and shall be finished to have a uniform surface that shall not permit pooling of water. The Contractor shall grade and shape the site to drain; complete fine grading and final clean up as part of the lump sum for demolition. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued far Bid December 2012 02 41 00 - 6 � ,;E t:� �`" ' ' CJ � � ' ' � ' � LJ ' ' ' ' , , � ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' CJ , �� 1 ' F. Before acceptance of the demolition work, the Contractor shall remove all unused material and rubbish from the site of the work, remedy any objectionable conditions the Contractor may have created on private property, and leave the right-of-way in a neat and presentable condition. The Contractor shall not make agreements that allow salvaged or unused material to remain on private property. All ground occupied by the Contractor in connection with the work shall be restored. Restaration shall include appropriate smoothing to its original condition. Final cleaning up shall be subject to approval of the Owner, or his designated representative, and in accordance with applicable regulations. 3.06 SANITARY SEWER AND WATER SERVICE DISCONNECTIONS A. All water services and stubs within the demolition work shall be disconnected in conformance with City Standards, by a licensed plumber, and inspected and approved by the Construction Manager, or his designated representative. 3.07 A 3.08 A ELECTRIC AND GAS UTILITY DISCONNECTIONS The Contractor will coordinate utility disconnections with the utility companies. SAFETY AND FENCING The Contractor shall comply with all applicabie current federal, state and local safety and health regulations. B. The Contractor shall furnish and place a safety fence around the site of the work adequate to secure the demolition site, including any resulting debris or excavation, and to prevent pedestrian access. The fencing, including all materials, shall be considered incidental to the demolition. The safety fence shall remain in place until the demolished materials are removed from the site and all holes or excavated areas are backfilled. The fencing material shall remain the property of the Contractor representative. ' 3.09 DAILY CLEAN UP OF RIGHT-OF-WAY AND PRIVATE PROPERTY �J ' ' , ' ' A. At the end of each workday, the Contractor shall clean sidewalks, streets, and the City of Clearwater Water Treatment Plant No. 2 Remote Well Facilities Expansion of any debris caused by the demolition operation. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 02 41 00 - 7 � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 02 41 00 - 8 � �' � t , ' ' PART1- GENERAL ' 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK �I , ' ' , SECTION 03 11 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and cut, remove, repair or otherwise modify parts of existing concrete structures or appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. Work under this Section shall also include bonding new concrete to existing concrete. B. Secure to forms as required or set for embedment as required, all miscellaneous metal items, sleeves, reglets, anchor bolts, inserts and other items furnished under other Sections and required to be cast into concrete, or approved in advance by the Engineer. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Concrete Reinforcement is included in Section 03 20 00. B. Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories are included in Section 03 4l 38 C. Cast-in-Place Concrete is included in Section 03 30 00. D. Grout is included in Section 03 60 00. , 1.03 A. ' , , ' ' ' , , ' SUBMITTALS Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section Ol 33 00, shop drawings and product data showing materials of construction and details of installation far: 1. Form release agent 2. Form ties B. Samples 1. Demonstrate to the Engineer on a designated area of the concrete substructure exterior surface that the form release agent will not adversely affect concrete surfaces to be painted, coated or otherwise finished and will not affect the forming materials. 1.04 A. : REFERENCE STANDARDS American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 - Standard Specification for Structural Concrete 2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 3. ACI 347 - Formwork for Concrete American Plywood Association (APA) 1. Material grades and designations as specified Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 11 00 - 1 � � C. 1.OS Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: Architectural Concrete is wall, slab, beam or column concrete which will have surfaces exposed to view in the finished work. It includes similar exposed surfaces in water containment structures from the top of walls to 2-ft below the normal water surface in open tanks and basins. B. Formwork shall be designed and erected in accordance with the requirements of ACI 30l and ACI 318 and as recommended in ACI 347 and shall comply with all applicable regulations and codes. The design shall consider any special requirements due to the use of plasticized and/or retarded set concrete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A f►.�IYa The usage of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configurations desired. MATERIALS A. Forms for cast-in-place concrete shall be made of wood, metal, ar other approved material. Construct wood forms of sound lumber or plywood of suitable dimensions and free from knotholes and loose knots. Where used for exposed surfaces, dress and match boards. Sand plywood smooth and fit adjacent panels with tight joints. Metal forms may be used when approved by the Engineer and shall be of an appropriate type for the class of work involved. All forms shall be designed and constructed to provide a flat, uniform concrete surface requiring minimal finishing or repairs. B. Wall Forms 1. Forms for all exposed exterior and interior concrete walls shall be "Plyform" exterior grade plywood panels manufactured in compliance with the APA and bearing the trademark of that group, or equal acceptable to the Engineer. Provide B grade or better veneer on all faces to be placed against concrete during forming. The class of material and grades of interiar plies shall be of sufficient strength and stiffness to provide a flat, uniform concrete surface requiring minimal finishing and grinding. 2. All joints or gaps in forms shall be taped, gasketed, plugged, and/or caulked with an approved material so that the joint will remain watertight and will withstand placing pressures without bulging. C. Rustication strips shall be at the location and shall conform to the details shown on the Drawings. Moldings for chamfers and rustications shall be milled and planed smooth. Rustications and corner strips shall be of a nonabsorbent material, compatible with the form surface and fully sealed on all sides to prohibit the loss of paste or water between the two surfaces. D. Form Release Agent City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 I I 00 - 2 �m � � , ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' ' , ' , Coat all forming surfaces in contact with concrete using an effective, non-staining, non-residual, water based, bond-breaking form coating unless otherwise noted. Form release agents used in potable water containment structures shall be suitable for use in contact with potable water and shall be non-toxic and free of taste or odor and meet the requirements of NSF/ANSI Standard 61. E. Form Ties ' l. Form ties encased in concrete other than those specified in the following paragraphs shall be designed so that, after removal of the projecting part, no metal shall remain within 1-1/2-in of the face of the concrete. The part of the ' tie to be removed shall be at least 1/2-in diameter or be provided with a wood or metal cone at least 1/2-in diameter and 1-1/2-in long. Form ties in concrete exposed to view shall be the cone-washer type. , � , IJ � r� I� �J �J , � 1 , ' , 2. Form ties for exposed exterior and interior walls shall be as specified in the preceding paragraph except that the cones shall be of approved wood or plastic. 3. Flat bar ties for panel forms, if used, shall have plastic or rubber inserts having a minimum depth of 1-1/2-in and sufficient dimensions to permit proper patching of the tie hole. :� E Ties for liquid containment structures shall have an integral waterstop that is tightly welded to the tie. Common wire shall not be used for form ties. 6. Alternate form ties consisting oftapered through-bolts at least 1-in in diameter at smallest end or through-bolts that utilize a removable tapered sleeve of the same minimum size may be used at the Contractor's option. Obtain Engineer's acceptance of system and spacing of ties prior to ordering or purchase of forming. Clean, fill and seal form tie hole with non-shrink cement grout. A vinyl plug shall be inserted into the hole to serve as a waterstop. The Contractor shall be responsible for watertightness of the form ties and any repairs needed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.O1 GENERAL A. Forms shall be used for all cast-in-place concrete including sides of footings. Forms shall be constructed and placed so that the resulting concrete will be of the shape, lines, dimensions and appearance indicated on the Drawings. B. Forms for walls shall have removable panels at the bottom for cleaning, inspection and joint surface preparation. Forms for walls of considerable height shall have closable intermediate inspection ports. Tremies and hoppers for placing concrete shall be used to allow concrete inspection, prevent segregation and prevent the accumulation of hardened concrete on the forms above the fresh concrete. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 11 00 - 3 �i .r" �` C. Molding, bevels, or other types of chamfer strips shall be placed to produce block outs, rustications, or chamfers as shown on the Drawings or as specified herein. Chamfer strips shall be provided at horizontal and vertical projecting corners to produce a 3/4-in chamfer. Rectangular or trapezoidal moldings shall be placed in locations requiring sealants where specified or shown on the Drawings. Sizes of moldings shall conform to the sealants manufacturer's recommendations. D. Forms shall be sufficiently rigid to withstand construction loads and vibration and to prevent displacement or sagging between supports. Construct forms so that the concrete will not be damaged by their removal. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the adequacy of the forming system. E. Before form material is re-used, all surfaces to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned, all damaged places repaired, all projecting nails withdrawn and all protrusions smoothed. Reuse of wooden forms for other than rough finish will be permitted only if a"like new" condition of the form is maintained. 3.02 FORM TOLERANCES A. Forms shall be surfaced, designed and constructed in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 347 and shall meet the following additional requirements for the specified finishes. 3.03 I_1 1. Formed Surface Exposed to View: Edges of all form panels in contact with concrete shall be flush within l/l6-in and forms far plane surfaces shall be such that the concrete will be plane within 3/16-in in 4-ft. Forms shall be tight to prevent the passage of mortar, water and grout. The maximum deviation of the finish wall surface at any point shall not exceed 1/4-in from the intended surface as shown on the Drawings. Form panels shall be arranged symmetrically and in an orderly manner to minimize the number of seams. 2. Formed surfaces not exposed to view or buried shall meet requirements of Class "C" Surface in ACI 347. 3. Formed rough surfaces including mass concrete, pipe encasement, electrical duct encasement and other similar installations shall have no minimum requirements for surface smoothness and surface deflections. The overall dimensions of the concrete shall be plus or minus 1-in. FORM PREPARATION Wood forms in contact with the concrete shall be coated with an effective release agent prior to form installation. B. Steel forms shall be thoroughly cleaned and mill scale and other ferrous deposits shall be sandblasted or otherwise removed from the contact surface for all forms, except those utilized for surfaces receiving a rough finish. All forms shall have the contact surfaces coated with a release agent. 3.04 REMOVAL OF FORMS , ' ' ' ' , , ' , � , ' ' ' , ' A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from removal of forms. , Forms and shoring for structural slabs or beams shall remain in place in accordance City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Wel) ' Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� p��g� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 11 00 - 4 ' � , ' ' ' ' ' , , ' ' � ' , ' ' ' ' ' 3.05 A : with ACI 301 and ACI 347. Form removal shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 03 1 l 00 and a curing compound applied. INSPECTION The Engineer on site shall be notified when the forms are complete and ready for inspection at least 6 hours prior to the proposed concrete placement. Failure of the forms to comply with the requirements specified herein, or to produce concrete complying with requirements of this Section, shall be grounds for rejection of that portion of the concrete work. Rejected work shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. Such repair or replacement shall be subject to the requirements of this Section and approval of the Engineer. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ] 0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 11 00 - 5 ��' � � ' ' ' , , ' THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY ' City of Clearwater W"IP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 1 l 00 - 6 ' , , ' � ' ' ' , � � �� 3€��h��E�� ' ' , � ' PART1- GENERAL SECTION 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT ' l .O1 SCOPE OF WORK ' ' ' , ' ' , , ' , � ' ' � A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install all concrete reinforcement complete as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Furnish only all deformed steel reinforcement required to be entirely built into concrete masonry unit construction. 1.02 A. B. C. D. l .03 RELATED WORK Concrete Formwork is included in Section 03 11 00. Concrete Joint and Joint Accessories are included in Section 03 41 38. Cast-in-place Concrete is included in Section 03 30 00. Grout is included in Section 03 60 00. SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section O1 33 00, shop drawings and product data showing materials of construction and details of installation for: 1. Reinforcing steel. Placement drawings shall conform to the recommendations of ACI 315. All reinforcement in a concrete placement shall be included on a single placement drawing or cross referenced to the pertinent main placement drawing. The main drawing shall include the additional reinforcement (around openings, at corners, etc) shown on the standard detail sheets. Bars to have special coatings and/or to be of special steel or special yield strength are to be clearly identified. 2. Bar bending details. The bars shall be referenced to the same identification marks shown on the placement drawings. 3. Schedule of all placements to contain synthetic reinforcing fibers. The amount of fibers per cubic yard to be used for each of the placements shall be noted on the schedule. The name of the manufacturer of the fibers and the product data shall be included with the submittal. B. Submit Test Reports, in accordance with Section O1 33 00, of each of the following items. 1. Certified copy of mill test on each steel proposed for use showing the physical properties of the steel and the chemical analysis. 2. Welder's certification. The certification shall be in accordance with AWS D1.4 when welding of reinforcement required. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 20 00 - 1 m ,, � , � 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS � ' A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) l. ASTM A82 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete , Reinforcement. : C. I�a 2. ASTM A 184 - Standard Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar ' Mats for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement 4. ASTM A496 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement 5. ASTM A497 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement 6. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 7. ASTM A616 - Standard Specification for Rail-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 8. ASTM A617 - Standard Specification for Axle-Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 9. ASTM A706 - Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 10. ASTM A767 - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 11. ASTM A775 - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. 12. ASTM A884 - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Fabric for Reinforcement. 13. ASTM A934 - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Prefabricated Steel Reinforcing Bars. American Concrete Institute (ACI) l. ACI 301 - Standard Specification for Structural Concrete 2. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 4. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 1. Manual of Standard Practice American Welding Society (AWS) 1. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 20 00 - 2 �� ' C� ' ' , , C_ J ' ' ' , lJ , ' ' ' ' � ' , , ' ' ' ' , , ' , ' ' ' ' E. l .OS A. l .06 A. B. C. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. QUALITY ASSURANCE Provide services of a manufacturer's representative, with at least 2 years experience in the use of the reinforcing fibers for a preconstruction meeting and assistance during the first placement of the material. DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE Reinforcing steel shall be substantially free from mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, or other foreign matter. Reinforcing steel shall be shipped and stored with bars of the same size and shape fastened in bundles with durable tags, marked in a legible manner with waterproof markings showing the same "mark" designations as those shown on the submitted Placing Drawings. Reinforcing steel shall be stored off the ground and kept free from dirt, oil, or other injurious contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.O1 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be new, of domestic manufacture and shall comply with the following material specifications. B. Deformed Concrete Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed bars. C. Concrete Reinfarcing Bars reyuired on the Drawings to be Welded: ASTM A706. D. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185. Provide in flat sheets. E. Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A497. F G H I Welded Plain Bar Mats: ASTM A704 and ASTM A615 Grade 60 plain bars. Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A184 and ASTM A615 Grade 60 deformed bars. The following alternate materials are allowed: 1. ASTM A615 Grade 60 may be used for ASTM A706 provided the following requirements are satisfied: a. The actual yield strength of the reinforcing steel based on mill tests shall not exceed the specified yield strength by more than 18,000 psi. Retests shall not exceed this value by more than an additional 3000 psi. b. The ratio of the actual ultimate tensile strength to the actual tensile yield strength of the reinforcement shall not be less than 1.25. c. The carbon eyuivalency (CE) of bars shall be 0.55 or less. Reinforcing Steel Accessories City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 20 00 - 3 � J l 2 Plastic Protected Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Support Specifications, Class l- Maximum Protection. Stainless Steel Protected Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Support Specifications, Class 2 - Moderate Protection. 3. Precast Concrete Block Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Support Specifications, Precast Blocks. Blocks shall have equal ar greater strength than the surrounding concrete. 4. Steel Protected Bar Supports: #4 Steel Chairs with plastic or rubber tips. Tie Wire � ' ' ' , 1. Tie Wires for Reinforcement shall be 16-gauge or heavier, black annealed ' wire or stranded wire. K. Mechanical reinforcing steel butt splices shall be positive connecting taper threaded type employing a hexagonal coupler such as Lenton rebar splices as manufactured by Erico Products Inc., Solon, OH or equal. They shall meet all ACI 318 Building Code requirements. Bar ends must be taper threaded with coupler manufacturer's bar threader to ensure proper taper and thread engagement. Bar couplers shall be torqued to manufacturer's recommended value. L. 2.02 A. 1. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, mechanical tension splices shall be designed to produce a splice strength in tension or compression of not less than 125 percent of the ASTM specified minimum yield strength of the rebar. 2. Compression type mechanical splices shall provide concentric bearing from one bar to the other bar and shall be capable of developing the ultimate strength of the rebar in compression. Fiber Reinforcement 1. Synthetic reinforcing fiber for concrete shall be l00 percent polypropytene collated, fibrillated fibers as manufactured by Propex Concrete Systems Chattanooga, T'N - Propex or eyual. Fiber length and quantity for the concrete mix shall be in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Engineer. FABRICATION Fabrication of reinforcement shall be in compliance with the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. B. Bars shall be cold bent. Bars shall not be straightened or rebent. C. Bars shall be bent around a revolving collar having a diameter of not less than that recommended by the ACI 318. D. Bar ends that are to be butt spliced, placed through limited diameter holes in metal, or threaded, shall have the applicable end(s) saw-cut. Such ends sha11 terminate in flat surfaces within 1-1/2 degrees of a right angle to the axis ofthe bar. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��; ��,�� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 20 00 - 4 �� ' , � � ' ' ' ' ' �_��' ' � ' LJ , PART 3 - EXECUTION , ' ��i� U ' ' L. l ' ' ' ' � ' I'� �I� ' ' � 3.O1 INSTALLATION A. Surface condition, bending, spacing and tolerances of placement of reinforcement shall comply with the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing an adequate number of bars and maintaining the spacing and clearances shown on the Drawings. B. Except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings, the minimum concrete cover of reinforcement shall be as follows: C. 1. 2 Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth: 3-in Concrete exposed to soil, water, sewage, sludge and/or weather: 2-in (Including bottom cover of slabs over water or sewage) 3. Concrete not exposed to soil, water, sewage, sludge and/or weather: a. Slabs (top and bottom cover), walls, joists, shells and folded plate members — 3/4-in b. Beams and columns (principal reinforcement, ties, spirals and stirrups) - l-1/2-in Reinforcement which will be exposed for a considerable length of time after being placed shall be coated with a heavy coat of neat cement slurry. D. No reinforcing steel bars shall be welded either during fabrication or erection unless specifically shown on the Drawings or specified herein, or unless prior written approval has been obtained from the Engineer. All bars that have been welded, including tack welds, without such approval shall be immediately removed from the work. When welding of reinforcement is approved or called for, it shall comply with AWS D1.4. E. Reinforcing steel interfering with the location of other reinforcing steel, conduits or embedded items, may be moved within the specified tolerances or one bar diameter, whichever is greater. Greater displacement of bars to avoid interference, shall only be made with the approval of the Engineer. Do not cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduits, mechanical openings or other items without the prior approval of the Engineer. F. Securely support and tie reinforcing steel to prevent movement during concrete placement. Secure dowels in place before placing concrete. G. Reinforcing steel bars shall not be field bent except where shown on the Drawings or specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer. If authorized, bars shall be cold-bent around the standard diameter spool specified in the CRSI. Do not heat bars. Closely inspect the reinforcing steel for breaks. If the reinforcing steel is damaged, replace, Cadweld or otherwise repair as directed by the Engineer. Do not bend reinforcement after it is embedded in concrete unless specifically shown otherwise on the Drawings. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 20 00 - 5 � 3.02 REINFORCEMENT AROUND OPENINGS A. Unless specific additional reinfarcement around openings is shown on the Drawings, provide additional reinforcing steel on each side of the opening equivalent to one half of the cross-sectional area of the reinforcing steel interrupted by an opening. The bars shall have sufficient length to develop bond at each end beyond the opening or penetration. 3.03 A SPLICING OF REINFORCEMENT Splices designated as compression splices on the Drawings, unless otherwise noted, shall be 30 bar diameters, but not less than l2-in. The lap splice length for column vertical bars shall be based on the bar size in the column above. B. Tension lap splices shall be provided at all laps in compliance with ACI 318. Splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered. Class A splices may be used when 50 percent or less of the bars are spliced within the required lap length. Class B splices shall be used at all other locations. C. Splicing of reinforcing steel in concrete elements noted to be "tension members" on the Drawings shall be avoided whenever possible. However, if required for constructability, splices in the reinforcement subject to direct tension shall be welded to develop, in tension, at least 125 percent of the specified yield strength of the bar. Splices in adjacent bars shall be offset the distance of a Class B splice. D. Install wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Wire fabric from rolls shall be rolled flat and firmly held in place. Splices in welded wire fabric shall be lapped in accordance with the requirements of ACI-318 but not less than 12-in. The spliced fabrics shall be tied together with wire ties spaced not more than 24-in on center and laced with wire of the same diameter as the welded wire fabric. Do not position laps midway between supporting beams, or directly over beams of continuous structures. Offset splices in adjacent widths to prevent continuous splices. E. Mechanical reinforcing steel splicers shall b Drawings. Splices in adjacent bars shall be Mechanical reinforcing splices are only to b conditions approved by the Engineer. 3.04 ACCESSORIES , � ' ' ' r �� ' ' , e used only where shown on the ' offset by at least 30 bar diameters. e used for special splice and dowel A. Determine, provide and install accessories such as chairs, chair bars and the like in sufficient quantities and strength to adequately support the reinforcement and prevent its displacement during the erection of the reinforcement and the placement of concrete. B. Use precast concrete blocks where the reinforcing steel is to be supported over soil. C. Stainless steel bar supports or steel chairs with stainless steel tips shall be used where the chairs are set on forms for a concrete surface that will be exposed to weather, high humidity, or liquid (including bottom of slabs over liquid containing areas). Use of galvanized or plastic tipped metal chairs is permissible in all other locations unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or specified herein. City of Cleanvater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 20 00 - 6 � � �� ' � , , ' ' ��, 3.05 A. Alternate methods of supporting top steel in slabs, such as steel channels supported on the bottom steel or vertical reinforcing steel fastened to the bottom and top mats, may be used if approved by the Engineer. INSPECTION In no case shall any reinforcing steel be covered with concrete until the installation of the reinforcement, including the size, spacing and position of the reinforcement has been observed by the Engineer and the Engineer's release to proceed with the concreting has been obtained. The Engineer shall be given ample prior notice of the readiness of placed reinforcement for observation. The forms shall be kept open until the Engineer has finished his/her observations of the reinforcing steel. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 20 00 - 7 °i � ' ' , ' ' , ' THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY ' City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 20 00 - 8 � � ' ' , ' i 1 1 � �2�� d��t�#��;1�� ' � C] i ' SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART1- GENERAL ' 1.01 A i I .02 � ' ' u ' ' � �' ' ' ' � ' ' A. B. C. D. E. ��xj SCOPE OF WORK Furnish all labar and materials required and install cast-in-place concrete complete as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. RELATED WORK Concrete Formwork is included in Section 03 11 00. Concrete Reinforcement is included in Section 03 20 00. Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories are included in Section 03 41 38. Concrete Finishes are included in Section 03 35 00. Grout is included in Section 03 60 00. SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section O1 33 00, shop drawings and product data including the following: l. Sources of cement, pozzolan and aggregates. 2. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all concrete components and admixtures. 3. Air-entraining admixture. Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, recommended dosage, temperature considerations and conformity to ASTM standards. 4. Water-reducing admixture. Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, recommended dosage, temperature considerations and conformity to ASTM standards. 5. High-range water-reducing admixture (plasticizer). Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, recommended dosage, temperature considerations, retarding effect, slump range and conformity to ASTM standards. Identify proposed locations of use. 6. Concrete mix for each formulation of concrete proposed for use including constituent quantities per cubic yard, water-cementitious materials ratio, concrete slump, type and manufacturer of cement. Provide either a. or b. below for each mix proposed. a. Standard deviation data for each proposed concrete mix based on statistical records. b. The curve of water-cementitious materials ratio versus concrete cylinder strength for each formulation of concrete proposed based on laboratory tests. The cylinder strength shall be the average of the 28 City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 1 �r- � day cylinder strength test results for each mix. Provide results of 7 and 14 day tests if available. 7. Sheet curing material. Product data including catalogue cut, technical data and conformity to ASTM standard. 8. Liquid curing compound. Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, application rate and conformity to ASTM standards. Identify proposed locations of use. B. Samples 1. Fine and coarse aggregates if requested by the Engineer. C. Test Reports l. Fine aggregates - sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleterious substance. 2. Coarse aggregates - sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleterious substances. 3. Cements - chemical analysis and physical properties for each type. 4. Pozzolans - chemical analysis and physical properties. 5. Proposed concrete mixes - compressive strength, slump and air content. D. Certifications 1. Certify admixtures used in the same concrete mix are compatible with each other and the aggregates. 2. Certify admixtures are suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days of concrete curing. 3. Certify curing compound is suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days (non-toxic and free of taste or odor). l .04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. 2. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 3. ASTM C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 4. ASTM C42 - Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 5. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 6. ASTM C 143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete 7. ASTM C I 50 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 2 � � x `;� ' , , ' ' � ' ' ' ' , � ' ' ' ' � ' � ' , � C� � CJ ' � I� C_J ' ' ' ' ' ' � � , 8. ASTM C 171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete 9. ASTM C173 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. l0. ASTM C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. l]. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. �2. ]3. 14. �5. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. ASTM C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. ASTM C1017 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for use in Producing Flowing Concrete. B. American Concrete lnstitute (ACI). ] 2 3 4 ACI 304 - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting. ACI 306.1 - Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. ACI 3l 8- Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 5. ACI 350 - Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. 6. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reinforced concrete shall comply with ACI 318, the recommendations of ACI 350R and other stated requirements, codes and standards. The most stringent requirement of the codes, standards and this Section shall apply when conflicts exist. B. Only one source of cement and aggregates shall be used on any one structure. Concrete shall be uniform in color and appearance. C. Well in advance of placing concrete, discuss with the Engineer the sources of individual materials and batched concrete proposed for use. Discuss placement methods, waterstops and curing. Propose methods of hot and cold weather concreting as required. Prior to the placement of any concrete containing a high-range water- reducing admixture (plasticizer), the Contractor, accompanied by the plasticizer manufacturer, shall discuss the properties and techniques of batching and placing plasticized concrete. D. If, during the progress of the work, it is impossible to secure concrete of the required workability and strength with the materials being furnished, the Engineer may order such changes in proportions or materials, or both, as may be necessary to secure the desired properties. All changes so ordered shall be made at the Contractor's expense. Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� ,�� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 3 E. If, during the progress of the work, the materials from the sources originally accepted change in characteristics, the Contractor shall, at his/her expense, make new acceptance tests of aggregates and establish new design mixes. F. Testing of the following materials shall be furnished by Contractor to verify conformity with this Specification Section and the stated ASTM Standards. 1. Fine aggregates for conformity with ASTM C33 - sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleterious substances. 2. 3. 4. 5. Coarse aggregates for conformity with ASTM C33 - sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleterious substances. Cements for conformity with ASTM C 150 - chemical analysis and physical properties. Pozzolans for conformity with ASTM C618 - chemical analysis and physical properties. Proposed concrete mix designs - compressive strength, slump and air content G. Field testing and inspection services will be provided by the Owner. The cost of such work, except as specifically stated otherwise, shall be paid by the Owner. Testing of the following items shall be by the Owner to verify conformity with this Specification Section. H. 1.06 A. 1. 2. Concrete placements - compressive strength (cylinders), compressive strength (cores), slump, and air content. Other materials or products that may come under question. All materials incorporated in the work shall conform to accepted samples. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Cement: Store in weathertight buildings, bins or silos to provide protection from dampness and contamination and to minimize warehouse set. B. Aggregate: Arrange and use stockpiles to avoid excessive segregation or contamination with other materials or with other sizes of like aggregates. Build stockpiles in successive horizontal layers not exceeding 3-ft in thickness. Complete each layer before the next is started. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregate. C. Sand: Arrange and use stockpiles to avoid contamination. Allow sand to drain to uniform moisture content before using. Do not use frozen or partially frozen aggregates. D. Admixtures: Store in closed containers to avoid contamination, evaporation or damage. Provide suitable agitating equipment to assure uniform dispersion of ingredients in admixture solutions which tend to separate. Protect liyuid admixtures from freezing and other temperature changes which could adversely affect their characteristics. E. Pozzolan: Store in weathertight buildings, bins or silos to provide protection from dampness and contamination. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well FacilitiesExpansionProject]0-0039-UT-(A) � ��$�� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 4 � � ' ' LJ � , ' �_ � ' ' � � � ' ' � � r, �I i � ' �_J u ' ' F G H I. J. Sheet Curing Materials: Store in weathertight buildings or off the ground and under cover. Liquid Curing Compounds: Store in closed containers. PRODUCTS GENERAL The use of manufacturer's name and model ar catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and genera) configuration desired. K. Cement: U.S. made portland cement complying with ASTM C150. Air entraining cements shall not be used. Cement brand shall be subject to approval by the Engineer and one brand shall be used throughout the Work. The following cement type(s) shall be used: � 1.07 A , , ' � , ' � ' � ' ' ' MATERIALS Materials shall comply with this Section and any applicable State or local requirements. B. Cement: Domestic portland cement complying with ASTM C150. Air entraining cements shal) not be used. Cement brand shall be subject to approval by the Engineer and one brand shall be used throughout the Work. The following cement type(s) shall be used: C. Class A,B,C,D Concrete - Type II with the addition of fly ash resulting in C3A being below 5 percent of total cementitious content, Type lII limited to 5 percent C3A or Type V. D. Fine Aggregate: Washed inert natural sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33. E. Coarse Aggregate: Well-graded crushed stone or washed gravel conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33. Grading requirements shall be as listed in ASTM C33 Table 2 for the specified coarse aggregate size number. Limits of Deleterious Substances and Physical Property Requirements shall be as listed in ASTM C33 Table 3 for severe weathering regions. Size numbers for the concrete mixes shall be as shown in Table l herein. F. Water: Potable water free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. G. Admixtures: Admixtures shall be free of chlorides and alkalis (except for those attributable to water). When it is required to use more than one admixture in a concrete mix, the admixtures shall be from the same manufacturer. Admixtures shall be compatible with the concrete mix including other admixtures and shall be suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days of concrete curing. 1. Air-Entraining Admixture: The admixture shall comply with ASTM C260. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 5 � �� 2. Water-Reducing Agent: The admixture shall comply with ASTM C494, Type A. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. High-Range Water-Reducer (Plasticizer): The admixture shall comply with ASTM C494, Type F and shall result in non-segregating plasticized concrete with little bleeding and with the physical properties of low water/cement ratio concrete. The treated concrete shall be capable of maintaining its plastic state in excess of 2 hours. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Admixtures causing retarded or accelerated setting of concrete shal) not be used without written approval from the Engineer. When allowed, the admixtures shall be retarding or accelerating water reducing or high range water reducing admixtures. H. Pozzolan (Fly Ash) Pozzolan shall be Class C or Class F fly ash complying with ASTM C618 except the Loss on Ignition (LOI) shall be limited to 3 percent maximum. � � u � ' ' ,� � I. Sheet Curing Materials. Waterproof paper, polyethylene film or white , burlap-polyethylene sheeting all complying with ASTM C171. J. Liquid Curing Compound. Liquid membrane-forming curing compound shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 1-D (clear or translucent with fugitive dye) and shall contain no wax, paraffln, or oil. Curing compound shall be approved for use in contact with potable water after 30 days (non-toxic and free of taste ar odor). 1.08 I1 MIXES Development of mix designs and testing shall be by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer engaged by and at the expense of the Contractor. B. Select proportions of ingredients to meet the design strength and materials limits specified in Table 1 and to produce concrete having proper placability, durability, strength, appearance and other required properties. Proportion ingredients to produce a homogenous mixture which will readily work into corners and angles of forms and around reinforcement without permitting materials to segregate or allowing excessive free water to collect on the surface. C. The design mix shall be based on standard deviation data of prior mixes with essentially the same proportions of the same constituents or, if such data is not available, be developed by a testing laboratory, acceptable to the Engineer, engaged by and at the expense of the Contractor. Acceptance of mixes based on standard deviation shall be based on the modification factors for standard deviation tests contained in ACI 318. The water content of the concrete mix, determined by laboratory testing, shall be based on a curve showing the relation between water cementitious ratio and 7 and 28 day compressive strengths of concrete made using the proposed materials. The curves shall be determined by four or more points, each representing an average value of at least three test specimens at each age. The curves shall have a range of values sufficient to yield the desired data, including the City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 6 ,.i � , � CJ ' C� � , � ' ' , ' , , ' � � � , ' � � � � ' � , S � ❑� E. F. G specified design strengths as modified below, without extrapolation. The water content of the concrete mixes to be used, as determined from the curve, shall correspond to strengths 16 percent greater than the specified design strengths. The resulting mix shall not conflict with the limiting values for maximum water cementitious ratio and net minimum cementitious content as specified in Table 1. Compression Tests: Provide testing of the proposed concrete mix or mixes to demonstrate compliance with the specified design strength requirements in conformity with the above paragraph. Entrained air, as measured by ASTM C231, shall be as shown in Table 1. l. If the air-entraining agent proposed for use in the mix reyuires testing methods other than ASTM C231 to accurately determine air content, make special note of this requirement in the admixture submittal. Slump of the concrete as measured by ASTM C143, shall be as shown in Table l. If a high-range water-reducer (plasticizer) is used, the slump indicated shall be that measured before plasticizer is added. Plasticized concrete shall have a slump ranging from 7 to 10-in. Proportion admixtures according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Two or mare admixtures specified may be used in the same mix provided that the admixtures in combination retain full efficiency and have no deleterious effect on the concrete or on the properties of each other. TABLE 1 CONCRETE MIX REQUIREMENTS Design Fine Coarse Cementitious Class Strength Cement Aggregate Aggregate Content �1) �2) �2) �3) �4) A 2500 B 3000 C 4000 D 5000 C 150 Type II C I 50 Type II C l 50 Type II C 150 Type II W/Cm Class Ratio Fly Ash (5) A 0.62 max. -- City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 C33 57 C33 57 C33 57 C33 57 AE Range WR HRWR �6) ��) �g) 3.5 to 5 Yes * 033000-7 440 min. 480 min. 560 min. 600 min. Slump Range Inches 1-4 � B 0.54 max. -- 3.5 to 5 Yes * C 0.44 max. 25% max. 3.5 to 5 Yes * D 0.40 max. -- 3.5 to 5 Yes * 1-3 3-5 3-5 NOTES: — (1) Minimum compressive strength in psi at 28 days ' (2) ASTM designation (3) Size Number in ASTM C33 (4) Cementitious content in lbs/cu yd � (5) W/Cm is Water-Cementitious ratio by weight (6) AE is percent air-entrainment (7) WR is water-reducer admixture (8) HRWR is high-range water-reducer admixture � * HRWR used at contractor's option PART 2 - EXECUTION � 2.01 MEASURING MATERIALS A. Concrete shall be composed of portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, , water and admixtures as specified and shall be produced by a plant acceptable to the Engineer. All constituents, including admixtures, shall be batched at the plant except a high-range water-reducer may also be added in the field. � B. Measure materials for batching concrete by weighing in conformity with and within the tolerances given in ASTM C94 except as otherwise specified. Scales shall have � been certified by the local Sealer of Weights and Measures within 1 year of use. C. Measure the amount of free water in fine aggregates within 03 percent with a moisture meter. Compensate for varying moisture contents of fine aggregates. � Record the number of gallons of water as-batched on printed batching tickets. D. Admixtures shall be dispensed either manually using calibrated containers or measuring tanks, or by means of an automatic dispenser approved by the � manufacturer of the specific admixture. l. Charge air-entraining and chemical admixtures into the mixer as a solution � using an automatic dispenser or similar metering device. 2. Inject multiple admixtures separately during the batching seyuence. 2.02 MIXING AND TRANSPORTING ' A. Batch plants shall have a current NRMCA Certification or equal. B. Concrete shall be ready-mixed concrete produced by eyuipment acceptable to the , Engineer. No hand-mixing will be permitted. Clean each transit mix truck drum and reverse drum rotation before the truck proceeds under the batching plant. Equip each City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 8 , � �� '��C�� , � ' � � ' C transit-mix truck with a continuous, nonreversible, revolution counter showing the number of revolutions at mixing speeds. Ready-mix concrete shall be transported to the site in watertight agitator or mixer trucks loaded not in excess of their rated capacities as stated on the name plate. , D. Keep the water tank valve on each transit truck locked at all times. Any addition of water above the appropriate W/Cm ratio must be directed by the Engineer. Added water shall be incorporated by additional mixing of at least 35 revolutions. All added , water shall be metered and the amount of water added shall be shown on each delivery ticket. ' ' , E. All central plant and rolling stock equipment and methods shall comply with ACI 318 and ASTM C94. F. Select equipment of size and design to ensure continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end. Metal or metal-lined non-aluminum discharge chutes shall be used and shall have slopes not exceeding 1 vertical to 2 horizontal and not less than l vertical to 3 horizontal. Chutes more than 20-ft long and chutes not meeting slope requirements may be used if concrete is discharged into a hopper before distribution. G. Retempering (mixing with or without additional cement, aggregate, or water) of concrete or mortar which has reached initial set will not be permitted. � H. Handle concrete from mixer to placement as yuickly as practicable while providing concrete of required quality in the placement area. Dispatch trucks from the batching plant so they arrive at the work site just before the concrete is required, thus avoiding , excessive mixing of concrete while waiting or delays in placing successive layers of concrete in the forms. � ' � I. Furnish a delivery ticket for ready mixed concrete to the Engineer as each truck arrives. Each ticket shall provide a printed record of the weight of cement and each aggregate as batched individually. Use the type of indicator that returns for zero punch or returns to zero after a batch is discharged. Clearly indicate the weight of fine and coarse aggregate, cement and water in each batch, the quantity delivered, the time any water is added, and the numerical sequence of the delivery. Show the time of day batched and time of discharge from the truck. Indicate the number of revolutions of the truck mixer. J. Temperature and Mixing Time Control ' 1. In cold weather, do not allow the as-mixed temperature of the concrete and concrete temperatures at the time of placement in the forms to drop below 40 degrees F. � ' ' � ' 2. If water or aggregate has been heated, combine water with aggregate in the mixer before cement is added. Do not add cement to mixtures of water and aggregate when the temperature of the mixture is greater than 90 degrees F. 3. In hot weather, cool ingredients before mixing to maintain temperature of the concrete below the maximum placing temperature of 90 degrees F. If necessary, substitute well-crushed ice for all or part of the mixing water. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� :��I��i£.� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 9 4. The maximum time interval between the addition of mixing water and/or cement to the batch and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the values shown in Table 2. TABLE 2 MAXIMUM TIME TO DISCHARGE OF CONCRETE Air or Concrete Temperature (whichever is hi�her) Maximum Time 80 to 90 Degree F(27 to 32 Degree C) ..................... 70 to 79 Degree F(21 to 26 Degree C) ...................... 40 to 69 Degree F(5 to 20 Degree C) ........................... ...............45 minutes ...............60 minutes ...............90 minutes If an approved high-range water-reducer (plasticizer) is used to produce plasticized concrete, the maximum time interval shall not exceed 90 minutes. 2.03 CONCRETE APPEARANCE A. Concrete mix showing either poor cohesion or poor coating of the coarse aggregate with paste shall be remixed. If this does not correct the condition, the concrete shall be rejected. If the slump is within the allowable limit, but excessive bleeding, poor workability, or poor finishability are observed, changes in the concrete mix shall be obtained only by adjusting one or more of the following: : 2.04 A. 1. The gradation of aggregate. 2. The proportion of fine and coarse aggregate. 3. The percentage of entrained air, within the allowable limits. Concrete for the work shall provide a homogeneous structure which, when hardened, will have the required strength, durability and appearance. Mixtures and workmanship shall be such that concrete surfaces, when exposed, will require no finishing. When concrete surfaces are stripped, the concrete, when viewed in good lighting from 10-ft away, shall be pleasing in appearance, and at 20-ft shall show no visible defects. PLACING AND COMPACTING Placing l. Verify that all formwork completely encloses concrete to be placed and is securely braced prior to concrete placement. Remove ice, excess water, dirt and other foreign materials from forms. Confirm that reinforcement and other embedded items are securely in place. Have a competent workman at the location of the placement who can assure that reinforcing steel and embedded items remain in designated locations while concrete is being placed. Sprinkle City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 10 �: �s � L_ J � � � �__� ' , ' , L� , � � � , ' , , ' , ' LJ � ' � ' ' semi-porous subgrades or forms to eliminate suction of water from the mix. Seal extremely porous subgrades in an approved manner. 2. Deposit concrete as near its final position as possible to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Place concrete continuously at a rate which ensures the concrete is being integrated with fresh plastic concrete. Do not deposit concrete which has partially hardened or has been contaminated by foreign materials or on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. If the section cannot be placed continuously, place construction joints as specified or as approved. 3. Pumping of concrete will be permitted. Use a mix design and aggregate sizes suitable for pumping and submit for approval. 4. Remove temporary spreaders from forms when the spreader is no longer useful. Temporary spreaders may remain embedded in concrete only when made of galvanized metal or concrete and if prior approval has been obtained. 5. Do not place concrete for supported elements until concrete previously placed in the supporting element (columns, slabs and/or walls) has reached adequate strength. 6. Where surface mortar is to form the base of a finish, especially surfaces , designated to be painted, work coarse aggregate back from forms with a suitable tool to bring the full surface of the mortar against the form. Prevent the formation of excessive surface voids. ' � � ' r 1 � ' � , 7. Slabs a. b. c. After suitable bulkheads, screeds and jointing materials have been positioned, the concrete shall be placed continuously between construction joints beginning at a bulkhead, edge form, or corner. Each batch shall be placed into the edge of the previously placed concrete to avoid stone pockets and segregation. Avoid delays in casting. If there is a delay in casting, the concrete placed after the delay shall be thoroughly spaded and consolidated at the edge of that previously placed to avoid cold joints. Concrete shall then be brought to correct level and struck off with a straightedge. Bullfloats or darbies shall be used to smooth the surface, leaving it free of humps or hollows. Where slabs are to be placed integrally with the walls below them, place the walls and compact as specified. Allow 1 hour to pass between placement of the wall and the overlying slab to permit consolidation of the wall concrete. Keep the top surface of the wall moist so as to prevent cold joints. 8. Formed Concrete a. Place concrete in forms using tremie tubes and taking care to prevent segregation. Bottom of tremie tubes shall preferably be in contact with the concrete already placed. Do not permit concrete to drop freely more than 4-ft. Place concrete for walls in 12 to 24-in lifts, keeping City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 1 l � : the surface horizontal. If plasticized concrete is used, the maximum lift thickness may be increased to 7-ft and the maximum free fall of concrete shall not exceed 15-ft. 9. Underwater concreting shall be performed in conformity with the recommendations of ACI 304R. The tremie system shall be used to place underwater concrete. Tremie pipes shall be in the range of 8 to 12-in in diameter and be spaced at not more than l6-ft on centers nor more than 8-ft from an end form. Where concrete is being placed around a pipe, there shall be at least one tremie pipe on each side of each pipe. Where the tremie system is not practical, direct pumped concrete for underwater placement may be used subject to approval of the system including details by the Engineer. Compacting l. Consolidate concrete by vibration, puddling, spading, rodding or forking so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, embedded items and openings and into corners of forms. Puddling, spading, etc, shall be continuously performed along with vibration of the placement to eliminate air or stone pockets which may cause honeycombing, pitting or ptanes of weakness. 2. All concrete shall be placed and compacted with mechanical vibrators. The number, type and size of the units shall be approved by the Engineer in advance of placing operations. No concrete shall be ordered until sufficient approved vibrators (including standby units in working order) are on the job. 3. A minimum frequency of 7000 rpm is required far mechanical vibrators. Insert vibrators and withdraw at points from 18 to 30-in apart. At each insertion, vibrate sufficiently to consolidate concrete, generally from 5 to 15 seconds. Do not over vibrate so as to segregate. Keep a spare vibrator on the site during concrete placing operations. 4. Concrete Slabs: Concrete for slabs less than 8-in thick shall be consolidated with vibrating screeds; slabs 8 to 12-in thick shall be compacted with internal vibrators and (optionally) with vibrating screeds. Vibrators shall always be placed into concrete vertically and shall not be laid horizontally or laid over. 5. Walls and Columns: Internal vibrators (rather than form vibrators) shall be used unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. In general, for each vibrator needed to melt down the batch at the point of discharge, one or more additional vibrators must be used to densify, homogenize and perfect the surface. The vibrators shall be inserted vertically at regular intervals, through the fresh concrete and slightly into the previous lift, if any. 6. Amount of Vibration: Vibrators are to be used to consolidate properly placed concrete but shall not be used to move or transport concrete in the forms. Vibration shall continue until: a. Frequency returns to normal. b. Surface appears liquefied, flattened and glistening. c. Trapped air ceases to rise. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 12 , � �� ' , L� u ' ' , , L� ' � � � � � �_1 ' ' , ' ' 2.05 A � B ' � ' � , , � , � � , , � ' CJ d. Coarse aggregate has blended into surface, but has not disappeared. CURING AND PROTECTION Protect all concrete work against injury from the elements and defacements of any nature during construction operations. Curing Methods 1. Curing Methods for Concrete Surfaces: Cure concrete to retain moisture and maintain specified temperature at the surface for a minimum of 7 days after placement. Curing methods to be used are as follows: a. L7 � Water Curing: Keep entire concrete surface wet by ponding, continuous sprinkling or covered with saturated burlap. Begin wet cure as soon as concrete attains an initial set and maintain wet cure 24 hours a day. Sheet Material Curing: Cover entire surface with sheet material. Securely anchor sheeting to prevent wind and air from lifting the sheeting or entrapping air under the sheet. Place and secure sheet as soon as initial concrete set occurs. Liquid Membrane Curing: Apply over the entire concrete surface except for surfaces to receive additional concrete. Curing compound shall NOT be placed on any concrete surface where additional concrete is to be placed, where concrete sealers or surface coatings are to be used, or where the concrete finish requires an integral floor product. Curing compound shall be applied as soon as the free water on the surface has disappeared and no water sheen is visible, but not after the concrete is dry or when the curing compound can be absorbed into the concrete. Application shall be in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Specified applications of curing methods. a. Slabs for Water Containment Structures: Water curing only. b. Slabs on Grade and Footings (not used to contain water): Water curing, sheet material curing or liquid membrane curing. c. Structural Slabs (other than water containment): Water curing or liyuid membrane curing. d. Horizontal Surfaces which will Receive Additional Concrete, Coatings, Grout or Other Material that Requires Bond to the substrate: Water curing. e. Formed Surfaces: None if nonabsorbent forms are left in place 7 days. Water cure if absorbent forms are used. Sheet cured or liquid membrane cured if forms are removed prior to 7 days. Exposed horizontal surfaces of formed walls or columns shall be water cured for 7 days or until next placement of concrete is made. f. Concrete Joints: Water cured or sheet material cured. C. Finished surfaces and slabs shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun to prevent checking and crazing. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� i��;w�� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 13 � E. Cold Weather Concreting: "Cold weather" is defined as a period when for more than 3 successive days, the average daily outdoor temperature drops below 40 degrees F. The average daily temperature shall be calculated as the average of the highest and the lowest temperature during the period from midnight to midnight. 2. Cold weather concreting shall conform to ACI 306.1 and the additional requirements specified herein. Temperatures at the concrete placement shall be recorded at l2 hour intervals (minimum). 3. Discuss a cold weather work plan with the Engineer. The discussion shall encompass the methods and procedures proposed for use during cold weather including the production, transportation, placement, protection, curing and temperature monitoring of the concrete. The procedures to be implemented upon abrupt changes in weather conditions or equipment failures shall also be discussed. Cold weather concreting shall not begin until the work plan is acceptable to the Engineer. 4. During periods of cold weather, concrete shall be protected to provide continuous warm, moist curing (with supplementary heat when required) for a total of at least 350 degree-days of curing. 5. 6. a. � Degree-days are defined as the total number of 24 hour periods multiplied by the weighted average daily air temperature at the surface of the concrete (eg: 5 days at an average 70 degrees F= 350 degree-days). To calculate the weighted average daily air temperature, sum hourly measurements of the air temperature in the shade at the surface of the concrete taking any measurement less than 50 degrees F as 0 degrees F. Divide the sum thus calculated by 24 to obtain the weighted average temperature for that day. Salt, manure or other chemicals shall not be used for protection. The protection period for concrete being water cured shall not be terminated during cold weather until at least 24 hours after water curing has been terminated. Hot Weather Concreting l. "Hot weather" is defined as any combination of high air temperatures, low relative humidity and wind velocity which produces a rate of evaporation estimated in accordance with ACI 305R, approaching or exceeding 0.2 Ibs/sqft/hr). 2. Concrete placed during hot weather, shall be batched, delivered, placed, cured and protected in compliance with the recommendations of ACI 305R and the additional requirements specified herein. a. Temperature of concrete being placed shall not exceed 90 degrees F and every effort shall be made to maintain a uniform concrete mix temperature below this level. The temperature of the concrete shall be City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 14 ��, ` R'� i� r , � ' LJ � , � , � , ' � � , � ' ' J LJ ' ' ' ' , � � ' ' , � � � � , � such that it will cause no difficulties from loss of slump, flash set or cold joints. b. All necessary precautions shall be taken promptly place the concrete upon its arrival vibration immediately after placement. c. The Engineer may direct the Contractor to concrete with sheet material. to promptly deliver, to at the job and to provide immediately cover plastic 3. Discuss with the Engineer a work plan describing the methods and procedures proposed to use for concrete placement and curing during hot weather periods. Hot weather concreting shall not begin until the work plan is acceptable to the Engineer. 2.06 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Except as otherwise specifically authorized by the Engineer, forms shall not be removed before the concrete has attained a strength of at least 30 percent of its specified design strength, nor before reaching the following number of day-degrees of curing (whichever is the longer): TABLE 3 MINIMUM TIME TO FORM REMOVAL Forms for De�ree Davs Beams and slabs 500 Walls and vertical surfaces l00 (See definition of degree-days in Paragraph 3.OSD above). B. Shores shall not be removed until the concrete has attained at least 70 percent of its specified design strength and also sufficient strength to support safely its own weight and construction live loads. 2.07 INSPECTION AND FIELD TESTING A. The batching, mixing, transporting, placing and curing of concrete shall be subject to the inspection of the Engineer at all times. The Contractor shall advise the Engineer of his/her readiness to proceed at least 24 hours prior to each concrete placement. The Engineer will inspect the preparations for concreting including the preparation of previously placed concrete, the reinforcing steel and the alignment, cleanliness and tightness of formwork. No placement shall be made without the inspection and acceptance of the Engineer. B. Sets of field control cylinder specimens will be taken by the Engineer (or inspector) during the progress of the work, in compliance with ASTM C31. The number of sets of concrete test cylinders taken of each class of concrete placed each day shall not be City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� 1:�1i�� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - I S less than one set per day, nor less than one set for each 150 cu yds of concrete nor less than one set for each 5,000 sq ft of surface area for slabs or walls. A"set" of test cylinders consists of four cylinders: one to be tested at 7 days and two to be tested and their strengths averaged at 28 days. The fourth may be used for a special test at 3 days or to verify strength after 28 days if 28 day test results are low. 2. When the average 28 day compressive strength of the cylinders in any set falls below the specified design strength or below proportional minimum 7 day strengths (where proper relation between seven and 28 day strengths have been established by tests), proportions, water content, or temperature conditions shall be changed to achieve the required strengths. C. Cooperate in the making of tests by allowing free access to the work for the selection of samples, providing an insulated closed curing box for specimens, affording protection to the specimens against injury or loss through the operations and furnish material and labor required for the purpose of taking concrete cylinder samples. All shipping of specimens will be paid for by the Owner. Curing boxes shall be acceptable to the Engineer. D. Slump tests will be made in the field immediately prior to placing the concrete. Such tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 143. If the slump is greater the specified range, the concrete shall be rejected. E. Air Content: Test for air content shall be made on fresh concrete samples. Air content for concrete made of ordinary aggregates having low absorption shall be made in compliance with either the pressure method complying with ASTM C231 or by the volumetric method complying with ASTM C173. F. The Engineer may have cores taken from any questionable area in the concrete work such as construction joints and other locations as required for determination of concrete quality. The results of tests on such cores shall be the basis for acceptance, rejection or determining the continuation of concrete work. G. Cooperate in obtaining cores by allowing free access to the wark and permitting the use of ladders, scaffolding and such incidental equipment as may be required. Repair all core holes. The work of cutting and testing the cores will be at the expense of the Owner. I;1 2.�g See Specification Section 039001 for Leak Testing. FAILURE TO MEET REQUIREMENTS A. Should the strengths shown by the test specimens made and tested in compliance with the previous provisions fall below the values given in Table 1, the Engineer shall have the right to reyuire changes in proportions outlined to apply to the remainder of the work. Furthermore, the Engineer shall have the right to require additional curing on those portions of the structure represented by the test specimens which failed. The cost of such additional curing shall be at the Contractor's expense. In the event that such additional curing does not give the strength required, as evidenced by core and/or load tests, the Engineer shall have the right to require strengthening ar City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 16 �� ' ' � L: , � C� ' � � ' r C C� � , � ' , ' � � � , , replacement of those portions of the structure which fail to develop the required strength. The cost of al) such core borings and/or load tests and any strengthening or concrete replacement required because strengths of test specimens are below that specified, shall be entirely at the expense of the Contractor. In such cases of failure to meet strength requirements the Contractor and Engineer shall confer to determine what adjustment, if any, can be made in comptiance with Sections titled "Strength" and "Failure to Meet Strength Requirements" of ASTM C94. The "purchaser" referred to in ASTM C94 is the Contractor in this Section. B. When the tests on control specimens of concrete fall below the specified strength, the Engineer will permit check tests for strengths to be made by means of typical cores drilled from the structure in compliance with ASTM C42 and C39. In the case of cores not indicating adequate strength, the Engineer, in addition to other recourses, may require, at the Contractor's expense, load tests on any one of the slabs, beams, piles, caps, and columns in which such concrete was used. Tests need not be made until concrete has aged 60 days. C , 2.09 � ' � ' CJ L�J ' � L: , LJ Should the strength of test cylinders fall below 60 percent of the required minimum 28 day strength, the concrete shall be rejected and shall be removed and replaced. PATCHING AND REPAIRS A. It is the intent of this Section to require quality work including adequate forming, proper mixture and placement of concrete and curing so completed concrete surfaces will require no patching. B. Defective concrete and honeycombed areas as determined by the Engineer shall be repaired as specified by the Engineer. C. As soon as the forms have been stripped and the concrete surfaces exposed, fins and other projections shall be removed; recesses left by the removal of form ties shall be filled; and surface defects which do not impair structural strength shall be repaired. Clean all exposed concrete surfaces and adjoining work stained by leakage of concrete, to approval of the Engineer. D. Immediately after removal of forms remove plugs and break off inetal ties as required by Section 03 11 00. Promptly fill holes upon stripping as follows: Moisten the hole with water, followed by a 1/16-in brush coat of neat cement slurry mixed to the consistency of a heavy paste. Immediately plug the hole with a 1 to 1.5 mixture of cement and concrete sand mixed slightly damp to the touch (just short of "balling"). Hammer the grout into the hole until dense, and an excess of paste appears on the surface in the form of a spiderweb. Trowel smooth with heavy pressure. Avoid burnishing. E. When patching exposed surfaces the same source of cement and sand as used in the parent concrete shall be employed. Adjust color if necessary by addition of proper amounts of white cement. Rub lightly with a fine Carborundum stone at an age of 1 to 5 days if necessary to bring the surface down with the parent concrete. Exercise care to avoid damaging or staining the virgin skin of the surrounding parent concrete. Wash thoroughly to remove all rubbed matter. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ] 0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 17 �' � ' � 2.10 SCHEDULE A. The following (Table 4) are the general applications for the various concrete classes and design strengths: � TABLE 4 CONCRETESCHEDULE Design Strength Class si A 2,500 B 3,000 C 4,000 D 5,000 � � Description � Concrete fill and duct encasement ' Concrete overlay slabs and pavements Walls, slabs on grade, suspended slab and ' beam systems, columns, grade beams and all other structural concrete Prestressed concret END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2- Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 30 00 - 18 e � ' , , , � ' � � � ��i�� 1 , � �J �II �� ' PART1- GENERAL , 1.O l A. ' 1.02 � ' LJ � ' ' � � , � � � ' � SECTION 03 35 00 CONCRETE FINISHES SCOPE OF WORK Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and finish cast-in-place concrete surfaces as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. RELATED WORK A. Concrete Formwork is included in Section 03 11 00. B. Cast-In-Place Concrete is included in Section 03 30 00. C. Grout is included in Section 03 60 00. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section O1 33 00, shop drawings and product data showing materials of construction and details of installation for: 1. Concrete sealer. Confirmation that the sealer is compatible with additionally applied coatings shall also be submitted. 1.04 A. B. l .OS A. REFERENCE STANDARDS American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. QUALITY ASSURANCE Finishes 1. For concrete which will receive additional applied finishes or materials, the surface finish specified is required for the proper application of the specified manufacturer's products. Where alternate products are approved for use, determine if changes in finishes are required and provide the proper finishes to receive these products. 2. Changes in finishes made to accommodate products different from those specified shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. Submit the proposed new finishes and their construction methods to the Engineer for approval. 3. Services of Manufacturer's Representative a. Make available at no extra cost to the Owner, upon 72 hours notification, the services of a qualified field representative of the manufacturer of curing compound, sealer or hardener to instruct the City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 35 00 - 1 � ' user on the proper application of the product under prevailing job � conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Chemical hardener shall be Lapidolith by Sonneborn; Hornolith by A.C. Horn; Penalith by W.R. Meadows or equal fluosilicate base material. B. Concrete sealer shall be "Kure-N-Seal", by Sonneborn, Minneapolis, MN or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FORMED SURFACES A. Forms shall not be removed before the requirements of Section 03 30 00, have been satisfied. B. Exercise care to prevent damaging edges or obliterating the lines of chamfers, rustications or corners when removing the forms or performing any other work adjacent thereto. C. Clean all exposed concrete surfaces and adjoining work stained by leakage of concrete. D. Rough-Form Finish 1. Immediately after stripping forms and before concrete has changed color, carefully remove all fins and projections. 2. Promptly fill holes left by tie cones and defects as specified in Section 03 30 00. E. Rubbed Finish 1. Immediately upon stripping forms and before concrete has changed color, carefully remove all fins. While the wall is still damp apply a thin coat of medium consistency neat cement slurry by means of bristle brushes to provide a bonding coat within all pits, air holes or blemishes in the parent concrete. Avoid coating large areas with the slurry at one time. 2. Before the slurry has dried or changed color, apply a dry (almost crumbly) grout proportioned by volume and consisting of 1 part cement to 1-1/2 parts of clean masonry sand having a fineness modulus of approximately 2.3 and complying with the gradation reyuirements of ASTM C33 for such a material. Grout shall be uniformly applied by means of damp pads of coarse burlap approximately 6-in square used as a float. Scrub grout into the pits and air holes to provide a dense mortar in all imperfections. 3. Allow the mortar to partially harden for 1 or 2 hours depending upon the weather. If the air is hot and dry, keep the wall damp during this period using a fine, fog spray. When the grout has hardened sufficientiy so it can be scraped from the surface with the edge of a steel trowel without damaging the grout in the small pits or holes, cut off all that can be removed with a trowel. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 35 00 - 2 � � � �, � ' � ' ,-, �� , ' � , ' � , , � �J � � � ' ' � � �� ' � � ' (Note: Grout allowed to remain on the wall too long will harden and will be difficult to remove.) 4. Allow the surface to dry thoroughly and rub it vigorously with clean dry burlap to completely remove any dried grout. No visible film of grout shall remain after this rubbing. The entire cleaning operation for any area must be completed the day it is started. Do not leave grout on surfaces overnight. Allow sufficient time for grout to dry after it has been cutoff with the trowel so it can be wiped off clean with the burlap. On the day following the repair of pits, air holes and blemishes, the walls shall again be wiped off clean with dry, used pieces of burlap containing old hardened mortar which will act as a mild abrasive. After this treatment, there shall be no built-up film remaining on the parent surface. If, however, such a film is present, a fine abrasive stone shall be used to remove all such material without breaking through the surface film of the original concrete. Such scrubbing shall be light and sufficient only to remove excess material without changing the texture of the concrete. ' 6. A thorough wash-down with stiff bristle brushes shall follow the final bagging or stoning operation. No extraneous materials shal) remain on the surface of the wall. The wall shall be sprayed with a fine fog spray periodically to � maintain a continually damp condition for at least 3 days after the application of the repair grout. , r l_ 1 ' ' ' ' � C� � F. Abrasive Blast Finish 1. Coordinate with Rubbed Finish application. Do not begin until Rubbed Finish operation is complete or before concrete has reached minimum 7-day strength. The Rubbed Finish application may be deleted by the Engineer if the unfinished concrete surface is of superiar quality. Apply the abrasive blast finish only where indicated on Drawings. 2. Prepare a sample area of minimum 4-ft high by l6-ft wide Blast Finish as directed by Engineer on a portion of new wall construction which will not be exposed in the final work. Sample area shall contain a variety of finishes obtained with different nozzles, nozzle pressures, grit materials and blasting techniques for selection by Engineer. Final accepted sample shall remain exposed until completion of all Blast Finish operations. 3. Blast finish operation shall meet all regulatory agency requirements. Blast Finish contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all required permits and/or licenses. 4. Perform abrasive blast finishing in as continuous an operation as possible, utilizing the same work crew to maintain continuity of finish on each surface or area of work. Maintain patterns or variances in depths of blast as present on the accepted sample. Use an abrasive grit of proper type and gradation as well as equipment and technique to expose aggregate and surrounding matrix surfaces as follows: a. Medium: Generally expose coarse aggregate - 1/4-in to 3/8-in reveal. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) � ��1�� d��:��t� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 35 00 - 3 3.02 I_� 6. Abrasive blast corners and edge of patterns carefully, using back-up boards, to maintain uniform corner or edge line. Determine type of nozzle, nozzle pressure and blasting techniques required to match Architect's samples. 7. Upon completion of the Blast Finish operation, thoroughly flush finished surfaces with clean cIear water to remove residual dust and grit. Allow to air dry until curing of concrete is complete. 8. After the concrete has cured for a minimum of 28 days, apply a clear acrylic sealer as directed by manufacturer. FLOORS AND SLABS Floated Finish 1. Machine Floating a. L� c. � Screed floors and slabs with straightedges to the established grades shown on the Drawings. Immediately after final screeding, a dry cement/sand shake in the proportion of two sacks of portland cement to 350 lbs of coarse natural concrete sand shall be sprinkled evenly over the surface at the rate of approximately 500 lbs /1,000 sq ft of floor. Do not sprinkle neat, dry cement on the surface. The application of the cement/sand shake may be eliminated at the discretion of the Engineer if the base slab concrete exhibits adequate fattiness and homogeneity and the need is not indicated. When the concrete has hardened sufficiently to support the weight of a power float without its digging into or disrupting the level surface, thoroughly float the shake into the surface with a heavy revolving disc type power compacting machine capable of providing a 200 lb compaction force distributed over a 24-in diameter disc. Start floating along walls and around columns and then move systematically across the surface leaving a matte finish. The compacting machine shall be the "Kelly Power Float with Compaction Control" as manufactured by Kelley Industries of SSP Construction Equipment Inc., Pomona, CA or equal. Troweling machines equipped with float (shoe) blades that are slipped over the trowel blades may be used for floating. Floating with a troweling machine equipped with normal trowel blades will not be permitted. The use of any floating or troweling machine which has a water attachment for wetting the concrete surface during finishing will not be permitted. 2. Hand Floating a. In lieu of power floating, small areas may be compacted by hand floating. The dry cement/sand shake previously specified shall be used unless specifically eliminated by the Engineer. Screed the floors and slabs with straightedges to the established grades shown on the Drawings. While the concrete is still green, but sufficiently hardened to support a finisher and kneeboards with no more than 1/4-in City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ] 0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 35 00 - 4 � � j ^� ,� ' , r , ' � ' ' , ' � , , ' 1 � ' � , ' � � ' ' � , ' � , , �� , , � 1 � � II � I: C. I�a � indentation, wood float to a true, even plane with no coarse aggregate visible. Use sufficient pressure on the wood floats to bring moisture to the surface. Finishing Tolerances a. Level floors and slabs to a tolerance of plus or minus 1/8-in when checked with a 10-ft straightedge placed anywhere on the slab in any direction. Where drains occur, pitch floors to drains such that there are no low spots left undrained. Failure to meet either of the above requirements shall be cause for removal, grinding, or other correction as directed by the Engineer. Broom Finish l. Screed slabs with straightedges to the established grades indicated on the Drawings. When the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to maintain small surface indentations, draw a stiff bristle broom lightly across the surface in the direction of drainage, or, in the case of walks and stairs, perpendicular to the direction of traffic to provide a non-slip surface. Steel Trowel Finish 1. Finish concrete as specified in Paragraph 3.04 and 3.05. Then, hand steel trowel to a perfectly smooth hard even finish free from high or low spots or other defects. Concrete Sealer 1. Prepare and seal surfaces indicated on the room finish schedule to receive a sealer as follows: a. Finish concrete as specified in the preceding paragraphs and in accordance with the Schedule in Paragraph 3.05 below. b. Newly Placed Concrete: Surface must be sound and properly finished. Surface is application-ready when it is damp but not wet and can no longer be marred by walking workmen. c. Newly-Cured Bare Concrete: Level any spots gouged out by trades. Remove all dirt, dust, droppage, oil, grease, asphalt and foreign matter. Cleanse with caustics and detergents as required. Rinse thoroughly and allow to dry so that surface is no more than damp, and not wet. d. Aged Concrete: Restore surface soundness by patching, grouting, filling cracks and holes, etc. Surface must also be free of any dust, dirt and other foreign matter. Use power tools and/or strippers to remove any incompatible sealers or coatings. Cleanse as reyuired, following the procedure indicated under cured concrete. e. Methods: Apply sealer so as to form a continuous, uniform film by spray, soft-bristle pushbroom, long-nap roller or lambswool applicator. Ordinary garden-type sprayers, using neoprene hose, are recommended for best results. f. Applications: For curing only, apply first coat evenly and uniformly as soon as possible after final finishing at the rate of 200 to 400 sq ft City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 35 00 - 5 �^� � 3.03 A. 3.04 A. B. g per gallon. Apply second coat when all trades are completed and structure is ready for occupancy at the rate of 400 to 600 sq ft per gallon. To meet guarantee and to seal and dustproof, two coats are required. For sealing new concrete, both coats shall be applied full-strength. On aged concrete, when renovating, dustproofing and sealing, the first coat should be thinned 10 to 15 percent with reducer per manufacturer's directions. CONCRETE RECEIVING CHEMICAL HARDENER After 28 days, minimum, concrete cure, apply chemical hardener in three applications to a minimum total coverage of the undiluted chemical of ] 00 sq ft per gallon and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations as reviewed. APPROVAL OF FINISHES All concrete surfaces, when finished, will be inspected by the Engineer. Surfaces which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are unsatisfactory shall be refinished or reworked. � ' ' ' , � � � � � � C. After finishing horizontal surfaces, regardless of the finishing procedure specified, the concrete sha11 be cured in compliance with Section 03 30 00 unless otherwise directed , by the Engineer. 3.05 A. B. SCHEDULE OF FINISHES Concrete shall be finished as specified either to remain as natural concrete to receive an additional applied finish or material under another section. Concrete for the following conditions shall be finished as noted on the Drawings and as further specified herein: l. 2. 3. 4. 5. Concrete to Receive Dampproofing: Rough-form finish. See Paragraph 3.O l D above. Concrete Not Exposed to View and Not Scheduled to Receive an Additional Applied Finish or Material: Rough-form finish. See Paragraph 3.O1D above. Exterior Vertical Concrete Above Grade Exposed to View: Rubbed finish. See Paragraph 3.O l E above. Interior Vertical Concrete Exposed to View Except in Water Containment Areas: Rubbed finish. See Paragraph 3.01 E above. Vertical Concrete in Water Containment Areas. Rubbed finish on exposed surfaces and extending to two feet below normal operating water level: Rough-form finish on remainder of submerged areas. See Paragraphs 3.OlE and 3.01 D above. 6. Interior and Exterior Underside of Concrete Exposed to View: Rubbed finish. See Paragraph 3.01 E above. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��;� ��{;��}��g;,� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 35 00 - 6 ' � � � � � ' ' ' � ' ' , ' ' ' , , , 1 ' ' , 1 ' , r ' � 7. 8. 9. ]0. ll. ]2. l3. Exterior surfaces exposed to view and indicated to have an abrasive blast finish. See Paragraph 3.01 F above. Interior or Exterior Horizontal Concrete not Requiring Floor Hardener or Seater: Floated finish. See Paragraph 3.02A above. Concrete for Exterior Walks, Interior and Exterior Stairs: Broomed finish perpendicular to direction of traffic. See Paragraph 3.02B above. Concrete Slabs On Which Process Liquids Flow or In Contact with Sludge: Steel trowel finish. See Paragraph 3.02C above. Concrete to Receive Hardener: See Paragraph 3.03 above. Concrete to Receive Floor Sealer: See Paragraph 3.02D above. Concrete tank bottoms to be covered with grout: See Section 03 60 00. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 35 00 - 7 � �:� , � � ' ' � , � ' THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY ' City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 35 00 - 8 ' ' ' � ' , , , ' � ��1�� 3��% ' , , � , , � , ' , ' ' , ' ' � ' ' ' r , SECTION 03 4138 CONCRETE JOINTS AND JOINT ACCESSORIES PART1- GENERAL � I:� l .02 A. B. C. D. E. l .03 SCOPE OF WORK Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install accessories for concrete joints as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. RELATED WORK Concrete Formwork is included in Section 03 11 00. Concrete Reinforcement is included in Section 03 20 00. Cast-In-Place Concrete is included in Section 03 30 00. Concrete Finishes are included in Section 03 35 00. Grout is included in Section 03 60 00. SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accardance with Section Ol 33 00, shop drawings and product data. Submittals shall include at least the following: l. Standard Waterstops: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, splicing methods and conformity to ASTM standards. 2. Special Waterstops: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, location of use, storage reyuirements, splicing methods, installation instructions and conformity to ASTM standards. 3. Premolded joint fillers: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, installation requirements, location of use and conformity to ASTM standards. 4. Bond breaker: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, installation requirements, location of use and conformity to ASTM standards. 5. Expansion joint dowels: Product data on the complete assembly including dowels, coatings, lubricants, spacers, sleeves, expansion caps, installation requirements and conformity to ASTM standards. 6. Compressible joint filler: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, starage requirements, installation requirements, location of use and conformity to ASTM standards. 7. Bonding agents: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product life, application requirements and conformity to ASTM standards. B. Certifications Ciry of Clearwater W TP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote W ell Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 41 38 - 1 � � 0 l .04 A. I:� � I�� 1. 2. Certification that all materials used within the joint system is compatible with each other. Certifications that materials used in the construction of joints are suitable for use in contact with potable water 30 days after installation. REFERENCE STANDARDS American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM A675 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical Properties. Z. ASTM C881 - Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete. 3. ASTM C1059 - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete. 4. ASTM D] 751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 5. ASTM D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (CRD). 1. CRD C572 - Specification for Polyvinylchloride Waterstops. Federal Specifications ]. FS SS-S-2l0A - Sealing Compound for Expansion Joints. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A. B. C. 2.�2 A. GENERAL The use of manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired. All materials used together in a given joint (bond breakers, backer rods, joint fillers, sealants, etc) shall be compatible with one another. Coordinate selection of suppliers and products to ensure compatibility. Under no circumstances shall asphaltic bond breakers or joint fillers be used in joints receiving sealant. All chemical sealant type waterstops shall be products specifically manufactured for the purpose for which they will be used and the products shall have been successfully used on similar structures for more than five years. MATERIALS Standard Waterstops City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 41 38 - 2 ��y � ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' , ' ' ' , � ' r � r-, � � �� , ' � ' L1 ' ' ' � � � ' , ' � � C. � C E. 1. PVC Waterstops - The waterstop shall be made by extruding elastomeric plastic compound with virgin polyvinylchloride as the basic resins. The compound shall contain no reprocessed materials. Minimum tensile strength of waterstop shall be 1750 psi. The waterstop shall conform to CRD-0572. The waterstop shall be Greenstreak model No. 679 or approved equal for construction joints and Greenstreak Model No. 735 for expansion joints. Specia) Waterstops l. Base Seal PVC Waterstop - The waterstop shall be made by extruding elastomeric plastic compound with virgin polyvinylchloride as the basic resins. The compound shall contain no reprocessed materials. Minimum tensile strength of waterstop shall be 1750 psi. The waterstop shall conform to CRD-0572. Waterstops shall be style 925 for expansion joints, style 928 for control joints, and style 927 for construction joints by Greenstreak Plastic Products, St. Louis, MO or equal. 2. Preformed adhesive waterstops - The waterstop shall be a rope type preformed plastic waterstop meeting the requirements of Federal Specification SS-S- Z I OA. The rope shall have a cross-section of approximately one square inch unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings. The waterstop shall be Synko-Flex waterstop as manufactured by Synko-Flex Products of Houston, TX or equal. Primer for the material shall be as recommended by the waterstop manufacturer. Premolded Joint Filler 1. Premolded joint filler - structures. Self-expanding cork, premolded joint filler shall conform to ASTM D1752, Type III. The thickness shall be 3/4-in unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 2. Premolded joint filler - sidewalk and roadway concrete pavements or where fiber joint filler is specifically noted on the Drawings. The joint filler shall be asphalt-impregnated fiber board conforming to ASTM D1751. Thickness shall be 3/4-in unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Bond Breaker 1. Bond breaker tape shall be an adhesive-backed glazed butyl ar polyethylene tape which will satisfactorily adhere to the premolded joint filler or concrete surface as required. The tape shall be the same. width as the joint. 2. Except where tape is specifically called for on the drawings, bond breaker for concrete shall be either bond breaker tape or a nonstaining type bond prevention coating such as Williams Tilt-up Compound by Williams Distributors Inc.; Silcoseal 77, by SCA Construction Supply Division, Superior Concrete Accessories or eyual. Expansion Joint Dowels 1. Dowels shall be smooth steel conforming to ASTM A675, Grade 70. Dowels must be straight and clean, free of loose flaky rust and loose scale. Dowels may be sheared to length provided deformation from true shape caused by City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facitities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��i�� i��:�: ��3� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 41 38 - 3 F G. shearing does not exceed 0.04-in on the diameter of the dowel and extends no more than 0.04-in from the end. Bars shall be coated with a bond breaker on the expansion end of the dowel. Expansion caps shall be provided on the expansion end. Caps shall allow for at least l-1/2-in of expansion. Bonding Agent 1. Epoxy bonding agent shall be a two-component, solvent-free, moisture insensitive, epoxy resin material conforming to ASTM C881, Type II. The bonding agent shall be Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod by Sika Corporation of Lyndhurst, N.J.; Concresive Liquid (LPL) by Master Builders of Cleveland, OH or equal. Acrylic may be used if approved by the Engineer. Compressible Joint Filler 1. The joint filler shall be a non-extruded watertight strip material use to fill expansion joints between structures. The material shall be capable of being compressed at least 40 percent for 70 hours at 68 degrees F and subsequently recovering at least 20 percent of its origina] thickness in the first 1/2 hour after unloading. Compressible Joint filler shall be Evasote 380 E.S.P, by E-Poxy Industries, Inc., Ravena, NY , Sikaflex 1 a by Sika or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.O l INSTALLATION A : Standard Waterstops L Install waterstops for all joints where indicated on the Drawings. Waterstops shall be continuous around all corners and intersections so that a continuous seal is provided. Splices shall be made by welding. 2. Horizontal waterstops in slabs shall be clamped in position by the bulkhead (unless previously set in concrete). 3. Waterstops shall be installed so that half of the width will be embedded on each side of the joint. Care shall be exercised to ensure that the waterstop is completely embedded in void-free concrete. 4. Waterstops shall be terminated 3-in below the exposed top of walls. Expansion joint waterstop center bulbs shall be plugged with foam rubber, 1- in deep, at point of termination. Special Waterstops Install special waterstops at joints where specifically noted on the Drawings. Waterstops shall be continuous around all corners and intersections so that a continuous seal is provided. 2. Each piece of the waterstop shall be of maximum practicable length to provide a minimum number of connections or splices. Connections and splices shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations and as specified herein. 3. Waterstops shall be terminated 3-in below the exposed top of walls. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��r,� �� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 41 38 - 4 ' ' � � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � ' , � ' ' � , 1 C � ' � � ' � � , � , r-, i; ' � �i � , i 0 Construction Joints 1. Make construction joints only at locations shown on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer. Any additional or relocation of construction joints proposed by the Contractor, must be submitted to the Engineer for written approval. 2. Additional or relocated joints should be located where they least impair strength of the member. In general, locate joints within the middle third of spans of slabs, beams and girders. However, if a beam intersects a girder at the joint, offset the joint a distance equal to twice the width of the member being connected. Locate joints in walls and columns at the underside of floors, slabs, beams or girders and at tops of footings or floor slabs. Do not locate joints between beams, girders, column capitals, or drop panels and the slabs above them. Do not locate joints between brackets or haunches and walls or columns supporting them. 3. All joints shall be perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcing steel through the joint as indicated on the Drawings. When joints in beams are allowed, provide a shear key and inclined dowels as approved by the Engineer. 4. Provide sealant grooves for joint sealant where indicated on the Drawings. 5. At all construction joints and at concrete joints designated on the Drawings to be "roughened", uniformly roughen the surface of the concrete to a full amplitude (distance between high and low points or side to side) of approximately 1!4-in to expose a fresh face. Thoroughly clean joint surfaces of loose or weakened materials by waterblasting or sandblasting and prepare for bonding. � 7 Provide waterstops in all wall and slab construction joints in liquid containment structures and at other locations shown on the Drawings. Keyways shall not be used in construction joints unless specifically shown on the Drawings ar approved by the Engineer. Expansion Joints 1. Do not extend through expansion joints, reinforcement or other embedded metal items that are continuously bonded to concrete on each side of joint. 2. Position premolded joint filler material accurately. Secure the joint filler against displacement during concrete placement and compaction. Place joint filler over the face of the joint, allowing for sealant grooves as detailed on the Drawings. Tape all joint filler splices to prevent intrusion of mortar. Seal expansion joints as shown on the Drawings. 3. Expansion joints shall be 3/4-in in width unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 4. Where indicated on Drawings, install smooth dowels at right angles to expansion joints. Align dowels accurately with finished surface. Rigidly hold in place and support during concrete placement. Unless otherwise shown on City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Q�� I;r��+� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 41 38 - 5 E. the Drawings, apply oil or grease to one end of all dowels through expansion joints. Provide plastic expansion caps on the lubricated ends of expansion dowels. 5. Provide center bulb type waterstops in all wall and slab expansion joints in liquid containment structures and at other locations shown on the Drawings. Control Joints 1. Provide sealant grooves, sealants and waterstops at control joints in slabs on grade or walls as detailed. Provide waterstops at all wall and slab control joints in water containment structures and at other locations shown on the Drawings. 2. Control joints may be sawed if specifically approved by the Engineer. If control joint grooves are sawed, properly time the saw cutting with the time of the concrete set. Start cutting as soon as concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent aggregates from being dislodged by the saw. Complete cutting before shrinkage stresses have developed sufficiently to induce cracking. No reinforcing shall be cut during sawcutting. 3. Extend every other bar of reinforcing steel through control joints or as indicated on the Drawings. Where specifically noted on the Drawings, coat the concrete surface with a bond breaker prior to placing new concrete against it. Avoid coating reinforcement or waterstops with bond breaker at these locations. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. Z— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 41 38 - 6 � �� , � ' � '� 1 `. , � , ' ,-, '� � '�� C� � J� � i [� 1 , PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.O 1 A ' 1.02 ' ' A SECTION 03 60 00 GROUT SCOPE OF WORK Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install grout complete as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. RELATED WORK Formwork is included in Section 03 11 00. B. Concrete Reinforcement is included in Section 03 20 00. C. Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories are included in Section 03 4] 38. D. Cast-in-Place Concrete is included in Section 03 30 00. ' 1.03 A ' ' , ' � � ' ' � ' 1 : SUBMITTALS Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 01 33 00, shop drawings and product data showing materials of construction and details of installation for: 1. Commercially manufactured nonshrink cementitous grout. The submittal shall include catalog cuts, technical data, storage requirements, product life, working time after mixing, temperature considerations, conformity to required ASTM standards and Material Safety Data Sheet. 2. Commercially manufactured nonshrink epoxy grout. The submittal shall include catalog cuts, technical data, storage requirements, product life, working time after mixing, temperature considerations, conformity to required ASTM standards and Material Safety Data Sheet. 3. Cement grout. The submittal shall include the type and brand of the cement, the gradation of the fine aggregate, product data on any proposed admixtures and the proposed mix of the grout. 4. Concrete grout. The submittal shall include data as required for concrete as delineated in Section 03 30 00 and for fiber reinforcement as delineated in Section 03 20 00. This includes the mix design, constituent quantities per cubic yard and the water/cement ratio. Laboratory Test Reports l. Submit laboratory test data as required under Section 03 30 00 for concrete to be used as concrete grout. C. Certifications 1. Certify that commercially manufactured grout products and concrete grout admixtures are suitable for use in contact with potable water after 30 days curing. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote W ell Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 60 00 - 1 � D. Qualifications 1. Grout manufacturers shall submit documentation that they have at least 10 years experience in the production and use of the proposed grouts which they will supply. 1� A B. C. 1.05 A. B. C REFERENCE STANDARDS American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C531 - Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical Resistant Mortars, Grouts and Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes 2. ASTM C579 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Chemical Resistant Mortars, Grouts and Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes 3. ASTM C827 - Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures 4. ASTM C1107 - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Standard (CRD) 1. CRD C-621 - Corps of Engineers Specification far Nonshrink Grout Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time ofbid opening shall apply. QUALITY ASSURANCE Qualifications 1. Grout manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in the production and use of the type of grout proposed for the work. Pre-installation Conference l. Well in advance of grouting, hold a pre-installation meeting to review the requirements for surface preparation, mixing, placing and curing procedures for each product proposed for use. Parties concerned with grouting shall be notified of the meeting at least 10 days prior to its scheduled date. Services of Manufacturer's Representative l. A qualified field technician of the nonshrink grout manufacturer, specifically trained in the installation of the products, shall attend the pre-installation conference and shall be present far the initial installation of each type of nonshrink grout. Additional services shall also be provided, as required, to correct installation problems. � n U ' ' , � ' ' � ' ' , ' � ' D. Field Testing ' 1. All field testing and inspection services reyuired shall be provided by the Owner. The Contractor shall assist in the sampling of materials and shall � City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well ' Facilities Expansibn Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) � �� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 60 00 - 2 ' ' ' , provide any ladders, platforms, etc, for access to the work. The methods of testing shall comply in detail with the applicable ASTM Standards. 2. The field testing of Concrete Grout shall be as specified for concrete in Section 03 30 00. � 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING � � ' � � ' ' ' , A. Deliver materials to the jobsite in original, unopened packages, clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, product identification, batch numbers and printed instructions. B. Store materials in full compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Total storage time from date of manufacture to date of installation shall be limited to 6 months or the manufacturer's recommended storage time, whichever is less. C. Material which becomes damp or otherwise unacceptable shall be immediately removed from the site and replaced with acceptable material at no additional expense to the Owner. 1�7 E. Nonshrink cement-based grouts shall be delivered as preblended, prepackaged mixes requiring only the addition of water. Nonshrink epoxy grouts shall be delivered as premeasured, prepackaged, three component systems requiring only blending as directed by the manufacturer. 1.07 DEFINITIONS A. Nonshrink Grout: A commercially manufactured product that does not shrink in either the plastic or hardened state, is dimensionally stable in the hardened state and bonds to a clean base plate. PART Z - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The use of a manufacturer's name and product or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality desired. B. Like materials shall be the products of one manufacturer or supplier in order to provide standardization of appearance. , 2.02 A. ' ' � � u MATERIALS Nonshrink Cementitious Grout 1. Nonshrink cementitious grouts shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C1107, Grades B or C and CRD C-621. Grouts sha11 be portland cement based, contain a pre-proportioned blend of selected aggregates and shrinkage compensating agents and shall require only the addition of water. Nonshrink cementitious grouts shall not contain expansive cement or metallic particles. The grouts shall exhibit no shrinkage when tested in conformity with ASTM C827. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract i: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 60 00 - 3 "� � : �� E a. General purpose nonshrink cementitious grout shall conform to the standards stated above and shall be SikaGrout 212 by Sika Corp.; Set Grout by Master Builders, Inc.; Gilco Construction Grout by Giffard Hill & Co.; Euco NS by The Euclid Chemical Co.; NBEC Grout by U. S. Grout Corp. or equal. b. Flowable (Precision) nonshrink cementitious grout shall conform to the standards stated above and shall be Masterflow 928 by Master Builders, tnc.; Hi-Flow Grout by the Euclid Chemical Co.; SikaGrout 212 by Sika Corp.; Supreme Grout by Gifford Hill & Co.; Five Star Grout by U. S. Grout Corp. or equal. Nonshrink Epoxy Grout Nonshrink epoxy-based grout shall be a pre-proportioned, three component, 100 percent solids system consisting of epoxy resin, hardener, and blended aggregate. It shall have a compressive strength of 14,000 psi in 7 days when tested in conformity with ASTM D695 and have a maximum thermal expansion of 30 x 10-6 when tested in conformity with ASTM C531. The grout shal) be Ceilcote 648 CP by Master Builders Inc.; Five Star Epoxy Grout by U.S. Grout Corp.; Sikadur 42 Grout-Pak by Sika Corp.; High Strength Epoxy Grout by the Euclid Chemical Co. or equal. Cement Grout Cement grouts shall be a mixture of one part portland cement conforming to ASTM C150, Types l, II, or III and 1 to 2 parts sand conforming to ASTM C33 with sufficient water to place the grout. The water content shall be sufficient to impart workability to the grout but not to the degree that it will allow the grout to flow. Concrete Grout 1. Concrete grout shall conform to the requirements of Section 03 30 00 except as specified herein. It shall be proportioned with cement, coarse and fine aggregates, water, water reducer and air entraining agent to produce a mix having an average strength of 2900 psi at 28 days, or 2500 psi nominal strength. Coarse aggregate size shall be 1/2-in maximum. Slump should not exceed 5-in and should be as low as practical yet still retain sufficient workability. 2. Synthetic reinforcing fibers as specified in Section 03 20 00 shall be added to the concrete grout mix at the rate of 1.5 lbs of fibers per cubic yard of grout. Fibers shall be added from the manufacturer's premeasured bags and according to the manufacturer's recommendations in a manner which will ensure complete dispersion of the fiber bundles as single monofilaments within the concrete grout. Water Potable water, free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 60 00 - 4 � m "� �� _ � ' ' ' i � � , � � , ' ' ' ' ' , , ' ' ' , ' ' , , , , ' � ' � , , ' � , ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.0] � PREPARATION Grout shall be placed over cured concrete which has attained its full design strength unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. B. Concrete surfaces to receive grout shall be clean and sound; free of ice, frost, dirt, grease, oil, curing compounds, laitance and paints and free of all loose material or foreign matter which may effect the bond or performance of the grout. C. Roughen concrete surfaces by chipping, sandblasting, or other mechanical means to ensure bond of the grout to the concrete. Remove loose or broken concrete. Irregular voids or projecting coarse aggregate need not be removed if they are sound, free of laitance and firmly embedded into the parent concrete. l. Air compressors used to clean surfaces in contact with grout shall be the oilless type or equipped with an oil trap in the air line to prevent oil from being blown onto the surface. D. Remove all loose rust, oil or other deleterious substances from metal embedments or bottom of baseplates prior to the installation of the grout. E. Concrete surfaces shall be washed clean and then kept moist for at least 24 hours prior to the placement of cementitious or cement grout. Saturation may be achieved by covering the concrete with saturated burlap bags, use of a soaker hose, flooding the surface, or other method acceptable to the Engineer. Upon completion of the 24 hour period, visible water shall be removed from the surface prior to grouting. The use of an adhesive bonding agent in lieu of surface saturation shall only be used when approved by the Engineer for each specific location of grout installation. F. Epoxy-based grouts do not require the saturation of the concrete substrate. Surfaces in contact with epoxy grout shall be completely dry before grouting. G. Construct grout forms or other leakproof containment as required. Forms shall be lined or coated with release agents recommended by the grout manufacturer. Forms shall be of adequate strength, securely anchored in place and shored to resist the forces imposed by the grout and its placement. H. 3.02 1. Forms for epoxy grout shall be designed to allow the formation of a hydraulic head and shall have chamfer strips built into forms. Level and align the structural or equipment bearing plates in accordance with the structural requirements and the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. Equipment shall be supported during alignment and installation of grout by shims, wedges, blocks or other approved means. The shims, wedges and blocking devices shall be prevented from bonding to the grout by appropriate bond breaking coatings and removed after grouting unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. INSTALLATION — GENERAL A. Mix, apply and cure products in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations and this Section. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) �� E:�1�� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 60 00 - 5 � � � B. Have sufficient manpower and equipment available for rapid and continuous mixing ' and placing. Keep all necessary tools and materials ready and close at hand. C. Maintain temperatures of the foundation plate, supporting concrete, and grout between 40 and 90 degrees F during grouting and far at least 24 hours thereafter or as recommended by the grout manufacturer, whichever is longer. Take precautions to minimize differential heating or cooling of baseplates and grout during the curing period. D. Take special precautions for hot weather or cold weather grouting as recommended by the manufacturer when ambient temperatures and/or the temperature of the materials in contact with the grout are outside of the 60 and 90 degrees F range. E. Install grout in a manner which will preserve the isolation between the elements on either side of the joint where grout is placed in the vicinity of an expansion or control joint. F 3.03 I:1 Reflect all existing underlying expansion, control and construction joints through the grout. INSTALLATION - CEMENT GROUTS AND NONSHRINK CEMENTITIOUS GROtJTS Mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Do not add cement, sand, pea gravel or admixtures without prior approval by the Engineer. B. Avoid mixing by hand. Mixing in a mortar mixer (with moving blades) is recommended. Pre-wet the mixer and empty excess water. Add premeasured amount of water for mixing, followed by the grout. Begin with the minimum amount of water recommended by the manufacturer and then add the minimum additional water required to obtain workability. Do not exceed the manufacturer's maximum recommended water content. C. Placements greater than 3-in in depth shall include the addition of clean, washed pea gravel to the grout mix when approved by the manufacturer. Comply with the manufacturer's recommendations for the size and amount of aggregate to be added. D. Place grout into the designated areas in a manner which will avoid segregation or entrapment of air. Do not vibrate grout to release air or to consolidate the material. Placement should proceed in a manner which will ensure the filling of all spaces and provide full contact between the grout and adjoining surfaces. Provide grout holes as necessary. E. Place grout rapidly and continuously to avoid cold joints. Do not place cement grouts in layers. Do not add additional water to the mix (retemper) after initial stiffening. F. Just before the grout reaches its final set, cut back the grout to the substrate at a 45 degree angle from the lower edge of bearing plate unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Finish this surface with a wood float (brush) finish. G. Begin curing immediately after form removal, cutback, and finishing. Keep grout moist and within its recommended placement temperature range for at least 24 hours after placement or longer if recommended by the manufacturer. Saturate the grout surface by use of wet burlap, soaker hoses, ponding or other approved means. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) � ��, �� Issued for Bid December 2012 03 60 00 - 6 , ' , , � � ' �� ,; �I� � ' � � � , , � ' , ' � 3.04 � ' , ' ' � ' ' ' ' � , � � � i Provide sunshades as necessary. If drying winds inhibit the ability of a given curing method to keep grout moist, erect wind breaks until wind is no longer a problem or curing is finished. INSTALLATION - NONSHRINK EPDXY GROUTS A. Mix in accordance with the procedures recommended by the manufacturer. Do not vary the ratio of components or add solvent to change the consistency of the grout mix. Do not overmix. Mix full batches only to maintain proper proportions of resin, hardener and aggregate. B. Monitor ambient weather conditions and contact the grout manufacturer for special placement procedures to be used for temperatures below 60 or above 90 degrees F. C. Place grout into the designated areas in a manner which will avoid trapping air. Placement methods shall ensure the filling of all spaces and provide full contact between the grout and adjoining surfaces. Provide grout holes as necessary. D. Minimize "shoulder" length (extension of grout horizontally beyond base plate}. In no case shall the shoulder length of the grout be greater than the grout thickness. E. Finish grout by puddling to cover all aggregate and provide a smooth finish. Break bubbles and smooth the top surface of the grout in conformity with the manufacturer's recommendations. F. Epoxy grouts are self curing and do not require the application of water. Maintain the formed grout within its recommended placement temperature range for at least 24 hours after placing, or longer if recommended by the manufacturer. 3.05 INSTALLATION - CONCRETE GROUT A. Screed underlying concrete to the grade shown on the Drawings. Provide the surface with a broomed finish, aligned to drain. Protect and keep the surface clean until placement of concrete grout. B. Remove the debris and clean the surface by sweeping and vacuuming of all dirt and other foreign materials. Wash the tank slab using a strong jet of water. Flushing of debris into tank drain lines will not be permitted. C. Saturate the concrete surface for at least 24 hours prior to placement of the concrete grout. Saturation may be maintained by ponding, by the use or soaker hoses, or by other methods acceptable to the Engineer. Remove excess water just prior to placement of the concrete grout. Place a cement slurry immediately ahead of the concrete grout so that the slurry is moist when the grout is placed. Work the slurry over the surface with a broom until it is coated with approximately 1/16 to 1/8-in thick cement paste. (A bonding grout composed of 1 part portland cement, 1.5 parts fine sand, an approved bonding admixture and water, mixed to achieve the consistency of thick paint, may be substituted for the cement slurry.) D. Place concrete grout to final grade using the scraper mechanism as a guide for surface elevation and to ensure high and low spots are eliminated. Unless specifically approved by the equipment manufacturer, mechanical scraper mechanisms shall not be used as a finishing machine or screed. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 60 00 - 7 � m �; . , � E. F. 3.06 A. B. C. D. E. F. Provide grout control joints as indicated on the Drawings. Finish and cure the concrete grout as specified for cast-in-place concrete. SCHEDULE The following list indicates where the particular types of grout are to be used: General purpose nonshrink cementitious grout: Use at all locations where non shrink grout is called for on the plans except far base plates greater in area than 3-ft wide by 3-ft long and except for the setting of anchor rods, anchor bolts or reinforcing steel in concrete. Flowable nonshrink cementitious grout: Use under all base plates greater in area than 3-ft by 3-ft. Use at all locations indicated to receive flowable nonshrink grout by the Drawings. The Contractor, at his/her option and convenience, may also substitute flowable nonshrink grout for general purpose nonshrink cementitious grout. Nonshrink epoxy grout: Use for the setting of anchor rods, anchor bolts and reinforcing steel in concrete and for all locations specifically indicated to receive epoxy grout. Cement grout: Cement grout may be used for grouting of incidental base plates for structural and miscellaneous steel such as post base plates for platforms, base plates for beams, etc. It shall not be used when nonshrink grout is specifically called for on the Drawings or for grouting of primary structural steel members such as columns and girders. Concrete grout: Use for overlaying the base concrete under scraper mechanisms of clarifiers to allow more control in placing the surface grade. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 03 60 00 - 8 ,�< � ' ' � � , ' ' ' ' , � , � � ' i � � ' ' , SECTION 09 90 01 PAINTING AND COATING OF PROCESS EQUIPMENT PART1- GENERAL , 1.O l A. ' , ' � �� , ' � � � � L_J � , ' I:� C SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials; equipment and incidentals required to provide a protective or aesthetic coating system for the surfaces listed herein and not otherwise excluded. All surfaces described, whether new or existing, shall be included within the scope of this section. The work includes painting and finishing of interior and exterior process related items and surfaces. The omission of minor items in the schedule of work shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligation to include such items where they come within the general intent of the Specifications as stated herein. The following major process items shall be painted: 1. Any exposed surfaces of ferrous metal or galvanized components of process eyuipment. This excludes stainless steel components. 2. Any exposed surfaces of PVC components of pipe, fittings, valves, electrical conduits, or equipment. 3. Any exterior surfaces of exposed metallic piping, fittings, and valves located in either the interior or exterior of the process building. This excludes stainless steel components. 4. Any embedded aluminum, or aluminum in contact with dissimilar metals. D. The following items of the Project shall not be painted: 1. Any code-required labels, equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates, or signage. 2. Any moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts unless otherwise indicated. 3. Any stainless steel components. 4. Any products with polished chrome, aluminum, nickel, or stainless steel finishes. 5. Any flexible couplings, lubricated bearing surfaces, insulation, or metal and plastic pipe interiors. 6. Any plastic switch or receptacle plates. 7. Any finish hardware. 8. Any galvanized metal components. CiTy of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 09 90 O1 - 1 �" � � 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 09 91 OS — Piping, Valve, and Equipment Identification System B. Section 40 23 20 — Above Ground Pipe and Fittings C. Section 40 23 21 — Above Ground Valves and Piping Appurtenances 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. The term "Paint" as used herein refers to all coating systems, materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. l .04 I� B. 1.05 A. B. C. D. E. REFERENCES OSHA 1. 1926 Subpart C- General Safety and Health Provisions 2. 1926 Subpart D- Occupationa) Health and Environmental Controls 3. 1926 Subpart E- Personal Protective and Life Saving Equipment 4. 1926 Subpart F- Fire Protection and Prevention 5. 1926 Subpart H- Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal 6. 1926 Subpart Z- Toxic and Hazardous Substances The Society for Protective Coatings 1. SSPGSP 1- Solvent Cleaning QUALITY ASSURANCE Provide the best yuality grade of the various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by approved paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying the manufacturer's identification as a standard, best-grade product will not be acceptable. Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. Undercoat and finish coat paints shall be compatible. Painting shall be accomplished by experienced painters specializing in industrial painting and familiar with all aspects of surface preparations and applications required for this project. All surface preparation, coating, and materials shall comply with the SSPC recognized standards. ' ' , , , ' ' � � , � � � � , 1.06 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submittals shall include manufacturer's data and samples as indicated below and shall be prepared and submitted in time to provide adequate review by the Engineer. � City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well � Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��,� �� Issued for Bid December 2012 09 90 O1 - 2 ' � ' , � ' , ' � , ' � ' ' � ' � � , ' B. Samples: 1.07 I:� :. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Paint colors will be selected by the Engineer with final approval by the Owner. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Samples of each finish and color shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before any work is started. Samples shall be prepared so that an area of each sample indicates the appearance of the various coats. For example, where three coat work is specified, the sample shall be divided into three areas: one showing application of one coat only, one showing the application of two coats, and the third showing the application of three coats. Such samples when approved in writing shall constitute a standard, as to color and finish only, of acceptance or rejection of the finish work. For piping, valves, equipment, and miscellaneous metal work, provide sample chips or color charts of all paint selected showing color, finish, and general characteristics. Rejected samples shall be resubmitted until approved. DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE Deliver all materials to the job site in original, unopened packages and containers bearing the manufacturer's name and label. l. Provide labels on each container with the following information: a. Name or title of material b. Fed. Spec. number if applicable c. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture d. Manufacturer's formula or specification number e. Manufacturer's batch number f. Manufacturer's name g. Generic type h. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents i. Thinning instructions j. Application instructions k. Color name and number 2. Containers shall be clearly marked to indicate any hazards connected with the use of the paint and steps which should be taken to prevent injury to those handling the product. All containers shall be handled and stored in such a manner as to prevent damage or loss of labels or containers. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 09 90 O1 - 3 � C. The Engineer shall designate areas for storage and mixing of all painting materials. D. Contractor must comply with the requirements of the pertinent codes and fire regulations when handling all materials. Proper containers outside of the building shall be provided by the Contractor and used for painting wastes. No plumbing fixtures shall be used for this purpose. E. All used rags shall be removed from buildings every night and every precaution shall be taken to prevent spontaneous combustion of flammable materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All paint used shall be manufactured by one of the following: 1. Porter/International, 2. Tnemec Company, Inc., 3. Glidden, 4. Colorwheel, 5. Koppers, 1:3 C D. E. F. 2.02 A. 6. Or, approved equal. All paint used shall be ofthe highest grade regularly manufactured. Coating systems included in this specification are identified by name in order to establish a standard of quality. Other products of the same generic type may be submitted to the Engineer for review. When a coating system other than that specified herein is proposed, the Contractor shall submit a typed list giving the proposed coatings, brand, trade name, generic type, and catalog number of the proposed system for the Engineer's review. Paint used in successive field coats shall be produced by the same manufacturer. Paint used in the first field coat over shop painted or previously painted surfaces shall cause no wrinkling, lifting, or other damage to the underlying paint. Emulsion and alkyd paints shall contain a mildewcide and both the paint and mildewcide shall conform to OSHA and Federal requirements, including Federal Specification TT-P-19. All rags associated with this wark shall be clean painters' rags, and be completely sterilized. COATING SYSTEMS Metals, Non-Immersion, Interior/Exterior l. Surfaces shall include interior and exterior metal surfaces that do not come in direct contact with corrosive materials or atmospheres and shall include the following: a. Aboveground piping, fittings, valves, and metal electrical conduit. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 09 90 01 - 4 ��1 � �, � �,� � t � � � , � � i ' � � , , � , � � � ' , ' ' , ' ' , ' � ' � � � , � r , LJ : � b. Miscellaneous steel plates, shapes, hardware, etc. c. Galvanized steel surfaces. d. Other surfaces obviously requiring field coating, including equipment where equipment specification requires coating, or as specified to be field coated in Section 09 91 O5: Piping, Valve, and Equipment Identification System. Surfaces shall be prepared as specified in Paragraph 3.02 herein and, in addition, the following: a. All bare metals or areas that were shop primed that have been damaged shall be abrasive blast cleaned to SSPC-SP6, commercial blast cleaning standards. b. Shop primed items, stored on site for a prolonged period prior to coating, shall be prepared for coating following the coating manufacturer's recommendations prior to applying touch-up and subsequent coats. Surface preparation may include brush-off abrasive blasting or spot blasting to SSPGSP6, commercial blast cleaning standards, for areas where the primer has been damaged and bare metal is showing. c. Non-ferrous metals shall be degreased and cleaned in compliance with SSPC-SP1 for solvent cleaning. 3. The prime coat for ferrous metals shall be a two-part epoxy polyamide primer, 4-6 mils DFT; manufactured by Porter/International, Tnemec, Glidden, Colorwheel, Koppers, or approved equal. 4. The prime coat for non-ferrous metals shall be wash primer, 0.5-1 mils DFT; manufactured by Porter/International, Tnemec, Glidden, Colorwheel, Koppers, or approved equal. 5. The intermediate coat shall be a two component cross-linked epoxy, 7-9 mils DFT; manufactured by Porter/International, Tnemec, Glidden, Colorwheel, Koppers, or approved equal. 6. The finish coats shall be a single component, water-borne acrylic topcoat, two (2) coats, 1-3 mils DFT per coat; manufactured by Porter/International, Tnemec, Glidden, Colorwheel, Koppers, or approved equal. 7. Total minimum system finish coating thickness shall be 14-18 mils DFT for ferrous metals and 10-14 mils DFT for non-ferrous metals. Metals, Submerged 1. Submerged Metal, Potable or Nonpotable Water: a. Type: Epoxy. b. Service Conditions: For use with structures, valves, piping, or equipment immersed in potable or nonpotable water. The coating shall have NSF 61 certification. c. Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-10. d. Coating System: Apply the manufacturer's recommended number of coats to attain the specified minimum dry-film coating thickness. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 09 90 O1 - 5 �, � e. Products: Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, Tnemec 100, Scotchkote 323, Tnemec N140, Sherwin-Williams Tank Clad HS B62-80, Scotchkote 306, PPG AQUAPON� LT NSF Low Temperature Epoxy Coatings 95-172, Carboline Carboguard 891, PPG Amercoat 395FD, or approved equal; l6 mils total. f. Color of topcoat: White. Each coat shall be different color than the one preceding it. C. Metals, Buried l . Buried Metal: a. b. c. d. Type: High solids epoxy or phenolic epoxy having a minimum solids volume of 80% (ASTM D2697). Service Conditions: Buried metal, such as valves, flanges, bolts, nuts, structural steel, and fittings. Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-10. Coating System: Apply three or more coats of PPG Amerlock 400 or 400VOC, Tnemec 104HS or 80, ICI Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, Carboline 890LT, Sherwin-Williams Tank Clad HS B62-80 series, or approved equal; 30 mils totat. Maximum thickness of an individual coating shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommendation. 2. Buried Metal Piping and Tubing: a. Type: Cold-applied coal-tar tape, hot-applied coal-tar tape, or cold- applied wax tape. b. Service Conditions: Buried ferrous and nonferrous piping and tubing. c. Coat with one of the following systems: d. e. f. g• h. �a Wrap with cold-applied coal-tar tape conforming to AWWAC209. Minimum thickness of tape shall be 35 mils. Apply tape with manufacturer's prime coat. Tape shall be Tapecoat CT, Protecto-Wrap 200, or approved eyual. Wrap with hot-applied coal-tar tape conforming to AWWA C203, Section 4.6. Minimum thickness of tape shall be 50 mils. Apply tape with manufacturer's recommended prime coat. Tape shall be Tapecoat 20, Protecto-Wrap 110, or approved equal. Use chloride-free primers with the above coatings when applying to stainless steel piping or tubing. Coat field joints of buried piping that has a shop- applied coating with primer and tape conforming to AWWA C209. Use Type 1 tape of 35- mil thickness. Products: Protection Engineering Co. Protectowrap 200 GT, Tapecoat CT10/40W, Polyken 930-35, or approved equal. Perform electrical inspection of shop and field coating in accordance with Section 5 ofAWWA C209. Install buried pipes with wrapped coatings by extending the wrapping to the first joint after entering a building, penetrating a slab, or 6 Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote W ell Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 20] 2 09 90 0] - 6 � � � r� � ,, r � ' , , , ' , ' � ' , � � � � � � ' , LJ , ' � inches above finished grade. Wrap joints spirally with a minimurrt overlap of 50% of the tape width. Plastic Piping, Valves, Fittings, and Conduit 1. Surfaces include the following: a. PVC piping, fittings, valves, and electrical conduits requiring color coding in accordance with Section 09 91 O5. b. Exposed exterior plastic piping, valve, and fitting components subject to UV degradation and weathering by the elements. 2. The surfaces shall be prepared as specified in Paragraph 3.02 herein, including , cleaning and washing with detergent to remove all dirt and fareign material, and light surface abrasion using medium grade sandpaper. Remove dust, dirt and debris with clean rags prior to coating. ' , II � J ' � , � I � � J� ' r ' � E. 3. The finish coats shall be Porter/International, Tnemec, Glidden, Colorwheel, Koppers, or approved equal, two (2) coats, 3-4 mils DFT per coat. 4. Total minimum system finish coating thickness shall be 6-8 mils DFT. Aluminum 2 3 Surfaces include aluminum surfaces embedded or in contact with concrete, mortar or plaster, or aluminum in contact with dissimilar metals which may cause corrosion due to electrolysis, and shall include the following: a. Aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete, mortar or plaster, such as slide gate frames, hatch cover frames, stair stringers, portions of grating and frames, floor plate and frames, etc. b. Aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar metals which may cause corrosion due to electrolysis. Surfaces shall be prepared as specified in Paragraph 3.02 herein, including solvent cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SPl standards for solvent cleaning. Prime coat shall be Carboline/Kop Coat 40 Passivator or approved equal zinc chromate wash primer, 0.5-1 mils DFT. 4. Finish coats for aluminum exposed to view shall be Carboline Carbomastic 90 or approved equal two-component, high build, modified aluminum epoxy mastic, two (2) coats, 10 -12 mils DFT per coat. Color shall be aluminum. 5. Finish coat for aluminum not exposed to view shall be Kop Coat Bitumastic No. 300-M or approved eyual polyamide cured coal tar epoxy, 18-22 mils DFT. Color shall be black. 6. Total minimum system finish coating thickness shall be 20-21 mils DFT. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 09 90 01 - 7 � PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. In addition to the aforementioned preparations, all dirt, rust, scale, splinters, loose particles, disintegrated paint, grease, oil, and other deleterious substances shall be removed from all surfaces which are to be coated. B. Hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with painted surfaces and not to be painted shall be removed, masked, or otherwise protected prior to surface preparation and painting operations. C. Before commencing work, the painter must make certain that the surfaces to be covered are in perfect condition. Should the painter find such surfaces unacceptable, he shall report the condition to the Engineer. The application of paint shall be held as an acceptance of the surfaces and working conditions and the painter will be held responsible for the results reasonably expected from the materials and processes specified. D. Program the cleaning and painting so contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly-painted surfaces. E. Clean ferrous substances, which are not galvanized or shop-coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. All welds, blisters, etc. shall be ground and sanded smooth. All pits and dents shall be filled and all imperfections shall be corrected so as to provide a smooth surface for painting. F 3.02 Surface profile as obtained from sandblasting shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer. MATERIALS PREPARATION A. Mix and prepare painting materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and directions. Materials should be stirred prior to and during application to maintain a mixture of uniform density, free of film, dirt, and other foreign materials. B. No thinners shall be used except those specifically mentioned by the manufacturer, and only in such quantities as directed by the manufacturer's instructions. If thinning is used, sufficient additional coats shall be applied to assure the required dry film thickness is achieved. The manufacturer's recommended thinner or clean-up solvent shall be used for all clean-up. 3.03 � : APPLICATIONS Application by brush, spray, airless spray, or roller shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for optimum performance and appearance. Color Selection for Color Coding: , ' � ' , , C , � � ' � ' � � ' 1. Color Coding of Piping: All exposed piping shall be identified as specified in Section 09 91 O5. Pipe identification system shall include color coding or � banding, legends, and arrows. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well � Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� Issued for Bid December 2012 09 90 O1 - 8 � ' � , C � ' ' i� � � J Q E. F 2. Color Coding of Conduit: All exposed electrical conduit with conductors over l20 volts shall be color banded as specified in Division 26 and Section 09 91 O5. All painting shall be done by skilled and experienced craftsmen and shall be of the highest quality workmanship. Apply paint in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use applications and techniques best suited for the type of material being applied. All paint shall be at room temperature and the surfaces to be painted shall be dry and clean. Apply a prime coat to material which is required to be painted or finished, and which has not been prime coated by others. G. Recoat primed and sealed walls and ceilings where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. H. Apply additional coats when undercoats, or other conditions show through the final coat of paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. I. Paint shall be applied in a neat manner with finished surfaces free of runs, sags, � ridges, laps, and brush marks. Each coat shall be applied in a manner that will produce an even film of uniform and proper thickness. J. Paint surfaces behind moveable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed , surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. ' K L. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. Omit the first coat (primer) on rr►etal surfaces which have been shop-primed and touch-up painted, unless otherwise specified. ' M. The prime and intermediate coats as specified for the various coating systems may be applied in the shop by the manufacturer. The shop coats shall be of the type specified and shall be compatible with the field coat or coats. Such shop-painted items as , pumps, motors, equipment, etc. shall be given at least one touch-up coat with the intermediate coat material and one complete finish coat in the field. ' � ' C� � � 3.04 APPLICATIONS RESTRICTIONS. A. Application of materials shall be done only on properly prepared surfaces as herein specified, and all exterior painting shall be done only in dry weather. Any surface coating damaged by moisture or rain shall be removed and redone as directed by the Engineer. B. Under no circumstances shall paint be applied to surfaces which show a moisture content greater than 15 percent. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� i��1;m��E"�i� Issued for Bid December 2012 09 90 O1 - 9 3.05 A MINIMUM COATING THICKNESS Coatings shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Minimum coating millage shall be as specified above. 3.06 FINISHES A. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. : 3.07 Complete Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not in compliance with specific requirements. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. All completed surfaces will be checked by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall provide the necessary properly calibrated gauges. All non-ferrous surfaces shall be checked for film thickness by use of a Tooke gauge. All ferrous surfaces shall be checked for film thickness by use of an Elcometer or Micro-Test magnetic dry film gauge, properly calibrated. In addition, submerged tank linings and metals shall be tested for freedom from holidays and pinholes by use of a Tinker-Rason or K-D Bird Dog Holiday Detector. : C 3.08 The presence of moisture shall be determined prior to coating by testing with a moisture detection device such as a Delmhors Model DB. All defects shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. PROTECTI ON A. All other surfaces shall be protected while painting equipment, piping, etc. B. Protection of furniture and other movable objects, equipment, fittings, and accessories shall be provided throughout the painting operation. Remove all electrical plates, surface hardware, etc. before painting. Protect and replace such items when painting is completed. C. 0 Mask all machinery nameplates and all machined parts not to receive paint prior to coating. Lay drop cloths in all areas where painting is being done to adequately protect structures, flooring, piping, equipment, and other work from all damage. 3.09 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall perform the work under this Section while keeping the premises free from accumulation of debris and rubbish, and shall remove all scaffolding, paint cloths, paint, and brushes from buildings and project site when painting is completed. B. All paint brushed, splattered, spilled, or splashed on any surface not specifies to be painted shall be removed. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 09 90 01 - 10 � � � � � , ' , ' ' , � .--, i � ' , ' ' � , � � ' , ' � ' ' , , , r � � � � � � � � ' 3.10 EXTRA STOCK A. Upon completion of painting work, the Owner shall be furnished at no additional cost, one gallon of each type and cotor of finish paint for touching up. Paint container labels shall be complete with the manufacturer's name, generic type, number, color, and location in which the paint was applied. END OF SECTION Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 09 90 O1 -] 1 c; � . � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 09 90 01 - l 2 m� � � � ;� , ' ' , , � ' , ' .—, I�� ' ' CJ 1 I [� 1 r-, I� � , , I I � SECTION 09 91 OS PIPING, VALVE, AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM , PART 1 - GENERAL ' l .O 1 A ' , � J �I� � ' � ,: �� _� � ' ' ' ' � � DESCRIPTION Scope of Work 1. The work included under this Section consists of providing an identification system for piping systems and related equipment. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: 1. 2. 3. Underground Piping and accessories are included in Section 33 1 l 16. Above Ground Pipe and Fittings are included in Section 40 23 20. Refer to City of Clearwater Technical Specifications, Article 41 for further requirements. C. General Design l. Piping color codes, and code labels for pipe identification shall conform to Table 09 90 OS included in this section. 2. Pipelines, equipment, or other items which are not listed here shall be assigned a color by the Owner and shall be treated as an integral part of the Contract. 3. Color coding shall consist of color code painting and identification of all exposed conduits, through lines and pipelines for the transport of gases, liquids, or semi-liquids including all accessories such as valves, insulated pipe coverings, fittings, junction boxes, bus bars, connectors and any operating accessories which are integral to a whole functional mechanical pipe and electrical conduit systems. 4. 5. All moving parts, drive assemblies, and covers for moving parts which are potential hazards shall be Safety Red. All safety equipment shall be painted in accordance with OSHA standards. 6. All inline equipment and appurtenances not assigned another color shall be painted the same base color as the piping. If the equipment and/or appurtenances have been assigned another color, the pipe system shall be painted with the pipe colar up to, but not including, the flanges attached to pumps and mechanical equipment assigned another color. 7. All hangers and pipe support floor and accessories stands shall be painted to match their piping. The system shall be painted up to, but not including, the face of flanges or the flexible conduit connected to electrical equipment. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� E��i��'"a Issued for Bid December 2012 09 91 OS - 1 1.02 A. 1.03 8. Structural members used solely for pipe hangars or supports shall be painted to match their piping. Where the contact of dissimilar metals may cause electrolysis and where aluminum will contact concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface of the metals shall be coated in accordance with Section 09 90 O1. All systems which are an integral part of the equipment, that is originating from the equipment and returning to the same piece of equipment, shall be painted between and up to, but not including, the face of flanges or connections on the equipment. QUALITY ASSURANCE All work shall be in accordance with ANSI Standard A13.1, Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, illustrations, specifications, and other pertinent data. B. Schedules: C. 1.04 A I:? 1. Provide a typewritten list of all tagged valves giving tag color, shape, letter code and number, the valve size, type, use, and general location. 2. Provide a complete list of materials to be furnished and surfaces on which they will be used. Samples: 1. Provide a sample of each type valve tag supplied. 2. Provide a sample of each type of identification tape supplied. 3. Provide manufacturer's color charts for color selection by Engineer. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDING Except for locally mixed custom colors, deliver sealed containers with labels legible and intact. Materials shall be stored as follows: 1. Store only acceptable project materials on project site. 2. Store in suitable location. 3. Restrict storage to paint materials and related equipment. 4. Comply with health and fire regulations. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 09 91 OS - 2 �� u� , � , ' , ' ' , , , ' ' , ' ' ' � ' , , PART 2 - PRODUCTS , 2.01 ' A ' , , � ' �� J , � , , , , ' ' �, �I : PIPING AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION Above ground piping shall be identified by self-adhesive pipe markers equal to those manufactured by W. H. Brady Company or an approved equal. l. Markers shall be of wording and color as shown in Table 09 9l OS included in this Section. 2. Lettering shall be: a. 2 1/4-inches high for pipes 3 inches diameter and larger. b. 1 1/8-inches high for pipes less than 3 inches diameter. 3. Flow arrows shall be: a. 2 I/4-inches by 6 inches for pipes 3 inches diameter and larger. b. 1 1/8-inches by 3 inches for pipes less than 3 inches diameter. Buried piping shall be identified by electronic marker balls, a continuous, insulated copper wire, and identification tape. 1. Marking Tape: a. During the backfilling operating, pipe-locating tape shall be place one foot below grade directly above and parallel to the pipe run with the printed side up for visual identification. Marking tape shall consist of a 2-inch minimum width plastic and metallized foil far detection by pipeline locating equipment. The tape shall be coded as follows: Markin Ta e Pro erties Pi e Color Printin Raw Water Olive Caution Buried Raw Water Line Green Below b. Marking Tape will be manufactured by Lineguard Inc., of Wheaton, IL; or approved equaL 2. Locating Wire: All pressure mains shall be installed with a continuous color- coded insulated 10 gauge solid core copper wire. C. A coded and numbered tag attached with brass chain and/or brass "S" hooks shall be provided on all valves. 1. Tags for valves on pipe shall be brass or anodized aluminum. Colors for aluminum tags shall, where possible, match the color code of the pipe line on which installed. Square tags shall be used to indicate normally closed valves and round tags shall indicate normally open valves. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 09 91 OS - 3 �� L�. 2.02 A. 2. In addition to the color coding, each tag shall be stamped or engraved with wording or abbreviations to indicate the valve service and number. All color and letter coding shall be approved by the Engineer. Valve service shall either be as listed in Table 09 91 OS included in this Section, or by equipment abbreviation if associated with a particular piece of equipment. Valve numbering, if reyuired, shall be as approved by the Engineer and/or Owner. Buried valves shall have valve boxes protected by a concrete pad. The concrete pad for the valve box cover shall have a 3-inch diameter, bronze disc embedded in the surface as shown on the Drawings. The bronze disc shall have the following information neatly stamped on it: 1. Size of valve, inches 2. Type of valve: a. GV - Gate Valve b. BV - Ball Valve 3. Valve Service - See Table 09 91 OS for abbreviations 4. Number of turns to fully open 5. Direction to open 6. Year of installation EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION All equipment shall have nametags in accordance with Section 40 01 20. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 A, B. PREPARATION Unless otherwise indicated or specifically approved, all fabricated eyuipment shall be shop primed and finished. The Contractor shall be responsible for and take whatever steps are necessary to properly protect the shop prime and finish coats against damage from weather or any other cause. C. Where specified in other sections of these specifications for mechanical eyuipment, the Contractor shall apply field coat or coats of paint in accordance with Section 09 90 010. If shop finish coat is unsatisfactory due to poor adhesion or other problems with primer ar finish coats, coatings shall be removed and replaced by sandblasting, priming and finishing in accordance with Section 09 90 O1 and this Section. , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' � r ' ' D. Wherever fabricated equipment is required to be sandblasted, the Contractor shall ' protect all motors, drives, bearings, gears, etc., from the entry of grit. Any eyuipment City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Wel) , Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��;� ��y�� Issued for Bid December 2012 09 91 OS - 4 ' 3.02 A i C. D. found to contain grit shall be promptly and thoroughly cleaned. Equipment contaminated by grit in critical areas, such as bearings, gears, seals, etc., shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. INSTALLATION Identification tape shall be installed for all buried raw water lines in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and as specified herein. Identification tape for piping shall be installed one (l) foot directly above and parallel to the pipe with the printed side up for visual identification. An arrow indicating direction of flow shall be placed adjacent to each marker. The bronze valve identification disc for buried valves shall be embedded in the concrete pad surrounding the valve box. TABLE 09 91 OS COLOR CODES AND ABBREVIATIONS Conduit, Pipe, and Letter and Service Mark Valve Color Code Flow Arrow Color Raw Water Raw Olive Green White Electrical Conduit -- Interior: Match adjacent -- wall or equipment color. Exterior: Gre NOTE: Other piping shall be painted as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� .��1w��3� Issued for Bid December 2012 09 91 OS - 5 ' , ' , , ' THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 09 9l OS - 6 ' , ' � ' ' � , ' � ' � �"€�� 6��h��a ' � ' , ' ' � � ' ' , ' ' ' , , �r j �I � , , , r- { L SECTION 26 O1 26 ACCEPTANCE TESTS AND PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.O1 GENERAL SCOPE A. The Contractor shall engage the services of a recognized corporately and financially independent testing firm for the purpose of performing inspections and tests on all new electrical equipment supplied in this contract and on existing modified equipment as herein specified. B. The testing firm shall provide all material, equipment, labor and technical supervision to perform such tests and inspections. Testing shall be supervised by qualified professional engineering staff. C. It is the purpose of these tests to assure that all tested electrical equipment, is operational and within industry and manufacturer's tolerances and is installed in accordance with design specifications. Tests shall be performed with and in cooperation with certification tests performed by the switchgear manufacturer. It will be the testing contractor's responsibility to insure the coordinated testing and startup of the power system. The tests and inspections shall determine suitability for energization. D. An itemized description of existing equipment to be inspected and tested is as follows: 1. Provide routing of all existing underground feeders and branch circuits if deemed necessary by the engineer or general contractor for the purpose of locating exact routing of electrical ducts that may pose interference problems with new work. Routings shall be electronically located with signal tracer equipment, flagged and identified. 2. Provide testing of existing circuit breakers and fused switches with a 100 amp capacity or greater in the switchgear that is affected by this project. 3. Provide cable testing for new and existing feeders affected by this project from the switchgear to the proposed MCCs. 4. Provide two additional days of existing condition verification as directed in the field by the engineer. This requirement will be concentrated on additional duct bank location and verification for cable and conduits sizes and locations. E. The above electrical investigations and testing shall be used in the development of the final testing report encompassing all new and existing electrical eyuipment; Submitted with the operation and maintenance manuals prior to substantial completion of the project. The testing report shall be submitted on 8.5" X 11" paper on bound with all field test data in appendix form. Drawings within the testing report shall be on 11" X 17" City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 O1 26 - 1 �,;- .� � .�2 A : paper folded to 8.5" X l 1" and drawn with a computer aided design (CAD) package. The computer aided design package shall be AutoCAD or converted to AutoCAD. APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND REFERENCES All inspections and test shall be in accordance with the following, codes and standards except as provided otherwise herein: 1 2 3 4 5 6. 7. 8. 9. ]0 National Electrical Manufacturer's Association - NEMA American Society for Testing and Materials - ASTM Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers- IEEE InterNational Electrical Testing Association - NETA Acceptance Testing Specifications - ATS-1991 American National Standards Institute - ANSI C2: National Electrical Safety Code. State and local codes and ordinances Insulated Cable Engineers Association - ICEA Association of Edison Illuminating Companies - AEIC Occupational Safety and Health Administration - OSHA National Fire Protection Association - NFPA a. AN'SI/NFPA 70: National Electrical Code b. ANSI/NFPA 70B: Electrical Equipment Maintenance c. NFPA 70E: Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Work-places d. ANSI/NFPA 78: Lightning Protection Code e. ANSI/NFPA 101 : Life Safety Code All inspections and test shall utilize the following references: 1. Project design specifications 2. Project design drawings 3. Manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each particular apparatus 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS OF TESTING FIRM A. The testing firm shall be an independent testing organization, which can function as an unbiased testing authority, professionally independent of the manufacturers, supplier, and installers of equipment or systems evaluated by the testing firm. B. The testing firm shall be regularly engaged in the testing of electrical equipment devices, installations, and systems. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� #�� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 20] 2 26 O1 26 - 2 ' ' i , ' ' ' ' ' , , ' ' ' ' � ' ' ' LJ � � C. The testing firm shall meet OSHA criteria for accreditation of testing laboratories, SMGD EXPANSION Title 29, Part 1907, or be a Full Member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association. D. The lead, on-site, technical person shall be currently certified by the International � Electrical Testing Association (NETA) or National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) In electrical power distribution system testing r-, J E. , F l .04 ' � �J � �1 � ' � ' � � u �-. I� ' The testing firm shall utilize engineers and technicians who are regularly employed by the frm for testing services. The testing, firm shall submit proof of the above qualifications when requested. DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall perform routine insulation-resistance, continuity, and rotation test for all distribution and utilization equipment prior to and in addition to tests preformed by the testing firm specified herein. B. The Contractor shall supply a suitable and stable source of electrical power to each test site. C. The Contractor shall notify the testing firm when equipment becomes available for acceptance tests. Work shall be coordinated to expedite project scheduling. However the testing firm shall visit the job a minimum of once a week to perform coordination duties required and make reports to the engineer of the installation progress. D. The testing firm shall notify the engineer prior to commencement of any testing. E. Any system, material, or workmanship which is found defective on the basis of acceptance tests shall be reported to the engineer. F G The testing firm shall maintain a written record of all tests and, upon completion of project, shall assemble and certify a final test report. Safety and Precautions Safety practices shall include, but are not limited to, the following requirements: a. b. c. d. e. f. Occupational Safety and Health Act. Accident Prevention Manual for Industrial Operations, National Safety council Applicable state and local safety operating procedures. Owner's safety practices. National Fire Protection Association - NFPA 70E American National Standards for Personnel Protection 2. All tests shall be performed with apparatus de-energized. Exceptions must be thoroughly reviewed to identify safety hazards and devise adequate safeguards. City of Clearwater � WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well ��' �� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 O1 26 - 3 l .OS A. B. C. 3 ' The testing firm shall have a designated safety representative on the project to ' super-vise the testing, operations with respect to safety. SUITABILITY OF TEST EQUIPMENT All test equipment shall be in good mechanical and electrical condition. Digital multimeters used shall be RMS sensing when the variable to be measured contains harmonies or DC offset or any deviation from a pure sine wave. Accuracy of inetering in test equipment shall be appropriate for the test being performed but not in excess of 2 percent of the scale used. PART 2- INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES 2.01 SWITCHGEAR AND SWITCHBOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection 1. Inspect for physical, electrical, and mechanical condition. 2. Compare equipment nameplate information with latest one-line diagram. 3. Check for proper anchorage, required are clearances, physical damage and proper alignment. 4. Inspect all doors, panels, and sections for paint, dents, scratches, fit and missing hardware. 5. Verify that fuse and/ar circuit breaker sizes and types correspond to drawings. 6. Verify that Current and potential transformer ratios correspond to drawings. Inspect all bus connections far high resistance. Use low resistance ohmmeter, or check tightness of bolted bus joints by using a calibrated toryue wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper toryue levels. 7. Test all electrical and mechanical interlock systems for proper operation and sequencing. Closure attempt shall be made on locked open devices. Opening attempt shall be made on locked closed devices. Key exchange shall be made with devices operated in offnormal positions. 8. � I 0. Clean entire switchgear using manufacturer's approved methods and materials. Inspect insulators for evidence of physical damage or contaminated surfaces. Verify proper barrier and shutter installation and operation. 11. Lubrication: Verify appropriate contact lubricant on moving current carrying parts. Verify appropriate lubrication on moving and sliding surfaces. 12. Exercise all active components. 13. Inspect all mechanical indicating devices for proper operation. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� ii��4�� Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 20] 2 26 O1 26 - 4 � � �� r, �I ' �l ' , , ' � � � � � � � � , � , g ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' � � ' ' , Electrical Tests 1. Perform tests on all instrument transformers. 2. Perform ground resistance tests. 3. Perform insulation resistance on each bus section, phase to-ground for one (1) minute. Test voltages and minimum resistances shall be in accordance with NETA recommendations. 4. Perform an overpotential test on each bus section, each phase-to -ground, for one (l) minute at values indicated in ANSI/IEEE C37.20.2. or manufacturer's recommended potential. 5. Perform insulation-resistance test on control wiring except where connected to solid state components. 6. Perform control wiring performance test. Use the elementary diagrams of the switchgear to identify each remote control and protective device. Conduct tests to verify satisfactory performance of each control feature. 7. Perform secondary voltage energization test on all control power circuits and potential Circuits as detailed in this specification. Check voltages levels at each point on terminal boards and at each terminal on devices. 8. Perform current injection tests on the entire current circuit in each section of switchgear. Perform current test by primary injection where possible; secondary injection if not. � � ll Determine accuracy of all meters and calibrate watthour meters. Verify multipliers. Perform phasing check on double-ended switchgear to ensure proper bus phasing from each source. Control Power Transformers - Dry Type a. Inspect for physical damage, cracked insulation, broken leads, tighmess of connections, defective wiring, and overall general condition. b. Verify proper primary and secondary fuse ratings or circuit breakers. c. Verify proper interlock function and contact operation. d. Perform insulation-resistance test. Perform measurements from winding-to-winding and windings-to-ground. e. Perform secondary wiring integrity test. Disconnect transformer at secondary terminals and connect secondary wiring to proper secondary voltage. Check potential at all devices. f. Verify proper secondary voltage by energizing primary winding with system voltage. Measure secondary voltage with the secondary wiring disconnected. 12. Potential Transformer Circuits City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 20] 2 26 O1 26 - 5 � �,E � v:�� C. 2.02 A. : 2.03 A a. � Perform secondary wiring integrity test. Disconnect transformer at secondary terminals and connect secondary wiring to proper secondary voltage. Check for proper potential at all devices. Verify secondary voltage by energizing primary winding with system voltage. Measure secondary voltage with the secondary wiring disconnected. Test Values: Verify Bolt-toryue values, Insulation resistance, overpotential levels in conformance to NETA standards or specified by manufacturer. CABLES - LOW VOLTAGE - 600V MAXIMUM (FOR NEW AND REUSED EQUIPMENT AFFECTED BY THIS CONTRACT) Visual and Mechanical Inspection 1. Inspect cables for physical damage and proper connection in accordance with drawings. 2. Test cable mechanical connections to manufacturer's recommended values or NETA Standards using a calibrated toryue wrench. 3. Check cable color-coding with applicable engineer's specifications and National Electrical Code standards. Electrical Tests 1. Perform insulation-resistance test on each conductor with respect to ground and adjacent conductors. Applied potential shall be 1000 volts de for l minute. 2. Perform continuity test to insure proper cable connection. 3. Test Values; Evaluate results by comparison with cables of same length and type. Investigate any values less than 50 megohms. CIRCUIT BREAKERS Circuit Breakers - Low Voltage molded case 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection a. Check circuit breaker for proper mounting and compare nameplate data to drawings and specifications. b. Operate circuit breaker to ensure smooth operation. c. Inspect case for cracks or other defects. d. Check tightness of connections using calibrated toryue wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions or NETA standards for proper torque levels. 2. Electrical Tests a. Perform a contact-resistance test. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 Ol 26 - 6 � �� ' ' ' , � � �I ' , ' � , C �� ' ' 1 LJ ' ' , , ' ' � ' ' , ' ' 2.04 , A. ��J ' ' � ' ' , b. c. d. e. f. g• Perform an insulation-resistance test at 1000 volts DC from pole to pole and from each pole to ground with breaker closed and across open contacts of each phase. Determine long-time minimum pickup current by primary current injection where practical. Perform long-time delay time-current characteristic tests by passing three hundred percent (300%) rated current through each pole separately. Record trip time. Determine short-time pick-Lip and delay by primary current injection, f applicable. Determine ground-fault pickup and time delay by primary current injection, if applicable. Determine instantaneous pickup current by primary injection using run-up or pulse method. 3. Test Values a. b. c. d. e. Compare contact resistance or millivolt drop values to adjacent poles and similar breakers. Investigate deviations ofmore than fifty percent (50%). Investigate any value exceeding manufacturer's recommendations. Insulation resistance shall not be less than l 00 megohms. Trip characteristic ofbreakers shall fall within manufacturer's published time current characteristic tolerance band, including adjustment factors. All trip times shall fall within NETA Standards. Circuit breakers exceeding specified trip time at three hundred percent (300%) of pickup shall be tagged defective. Instantaneous pickup values shall be within NETA standards. METERING AND INSTRUMENTATION Visual and Mechanical Inspection 1. Examine all devices for broken parts, shipping damage and tightness of connections. 2. Verify that meter types, scales and connections are in accordance with drawings and specifications. B. Electrical Tests 1 2 Determine accuracy of ineters at 25/50/75/l 00% of full scale. Calibrate watthour meters to one-half percent (0.5%). 3. Verify all instrument multipliers. 4. Verify calibration of all instrumentation is accurate to the operator interface terminals City of Clearwater WTPNo.2—Contract 1: Remote Well � �� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 01 26 - 7 2.05 A. B. C. GROUNDING SYSTEMS: Visual and Mechanical Inspection Inspect ground systems for compliance with drawings and specifications. Electrical Tests (Small Systems) D. Perform ground-impedance measurements utilizing the fall-of-potential method per ANSI/IEEE Standard 8l "IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System." Instrumentation utilized shall be as Approved by NETA Standards and shall be specifically designed for ground impedance testing. Provide sufficient spacing so that plotted curves flatten. E. Electrical Tests (Large Systems) F. When sufficient spacing of electrodes is impractical, perform ground-impedance measurements utilizing either the intersecting curves method or the slope method. (Ref. Nos. 40 and 41 in IEEE Std. 81.} G H. Equipment Grounds Utilize two-point method of IEEE Std. 81. Measure between equipment ground being tested and known low-impedance grounding electrode of system. I. Test Values 2.06 A l. The main ground electrode system impedance-to -ground should be no greater than ten (10) ohms. Equipment grounds, depending on size and length of grounding conductor, should be only fractionally higher than system ground. GROUND-FAULT SYSTEMS Visual and Mechanical Inspection 1. Inspect for physical damage and compliance with drawings and specifications. 2. Inspect neutral main bonding connection to assure: a. Zero-sequence sensing system is grounded. b. Ground-strap sensing systems are grounded through sensing device. c. Ground connection is made ahead of neutral disconnect link on zero- sequence sensing systems. d. Grounded conductor (neutral) is solidly grounded. 3. Inspect control power transformer to ensure adeyuate capacity for system. 4. Manually operate monitor panels (if present) for: Trip test; No trip test; Non- automatic reset. 5. Record proper operation and test seyuence. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract I: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 Ol 26 - 8 � � �':� � , �I ' ' � � ' ' ' ' , ' � � ' ll ' ' , L ' � i� I� ' ' , 6. Set pick-Lip and time-delay settings in accordance with the settings provided by the manufacturer. B. Electrical Tests C. ' � � 2.07 � ' , LJ ' ' ' A. ]. 2. 3. Measure system neutral insulation resistance to ensure no shunt ground paths exist. Remove neutral-ground disconnect link. Measure neutral insulation resistance and replace link. Determine the relay pickup current-by-current injection at the sensor and operate the circuit-interrupting device. Test the relay timing by injecting three hundred percent (300%) of pickup current, or as specified by manufacturer. 4. Test the system operation at fifty-seven percent (57%) rated control voltage if applicable. 5. Test zone interlock systems by simultaneous sensor current injection and monitoring zone blocking function. 6. On multiple source, tie breaker, etc., systems, devise a simulation scheme that fully proves correct operation. Test Parameters 1. System neutral insulation shall be a minimum of one hundred (100) ohms, preferable one (1) megohm or greater. 2. Relay timing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published time current characteristic curves but in no case longer than one (I ) second for fault currents equal to or greater than 3,000 amperes. 3. Relay pickup value shall be within �10% of setting and in no case greater than 1200A. MOTOR CONTROL Visual and Mechanical Inspection l. 2. 3. a. b. c. Inspect for physical damage, proper anchorage, and grounding. Inspect equipment for compliance with drawings and specifications. Motor-running protection. Compare overload heater rating with motor full-load current rating to verify proper sizing. If motor running protection is provided by fuses, verify proper rating considering motor characteristics and power-factor correction capacitors if applicable. Check tightness of bolted connections using calibrated torque wrench. B. Electrical Tests City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract ]: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 01 26 - 9 ��. � � 2.08 A. B. C. D. 2.09 A. Insulation tests: a. b. c. Measure insulation resistance of each bus section phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground for one (1) minute. Test voltage shall be in accordance with NETA Standards. Measure insulation resistance of each starter section phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground with the starter contacts closed and the protective device open. Test voltage shalt be in accordance with NETA Standards. Measure Insulation resistance of each control circuit with respect to ground. 2. Test motor overload units by injecting current through overload unit and monitoring trip time at three hundred percent (300%) ofmotor full-load current. 3. Three phase power unbalance: Run motor at full load steady state conditions and take Current readings on all three leads. Roll the motor leads maintaining the proper rotation and take motor current readings on all three possible hook-Lips. Choose the least unbalance hookup for each motor. The maximum acceptable unbalance is 10 percent at full load. If the unbalance cannot be corrected by rolling leads, the source of the unbalance must be located and corrected. If on the three possible hook tips, the leg of "greatest unbalance" (furthest from the average) stays on the same power lead then most of the unbalance is being caused by the power source. However, if the leg ofgreatest unbalance moves on each of the hookups with a particular motor lead, the primary source of unbalance is on the motor side of the starter. Check for damaged cable, leaking splices, poor connections or faulty motor winding TRANSFORMERS - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS - SMALL DRY TYPE, AIR- COOLED (600 VOLT AND BELOW) Inspect for physical damage, broken insulation, tightness of connections, defective wiring, and general condition. Thoroughly clean unit prior to making any tests. Perform insulation-resistance test. Energize primary winding with system voltage. Measure secondary voltage with the secondary load disconnected. Record results. SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS General � , ' � ' ' ' � � , ' � � ' ' 1. Perform system function tests upon completion of equipment tests. It is the ' purpose of system function tests to prove the proper interaction of all sensing, processing, and action devices. 2. Implementation: ' City of Clearwater WTPNo.2—Contract 1: Remote Well � �� d�� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) ' Issued for Bid December 2012 26 O1 26 - 10 ' 1 ' ' � � 2.10 A. , ' �� ' , �� ' , ' ' : �, 0 a b. c. Develop test parameters for the purpose of evaluating performance of all integral components and their functioning as a complete unit within design requirements. Test all interlock devices. Record the operation of alarms and indicating devices from point of origin to operator interface monitoring systems. THERMOGRAPHIC SURVEY Visual and Mechanical 1. Remove all necessary covers prior to scanning, 2. Inspect for physical, electrical, and mechanical condition. Equipment to be scanned l. All new and existing equipment with ratings of l OOamps or more. Provide report indicating the following: 1. Problem area (location of "hot spot") 2. Temperature rise between "hot spot" and normal or reference area. 3. Cause of heat rise 4. Phase unbalance, if present 5. Areas scanned Test Parameters 1. Scanning distribution system with ability to detect 1 degree C between subject area and reference at 30 degree C. 2. Equipment shall detect emitted radiation and convert detected radiation to visual signal. 3. Infrared surveys should be performed during periods of maximum possible loading but not less than twenty percent (20%) of rated load of the electrical equipment being inspected. 4. Provide photographs and/or the thermogram ofthe deficient area as seem on the imaging system END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 0] 26 - 11 � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 01 26 - 12 , � � � � � ' ' � �� ' ' , ' , 1 PART 1 - GENERAL � �.o� A. ' ' � � ' , , � � , � � ' ' SECTION 26 OS 00 GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS DESCRIPTION 1. Scope: CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified, and required to complete the electrical Work. The Work also includes: a. The installation of all conduits, inserts and other electrical items to be embedded in concrete, or built into walls, partitions, ceilings ar panels constructed by other contractors. b. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required for a complete electrical system as hereinafter specified and shown on the Drawings, whether or not specifically shown or called for. c. The work, apparatus and materials which shall be furnished under these Specifications and accompanying Drawings shall include all items listed hereinafter an/or shown on the Drawings. All materials necessary for the complete installation shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor to provide complete power, generator, lighting systems, instrumentation, wiring and control systems as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified herein whether or not specifically shown or called for. Certain eyuipment will be furnished as specified in other Section of this specification which will require conduit and wire to complete the � f. g h installation as required. The Contractor shall furnish and install the necessary cables, transformers, motor control centers, protective devices (surge protection), conductors, exterior electrical system, etc., to serve motor loads, lighting loads and miscellaneous electrical loads as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified hereinafter. The work shall include complete testing of all equipment and wiring at the completion of the work and making any minor connection changes or adjustments necessary for the proper functioning of the system and equipment. All workmanship shall be ofthe highest quality; substandard work will be rejected. Provide permitting and acceptance testing. Make all field connections to process instrument panels and other control panels furnished under other Divisions of these Specifications. For process instrumentation furnish and install all conduit, wire and interconnections between primary elements, transmitters, local indicators and receivers. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote W ell Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 00 - 1 � ;`� :-�� .� �� I:� k. It is the intent of these Specifications that the electrical system shall be suitable in every way for the service required. All material, equipment, appliances and all work which may be reasonably implied as being incidental to the work ofthis Section shall be furnished at no extra cost. Each bidder or his authorized representatives shall, before preparing a bid, visit all areas of the existing building and/or proposed site in which work will take place and be performed to inspect carefully the present installation and conditions. The submission of the bid by this bidder shall be considered evidence that the bidder has visited the project and noted the locations and conditions under which the work will be performed and that the bidder takes full responsibility for a complete knowledge of all factors governing his work. All necessary temporary power requirements are the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be furnished at to extra cost to the Owner All necessary temporary power, control and instrumentation requirements are the responsibility ofthe Contractor and shall be furnished at no extra cost to the Owner. Power and controls shall be furnished to all existing equipment at all times. m. Provide demolition, cutting patching and repair to match existing conditions. Remove from the site and deliver to the Owner all conduits, wires, boxes, panels and control systems made obsolete by this work. Coordination: 1. 1. Review installation procedures, space requirements and schedules under other Sections and coordinate with other trades the installation of related electrical items that must be installed with or within formwork, walls, floors, structures, partitions, ceilings and panels. C. General: 1. Interpretation of Drawings: a. a. Dimensions shown that are related to equipment are based on the eyuipment of one manufacturer. Conform the dimensions of the equipment furnished to the space allocated for that equipment. b. b. The Drawings show the principal elements of the electrical Work. They are not intended as detailed working drawings for the electrical Work, but as a supplement to these Specifications to clarify the principal features of the electrical systems. c. c. It is the intent of the Contract Documents that all equipment and devices, furnished and installed under this Contract be properly connected and interconnected with other equipment and devices so as to render the installations complete for successful operation, regardless of whether all the connections and interconnections are specifically mentioned in these Specifications or as shown. d. d. It also is the intent of the Contract Documents that similar products are by the same manufacturer for uniformity on the Project. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract ]: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 00 - 2 ' ' � , ' � ' � �J , � � 'J � li � � � � ��`�:�� i � , ' � � ' , ' ' � ' , ' , � � � , , ' � E. F. 1.02 A B Related Sections: 1. Anchor Bolts and other fasteners shall conform to Section 03 15 00, Concrete Accessories. 2. Concrete work for equipment pads, manholes, ductbanks and conduit encasement shall conform to Section 03 30 00, Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3. Shop painting and surface preparation shall conform to Section 09 91 00, Painting. Work Installed and Tested by CONTRACTOR But Furnished By Others: 1. High Service Pump Variable Frequency Drives Temporary Power and Lighting: 1 2 Refer to Section O1 50 00, Temporary Electricity, for temporary power during construction. Refer to Section O1 50 00, Temporary Lighting, for temporary lighting during construction. QUALITY ASSURANCE Permits: Refer to the General Conditions for responsibilities for obtaining and paying for CONTRACTOR'S permits, licenses and inspection fees. Codes: All work shall comply with the National Electrical Code and all related Codes. C. Testing Laboratory Labels: Electrical material and eyuipment shall be new and shall bear the label of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or other nationally recognized, independent testing laboratory, wherever standards have been established and label service regularly applies. D. Area Classifications: 1 2 3. 4. Materials and equipment shall conform to the area classification(s) shown, specified, and required. Corrosive Locations: Materials, equipment and incidentals in corrosive areas shall conform to NEC and NEMA reyuirements for corrosive locations. Enclosures installed in corrosive locations shall conform to NEMA 4X requirements, unless specified otherwise. All outdoor and indoor ventilated areas shall be defined as a corrosive area. Hazardous Locations: Materials, equipment and incidentals in hazardous locations shall meet NEC reyuirements for the Class and Division designated. a. All hazardous locations will be indicated on the drawings City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 00 - 3 � c� � ` 5. Air-Conditioned Locations: All indoor air-conditioned areas not designated as hazardous, corrosive or wet shall be considered as general purpose locations. Materials, equipment and incidentals in dusty locations shall conform to NEC and NEMA l2 requirements, unless specified otherwise. E. Utilities: l. Power Company: Perform Work in connection with the electric service and utility metering in strict conformance with the requirements of Tampa Electric. F. Wiring Coordinator: 1. The Contractor shall retain the services of a Wiring Coordinator who shall prepare complete point-to-point interconnection wiring diagrams. The diagrams shall identify all external interconnecting wiring associated with all new or modified existing equipment. a. Qualifications: Wiring Coordinator shall have experience in the development ofdiagrams of the type specified and shall have served in a similar role on a project of similar size and complexity. i. Present qualifications and approach for the project at Pre- submittal Conference. ii. Prepare the items listed below for presentation at the Pre- submittal Conference. Submit copies to ENGINEER three weeks prior to date of conference. I. II. III. IV. lll. List of projects where the Wiring Coordinator developed point-to-point wiring diagrams. Samples of diagrams that were developed for the listed projects. Example wiring diagram proposed for the Work with a preliminary list of drawings to be produced. Plan of how information will be obtained and documented. The installer of the wiring shall not be considered as the Wiring Coordinator. b. Responsibilities: Develop diagrams for performance ofthe Work and to document terminations. Prepare diagrams in accordance with the requirements specified under this Section and the sample diagram as shown. c. Use information obtained from approved Shop Drawings, Record Drawings and field inspections as required to complete the diagrams. d. Attend Pre-submittal Conference and monthly coordination and Progress Meetings specified in Division 40. City of Clearwater WTPNo.2—Contract 1: Remote Well � �� ;�� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 00 - 4 �� 1 I�� :_� , u ' ' , ' ' � � LJ � �_J � � , , `� � G � ' l .03 ' A. ' B. ' , ' , I C. � 1.04 A. � B. ' , , , , e. Direct the Electrical Contractor to remove all control and instrumentation wiring made obsolete by this project. Field Quality Control: 1. Conduct field quality control Work for the electrical installation. Field quality control shall be in accordance with the requirements specified under Article 3.5., below. 2. Retain from OWNER as-built Record Drawings as required to execute the Work. SUBMITTALS Refer to Section Ol 33 00, Submittals, and the General Conditions. Shop Drawings shall include the following information to the extent applicable to the particular item: 1. Manufacturer's name and product designation or catalog number. 2. Electrical ratings. 3. Conformance to applicable standards or specifications of ANSI, ASTM, ICEA, IEEE, ISA, NEC, NEMA, NFPA, OSHA, UL, or other organizations. 4. Dimensioned plan, section, elevations and panel layouts showing means for mounting, conduit connection and grounding. 5. Materials and finish specification, including paints. 6. List of components including manufacturer's names and catalog numbers. 7. Internal wiring diagram and drawings indicating all connections to components and numbered terminals for external connections. Submit demonstration of equipment operational test procedures and results. PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Refer to Section Ol 78 23, Operation and Maintenance Data. Record Drawings: 1. Furnish Record Drawings in accordance with Division O1, including: a. System Record Drawings: Include the foltowing: i. One line wiring diagram of the distribution system. ii. Actual in place conduit and cable layouts with schedule of conduit sizes and number and size of conductors. iii. Layouts of the power and lighting arrangements and the grounding system. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 05 00 - 5 �;�;� 1.05 A. 1.06 A. 2. iv ' Control schematic diagrams, with terminal numbers and all � control devices identified, for all equipment. b. Point-to-Point Interconnection Wiring Diagram Drawings: Include the � following: ii. 111. iv. v. vi. External wiring for each piece of equipment, panel, instrument and other devices and wiring to control stations, lighting panels and motor controllers. Numbered terminal block identification for each wire termination. Identification of the assigned wire numbers for all interconnections. Identification of all wiring by the conduit tag in which the wire is installed. Terminal, junction, and pull boxes through which wiring is routed. Identification of all equipment and the Shop Drawing transmittal number for equipment from which the wiring requirements and termination information was obtained. � � J I , � , The Record Drawings shall reflect final equipment and field installation ' information. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Delivery of Products: Advise manufacturers and vendors as to the maximum shipping sizes of equipment that can be accommodated at the Site. JOB CONDITIONS Existing Conditions: 1. CONTRACTOR shall examine the Site and existing facilities in order to compare them with the Contract Documents with respect to the conditions of the premises, location of and connection to existing facilities and any obstructions which may be encountered. 2. CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work with due regard to safety and in a manner that will not interfere with the existing equipment ar in any way cause interruption of any of the functions of the plant. 3. Work sha(1 be carried out with a minimum amount of disruption to the operation ofthe existing plant and with prior approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall submit, for approval by OWNER, a detailed written procedure for Work which affects operation of the existing plant, a detailed procedure for modifying any existing electrical equipment, and anticipated time required to complete the Work and the required shutdown time, if any. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 00 - 6 � A � , ' , LJ � , � � ' C� 1 r ' ' � ' : 4. Where the Work of CONTRACTOR ties in with existing installations, CONTRACTOR shall take prior precautions and safeguards in connecting the Work with the existing operating circuits so as to prevent any interruption to the existing operating circuits. The tying in of Work, installed under this Contract, with the existing circuits shall be performed only in the presence of OWNER. Advance notice will be required before any equipment is removed from service. CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER, in writing, of their intention to do such Work, providing full details. Staging: 1. Refer to Division Ol . l .07 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. All electrical equipment shall be capable of operating successfully at full-rated load, without failure, with an ambient outside air temperature of 0°F to 98°F and an elevation of ] 00 feet (MSL). , B , l .08 A ' ' �J , All electrical devices and equipment shall have ratings based on 75°C terminations. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS Schematic diagrams are provided for CONTRACTOR'S guidance in fulfilling the operational intent of the Contract Documents. B. It shall be CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to meet all safery and electrical codes, and to provide all equipment, appurtenances and specialty items required to provide for complete and operable systems. C. Review of control schemes submitted by CONTRACTOR shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of their contractual responsibility to provide complete and successfully operating systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS , 2.O l ' � �� l_J ' A. IDENTIFICATION DEVICES Safety Signs: 1. Provide high voltage signs for eyuipment operating over 600 volts. 2. High voltage signs shall be in accordance with OSHA, standard red finish with white and black graphics. Signs shall be a minimum 10-inches high by 14-inches wide. 3. In wet and corrosive areas, signs shall be fiberglass reinforced polyester. In dusty locations, signs may be rigid acrylic or aluminum plate 1/16-inch thick. City of Clearwater WTPNo.2—Contract 1: Remote Well � �� s°�� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) 4N Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 00 - 7 : C. 2.02 A. 2.03 A. 2.04 A. 4. High voltage signs shall read; "DANGER - HIGH VOLTAGE KEEP OUT". Equipment and Device Nameplates: 1 2 Provide nameplates to identify equipment, item's function and the equipment to which it serves. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic with black letters on a white background or match existing. 3. Letter engravings shall be 1/2-inch high for equipment identification and I/4- inch high for pilot device identification. 4. Nameplates 1-inch or less in height shall have one mounting hole at each end. Nameplates greater than 1-inch in height shall have mounting holes in all four corners. Fasteners: Fasten all signs and nameplates with 3/I6-inch diameter, round head, stainless steel, self-tapping screws. WIRE MARKERS Refer to Section 26 OS 19, 600 Volt Cable. CONDUIT TAGS Refer to Section 26 OS 33, Rigid Conduit. SUPPORTS Channels, Fittings and Brackets: 1. Provide Type 316 stainless steel channels, fittings, brackets and related hardware for mounting and supporting the electrical equipment and lighting. Include all Type 316 stainless steel anchor bolts, rods, concrete inserts and related hardware for proper support of equipment. 2. Channels shall conform to ASTM A 240. Channels shall have a minimum thickness of 12 gauge and a cross sectional width dimension of 1-1 /2 inch, minimum. The depth shall be as reyuired to satisfy load requirements. 3. Attachment holes, when required, shall be factory punched on hole centers approximately equal to the cross sectional width and shall be 9/16-inch diameter. 4. Fittings and brackets shall have 9/16-inch diameter holes on centers identical to the channel or as required to align with the channel holes. Fittings and brackets shall have the same width as the channel and shall be 1/4-inch thick, minimum. Fittings and brackets shall mate properly with the channel. 5. All channels, fittings, brackets and related hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel channels. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 00 - 8 ' ' � ' ' ' , � ' , ' � ' ' ' � � � J � � ' , � LJ r , , 6. In air-conditioned areas, channels, fittings, brackets and related hardware shall be steel and have an electro-plated zinc finish according to ASTM B 633. B. Conduit Hangers, Supports and Inserts: C 1. Provide channels, rods, straps, anchors and related hardware for support of the exposed conduit system. Include all anchor bolts, concrete inserts and related hardware for proper support of the conduit system. 2. Refer to Section 26 OS 33, Rigid Conduit, for conduit hangers and supports. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: l. B-Line Systems. 2. Kindorf. 3. Or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION � 3.01 INSPECTION , ' , ' , ' ' �� A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the conditions under which the Work is to be installed and notify the ENGINEER, in writing, of conditions detrimenta) to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 A. B. C. D. 3.03 SUPPORT INSTALLATION Install supporting devices level, parallel and perpendicularto building walls and floors, such that the support system is installed in a neat and professional manner. The channels, fittings and brackets shall be rigidly bolted together and braced to make a substantial supporting framework support system. All holes in hung ceilings for support rods and other eyuipment shall be made adjacent to bars where possible, to facilitate removal of ceiling panels. All equipment fastenings to steel columns, beams and trusses shall be by beam clamps. In lieu of beam clamps, equipment may be welded to steel structures. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide identification of each electrical item, in addition to the manufacturer's nameplates, to identify the item's function and the eyuipment or system which it serves or controls. B. Identify equipment by means of nameplates. designation has been changed. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 00 - 9 Re-label existing equipment whose Fw,R:A, .�� C. Color code and identify wires and cables by means of wire markers. Identify power conductors by circuit number and phase. Identify each control, signal and status wire by a unique number. Numbering system shall reflect the actual designations used in the Work and shall be documented on the point-to-point wiring diagrams. Coi) spare wiring neatly. Tag each spare wire with conduit number and note its origin. D. Identify raceways by means of brass tags. E. Identify all boxes, control stations and similar devices with nameplates. Identify each device by a unique number. Numbering system shall reflect the actual designations used in the field and as documented on wiring diagrams., F. All feeders and branch circuit devices shall have nameplates identifying the served equipment name and number. Where execution of the Work under this Contract requires certain feeders and branch circuit devices to be modified, CONTRACTOR shall provide nameplates reflecting the modifications. The nameplates shall identifying the served equipment name and number. G 3.04 All control and indicating devices shall have individual nameplates identifying device function. DEMONSTRATION OF EQUIPMENT � �I 1 L� r ' ' LJ ' A. Demonstrate, in the presence of the OWNER, when the Work is Substantially Complete that all electrical systems and electrically operated equipment operates as specified, ' designed and as required. :. �� Coordinate the demonstration of equipment tests with the OWNER'S personnel in advance. Include the following operational tests: Operate all power circuits to verify proper operation and connection to equipment, including mechanical key-interlocks for circuit breakers. 2. Removed and reapplied supplies to automatic transfer eyuipment to verify their operation. Activate standby power systems to verify their automatic start-up, proper deenergization and cool down upon reapplication of normal supply. 3. Operate all control circuits including pushbuttons, indicating lights and similar devices to verify proper connection and function. Operate all devices, such as pressure and flow switches and similar devices to verify that shut-downs and control sequences operate, as required. ' ' ' r- � � 4. Operate all lighting systems and receptacle devices for proper operation and , connections. D. Provide a demonstration of equipment report. The report shall include complete information on the tests performed and the results. � City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� .�� , Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 00 - 10 � � , 3.05 , � , , ' ' , r-. L�I , , ' , L 1 r CJ � u A I: � FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Provide field services for the interface of existing circuits. Field determine system and equipment requirements prior to system modifications. The field services required at a minimum shall include the following: 1. Coordinate the interface of equipment with OWNER'S personnel and field conditions. 2. Field compare existing starter and panel control circuit terminations from as-built Record Drawings with the existing circuits. 3. Field trace existing circuits, as required, for the interface of the equipment provided. 4. Field identify starter and panel control terminations for follow function for the purpose of reconnection. Provide all tools and equipment, as required, to perform the tracing of circuits necessary for proper execution of the Work. D. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to define and identify all wiring, circuit terminations and equipment to be modified to ensure the proper interface of all components. CONTRACTOR shall include in their bid all costs associated with the field services specified, as reyuired, to ensure a complete functional system. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote W ell Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 00 - 11 �.� �,. � ' � � � ' THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 00 - 12 , 1 � ' ' ' , ' , , � � �� d .�.��i'��a ' ' ' ' 1 , , 1 ' 1 ' ' , , ' ' , � r ' ' SECTION 26 0519 600 VOLT CABLE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 A DESCRIPTION Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install 600 volt cable. 2. The types of cable reyuired include the following: a. Insulated cable for instaltation in raceways. b. Direct burial cable. c. Direct burial cable duct. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are listed below: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM). a. ASTM B 3, Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. b. ASTM B 8, Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard or Soft. Z. Insulated Cable Engineers' Association, (ICEA). a. ICEA 5-95-658, Standard for Non-Shielded Power Cables Rated 2,000 Volts or Less. 3. National Electrical Code, (NEC). 4. Underwriters Laboratories, Incorporated, (UL). a. UL 44, Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables. b. UL 83, Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables. 1.03 A. QUALITY ASSURANCE Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Codes: Install cable in accordance with the National Electrical Code and applicable local codes. 2. Tests by Independent Regulatory Agencies: Cable shall bear the label of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) tssued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 19 - 1 � �`�� : l .04 A. : ' Factory Production Tests: , 1. All wire and cable shall be factory tested in accordance with the requirements of ' Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Submit the following: , l. Manufacturer's literature, specifications, and engineering data for 600 volt ' insulated cable proposed for use. 2. Manufacturer's literature for cable markers. ' Test Records: Submit for review copies of written records of field insulation resistance test results. ' ' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A : MATERIALS Insulated Cable In Raceways: ' 1. Material: Single conductor copper cable conforming to ASTM B3 and ASTM B8 with flame-retardant, moisture and heat resistant cross-linked polyethylene or , thermoplastic insulation rated 90°C in dry locations and 75°C in wet locations and listed by UL as Type XHHWor THHN/THWN. 2. Application: Use XHHW for No. 4 and larger and THHN/THWN or XHHW for ' No. 6 and smaller. 3. Wire Sizes: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG for power and lighting and No. 14 AWG for 120 volt control circuits. ' 4. Stranding: All 600 volt cable shall be stranded, except that solid cable, No. 10 and smaller may be used for lighting circuits. ' 5. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Triangle Wire and Cable, Incorporated. b. Or equaL � Cable Connectors, Solderless Type: 1. Far wire sizes up to and including No. 6 AWG, use compression type. Alarm � and control wire shall be terminated using forked type connectors at terminal boards. , 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. T & B Sta-Kon. ' b. Burndy Hylug. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 19 - 2 � �� , � , , ' ' , ' , ' ' ' ' ' , I� � , ' ' � � , C c. Or equal. 3. For wire sizes No. 4 A WG and above, use either compression type or bolted type with silver-plated contact faces. 4. For wire sizes No. 250 KCMIL and larger, use connectors with at least two cable clamping elements or compression indents and provision for at least two bolts for joining to apparatus terminal. 5. Properly size connectors to fit fastening device and wire size. Cable Splices: 1 2 � ►� For wire sizes No. 8 A WG and larger, splices shall be made up with compression type copper splice fittings. Splices shall be taped and covered with materials recommended by the cable manufacturers, to provide insulation equal to that on the conductors. For wire sizes No. 10 A WG and smaller, splices may be made up with preinsulated spring connectors. For wet locations, splices shall be waterproofed. Compression type splices shall be waterproofed by a sealant-filled, thick wall, heat shrinkable, thermosetting tubing or by pouring a thermosetting resin into a mold that surrounds the joined conductor. Spring connector splices shall be waterproofed with a sealant-filler. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Compression-Type Splices: i. Burndy Hylink. ii. T&B Color-Keyed Compression Connectors. iii. Or equal. b. Spring Connectors: D. Cable Markers: Buchanan B-Cap. T&B Wire Connector. Or equal. l. Material: Vinyl type, moisture, heat and abrasion resistant with adhesive back. Cable identification shall be clearly marked. 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Buchanan Wire Markers. b. T&B E-Z Code. c. Or equal. Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote W ell Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 19 - 3 � �� PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.O l A. : C. D. E. F. G. ' , IN STALLATION ' Install all cables complete with proper terminations at both ends. Check and correct for proper phase sequence and proper motor rotation. ' Pulling: l. Use insulating types of pulling compounds containing no mineral oil. � 2. Pulling tension shall be within the limits recommended by the wire and cable ' manufacturer. 3. Use a dynamometer where mechanical means are used. 4. Cut off section subject to mechanical means. , Bending Radius: Limit to a minimum of six times cable overall diameter. D. Slack: Provide maximum slack at all terminal points. ' Splices: l. Where possible, install cable continuous, without splice, from termination to ' termination. 2. Where required, splice as shown and also where required for cable installation. ' All splices below grade, in manholes, handholes and wet locations shall be waterproofed. ' 3. Splices are not allowed in conduits. Identification: Identify all conductors in accordance with Section 26 OS 00, General Provisions. Identify power conductors by circuit number and phase at each terminal or ' splice location. Identify control and status wiring using numeral tagging system. Color code power cables as follows: � 1. No. 8 AWG and Smaller: Provide colored conductors. 2. No. 6 AWG and Larger: Apply general purpose, flame retardant tape at each � end, wrapped in overlapping turns to cover an area of at least 2-inches. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 19 - 4 ' , , Q�� , ' r-, I'� , , , ' u 1 ' � � Colors: System Conductor Color All Systems Equipment Grounding Green 240/120 Volts Grounded Neutral White Single-Phase, Three-Wire One Hot Leg Black Other Hot Leg Red 208Y/120 Volts Grounded Neutral White Three-Phase, Four-Wire Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue 240/120 Volts Grounded Neutral White Three-Phase, Four-Wire Phase A Black Delta, Center Tap High (wild) Leg Orange Ground on Single-Phase Phase C Blue 480Y/277 Volts Grounded Neutral Gray Three-Phase, Four-Wire Phase A Brown Phase B Orange Phase C Yellow ' 3.02 TESTING A. Test each electrical circuit after permanent cables are in place to demonstrate that the ' circuit and equipment are connected properly and will perform satisfactorily and that they are free from improper grounds and short circuits. L' � � , , ' ' , ' B. Individually test 600 volt cable mechanical connections after installation and before they are put in service with a calibrated torque wrench. Values shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Individually test 600 volt cables far insulation resistance between phases and from each phase to ground. Test after cables are installed and before they are put in service with a Megger for one minute at a voltage rating recommended by the cable manufacturer or in accordance with NEMA and ICEA standards. D. The insulation resistance for any given conductor shall not be less than the value recommended by the cable manufacturer or in accordance with NEMA and ICEA standards. Any cable not meeting the recommended value or which fails when tested under full load conditions shall be replaced with a new cable for the full length. E. Where existing cables are spliced to cables provided under this Contract, the existing cables shall be tested prior to splicing. Test cables at 1,000 volts DC for one minute. The entire spliced cable installation shall be re-tested after the splice is completed. Any City of Clearwater WTPNo. 2—Contract 1: Remote Well �� ,��6.:�� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) u Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 19 - 5 , existing cable which fails or has a value less than two megohms shall be brought to the ' ENGINEER'S attention and the splicing shall not proceed. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 19 - 6 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , , , ' � , , ' � ��1�� Ii�� ' ' ' , , , ' ' ' i ' ' ' ' � � � � ' , ' SECTION 26 OS 23 INSTRUMENTATION CABLE PART1- GENERAL 1.O l A. DESCRIPTION Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install instrumentation cable. 2. The types of cable include the following: a. Shielded Instrument Cable. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following: l. Manufacturer's technical information for instrumentation cable proposed for use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.O l A. : MATERIALS Single Shielded Pair Instrument Cable: 1. Tinned copper, stranded conductors, No. 18 AWG minimum, twisted with aluminum-polyester shield, stranded tinned No. 20 AWG copper drain wire and overall chrome vinyl jacket. Rated for 300 volts minimum. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Okonite Company. b. Belden Company. c. Dekoron Wire and Cable Company. d. Or equal. Multipaired Shielded Instrument Cable: 1. Tinned copper, seven strand XLPE insulated conductors, No. l8 AWG minimum, twisted in pairs with aluminum-mylar shield over each pair, silicone rubber fiberglass fire barrier tape, tinned copper drain wire, aluminum mylar overall shield, Hypalon outer jacket. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 23 - 1 ; � � , a. Okonite Company. , b. Dekoron Wire and Cable Company. c. Or equal. ' C. Multiconductor Shielded Instrument Cable: 1. Tinned copper, stranded conductors, No. l8 AWG minimum, with overall ' aluminum-polyester shield with 85 percent tinned copper braid shield and overall teflon jacket. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: ' a. Okonite Company. b. Belden Company. , c. Or equal. D. Cable Terminals: , 1. Fork type copper compression terminals with nylon insulation for termination of cable at all terminal blocks. ' 2. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. T&B Sta-Kon. ' b. Burndy Insulug. c. Or equal PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSTALLATION ' A. Install all cable complete with proper terminations at both ends. B. Install in conduit separate from power cables, unless otherwise noted. , C. Ground shield on shielded cables at one end only and as recommended by instrument � manufacturer. D. Identify all conductors in accordance with Section 26 OS 00, General Provisions. ' E. Install and terminate vendor furnished cable in accordance with vendor equipment reyuirements and cable manufacturer's specific recommendations. � F. Install in conformance with the National Electrical Code. 3.02 TESTING � A. Test all wiring in conformance with the requirements of Section 26 OS 19, 600 Volt , Cable. City of Clearwater � WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well ��c„� �� ' Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 23 - 2 , ' � ' ' , ' , i 1 1 1 1 � ! i 1 � ' � B. Test shielded instrumentation cable shields with an ohmmeter for continuity along the full length of the cable and for shield continuity to ground. C. Connect shielded instrumentation cables to a calibrated 4 to 20 mADC signal transmitter and receiver. Test at 4, l2, and 20 milliamp transmitter settings. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) lssued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 23 - 3 ;' � � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 23 - 4 �� • ii '� � , ' ' r1 � � � � , ' , � � � � -� , ,� ' L .J , ' ' SECTION 26 OS 26 GROUNDING SYSTEMS ' PART 1 - GENERAL � l .O1 A. ' � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 � 1.02 DESCWPTION Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and reyuired to furnish and install complete grounding for the electrical systems, structures and equipment. REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are listed below: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM). a. ASTM B 8, Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard ar Soft. b. ASTM B 189, Specification for Lead-Coated and Lead-Alloy-Coated Soft Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes. 2. National Electrical Code, (NEC). a. NEC Article 250, Grounding. 3. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., (UL). a. UL 467, Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's technical information for grounding materials proposed for use. 2. Listing of grounding connector types identifying where they are to be used. 3. Layouts of each structure ground grid. 4. Test point construction details. 5. Ground resistance test procedure. 6. Results of ground resistance tests at each test point. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 26 - 1 1.:� � PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 � : C� MATERIALS Bare Ground Cable: 1. Material: Soft drawn bare copper stranded cable conforming to the requirements of ASTM B 8 and ASTM B l 89. No. 4/0 AWG minimum size or as otherwise ' ' , , shown. � 2. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Cablec Corporation. � b. General Cable Corporation. c. Rome Cable Company. d. Or equal. � Ground Rods: l. Material: Copperclad rigid copperweld steel rods, 5/8inch diameter, twenty feet ' long. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: ' a. Copperweld, Bimetallics Division. b. ITT Blackburn Company. c. Or equaL � Grounding Connectors: 1. Material: Pressure connectors shall be copper alloy castings, designed , specifically far the items to be connected, and assembled with Durium or silicone bronze bolts, nuts and washers. Welded connections shall be by exothermic ' process utilizing molds, cartridges and hardware designed specifically for the connection to be made. 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: ' a. Pressure Connectors: i. O.Z./Gedney, Division of General Signal Corporation. ' ii. Burndy Corporation. iii. Or equal. b. Welded Connections: ' i. Cadweld by Erico Products, Incorporated. ' ii. Therm-O-Weld by Burndy Corporation. iii. Or equal. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 26 - 2 , � �� 'a�l�� ' ' , ' PART 3 - EXECUTION � 3.01 INSPECTION ' �� , C1 ' ' ' � ' t ' � � � ' , A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the conditions under which the Work is to be installed and notify the ENGINEER, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 3.03 A. STRUCTURE GROUND SYSTEM Provide ground grids as shown. Install No. 4/0 bare copper cable around the exterior perimeter of structures, minimum 3 feet below grade, unless otherwise shown. lnstall sufficient ground rods, minimum of four, to provide a resistance to ground of less than five ohms for each ground grid. For structures with steel columns, install No. 4/0 ground cable from grid to each column around the perimeter of the structure. Connect cable to steel using exothermic welds. Connect grids to a continuous underground water pipe system, when practical. Provide accessible test points for measuring the ground resistance of each grid. Weld all buried connections, except for test points. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING Ground all electrical equipment in compliance with the National Electrical Code. B. Equipment grounding conductors shall be bare stranded copper cable of adequate size installed in metal conduit where reyuired for mechanical protection. Ground conductors, pulled into conduits with non-grounded conductors, shall be insulated. Insulation shall be green. C. Control panels grounding conductors shall be base stranded copper cable of adequate size to the ground grid from the AC ground bus and an insulated stranded copper cable of adequate size to the ground grid from the DC ground bus. D. Connect ground conductors to conduit with copper clamps, straps or with grounding bushings. E. Connect to piping by welding or brazing. Use copper bonding jumpers on all gasketed joints. CiTy of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� C,��I�:Eµ�,�t�� Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 26 - 3 F. G H. Connect to equipment by means of lug compressed on cable end. Bolt lug to equipment frame using holes or terminals provided on equipment specifically for grounding. Do not use holddown bolts. Where grounding provisions are not included, drill suitable holes in locations designated by ENGINEER. Connect to motors by bolting directly to motor frames, not to sole plates or supporting structures. Connect to service water piping by means of copper clamps Use copper bonding ' ' � � jumpers on gasketed joints. , I. Scrape bolted surfaces clean and coat with a conductive oxide-resistant compound. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 26 - 4 ' ' ' , � � � ' � � , � � �� I�C� ' ' ' , ' SECTION 26 OS 33 RIGID CONDUIT ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 A ' � , ' ' � ' B 1 ' � 1.02 ' , ' � DESCRIPTION Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, eyuipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install conduit and fittings to form complete, coordinated and grounded raceway systems. 2. Conduit routings for various systems within buildings and other areas may not be shown, but shall be established by CONTRACTOR based upon single line, riser and interconnection diagrams and other information shown. CONTRACTOR shall provide for the proper installation of all conduits for each system. 3. The conduit types and the installation methods shall conform to the following: a. Steel conduit (rigid steel or intermediate metallic) for exposed indoor conduit runs in all air-conditioned areas. b. Aluminum conduit shall be used for instrumentation and copper wire data communication systems, variable frequency drive, in all locations. c. Type EB conduit for concrete encased duct bank runs and PVC- 80below grade for power and control and fiberoptic runs, except as noted elsewhere. d. Rigid aluminum conduit far exposed conduit runs above grade for all location, except as noted elsewhere. Coordination: 1. Conduit runs shown are diagrammatic. Coordinate conduit installation with piping, ductwark, lighting fixtures and other systems and eyuipment and locate so as to avoid interferences. 2. For conduits to be embedded in concrete slabs, confirm adequate slab thickness and coordinate location of conduits with placement of reinforcing steel, waterstops and expansion joints. REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are listed below: 1. American National Standards Institute, (ANSI). a. ANSI C80.1, Specification for Rigid Steel Conduit - Zinc Coated. City of Clearwater WTPNo.2—Contract 1: Remote Well � �� ,;��#� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 33 - 1 1.03 A : 2. National Electrical Code, (NEC). a. NEC Article 346, Rigid Metal Conduit. b. NEC Article 347, Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit. 3. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association, (NEMA). a. NEMA TC2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit. b. NEMA TC3, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. c. NEMA TC 14, Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit and Fittings. 4. Underwriters Laboratories, Incorporated, (UL). a. UL 6, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit. b. UL 514, Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes. c. UL 651, Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. d. UL 886, Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations. e. UL 1242, Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit - Steel. SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Submit the following: l. Manufacturer's catalog cuts for the conduit, fittings, supports, identification tags and warning ribbon proposed for use. 2. Construction details of conduit racks and other conduit support systems. 3. Layout drawings showing proposed routing of exposed conduits, conduits embedded in structural concrete and conduits directly buried in earth. Drawings shall show locations of pull and junction boxes and penetrations in walls and floor slabs. Drawings of embedded conduits shall include cross- sections showing the thickness of the concrete slabs and the locations of conduits with respect to reinforcing steel and waterstops. 4. Conduit identification numbering system for the conduit systems. Record Drawings: Show the actual routing of exposed and concealed conduit runs on Record Drawings in accordance with Section O1 78 39, Record Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.O1 MATERIALS A. Rigid Aluminum Conduit, Elbows and Couplings: ' ' , , � , � ' , ' u , ' ' , ' 1. Material: Rigid, heavy wall, aluminum, smooth interior, tapered threads and ' carefully reamed ends; 3/4-inch NPS minimum size. City of Clearwater � WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� ' Facilities Expansion Project ] 0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 33 - 2 , � , , � ' ' C� , � , � ' 1 , � , � �I ' : C � Z. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Allied Tube and Conduit. b. LTV Steel Tubular Products Company. c. Wheatland Tube Company. d. Or equal. Aluminum Conduit, Elbows and Couplings: l. Material: Rigid, heavy wall aluminum, smooth interior, tapered threads and carefully reamed ends; 3/4-inch NPS minimum size. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. VAW of America, Incorporated, Electrical Division. b. Anamet Electrical, Incorporated. c. Or equal. Metallic Conduit Fittings and Outlet Bodies: l 2 Material and Construction: Cast gray iron alloy, cast malleable iron bodies and covers. Outdoor units to be gasketed and water-tight. Gaskets to be of an approved type designed for the required application. Improvised gaskets are not acceptable. All units to be threaded type with five full threads. Material to conform to ANSI C80.4 and be listed by UL. Do not use "LB" fittings. Use type "'LBD" fittings wherever the use of fittings is unavoidable. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Crouse-Hinds Company. b. Appleton Electric Company. c. Or equal. Non-metallic Conduit and Fittings: 1. PVC Plastic Conduit: a. Material: Schedule 40 PVC or 80 PVC plastic, 90°C rated, conforming to NEMA TC-3 and UL 514 and 651. b. Fittings: Form elbows, bodies, terminations, expansions and fasteners of same material and manufacturer as base conduit. Provide cement by same manufacturer as base conduit. c. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: i. Amoco Chemicals Corporation. ii. Carlon Electrical Products. iii. Or equal. E. Conduit Hubs: Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 33 - 3 � ��, � � � 1 2 � Material: Threaded conduit hub, vibration proof, weather proof with captive O-ring seal, zinc metal with insulated throat and bonding screw. Use: Provide for all conduit terminations to boxes, cabinets and other enclosures located in areas designated as wet locations. Manufacturers: Provide products one of the following. a. Myers Electrical Products Company. b. Or equal. F. Conduit Bushings and Locknuts: 1. Insulated Busings: Malleable iron body with plastic liner. Threaded type with steel clamping screw. Provide with bronze grounding lug, as required. 2. Locknuts: Steel for sizes 3/4-inch thru 2-inch and malleable iron for sizes 2- 1/2-inches through 4-inches. 3. Use: Provide for all conduit terminations to boxes, cabinets and other enclosures except threaded type located in areas designated as dusty locations. 4. Manufacturers: Provide products one of the following: a. O-Z/Gedney. b. Appleton Electric Company. c. Or equal. G H. Conduit Tags: 1. Material: 19 gauge, 1-1/2-inch diameter round brass with backfilled legend, Style #250-BL as manufactured by Seton Nameplate Corporation or equal. Warning Ribbon: 1. Material: Three-inch wide, four-mil polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride tape, permanently imprinted with "CAUTION BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW." 2. Use: Provide over buried conduits carrying cables of 480 volts and higher. 3. Manufacturers: Provide products one of the following: a. Seton. b. Ideal Industries. c. Or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in conformance with National Electrical Code requirements. � City of Clearwater � WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� ;�� Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 33 - 4 ' , , � , � , � � , , ' ' � � LJ ' , � r B. Supports: 1. Rigidly support conduits by clamps, hangers ar unistrut channels. 2. Support single conduits by means of one-hole pipe clamps in combination with one-screw back plates, to raise conduits from the support surface. Support multiple runs of conduits on trapeze type hangers with steel horizontal members and threaded hanger rods, Kindorff or equal. Rods shall be not less than 3/8-inch diameter, and shall be cadmium coated. 3. For PVC coated rigid steel conduit runs, supports and hardware shall have a factory applied PVC coating or be stainless steel. C. Fastenings: Fasten raceway systems rigidly and neatly to supporting structures by the following methods: I� E. 1. To Wood: Wood screws. 2. To Hollow Masonry Units: Toggle bolts. 3. To Brick Masonry: Price expansion bolts, or equal. 4. To Concrete: Phillips; Hilti Corporation; or equal, anchors. 5. To Steel: Welded threaded studs, beam clamps or bolts with lock-washers or locknuts. Exposed Conduit: 1. Install parallel or perpendicular to structural members or walls. 2. Wherever possible, run in groups. Provide conduit racks of suitable width, length and height and arranged to suit field conditions. Provide support at every ten feet minimum. 3. Install on structural members in protected locations. 4. Locate clear of interferences. 5. Maintain 6-inches from hot fluid lines and 1/4-inch from walls. 6. Install vertical runs plumb. Unsecured drop length not to exceed 12 feet. Conduit Embedded in Structural Concrete: 1. Embedded conduit shall be run in structural concrete in the center of slabs and walls and above waterstops. Conduit connections shall be made watertight. 2. Before concrete is placed, arrange for inspection of conduit installation by ENGINEER and make the necessary location measurements of the conduits so that the information is available for record drawings. 3. CONTRACTOR shall confirm that concrete thickness is sufficient for embedding the quantity of conduits intended. Unless specifically shown otherwise, embedded conduits shall be in accordance with the following criteria: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract ]: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ] 0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 33 - 5 �� r'� F. G. H a. [7 Minimum concrete thickness shall be as follows: i. ii. 111. For concrete 16-inches thick and less, the minimum concrete thickness shall be 1I.5-inches plus the depth of the largest conduit assembly. The conduit assembly depth shall be from the top of the uppermost conduit to the bottom of the lowest conduit. For concrete greater than l6-inches thick, the minimum concrete thickness sha11 be 13.5-inches plus the depth of the largest conduit assembly. For concrete at foundation slabs, an additiona} inch shall be added to the minimum concrete thicknesses previously stated. Conduit spacing shall be as follows: I. ii. iii. iv. Conduits shall be separated three times outer diameter of larger conduit center to center. For multiple conduit layer assemblies, conduits shall be separated vertically three times outer diameter of larger conduit center to center. When conduits cross at a given point, the conduits may be in direct contact and the angle of cross shall be 45 degrees or greater. Conduits may also cross within the vertical spacing of a multi-conduit layer assembly. When conduits cross a structural expansion joint, conduits shall be separated three times outer diameter of larger conduit fitting center to center. F. Underground Conduits: l. Install individual underground conduits a minimum of 20-inches below grade, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Perform all excavation, bedding, backfilling and surface restoration including pavement replacement where required. 3. Install a warning ribbon 12-inches below finished grade over conduits carrying cables of 480 volts and higher. Empty Conduits: 1. Install nylon pull wire in each empty conduit and cap conduits not terminating in boxes with permanent fittings designed for the purpose. 2. Identify each empty conduit with a durable tag showing the conduit number as shown. Field Bends: No indentations. Diameter of conduit shall not vary more than I S percent at any bend. 1. Jo�nts: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 33 - 6 ��, � � �. ' ' � ' � � � � � � � , � � � ' i S , , � � 1 , � 1 , ' , �__] � � , � � ' � 1. Apply conductive compound to all joints before assembly. 2. Make up joints tight and ground thoroughly. 3. Use standard tapered pipe threads for conduit and fittings. 4. Cut conduit ends square and ream to prevent damage to wire and cable. 5. Use full threaded couplings. Split couplings not permitted. 6. Use strap wrenches and vises to install conduit. Replace conduit with wrench marks. 7. Apply zinc-rich paint to exposed threads and other areas of galvanized conduit system where the base metal is exposed. J. Terminations: K 1 2 Install insulated bushings on conduits entering boxes or cabinets, except when threaded hubs are used. Provide locknuts on both inside and outside of enclosure, except when threaded hubs are used. 3. Do not use bushings in lieu of locknuts. 4. Install conduit hubs on conduits entering boxes or cabinets in wet and corrosive areas. Moisture Protection: 1. 2. 3. Plug or cap conduit ends at time of installation to prevent entrance of moisture or foreign materials. Make underground and embedded conduit connections water-tight. Thruwall Seals and Conduit Sealing Bushings: lnstall for all conduits passing through concrete slabs, floors, walls or concrete block walls. � L� c Q For conduits and cables in new construction and passing through exterior subsurface walls and exterior concrete walls, use Type WSK and WSCS thruwall seals as manufactured by O-Z/Gedney ar equal. For conduits and cables in new construction and passing through concrete floors and floor slabs, use Type FSK and FSCS floor seals, as manufactured by O-Z/Gedney or equal. For conduits passing through new exterior block walls or through core-drilled holes in existing exterior subsurface walls, exterior concrete walls, floor slabs and roof slabs, use Type CSMI sealing bushing at the inside of the structure and Type CSMC sealing bushing at the outside of the structure. Sealing bushings shall be as manufactured by O-Z/Gedney or equal. For conduits passing through existing interior concrete walls or floors and interior block walls, provide CSMC or CSMI type sealing bushings as manufactured by O-Z/Gedney or equal. Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 33 - 7 , �' •. �.�; ,� 4. 5. Drainage: Pay particular attention to drainage for conduit runs. Wherever possible, install conduit runs so as to drain to one end and away from building. Avoid pockets or depressions in conduit runs. Seal all conduit openings within control and instrumentation panels and distribution equipment with Type DUX - Duct Sealing Compound, as manufactured by O-Z/Gedney or equal to provide a water-tight seal. L. Corrosion Protection: 1. Conduit Curb: M N a. For conduits routed in concrete slabs or floors and stub-ups through the floor, provide a 2-inch high concrete curb, extending 2-inches from the outer surface of the conduit penetrating the floor, to prevent corrosion. For floor mounted eyuipment, the concrete equipment base shall be in lieu of the concrete curb. 2. Dissimilar Metals: a. Take every action to prevent the occurrence of electrolytic action between dissimilar metals. b. Do not use copper products in connection with aluminum work, and do not use aluminum in locations subject to drainage of copper compounds on the bare aluminum. c. Back paint aluminum in contact with masonry or concrete with two coats of aluminum-pigmented bituminous paint. Reused Existing Conduits: 1. Pull rag swab through conduits to remove water and to clean conduit prior to installing new cable. 2. Repeat swabbing until all foreign material is removed. 3. Pull mandrel through conduit, if necessary, to remove obstructions. Core drill for individual conduits passing through existing concrete slabs and walls. Notify ENGINEER, in writing, in advance of core drilling. Prior to core drilling, drill sufficient number of small exploratory holes to establish that the area to be core drilled is free of existing embedded conduits. Seal spaces around conduit with epoxy grout. O. Non-metallic Conduit: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Apply manufacturer's recommended adhesives or sealants for water-tight connections. ' ' � � ' ' ' , , � � � � , � 3. Provide expansion fittings for expansion and contraction to compensate for temperature variations. Fittings shall be water-tight and of the type suitable � for direct burial. City of Clearwater � WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 33 - 8 � , , , � � , � ' � � ' , � , � r i ' , 3.02 A. : 3.03 A. : 4. Make transition to PVC coated rigid steel conduit before making turn up to enclosures. TESTING Test conduits by pulling through each conduit a cylindrical mandrel not less than two pipe inside diameters long, having an outside diameter equal to 90 percent of the inside diameter of the conduit. Maintain a record, by number, of all conduits testing clear. IDENTIFICATION Tag conduits in accordance with the requirements of Section 26 OS 00, General Provisions. Tag all conduits at the ends and in all intermediate boxes, chambers, handholes and other enclosures. Fasten tags to conduits with No. l4 AWG solid insulated copper wire. Where this method is not practical, fasten to the adjacent masonry by means of expansion bolts. Assign serial numbers to all conduits. Record the conduit numbers and the cable content by cable designation, size, quantity, voltage, origin of conductors, and name of equipment served. Submit conduit identification numbering system for approval. Include conduit identification numbers on the Record Drawings. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 33 - 9 s��. THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well � Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 33 - 10 ' r � i � �_ � � � � � � � � , � � � R�O�� $°�C"`sl��}�� , , , � � ' � � , ' ' � ' � ' � , � � � , PART1- GENERAL 1.01 A 1.02 A SECTION 26 OS 34 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT DESCRIPTION Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install flexible metallic conduit and fittings. REFERENCES Standards referenced in this Section are listed below: 1. National Electrical Code, (NEC). a. NEC Article 351, Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit. 2. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., (UL). a. UL 360, Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's catalog cuts and technical information for flexible conduit and fittings proposed for use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A. MATERIALS Flexible Conduit (Non-hazardous Areas and Class 1, Division 2, Hazardous Areas): 1. Material: Flexible galvanized steel core with smooth, abrasion resistant, liyuid-tight, polyvinyl chloride cover. Continuous copper ground built in for sizes 3/4-inch through 1-1/4-inch. Material shall be UL listed. 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Sealtite UA by Anaconda Metal Hose Division, Anaconda American Brass Company. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract I: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 34 - 1 � �� b. Liquatite Type L.A. by Electric-Flex Company. c. Or equal. B. Flexible Conduit (Class 1, Group D, Division l, Hazardous Areas): �. I�a 1. Material: Flexible brass inner core with bronze outer braid and protective neoprene plastic coating. Steel, brass or bronze end fittings. Minimum of 12- inches in length. 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Type ECGJH or ECLK by Gouse Hinds Company. b. Type EXGJH or EXLK by Appleton Electric Company. c. Or equal. Flexible Conduit Fittings: 1 2 � Material and Construction: Malleable iron with cadmium finish. Fittings shall adapt the conduit to standard threaded connections, shall have an inside diameter not less than that of the corresponding standard conduit size and shall be UL listed. Use: Provide on flexible conduit in non-hazardous and Class 1, Division 2 hazardous areas. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Crouse-Hinds Company. b. Appleton Electric Company. c. Or equal. PVC Coated Conduit Fittings: 1. Material and Construction: Malleable iron with standard finish and 40-mil PVC exterior coating. Fittings shall adapt the conduit to standard threaded connections, shall have an inside diameternot less than that ofthe corresponding standard conduit size. 2. Use: Provide on flexible conduit in areas designated as corrosive locations. 3. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Robroy Industries. b. Permacote Industries. c. OCAL, Incorporated. d. Or equal. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 34 - 2 � � � ' � � , � � � , � ' � ' � � � �� 1 ' r � ' � � ' , , � , , ' � , , � � � PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.O l A 3.02 A : INSPECTION CONTRACTOR shall examine the conditions under which the Work is to be installed and notify the ENGINEER, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Install at motors, transformers and equipment which are subject to vibration or require movement for maintenance purposes. Provide necessary reducer where equipment furnished cannot accept 3/4-inch size flexible conduit. Limit flexible conduit length to three feet maximum. Install in conformance with National Electrical Code reyuirements. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 34 - 3 � � _ � �. "" ' r � � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY � City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 34 - 4 � ' � , i 1 1 t 1 1 i � � ��3�� ia��ii� ' � � � � ' � ' ' ' , � ' ' ' , ' ' , ' ' PART1- GENERAL 1.01 A. 1.02 A SECTION 26 OS 35 EXPANSION/DEFLECTION FITTINGS DESCRIPTION Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install conduit expansion and deflection fittings. REFERENCES Standards referenced in this Section are listed below: ] . National Electrical Code, (NEC). a. NEC Article 300, Wiring Methods. 2. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., (UL). a. UL 514, Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes. b. UL 467, Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's catalog cuts and technical information for expansion and deflection fittings proposed for use. 2. Listing of locations where fittings are to be installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A I: MATERIALS Cast gray iron alloy or bronze end couplings, malleable iron or hot dipped gatvanized body, stainless steel clamps and tinned copper braid bonding jumper. Fitting to be watertight, corrosion-resistant UL listed and compatible with the conduit system. Features: 1. Expansion/Deflection Fittings: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 35 - 1 `" � ;� �.:� � ►:� a. Axial expansion or contraction up to 3/4-inch. b. Angular misalignment up to 30 degrees. c. Parallel misalignment up to 3/4-inch. Expansion Fittings: a. Expansion/Contraction, 8-inch total movement. C. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1. Type DX for expansion/deflection or AX for expansion only by O-Z Gedney Company. 2. Type XD for expansion/deflection or XJ for expansion only by Crouse Hinds Company. 3. Type DF for expansion/deflection or XJ for expansion only by Appleton Electric Company. 4. Or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION , LJ � ' � , ' , ' A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the conditions under which the Work is to be installed and notify the ENGINEER, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely � completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 A. INSTALLATION Install fittings in conformance with the National Electrical Code. B. Install expansion fittings on exposed conduit runs crossing structural expansion joints and where necessary to compensate for thermal expansion and contraction. Install expansion fittings on exposed conduit runs exceeding 200 feet. C. Install expansion/deflection fittings on embedded conduit runs crossing structural expansion joints and for underground conduit runs at penetrations of buildings and other locations as shown. Install fittings above waterstops. D. Unless specifically shown otherwise, when crossing structural expansion joints larger than 1-inch, an expansion fitting shall also be installed together with an expansion/deflection fitting. The fittings shall be installed on each conduit run in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide the additional movement necessary. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 35 - 2 '� � �' � � LJ , � �J , , , ' ' ' ' ' � ' , ' ' ' ' ' ' , 1 � ' , , E. Install expansion/deflection fittings for underground conduit runs at penetrations of buildings, manholes, handholes and outdoor concrete equipment pads. F. Where required in non-metallic conduit and duct systems, provide rigid metal conduit nipples and metal rigid to PVC adapters for connection to fittings. Ensure that joints exposed to water are made watertight. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 35 - 3 � ' , r � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY � Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract ]: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 35 - 4 � ' , � ' , ' ' ' r t � � �� 3�tC��L�� , ' , ' � ' ' ' ' ' � , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' PART 1 - GENERAL l .O l I:� 1.02 l:l SECTION 26 OS 36 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES DESCRIPTION Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install pull and junction boxes. REFERENCES Standards referenced in this Section are listed below: 1. National Electrical Code, (NEC). a. NEC Article 370, Outlet, Switch and Junction Boxes, and Fittings. 2. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., (UL). a. UL 50, Enclosure for Electrical Equipment. b. UL 886, Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous Locations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's technical information for pull and junction boxes proposed for use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A. MATERIALS Pull and Junction Boxes: Boxes shall be NEMA 4X, 3l6 stainless steel at a minimum. Provide boxes based upon location in accordance with NEMA requirements and as reyuired for the area classification specified in Section 26 OS 00, General Provisions. 1. Material and Construction (air-conditioned locations): a. Welded and galvanized sheet steel of USS gauge. b. Oil-resistant gasket. c. Lift-offhinges and quick-release latches. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 36 - 1 � ��•; % 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. d. Boxes with any dimension 24-inches and smaller shall be l4 gauge. Boxes with any dimension larger than 24-inches shall be 12 gauge, except use 10 gauge on boxes with any dimension of 36-inches or larger. Material and Construction (wet, corrosive and hazardous locations): a. Cast gray iron alloy with hot-dip galvanized finish or cast malleable iron bodies and covers. b. Neoprene gaskets. Gaskets shal l be of an approved type designed for the purpose. Improvised gaskets are not acceptable. c. Stainless steel cover bolts. d. External mounting lugs. e. Drilled and tapped conduit holes. f. Boxes where conduits enter a building below grade shall have 1/4-inch drain hole at the bottom of the box. g. Threaded connections for explosion proof boxes. Large boxes not generally available in cast construction shall be fabricated of copper-free aluminum alloy or Type 316 stainless steel as required by location. Boxes for installation in areas classified as hazardous locations shall be explosion-proof and shall comply with the requirements of UL 886. In corrosive locations, boxes shall be Type 316 stainless steel material. For flush-mounted pullboxes in slabs or pavement, provide vehicular traffic- bearing covers, where shown. Pull boxes embedded in concrete slabs shall be cast iron. Pull boxes located in wet, corrosive or outdoor areas shall be NEMA 4X, Type 3l6 stainless steel. All boxes shall be identified in accordance with Section 26 OS 00, General Provisions. 9. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: a. Appleton Electric Company. b. Crouse-Hinds Company. c. Hoffman Engineering Company. d. Or equal. B. Terminal Blocks: 1. Material and Construction: a. NEMA rated nylon modular terminal blocks. b. 600 volt rated. c. Control and alarm circuit terminals shall be screwed type with perma- nently affixed numeric identifiers beside each connection. d. Power terminals shall be copper and rated for the circuit ampacity. , , r ' , , ' , ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: , City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� , Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 36 - 2 , ' , ' ' ' ' ' � ' , ' ' , ' ' ' , ' � a. b. c. Allen-Bradley Company, Bulletin, 1492. General Electric Company, CRI S I K. Or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.0 ] A. 3.02 A : C. � E. F. INSPECTION CONTRACTOR shall examine the conditions under which the Work is to be installed and notify the ENGINEER, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Mount boxes so that sufficient access and working space is provided and maintain a minimum of 1/4-inch from walls. Securely fasten boxes to walls or other structural surfaces on which they are mounted. Provide independent stainless steel supports where no walls or other structural surface exists. Install pull boxes where shown. In addition, install pull boxes in conduit runs containing more than three 90 degree bends and in runs exceeding 200 feet. Provide removable, flame-retardant, insulating cable supports in all boxes with any dimension exceeding three feet. Size pull boxes in accordance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. Install terminal blocks in junction boxes where shown or where cable terminations or splices are reyuired. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 36 - 3 ,� ` �« r�! � �,;;'° � � ' , , � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 36 - 4 , , ' ' ' � � , ' � ' , � ��E�� Ca��C�IE�� ' ' , ' , ' ' , 1 ' 1 ' ' ' , ' ' , ' ' ' PART1- GENERAL l .O 1 A l .02 A SECTION 26 OS 37 OUTLET BOXES DESCRIPTION Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install outlet boxes for mounting wiring devices and lighting fixtures. REFERENCES Standards referenced in this Section are listed below: 1. National Electrical Code, (NEC). a. NEC Article 370, Outlet, Switch and Junction Boxes and Fittings. 2. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., (UL). a. UL 514, Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's technical information for outlet boxes proposed for use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 0 MATERIALS Device Boxes: l. Material: Cast gray iron alloy, or cast malleable iron, with zinc electroplate finish in wet locations and zino-coated sheet steel in dusty locations. Cast boxes shall be hub type and include external mounting lugs. In corrosive locations, boxes shall include a factory applied 40-mil PVC coating. In dusty locations, where conduit is installed concealed, boxes shall be steel galvanized and shall include suitable extension rings and covers, as reyuired. 2. Device Cover Plates: a. Type 302 stainiess steel alloy for indoor finished areas. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 37 - 1 �� ' b. Gasketed spring door type for wet and corrosive locations. Plates in ' corrosive locations shall include a factory applied 40-mil PVC coating. c. Integral with device for hazardous locations. , d. Stainless steel screws and hardware. 3. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: ' a. Crouse-Hinds Company. b. Appleton Electric Company. c. Or equal. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION , 3.O1 INSPECTION A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the conditions under which the Work is to be installed ' and notify the ENGINEER, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions ' have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION , A. Fasten boxes rigidly and neatly to supporting structures. B. For units mounted on masonry or concrete walls, provide suitable 1/2-inch spacers to , prevent mounting back of box directly against wall. C. Leave no open conduit holes in boxes. Close unused openings with capped bushings. ' D. Label each circuit in boxes and identify in accordance with Section 26 OS 19, 600 Volt Cable. , E. Install in conformance with National Electrical Code. ' END OF SECTION � ' ' ' City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well ��,� �� ' Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 OS 37 - 2 , ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' ' ' , , , ' � , ' ' ' PART1- GENERAL I.O l G� l .02 I:1 SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES DESCRIPTION Scope: l. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install receptacles. REFERENCES Standards referenced in this Section are listed below: 1. National Electrical Code, (NEC). 2. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., (UL). a. UL 1010, Receptacle - Plug Combinations for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's technical information for receptacles proposed for use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A MATERIALS Receptacles for Non-Hazardous Locations: 1. Duplex grounding receptacle, two pole, three wire, 125 volt AC, 20 amperes. a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: i. Catalog No. 5362, for dry indoor locations and Catalog No. 53CM62, for wet and corrosive locations, by Harvey Hubbell, Incorporated. ii. Catalog No. 5362, for dry indoor locations and Catalog No. 5362- CR, for wet and corrosive locations, by Arrow-Hart, Incorpo- rated. iii. Or equal. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 27 26 - 1 � : C C 2. Single grounding receptacle, corrosion resistant, two pole, three wire, l25 volt AC, 20 amperes. a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: i. Catalog No. 53CM61, by Harvey Hubbell, Incorporated. ii. Catalog No. 5361-CR, by Arrow-Hart, Incorporated. iii. Or equal. Receptacles for Hazardous Locations: 1 2 Material: Factory sealed receptacle suitable for installation in Class l, Group D hazardous locations. Copper-free aluminum receptacle and cover with cast gray iron alloy or cast malleable iron mounting box with zinc electroplate finish. Receptacle rated at 20 amperes, I25 to 250 volt AC, two wire, three pole. Provide matching plug for each receptacle. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Series CPS by Crouse-Hinds Company. b. Type CPS by Appleton Electric Company. c. Or equal. Ground Fault Receptacles: 1. Duplex receptacle, two pole, three wire, 125 volt AC, 20 amperes. 2. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: a. Catalog No. GF5362, by Harvey Hubbell, Incorporated. b. Catalog No. GF5342, by Arrow-Hart, Incorporated. c. Or equal. Surge Suppression Receptacles: 1. Duplex grounding, surge suppression receptacle, two pole, three wire, 125 volt AC, 20 amperes, capable of absorbing a transient surge 6,000 volts minimum. Receptacle to include power on indicator light: a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: i. Catalog No. 53505 by Harvey Hubbell, Incorporated. ii. Catalog No. 5380-GY by Leviton Manufacturing Company. iii. Or equal. E. Power Receptacles: 480 volt interlocked receptacle with enclosed safety switch service outlet: Provide service outlets, quantity as shown for portable eyuipment. 1. Material: Copper free aluminum enclosures with operating handle NEMA 4, with gasketed hinged door. 2. Switch: Heavy duty, three pole, with visible blades, a quick make a break mechanism with reinforced, positive pressure type blade and fuse clips. Switch City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 27 26 - 2 � �� » � ;� ' , , ' ' ' ' ' , , ' , ' , , ' ' ' � i , i , ' � 3 shall be mechanically interlocked with the receptacle. The switch cannot be closed until the plug is fully inserted and the plug cannot be withdrawn or inserted, unless the switch is open. Receptacle: Single ground receptacle, three wire, four pole, 600 volt, 60 amp. Provide two matching plugs. a. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: i. Type WSR, and Type APS plugs by Crouse-Hinds Company. ii. Or equal. F. Power and Speciat Receptacles: Provide receptacles with number of poles and voltage and current rating as shown. Coordinate with equipment plugs. Provide matching plug for each receptacle. PART 3 - EXECUTION , 3.O1 INSPECTION A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the conditions under which the Work is to be installed ' and notify the ENGINEER, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion ofthe Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. , 3.02 ' � ' i � , � � ' A. B. C. 1NSTALLATION Install receptacles at locations as shown in outlet or device boxes in accordance with Section 26 OS 37, Outlet Boxes, in non-hazardous locations. Install receptacles with ground pole in the down position. Mount receptacles l 8-inches above finished floor in non-hazardous locations and 4 feet- 6 inches above finished floor in hazardous locations, unless otherwise noted. D. Install in conformance with National Electrical Code. E. F Identify each conductor with the circuit number and the lighting panel number. Identification shall conform to the requirements of Section 26 OS l 9, 600 Volt Cable. Identify each receptacle with a permanent phenolic tag. The tags shall include the circuit number and the lighting panel number. END OF SECTION City of Clearrvater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 27 26 - 3 � � �� THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 27 26 - 4 � �. � � ' ' ' 1 � ' ' ' , , ' � ' 1 ' ' ' 1 � PARTI- GENERAL l .O l A. l .02 A. SECTION 26 28 16 DISCONNECT SWITCHES DESCRIPTION Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install disconnect switches. REFERENCES Standards referenced in this Section are listed below: 1. National Electrical Code, (NEC). 2. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., (UL). a. UL 98, Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches. 3. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association, (NEMA). a. NEMA KS-1, Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). b. NEMA 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's technical information for disconnect switches proposed for use. 2. Listing of the switches to be furnished with an identification of their location, rating and NEMA enclosure type. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A. MATERIALS Service Disconnect Switches: 1. Type: Fused, heavy-duty, single throw, quick-make, quick-break mechanism, visible blades in "OFF" position and safety handle. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote W ell Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 28 16 - 1 � "" 2. Rating: Voltage, current and short circuit ratings and number of poles as shown. Switch shall bear a UL label certifying suitability for use as service equipment. 3. Provide auxiliary dry contacts to indicate switch position. B. Single Throw, Circuit Disconnect Switches: C. C E. F l. Type: Fused or unfused, horsepower rated, heavy-duty, single throw, quick- make, quick-break mechanism, visible blades in the "OFF" position and safety handle. 2. Rating: Voltage and current ratings and number of poles as reyuired for motor or eyuipment circuits being disconnected. Switches shall bear a UL label. 3. Provide auxiliary dry contacts to indicate switch position. Double Throw Safety Switches: 1. Type: Unfused, double throw with center "OFF" position, quick-make, quick-break mechanism, visible blades in the "OFF" position and safety handle. 2. Rating: Voltage and current ratings and number of poles as required for the circuits being disconnected. 3. Provide auxiliary dry contacts to indicate switch position. Enclosures: 1. NEMA 12 for dry, indoor, air-conditioned areas. 2. NEMA 4X stainless steel for wet or corrosive locations and all outdoor and indoor locations. 3. NEMA 7 for explosion proof areas. Identification: 1. Identify all enclosures in accardance with Section 26 OS 00, General Electrical Provisions. 2. Nameplate identifying eyuipment, include identification ofthe eyuipment served and source of power, for which switches serve as the disconnecting means. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: 1. Square D Company. 2. General Electric Company. 3. Cutler-Hammer. 4. Or eyual. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 28 16 - 2 ' , u , �! �� ' iu � � L� ' ' � ' , � � � � �� t��1�� ' ' ' � ' , ' � ' 1 ' ' ' � � r � � � , , PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 � 3.02 A : C. D. INSPECTION CONTRACTOR shall examine the conditions under which the Work is to be installed and notify the ENGINEER, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Mount equipment so that sufficient access and working space is provided for ready and safe operation and maintenance. Securely fasten equipment to walls or other structural supports on which they are mounted. Provide independent stainless steel supports where no wall or other structural surface exists. Install in conformance with National Electrical Code. Furnish one set of spare fuses for each fused disconnect switch to be installed. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 28 16 - 3 � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well �� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 28 16 - 4 � � l_ � � PART 1 - GENERAL ' l .O 1 A ' ' , 1.02 SECTION 26 41 00 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide al.l labor, materials, equipment, services and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install a lighming protection system all above ground structures. REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are listed below: ' , � � � 1.03 A. , ' � � � � 1. Lightning Protection Institute, (LPI). a. LPI 175, Standard of Practice. b. LPI 176, Standard of Materials. 2. National Fire Protection Association, (NFPA). a. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. b. NFPA 780, Standard forthe Installation ofLightning Protection Systems. 3. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., (UL). a. UL 96A, Installation Requirements for Lighming Protection Systems. b. UL 651, Schedule 40 and 80 PVC Conduit. QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Quality Control: 1. A UL listed Master Labeled certification shall be provided. For hazardous areas, where a Master Label is not available, a letter of finding shall be obtained. 2. All materials used in the installation shall be labeled or listed by UL for use in Master Labeled lightning protection systems. The completed system shall conform to the requirements of NFPA, LPI and UL Standard No. 96A. Non- compliance items shall be replaced at no additional cost to the OWNER. 3. It is the intent of this Section that a complete certified lightning protection system installation shall be provided. All bonding connections and miscel- laneous items reyuired shall be provided to ensure a complete system. B. Field Quality Control: City of Clearwater WTPNo.2—Contract 1: Remote Well � ��#�� I�+i��IF��i'��a Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 41 00 - l 1.04 A : C. l. Retain the services of a Lightning Protection Contractor who is regularly engaged in installing Master Labeled lighfiing protection systems. 2. The Lightning Protection Contractor shall be a LPI certified Master Installer or Inspector. SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Submit the following: 1. Manufacturer's catalog cuts and technical information. 2. Technical specifications. 3. Complete scaled drawings showing proposed routing and layout ofthe lightning protection system with installation details. Drawings shall include equipment connection details and downlead details. 4. Final inspection report. Qualifications of proposed Lightning Protection Contractor. Certificates of LPI code compliance, together with UL master label Certificate or letter of finding. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Materials shall be sized in accordance with the material requirements of NFPA 780, UL 96A and LPI 176. 2. Materials shall comply in weight, size and composition for the class of structure to be protected in accordance with the following: a. Class I materials shall be used for systems on structures not exceeding 75 feet in height. b. Class II materials shall be used for systems on structures exceeding 75 feet above grade. 3. Materials shall be corrosion resistant, heavy duty type. Materials shall be Type 316 stainless steel, copper and high copper-content bronze castings. All bolts, screws and hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 4. Aluminum materials shall be used in locations where system components are mounted on aluminum surfaces, to avoid electrolytic corrosion of the dissimilar metals. 5. Provide all fittings, mounting bases, couplings, connectors, fasteners and other system devices as required for a complete system. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 41 00 - 2 a � � �„ � k � ?�,me � LJ � � � , � LJ �_J � � ' , � � � � ' , � � 1 ' , , � � � B. Ground Rods: Ground rods shall conform to the requirements of Section 26 OS 26, Grounding Systems. C. Ground Cables: 0 E. F. 1. Ground cables shall be copper, except in connections to aluminum surfaces as required to prevent dissimilar metal reaction. 2. Ground cable stranding, number and size shall be suitable for the classification of the structure to be protected. 3. Exposed ground cable shall be corrosion resistant. Air Terminals: 1. Air terminals shall be stainless steel 5/8-inch diameter and a minimum of 18- inches long. 2. Air terminals shall include a cast bronze point protector, stainless steel adapter and copper base. Non-Metallic Conduit and Fittings: 1. Non-metallic conduit shall be Schedule 80 PVC plastic, 90°C rated, conforming to the requirements of UL 651. 2. Non-metallic fittings shall be of same material and manufacturer as base conduit. Cement shall be provided for joining fittings to the conduit and shall be the same manufacturer as the base conduit. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: 1. Heary Brothers Lightning Protection Company. 2. Thompson Lightning Protection Company. 3. Or equal. � PART 3 - EXECUTION � ' 3.01 INSPECTION A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the conditions under which the Work is to be installed and notify the ENGINEER, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1 3.02 INSTALLATION � � � A. Install main conductors to provide a two-way path from each air terminal horizontally or downward to connections with ground terminals. City of Clearwater � WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well ��;�� #� Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 41 00 - 3 B. Install conductors free of excessive splices and sharp bends. Conductor bends shall form an included angle of not less than 90 degrees nor have a radius of bend of less than 8- inches. Secure conductors to the structure at intervals not exceeding three-feet. u ' , C. Conceal down conductors wherever possible in the exterior wall construction. Space down conductors at intervals averaging not more than l 00 feet around the perimeter of � the structure. In no case shall a structure have fewer than two down conductors. D. In the case of structural steel frame construction, down conductors at the upper and lower extremities and at intervals not exceeding 200 feet shall be connected to the structural steel. Connections to the steel frame shall be made with bonding plates having eight syuare inches of contact or by exothermic weld connections. E. Install air terminals at intervals not exceeding 20 feet along ridges and around the perimeter of flat or gently sloping roofs. Air terminals shall project a minimum of ] 0- inches above the area protected. F. Protect flat or gently sloping roofs exceeding 50 feet in width, by installing additional air terminals located at intervals not exceeding 50 feet on the flat or gently sloping area. Locate air terminals within two feet of roof edges and outside corners of protected areas. Air terminal spacing exceeding these dimensions shall be permitted so long as the area protected lies within a"zone of protectian". G. Install air terminals for stacks, flues, mechanical equipment, and other objects, having a metal thickness of less than 3/16-inch, and not located within a"zone of protection". Connect objects having a metal thickness 3/l 6-inch or greater to the lighming protection system. i � , , � � H. Install roof penetrations using thru-roof assemblies with solid bars and appropriate roof ' flashing. Conductors shall not pass directly through the roof. I. Install the system with common grounding by interconnecting ground mediums entering the building using main size conductors and fittings. Grounded metal bodies shall be bonded to the system using bonding connections and fittings. When ground conductors are installed in conduit, the conduit shall be non-metallic type. J. Install ground electrodes for each down conductor dedicated for the lightning protection system with no other ground connections. Connect the down conductor to the ground rod using an exothermic welded connection. A bronze ground rod clamp having at least 1- 1/2-inches of contact between the rod and the conductor, measured parallel to the axis of the rod shall be used at ground test wells. 3.03 FIELD INSPECTION A. During the installation, the lightning protection system shall be inspected. The field inspection shall be performed by the Master Installer or Inspector at several stages during the installation in accordance with LPI requirements. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� ,�� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 41 00 - 4 � � L_ J �J � � � � , , , � ' � � � , � , � � � ' � , � ' B. System components shall not be concealed until the inspection has taken place and the installation is accepted. C. Upon completion ofthe lighming protection system, arrange for a final inspection ofthe system and submit the final inspection report to the ENGINEER. The final inspection shall be performed by the Master Installer or Inspector, in accordance with LPI requirements. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 41 00 - 5 � � � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 41 00 - 6 �a' _�° �, �. � , , , � ' � � CJ � L� , � � , ' � , ' , l 1 ' ' � � , , � , ' � � , � � ' � SECTION 26 41 23 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION PART1- GENERAL l .O l A. �•� 1.02 A DESCRIPTION Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install transient voltage surge suppressors (TVSS) as a minimum for a11480 VAC and above switchboards and motor control centers and as shown. 2. These Specifications describe the electrical and mechanical requirements for a system of electrical transient voltage surge suppression filter components integrating both transient voltage surge suppression and electrical high frequency noise filtering. Related Sections: I. Section 26 24 l 9, Motor Control Centers. 2. Section 26 23 13 Low Voltage Drawout Switchgear REFERENCES Standards referenced in this Section are listed below: 1. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, (IEEE). a. IEEE C62.41, Surge Voltages in Low-voltage AC Power Circuits. b. IEEE C62.45, Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage (1,000V and Less) AC Power Circuits. 2. National Electrical Code, (NEC). a. NEC 240-21, Overcurrent Protection, Location in Circuit. b. NEC 110-9, Requirements for Electrical Installations, Interrupting Rating. 3. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association, (NEMA). a. NEMA LS 1-1992 (R2000), Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices. 4. National Fire Protection Association, (NFPA). City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 41 23 - 1 � ,� ,. 1.03 A l .04 /� : 5 a. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. b. NFPA 75, Standard for the Protection of Electronic Computer/Data Processing Equipment. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., (UL). a. UL 198, Standard for Mine-Duty Fuses. b. UL 248-1, Low-Voltage Fuses Part 1: General Requirements. c. UL 1283, Standard for Electromagnetic Interference Filters. d. UL 1449, Standard for Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors. QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer's Qualifications: L Manufacturer shall have a minimum of five years experience of producing substantially similar eyuipment, and shall be able to show evidence of at least five installations in satisfactory operation for at least five years. SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Submit the following: 1. Electrical and mechanical drawings for each type of unit that shows electrical ratings, dimensions, weights, mounting provisions, connection details and layout diagrams. 2. Provide verification that the TVSS device complies with the requirements ofUL 1449. 3. Provide actual let through voltage test data in the form ofoscillograph results for both the ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Category C3 (combination wave) and B3 (ringwave) tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/IEEE C62.45. 4. Provide spectrum analysis of each unit based on MIL-STD-220A test procedures between 50 kHz and 200 kHz verifying the device's noise attenuation exceeds 50 dB at 100 kHz. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Submit complete installation, operation and maintenance manuals including test reports, maintenance data and schedules, description of operation and spare parts information. 2. Furnish Operation and Maintenance Manuals in conformance with the requirements of Section O1 78 23, Operation and Maintenance Data. City of Clearwater WTPNo.2—Contract 1: Remote Well � E�� C��I��I�IC� Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 41 23 - 2 ' � � , � � � � � CJ � � � ( LJ � � , � > � � 1.05 WARRANTY � � A. Warranty: The manufacturer shall provide a full five year warranty from the date of shipment against any TVSS part failure when installed in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions and any applicable national ar local electrical code. PART 2 - PRODUCTS , 2.01 � � ' � , � � � � � � ' i I:� i GENERAL Unit Operating Voltage: The operating voltage shall be as shown. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV): The MCOV shall be greater than 115 percent of the nominal system operating voltage. C. Protection Modes: For a wye configured system, the device must have directly connected suppression elements between line-neutral (L-N), line-ground (L-G) and neutral-ground (N-G). For a delta configured system, the device must have suppression elements between line to line (L-L) and line to ground (L-G). D. The maximum UL 1449 SVR for the device must not exceed the foltowing: E F 1. 2. 3. 4. Line to Neutral: 800 volts. Line to Ground: 800 volts. Neutral to Ground: 800 volts. Line to Line: 1500 volts. The let through voltage based on IEEE C62.41 and C62.45 recommended procedures for Category C3 surges (20 KV, 10 KA) shall be less than 900 volts. The let through voltage based on IEEE C62.41 and C62.45 recommended procedures for the ANSUIEEE Cat. B3 ringwave (6 KV, 500 amps) shall be less than 200 volts. G. Surge Current Capacity: For branch applications, total surge current per phase (based on an 8x20 microsecond waveform) that the device is capable of surviving shall not be less than 250 KA per phase, or 125 KA per mode on L-G, L-N and N-G modes (Wye system); L-L and N-G (Delta system). H. Let Through Voltage at the Motor Control Center Stabs: Upon reyuest, the manufacturer must provide suppression test results measured at the motor control center bucket stabs. City of Clearwater � WTPNo. 2—Contract 1: Remote Well �� E-�� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 41 23 - 3 2.02 A. DESIGN Each circuit shall include arrays of fused Metal Oxide Veristars (MOV) to suppress the transient voltage surges. B. Balanced Suppression Platform: The surge current shall be equally distributed to all MOV components to ensure eyual stressing and maximum performance. The surge suppression platform must provide equal impedance paths to each matched MOV. Designs incorparating TVSS modules which do not provide a balanced impedance path to each MOV shall not be acceptable. C. Electrical Noise Filter: Each unit shall include a high performance EMI/RFI noise rejection filter. Noise attenuation for electric line noise shall be 55 dB at 100 kHz using the MIL-STD-220A insertion loss test method. The unit shall be complimentary listed to UL 1283. Products not able to demonstrate noise attenuation of 55 dB at 100 kHz shall be rejected. D. Internal Connections: No plug-in component modules or printed circuit boards shall be used as surge current conductors. All internal components shall be hardwired with connections utilizing low impedance conductors and compression fittings. E. Safety and Diagnostic Monitoring: Each unit shall be equipped with 200 kAIC internal fuses. Each unit shall provide the following three levels of monitoring: 1. Continuous monitoring of fusing system. 2. Internal infrared sensor system for monitoring individual MOVs (including neutral to ground). The system must be capable of identifying open circuit failures not monitored by conventional fusing systems. 3. Thermal detection circuit shall monitor for overheating in all modes due to thermal runaway. F. A green/red solid state indicator light shall be provided on each phase. The absence of a green light and the presence of a red light shall indicate which phase(s) have been damaged. Fault detection will activate a flashing trouble light. Units which cannot detect open circuit damage, thermal conditions, and over current will not be accepted. G. Products and Manufacturers: Provide one of the following: 1. General Electric, 2. Square "D" Company, 3. Siemens 4. APT. 5. Or equal. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 41 23 - 4 � � �� ,� �,.. � � � � , , � � � ' � � � , LJ � � r � , , ' , � � ' � 1 , � � � , , � � 2.03 . C ACCESSORIES The unit must be equipped with transient event counter and audible alarm. Remote Status Monitor: The TVSS device must include Form "C" dry contacts (one N.O. and one N. C.) for remote annunciation of unit status. The remote alarm shall change state if any of the three monitoring systems described detect a fault condition. Push-To-Test Feature: Each suppression unit shall incorporate an integral test feature which verifies the operational integrity of the unit's monitoring system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 A 3.02 A : C. INSPECTION CONTRACTOR shall examine the conditions under which the Work is to be installed and notify the ENGINEER, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion ofthe Wark. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Suppressors shall be installed inside the motor control center at the manufacturer's factory. To facilitate removal and inspection, the suppressor shall be mounted within a standard motor control center bucket. The suppressor shall be mounted in a standard 12-inch NEMA 1 compartment. Conductor length between the suppressor and the stab shall be less than 5-inches. All units shall be internally fused with 200 kAIC. All status indicators and monitors shall be mounted on the front of the motor control center compartment for easy visibility. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) lssued for Bid December 2012 26 41 23 - 5 �' � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 26 41 23 - 6 ��'- � �. �I . �� !M,. +MI � �� YI:IMI 11M:' Y\.: �i � � � � L_J , � � � , ' 1 �J � ' LJ i � ' , , , ' , ' , � , , � � w ' , , � � PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 A. 1.02 A. B. 1.03 A. B. C. D. E F SECTION 31 02 00 EARTHWORK DESCRIPTION Scope of Work: This section includes materials, testing, and earthwork for excavations, fills, and embankments. SUBMITTALS Submit excavation and shoring drawings for worker protection in accordance with the General Conditions. Submit six (6) copies of a report from a testing laboratory verifying that the material conforms to the gradation specified. TESTING FOR COMPACTION Determine the density of soil in place in accordance with the sand cone method, ASTM Dl 556, or rubber balloon method, ASTM D 2167. Determine the laboratory moisture-density relations and maximum density by ASTM D 1557 or D 2049. Sample fill materials by ASTM D 75. Compaction shall be deemed to comply with the specifications when no more than one test of any three consecutive tests falls below the specified relative compaction. The one test shall be no more than three percentage points below the specified compaction. The Contractor shalt pay the costs of any retesting of work not conforming to the specifications. "Relative compaction" is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the in-place density to the laboratory maximum density. Density tests will be made for determination of specified compaction by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Contractor as approved by the Owner/Engineer. Tests will be made in locations reviewed by the Engineer, but spaced not more than 50 feet apart and a minimum of three tests per compaction area in each vertical lift. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 31 02 00 - 1 �: � G. If any tests are unsatisfactory, re-excavate and re-compact the fill or backfill until the desired compaction is obtained. Additional compaction tests will be taken to each side of an unsatisfactory test at locations reviewed by the Engineer to determine the extent of re-excavation and re-compaction necessary. � � ' H. Contractor will pay for each failed compaction test and for each additional test taken , to determine extent of re-excavation and re-compaction as described previously. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL AND BACKFILL A. Unless otherwise specified, fill and backfill shall be clean, granular sand that is free from organic matter, roots, debris, and rocks larger than three inches in the greatest dimension and having less than 10 percent passing the No. 200 U.S. sieve size. B. Water for Compaction: Water shall be free of acid, alkali, or organic materials and shall have a pH of 7.0 to 9.0, a maximum chloride concentration of 500 mg/1, and a maximum sulfate concentration of 500 mg/l. Provide all water needed for earthwork. Provide temporary piping and valves to convey water from the source to the point of use. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 A. COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, compact fill, embankments, and backfills to 98 percent maximum density per AASHTO T-180. B. Dewatering: Provide and operate equipment adequately to keep excavations and trenches free of water. Remove water during period when concrete is being deposited, when pipe is being laid, during the placing of structural fill and backfill, and for inspection/testing of the structural subgrade. Maintain the groundwater level a minimum of two feet below the bottom of excavation for all structures. Avoid settlement or damage to adjacent property. Dispose of water to an on-site drainage system. When dewatering open excavations, dewater from outside the structural limits and from a point below the bottom of the excavation. Comply with discharge permit. �. Q Excavation is unclassified. Perform all excavation regardless of the type, nature, or condition of the material encountered to accomplish the construction. Placing and Compacting Fill Materials: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 31 02 00 - 2 � , � � � � r-� I � , � � r � , � LJ r � , i ' 1 � l 177 3. Excavated material which conforms to the specifications may be used for fill or backfill. Place all materials at optimum moisture content. Place fill in maximum 8-inch lifts and compact each lift to the extent specified. E. Moisture Control of Earth Material: During the compaction operations, maintain optimum practicable moisture content required for compaction purposes in each lift of the material. Maintain moisture content uniform throughout the lift. Insofar as practicable, add water to the material at the site of excavation. Supplement by sprinkling the material. At the time of compaction, the water content of the material shall be at optimum water content or within two percentage points above optimum. Aerate material containing excessive moisture by blading, discing, or harrowing to hasten the drying process. F. Site Grading: , 1. Perform earthwork to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Shape, trim and finish slopes to conform with the lines, grades and cross-sections as shown. Make slopes free of exposed roots and loose rocks exceeding three � inches in diameter. Round tops of banks to circular curves as shown on the plans. � ' , � � u , � C� � 2. Neatly and smoothly trim rounded surfaces. Do not over-excavate and backfill to achieve the proper grade. G. Disposal of Excess Excavation: Dispose of excess excavated suitable materials at designated on-site spoil areas indicated on the drawings or directed by the Engineer. lf on-site disposal is not indicated or directed by the Engineer, dispose of excess excavated materials off-site. Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the disposal of all excess unsuitable material and bear all costs incidental to such disposal. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 31 02 00 - 3 � � _ � r � � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 31 02 00 - 4 � � � , � r � � � � � r � � � �� r � � ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.O1 , A. ' B. � ' L u , � CJ ' , , C � � SECTION 31 11 00 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING DESCRIPTION Scope of Work: This section describes the work included in clearing, grubbing, stripping, and otherwise preparing the project site for construction operations. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting: Section 3l 23 16. C. Clearing: Remove and dispose of shrubs, brush, limbs, and other vegetative growth. Remove all evidence of their presence from the surface including sticks and branches. Remove and dispose of trash piles and rubbish that currently is scattered over the construction site or collects there during construction. Protect trees, shrubs, vegetative growth, and fencing which are not designed for removal. Clearing operations shall be conducted so as to prevent damage to existing structures and installations, and to those under construction, so as to provide for safety of employees and others. D. Grubbing: Grubbing shall consist of the complete removal of all stumps, roots larger than 1-l/2 inches in diameter, matted roots, brush, timber, logs, and any other organic or metallic debris remaining after clearing not suitable for foundation purposes, resting on, under or protruding through the surface of the ground to a depth of 18 inches below the subgrade. All depressions excavated below the original ground surface for or by the removal of such objects, shall be refilled with suitable materials and compacted to a density conforming to the surrounding ground surface. E. Stripping: Remove and dispose of all organics and sod, topsoil, grass, and grass roots, and other objectionable material remaining after clearing and grubbing from the areas designated to be stripped. Grass, grass roots and organic material in areas to be excavated or filled upon shall be stripped of to the depth as noted in the soils report. In areas so designated, topsoil shall be stockpiled. Strippings and unsuitable material, such as organic material, shall be disposed of by the Contractor unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 31 11 00 - 1 �R�r � �" PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL A. Trees and Shrubbery: Existing trees, shrubbery, and other vegetative material may not be shown on the Drawings. Inspect the site as to the nature, location, size, and extent of vegetative material to be removed or preserved, as specified herein. Preserve, in place, trees that are specifically shown on the Drawings and designated to be preserved. B. Preservation of Trees, Shrubs, and Other Plant Material: 1. All plant materials (trees, shrubbery, and plants) beyond the limits of clearing and grubbing shall be saved and protected from damage resulting from the work. No filling, excavating, trenching, or stockpiling of materials will be permitted within the drip line of these plant materials. The drip line is defined as a circle drawn by extending a line vertically to the ground from the outermost branches of a plant or group of plants. To prevent soil compaction within the drip line area, no equipment will be permitted within this area. 2. When trees are close together, restrict entry to area with drip line by fencing. In areas where no fence is erected, the trunks of all trees 2 inches or greater in diameter shall be protected by encircling the trunk entirely with boards held securely by 12-gauge wire and staples. This protection shall extend from ground level to a height of 6 feet. Cut and remove tree branches where such cutting is necessary to affect construction operation. Remove branches other than those required to affect the work to provide a balanced appearance of any tree. Scars resulting from the removal of branches shall be treated with a tree sealant. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Clearing and Grubbing Limits: All excavation areas associated with new structures, slabs, and roadways shall be cleared and grubbed to the following depths: l. Driveway and Paved Area: Clear and grub to depths as specified previously. Organic soil shall be removed to a depth of at least 2 feet below the roadway subgrade level. All organic soil shall be replaced with compacted backfill. 2. Pump Building and Prestressed Circular Concrete Tank: The surficial fill overlying the footprint of this building area should be removed in order to expose the underlying subsurface conditions. The organic soils shall be removed to their full lateral and vertical extent to a point at least 10 feet City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 31 11 00 - 2 r r � � ' , � r � r � i , ' � , � � �� s� ��E�i� ' � r r � ' ' ' ' ' ' , � , i 1 1 1 i ' � : C. � beyond the maximum lines of the superstructure. Replace removed soil with compacted backfill as specified herein. 3. All other areas: 1 foot below completed surface and replace with compacted backfill. Disposal of Clearing and Grubbing Debris: Do not burn combustible materials. Remove all cleared and grubbed material from the work site and dispose of in accordance with all local laws, codes, and ordinances. Areas to be Stripped: All excavation and embankment areas associated with new structures, slabs, walks, and roadways shall be stripped. Stockpile areas shall be stripped. Disposal of Strippings: Remove all stripped material and dispose off=site, unless otherwise directed to stockpile material. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 31 11 00 - 3 ��; � �d THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 31 11 00 - 4 r � � � ' , ' ' , �_J ' L 1 1 1 � 1 � � �� i �J SECTION 31 23 13 STABILIZED SUBGRADE ' PARTI- GENERAL � li � � �� 1 ' ' � 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. The work specified in this Section consists of the construction of a stabilized roadway subgrade for all roadway and paved areas indicated on the Drawings. Construction shall be to the uniformity, density and bearing ration specified hereinafter. Parking areas shall be stabilized to a minimum depth of 6-inches below the bottom grade of the base material and to a width, 6-inches outside each pavement or concrete curb edge. Roadways shall be stabilized to the depths and dimensions indicated on the Drawings. B. Definitions: The stabilizing shall be FDOT Type B as described hereinafter. The reyuired bearing ratio value shall be obtained either by constructing the subgrade of selected materials from the roadway and borrow area(s), or by stabilizing the subgrade material by the addition and mixing in of suitable stabilizing material. Such work shall be done in accordance with these specifications, lines, grades, thicknesses and notes shown on the drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 1 �J L� 1 ' , � A. : C. MATERIALS General: The particular type of stabilizing material to be sued shall be in accordance with Paragraph 2.1.E hereinafter and shall meet the following requirements: Use of Materials from Existing Base: 1. When the utiiization of materials from an existing base is called for, (as all, or a portion, of the stabilizing additives) the Engineer will direct the locations, placing and distribution of such materials, and this work shall be done prior to the spreading of any additional commercial or local materials. Removal of any section of existing base will not be required until the need for it in maintaining traffic is fulfilled. 2. The utilization of materials from an existing base may be called for in combination with the designated type of stabilizing. Commercial Materials: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 312313-1 ' � 0 E. 1. General: Materials which are designated as Commercial Materials which are to be sued for this stabilizing may be commercial limerock, limerock overburden or crushed shell. 2. Limerock: Specific requirements for limerock and limerock overburden: For limerock and limerock overburden, the percentage of carbonates of calcium and magnesium shall be at least 70, and the plasticity index shall not exceed ] 0. The gradation of both commercial limerock and limerock overburden shall be such that 97 percent of these materials will pass a l 1/2-inch sieve. 3. Crushed Shell: Crushed shell for this use shall be mollusk shell (i.e., oysters, mussels, clams, cemented coquina, etc.). Steamed shell will not be permitted. This shell shall meet the following requirements: a. At least 97 percent by weight of the total material shall pass a 1-inch screen and at least 50 percent by weight of the total material shall be retained on the No. 4 sieve. b. Not more than 7.5 percent by weight of the total material shall pass the No. 200 sieve. The determination of the percentage passing the No. 200 sieve shall be made by washing the material over the sieve. c. In the event that the shell meets the above requirements with-out crushing, crushing will not be required. LOCAL MATERIAL l. General: Local materials used for this stabilizing may be high-bearing-value soils or sand-clay material. The materia} passing the 40-mesh sieve shall have a liquid limit not greater than 30 and a plasticity index not greater than l 0. 2. Blending: No blending of materials to meet these requirements will be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer. When blending is permitted, the blended material shall be tested and approved before being spread on the roadway. Type B Stabilization: l. 2. 3. The type of materials, Commercial or Local, shall be at the Contractor's option. No separate payment for stabilizing materials will be made. Bearing Value determinations will be made by the Limerock Bearing Ratio Method. 4. Under this method, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility that the finished roadbed section meets the bearing value requirements, regardless of the quantity of stabilizing materials necessary to be added. Also under this method, full payment will be made for any areas where the existing sub-grade materials meet the design bearing value requirements without the addition of stabilizing additives, as well as areas where the Contractor may elect to place City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 312313-2 �� ' ' ' --, � � ' � 1 , � ' � � , CJ � � , � , �J ' r � I �J ' � select high-bearing materials from other sources, within the limits of the stabilizing. 5. After the roadbed grading operations have been substantially completed, the Contractor shall make his own determination as to the quantity (if any) of stabilizing material, of the type selected by him, necessary for compliance with the bearing value requirements. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the approximate quantity to be added, and the spreading and mixing in of such quantity of materials shall meet the approval of the Engineer as to uniformity and effectiveness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 , A. ' ' , ' 3.02 , ' � , ' ' r-, � �., /:� I: PREPARATION General: 1. Prior to the beginning of stabilizing operations, the area to be stabilized shall have been constructed to an elevation such that upon completion of stabilizing operations the completed stabilized subgrade will conform to the lines, grades and cross section shown in the plans. Prior to the spreading of any additive stabilizing material, the surface of the roadbed shall be brought to a plane approximately parallel to the plane of the proposed finished surface. 2. The subgrade to be stabilized may be processed in one course, unless the equipment and methods being used do not provide the required uniformity, particle size limitation, compaction and other desired results, in which case, the Engineer will direct that the processing be done in more than one course. APPLICATION Stabilizing Material: 1. When additive stabilizing are required, the designated quantity shall be spread uniformly over the area to be stabilized. 2. When materials from an existing base are to be unitized in the stabilizing at a particular location, all of such materials shall be placed and spread prior to the addition of other stabilizing additives. 3. Commercial stabilizing material shall be spread by the sue of inechanical material spreaders except that where use of such eyuipment is not practicable other means of spreading may be used, but only upon written approval of the proposed alternate method. Mixing: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 312313-3 ' � The mixing shall be done with rotary tillers, or other equipment meeting the approval of the Engineer. The area to be stabilized shall be thoroughly mixed throughout the entire depth and width of the stabilizing limits. 2. The mixing operations, as specified, will be required regardless of whether the existing soil, or any select soils placed within the limits of the stabilized sections, have the required bearing value without the addition of stabilizing materials. 3. As an exception to the above mixing requirements, where the subgrade is of rock, the Engineer may direct that the mixing operations (and the work of stabilizing) be waived and no payment for stabilization will be made for such sections of the roadway. C. Maximum Particle Size of Mixed Materials: At the completion of mixing, all particles of material within the limits of the area to be stabilized shall pass a 3 1/2- inch ring. Any particles not meeting this requirement shall be removed from the stabilized area or shall be broken down so as to meet this reyuirement. D. Compaction: After the mixing operations have been completed and requirements for bearing value, uniformity and particle size have been satisfied, the stabilized area shall be compacted, in accordance with Paragraph 3.03.B hereinafter. The materials shall be compacted at a moisture content permitting the specified compaction. If the moisture content of the material is improper for attaining the specified density, either water shall be added or the material shall be permitted to dry until the proper moisture content for the specified compaction is reached. E. Finish Grading: The completed stabilized subgrade shall be shaped to conform to the finished lines, grades and cross-section indicated in the Drawings. The subgrade shall be checked by the use of elevation stakes, or other means approved by the Engineer. F. Requirements for Condition of Completed Subgrade: 1. After the stabilizing and compacting operations have been completed, the subgrade shall be firm and substantially unyielding, to the extent that it will support construction equipment and will have the bearing value required by the Drawings. 2. All soft and yielding material, and any other portions of the subgrade which will not compact readily, shall be removed and replaced with suitable material and the whole subgrade brought to line and grade, with proper allowance for subseyuent compaction. ' L1 r ' � �I � ' ' , ' ' , � � ' G. Maintenance of Completed Subgrade: After the subgrade has been completed as specified above, the Contractor shall maintain it free from ruts, depressions and any ' damage resulting from the hauling or handling of materials, eyuipment, tools, etc. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to maintain the reyuired density until the City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Wel) Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 K�� , ' ' , � 3.03 � A. , ' ' ' , , � I � � � ' L , : subsequent base or pavement is in place. Such responsibility shall include any repairs, replacement, etc., of curb and gutter, sidewalk, etc., which might become necessary in order to recompact the subgrade in the event of underwash or other damage occurring to the previously compacted subgrade. Any such work required for recompaction shall be at the Contractor's expense. Ditches and drains shall be constructed and maintained along the completed subgrade section. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Bearing Value Requirements: 1. General: Bearing value samples will be obtained and tested by the Engineer at completion of satisfactory mixing of the stabilized area. For any area where the bearing value obtained is deficient from the value indicated in the Drawings, in excess of the tolerances established herein, additional stabilizing material shall be spread and mixed in accordance with 3.02.B.1 & 2. This reprocessing shall be done for the full width of the roadway being stabilized and longitudinally for a distance of 50-feet beyond the limits of the area in which the bearing value is deficient. 2. Tolerances in Bearing Value Requirements: The following undertolerances from the specified bearing value will be allowed as based on tests performed on samples obtained after mixing operations have been completed: S�ecified Bearin� Value LBR 40 LBR 35 LBR 30 (and under) Density Requirements: Undertolerances 5.0 4.0 2.5 1. General: Within the entire limits of the width and depth of the areas to be stabilized, the minimum density acceptable at any location will be 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T 180, Test Method D. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 END OF SECTION 312313-5 , � � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 312313-6 , � , , , � , ' ' 1 ' ' L� � r � �� ' ' ' �, � �, L_J ' � � ' , ' , ' 1 LJ ' � � �I �: LJ C� ' SECTION 31 23 16 EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTION PART1- GENERAL l.Ol DESCRIPTION A. Scope of Work: The work included under this Section consists of dewatering, excavating, trenching, sheeting/shoring, grading, backfilling, and compacting those soil materials required for the construction of the structures, piping, ditches, utility structures and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Definitions: C. � 1. Maximum Density: Maximum weight in pounds per cubic foot of a specific material. 2. Optimum Moisture Content: The optimum moisture content shall be determined by ASTM D 1557 specified to determine the maximum dry density for relative compaction. Field moisture content shall be determined on the basis of the fraction passing the 3/4-inch sieve. 3. Rock Excavation: Excavation of any hard natural substance which requires the use of explosives and/or special impact tools such as jack hammers, sledges, chisels ar similar devices specifically designed for use in cutting or breaking rock, but exclusive of trench excavating machinery. 4. Suitable: Suitable materials for fills shall be a non-cohesive, non-plastic granular local sand which shall be free from vegetation, organic material, mari, silt or muck. The Contractor shall furnish all additional fill material required. 5. Unsuitable: Unsuitable materials are highly organic soil (peat or muck) classified as A-8 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M 145. Plan for Earthwork: 1. Prior to commencing the excavation, the Contractor shall submit a plan of his proposed operations to the Engineer for review. T'he Contractor shall reflect the equipment and methods to be employed in the excavation. Trench Safety Act: The Contractor shall comply with all of the requirements of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Chapter 90-96, CS/CB 2626, laws of Florida). City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 1 December 2012 �� 1.02 A ] .03 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS All publications and standard specifications referred to herein are the latest or current issue of that publication or specification as of the specification date. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. A Testing Laboratory employed by the Owner will make such tests as are deemed advisable. The Contractor shall schedule his work so as to permit reasonable time for testing before placing succeeding lifts and shall keep the laboratory informed of his progress. Costs for all testing shall be paid by the Owner. However, any and all tests which have to be repeated because of the failure of the tested material to meet specification shall be paid for by the Contractor and the cost of any tests shall be deducted from payments due the Contractor. l.04 FEDERAL AND STATE REGULATORY REQllIREMENTS A. All trench excavations which exceed 5 feet in depth shall comply with the applicable trench safety standards as stated in the OSHA excavation safety standards 29 CFR S.I926.650 Subpart P as regulated and administered by the Florida Department of Labor and Employment Security as the "Florida Trench Safety Act." 1.05 PROTECTION A. Pre-Construction Survey: 1. Prior to commencing excavation, backfill ar dewatering, the Owner and Contractor shall jointly conduct a survey of those existing structures which, in the opinion of the Engineer, may be subject to settlement or distress resulting from excavation or dewatering operations. 2. The Contractor shall monitor the structures surveyed to ascertain evidence of settlement or distress. If settlement or distress becomes evident the Contractor shall be required to repair the structures to the previous condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Costs shall be paid by the Contractor. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer for review the proposed methods of construction, including dewatering, excavation, bedding, filling, compaction and backfilling for the various portions of the work. Review shall be for method only. The Contractor shall remain responsible for the adeyuacy and safety of the methods. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 3l 23 16 - 2 December 2012 , L1 � , 'I � ' , ' , u �� .J , , , ' � , i � � �°' *"_ "" `" � � � � �J �� ' � � II L1 � � J , � , ' � LJ L� � � PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: : C� 1. All fill material from on and off-site sources shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 2. All fill material shall be unfrozen and free of organic material, trash, or other objectionable material. Excess or unsuitable material as designated by the Engineer shall be removed from the job site by the Contractor. Common Fill Material: l. Common fill shall be sand not containing stones, rock, concrete or other rubble Iarger than 2 inches in diameter. It shall have physical properties which allow it to be easily spread and compacted. 2. The Contractor shall utilize as much excavated material as possible for reuse in accordance with the contract drawings and specifications or as directed by the Engineer. 3. The Engineer shall direct the Contractor on the type of material allowed in certain sections of the earthwork operations. Structural Fill: Structural fill shall be well graded sand to gravelly sand having the following gradation: U.S. Sieve Size l - inch No. 4 No. 40 No. l 00 No. 200 Percent Passing By Weight 100 75 - 100 15-80 0-30 0-10 D. Class I Soils�: Manufactured angular, granular material, 1/4 to 1-1/2 inches (6 to 40 mm) in size, including materials having significance such as crushed stone or rock, broken coral, crushed slag, cinders, or crushed shells. Sieve analysis for crushed stone is given below separately. , � Soils defined as Class I soils are not defined in ASTM D2487. City of Clearwater ' WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ] 0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 3l 23 16 - 3 December 2012 ' �s � �, � � E F 1. Crushed Stone: Crushed stone shal} consist of clean mineral aggregate free from clay, loam or organic matter, conforming with ASTM C33 stone size No. 89 and with particle size limits as follows: U.S. Sieve Size 1/2 3/8 No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 50 Class II Soils2: Percent Passing By Weight 100 90 - l 00 20 - 55 5-30 0-10 0-5 l. GW: Well-graded gravels and gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines. Fifty (50) percent or more retained on No. 4 sieve. More than 95 percent retained on No. 200 sieve. Clean. 2. GP: Poorly graded gravels and gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines. Fifty (50) percent or more retained on No. 4 sieve. More than 95 percent retained on No. 20Q sieve. Clean. 3. SW: Well-graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines. More than fifty (50) percent passes No. 4 sieve. More than 95 percent retained on No. 200 sieve. Clean. 4. SP: Poorly graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines. More than fifty (50) percent passes No. 4 sieve. More than 95 percent retained on No. 200 sieve. Clean. Coarse Sand: Sand shall consist of clean mineral aggregate with particle size limits as follows: U.S. Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight No. 10 100 No. 20 0-30 No. 40 0-5 G. Other Material: All other material, not specifically described, but required for proper completion of the work shall be selected by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 2 In accordance with ASTM D2487, less than 5 percent pass No. 200 sieve. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facitities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 4 December2012 � �� j�,��,��{�� , I � , ' � �� , � , , , ' ' �J � ii il „ ' � , ' � � PART 3 - EXECUTION , 3.01 ' A. S 3.02 , A � , ' � ' � ' � , i PREPARATION Clearing and Grubbing: l. Clearing, grubbing and stripping shall be performed in accordance with Section 31 I 1 00. PROTECTION Sheeting and Bracing: I. Furnish, put in place, and maintain sheeting and bracing as required to support the sides of excavations, to prevent movement which could in any way diminish the width of the excavation below that necessary for proper construction, and to protect adjacent structures, and to protect workers from hazardous conditions or other damage. Such support shall consist of braced steel sheet piling, braced wood lagging and soldier beams or other approved methods. If the Owner is of the opinion that sufficient or proper supports have not been provided, he may order additional supports be installed at the expense of the Contractor, and compliance with such order shall not relieve or release the Contractor from his responsibility for the sufficiency of such supports. Care shall be taken to prevent voids beside the sheeting, but if voids are formed, they shall be immediately filled and compacted. Where soil cannot be properly compacted to fill a void, lean concrete shall be used as backfill at no additional expense to the Owner. 2. The Contractor shall construct sheeting outside the neat lines of the foundation unless desired otherwise for his method of operation. Sheeting shall be plumb and securely braced and tied in position. Sheeting and bracing shall withstand all pressure to which the structure or trench will be subjected. Any deformation shall be corrected by the Contractor at his own expense so as to provide the necessary clearances and dimensions. 3. Where sheeting and bracing is required to support the sides of excavations for structures, the Contractor shall engage a Professional Geotechnical Engineer, registered in the State of Flarida, to design the sheeting and bracing. The sheeting and bracing installed shall conform with the design, and certification of this shall be provided by the Professional Geotechnical Engineer. 4. The installation of sheeting, particularly by driving or vibrating, may cause distress to existing structures. The Contractor shall evaluate the potential for such distress and, if necessary, take all precautions to prevent distress of existing structures because of sheeting installation. 5. The Contractor shall leave in place to be embedded in the backfill, all sheeting ' and bracing not shown on the Drawings but which the Owner directs him in City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well ' Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 5 December2012 � �� IEw�� : 3.03 G1 writing to leave in place at any time during the progress of the work for the purpose of preventing injury to structures, utilities, or property, whether public or private. The Owner may direct that timber used for sheeting and bracing be cut off at any specified elevation. 6. All sheeting and bracing not left in place shall be carefully removed in such manner as not to endanger the construction, or other structures, utilities, or property. All voids left or caused by withdrawal of sheeting shal] be immediately refilled with sand by ramming with tools especially adapted for that purpose, or otherwise directed by the Owner. 7. The right of the Owner to order sheeting and bracing left in place shall not be construed as creating any obligation on his part to issue such orders, and his failure to exercise his right to do so shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for damages to persons or property occurring from or upon the work occasioned by negligence or otherwise, growing out of a failure on the part of the Contractor to leave in place sufficient sheeting and bracing to prevent any caving or moving of the ground. 8. No wood sheeting is to be withdrawn if driven below mid-diameter of any pipe, and under no circumstances shall any wood sheeting be cut off at a level lower than 1 foot above the top of any pipe. Pumping and Drainage: The Contractor shall at all times during construction provide and maintain proper equipment and facilities to remove all water entering excavations, and shall keep such excavations dry so as to obtain a satisfactory undisturbed subgrade foundation condition until the fills, structures or pipes to be built thereon have been completed to such extent that they will not be floated or otherwise damaged by allowing water levels to return to natural levels as stipulated in Section 31 23 19. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review a plan for dewatering systems prior to commencing work. The installed dewatering system shall be in conformity with the overall construction plan. EXCAVATION Excavating for Structures and Utilities: Excavation work shall be performed in a safe and proper manner with appropriate precautions being taken against all hazards. Excavations shall provide adeyuate working space and clearances for the wark to be performed therein and for installation and removal of concrete forms. In no case shall excavation faces be undercut for extended footings. 2. Excavation shall be made to such dimensions as will give suitable room for bracing and supporting, for pumping and draining, for installing the pipelines, and for all other work required. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 6 December2012 � ��;�,�, �� ' , , LJ ' ' ' � ' Ll � ' i ' � ' � �J � ' ' ' ' � � ' ' 1 � ' ' ' � U ' � a � Excavation for precast or prefabricated structures shall be carried to an elevation two (2) feet lower than the proposed outside bottom of the structure to provide space for the structural backfill material. Excavation for structures constructed or cast-in-place in dewatered excavations shall be carried down to the bottom of the structure where dewatering methods are such that a dry excavation bottom is exposed and the naturally occurring material at this elevation leveled and left ready to receive construction. Material disturbed below the founding elevation in dewatered excavations shall be replaced with Class B concrete. 3. Immediately document the location, elevation, size, material type and function of all new subsurface installations, and utilities encountered during the course of construction. 4. Excavation equipment operators and other concerned parties shall be familiar with subsurface obstructions as shown on the Drawings and should anticipate the encounter of unknown obstructions during the course of the work. 5. Encounters with subsurface obstructions shall be hand excavated. 6. Excavation and dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which preserve the undisturbed state of subgrade soils. Subgrade soils which become soft, loose, "quick" or otherwise unsatisfactory for support of structures as a result of inadequate dewatering or other construction methods shall be removed and replaced by crushed stone as required by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. 7. The bottom of excavations shall be rendered firm and dry before placing any structure or pipe. Excavated material not suitable for backfill shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the Contractor. The bedding schedule for pipes shall be as shown in Table 02220-A. 8. Excavated material shall be stockpiled in such a manner as to prevent nuisance conditions. Surface drainage shall not be hindered. 9. All structure and pipe locations and elevations as required herein must be permanently documented by the Contractor, on the Recard Drawings prior to the Engineer's approval of the Application for Payment for that work. 10. Excavated material shall be stockpiled in such a manner as to prevent nuisance conditions. Surface drainage shall not be hindered. No excavated material or other construction material shall be placed within thtrty (30) feet of the edge of pavement of any public road. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 7 December 2012 TABLE 02220-A COMPACTION AND BACKFILL SCHEDULE Area Beneath structures, foundations, slabs, and pavements. (minimum 2-foot depth) Around structures, foundations and slabs (minimum 2-foot spacing) From cleared existing surface to subgrade for paved and gravel roadway surfaces Disturbed area requir- ing seeding and mulch- ing 3.04 DRAINAGE FORSTRUCTURES Material Compaction Structural Fill 8-inch lifts, compacted (Para. 2.01 C) to 95% Modified Proctar m�imum dry density. Fill should not be placed over any in-place soils until those layers have been compacted to 95% Modified Proctor maximum dry density. Structural Fill (Para. 2.01 C) Common Fill (Para 2.01 B) Topsoil 8-inch lifts, compacted to 95% Modified Proctor maximum dry density. Use light rubber-tired or vibratory plate compactors. 12-inch lifts, compacted to 95% Modified Proctor maximum dry density. See Section 32 92 19 A. The Contractor shall at all times during construction provide and maintain proper eyuipment and facilities to remove promptly and dispose of properly all water entering excavations, and keep such excavations dry so as to obtain a satisfactory undisturbed subgrade foundation condition. The dewatering method used shall prevent disturbance of earth below grade. B. All water pumped or drained from the excavated area shall be disposed of in a suitable manner without undue interference with other work, without damage to surrounding property, and in accordance with pertinent rules and regulations. C. No construction, including pipe laying, shall be allowed in water. Groundwater shall be maintained at least 24 inches below trench bottom. No water shall be allowed to come into contact with masonry or concrete within 24 hours after being placed. The City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 8 December 2012 � �� ' , � , � , ' ' �I ' '� ' ' � ' � ' � � , ' � ' ' Contractor shall constantly guard against damage due to water and take full responsibility for all damage resulting from his failure to do so. D. The Contractor will be required at his expense to excavate below grade and refill with approved fill material if the Owner determines that adequate drainage has not been provided. 3.05 UNDERCUT A. If the bottom of any excavation is below that shown on the Drawings or specified because of Contractor error, convenience, or unsuitable subgrade due to the Contractor's excavation methods, he shall refill to normal grade with fill at his own cost. Fill material and compaction method shall be as directed by the Engineer. ' 3.06 STABILIZATION ' ' �I �I ' � ' , ' , � ' ' A. Subgrades for concrete structures and trench bottoms shall be firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted and consolidated; shall be free from mud and muck; and shall be sufficiently stable to remain firm and intact. B. Subgrades for concrete structures or trench bottoms which are otherwise solid, but which becomes mucky on top due to construction operations, shall be reinforced with one or more layers of crushed rock or gravel. Not more than 1/2 inch depth of mud or muck shall be allowed to remain on stabilized trench bottoms when the pipe bedding material is placed thereon. The finished elevation of stabilized subgrades far concrete structures shall not be above subgrade elevations shown on the Drawings. C. 3.07 A. : All stabilization work shall be performed by and at the expense of the Contractar. FILL AND COMPACTION Materials: 1. To the maximum extent available, excess earth obtained from structure and trench excavation shall be used for the construction of fills and embankments. 2. Materials used as backfill shall be free from rocks or stones larger than 2 inches in their greatest dimension; brush, stumps, logs, roots, debris, and organic or other deleterious materials; and must be acceptable to the Engineer. 3. Backfilling and construction of fills and embankments during freezing weather shall not be done except by permission of the Engineer. No backfill, fill, or embankment materials shall be installed on frozen surfaces, nor shall frozen materials be in any backfill, fill or embankment. Placement and Compaction: CiTy of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 312316-9 �" � . __ 1. Backfill materials shall be placed in approximately horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Material deposited in piles or windrows by excavating and hauling equipment shall be spread and leveled before compaction. 2. Each layer of material being compacted shall have the best practicable uniform moisture content to ensure satisfactory compaction. The Contractor will be required to add water and harrow, disc, blade, or otherwise work the material in each layer to ensure uniform moisture content and adequate compaction. Each layer shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling or other method acceptable to the Engineer to 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content as determined by Modified Proctor Method, ASTM D1557, (latest). 3. Whenever a trench passes through a backfill or embankment, material shall be placed and compacted to an elevation 12 inches above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated. C. Compact and backfill excavations and construct embankments for structures according to the schedule listed in Table 02220-A. Backfill schedule for pipes is listed in Table 02220-B. (Modified Proctor shall be ASTM D-1557, latest): � ' L � , 1 � � , D. Pipe shall be laid in open trenches unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or , elsewhere in the Contract Documents. E. Excavations shall be backfilled to the original grade or as indicated on the Drawings. Deviation from this grade because of settling shall be corrected. Backfill operation shall be performed to comply with all rules and regulations and in such a manner that it does not create a nuisance or safety hazard. F. Embankments shall be constructed true to lines, grades and cross sections shown on the plans or ordered by the Owner. Embankments shall be placed in successive layers of not more than 8 inches in thickness, loose measure, for the full width of the embankment. As far as practicable, traffic over the work during the construction phase shall be distributed so as to cover the maximum surface area of each layer. G. If the Contractor requests approval to backfill material utilizing lifts and/or methods other than those specified herein, such request shall be in writing to the Engineer. Approval will be considered only after the Contractor has performed tests, at the Contractor's expense, to identify the material used and density achieved throughout the backfill area utilizing the method of backfill requested. The Engineer's approval will be in writing. H. Foundation Preparation 1. The existing ground beneath building foundations and equipment base slabs and slabs on grade shall be removed and the area proof-rolled. Proof-rolling the buildings and containment areas should consist of at least 10 passes of a City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ] 0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 10 � December 2012 �� ,�� ' � �J � ' � LJ ' ' ' , ' ' ' i!� � self-propelled vibrator compactor capable of imparting a maximum dynamic drum force of at least 36,000 pounds. Each pass should overlap the preceding pass by 30 percent to insure complete coverage. The subgrade shall be compacted in 8-inch layers to at least 95 percent of the material's ASTM D1557 (latest) maximum dry density for a depth of not less than 2-feet below the bottom of the foundations or concrete slabs. Any unsuitable foundation material shall be removed and replaced with suitable material. The replacement fill should be densified consistent with that of the proof rolled subgrade. Proof rolling should be carried out under the observation and testing of a representative of the Testing Laboratory so that in-place density tests can be used to document preparation of the subgrade. 2. Slabs On-Grade: Subgrades for concrete slabs shall be removed, backfilled, and compacted to the required grade. The top 2-feet of concrete slab subgrade in cut sections and all fill material shall be compacted in 8-inch layers to a density of not less than 95 percent of Modified Proctor Dry Density as determined by ASTM D1557, (latest). , 3.08 TRENCH EXCAVATION (SEE DRAWINGS FOR DETAIL) A. The Contractor shall not open more trench in advance of pipe laying than is necessary , to expedite the work. Four hundred (400) feet shall be the maximum length of open trench on any line under construction. All trench excavation shall be open cut from the surface. ' � , �I � ' , ' ' , : 1. Alignment, Grade, and Minimum Cover: The alignment and grade or elevation of each pipeline shall be fixed and determined from offset stakes. Vertical and horizontal alignment of pipes, and the maximum joint deflection used in connection therewith shall be in conformity with requirements of the section covering installation of pipe. 2. Where pipe grades or elevations are not definitely fixed by the contract drawings, trenches shall be excavated to a depth sufficient to provide a minimum depth of backfill cover over the top of the pipe of 42 inches where in paved or graded streets where surface grades are definitely established and 36 inches in other locations. Greater pipe cover depths may be necessary on vertical curves or to provide necessary clearance beneath existing pipes conduits, drains, drainage structures, or other obstructions encountered at normal pipe grades. Measurement of pipe cover depth shall be made vertically from the outside top of pipe to finished ground or pavement surface elevation. Limiting Trench Widths: 1. Trenches shall be excavated to a width which will provide adequate working space and sidewall clearances for proper pipe installation, jointing, and embedment. However, minimum permissible sidewall clearances between the installed pipe and each trench wall, expressed in inches, shall be as follows: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 11 December 2012 �. I�a �� Minimum Pipe Size Sidewall Clearance 36 or smaller 12 Stipulated minimum sidewall clearances are not minimum average clearances but are minimum clear distances which will be required. 3. Cutting trench banks on slopes to reduce earth load to prevent sliding and caving will be permitted only in areas where the increased trench width will not interface with surface features or encroach on right-of-way limits. Slopes shall not extend lower than one foot above the top of the pipe. Mechanical Excavation: l. The use of inechanical equipment will not be permitted in locations where its operation would cause damage to trees, buildings, culverts, and other existing property, utilities, or structures above or below ground. In all such locations, hand excavating methods shall be used. 2. Mechanical equipment used for trench excavation shall be of the type, design, and construction, and shall be so operated, that the rough trench excavation bottom elevation can be controlled, that uniform trench widths and vertical sidewalls are obtained at least from an elevation one foot above the top of the installed pipe to the bottom of the trench, and that trench alignment is such that pipe when accurately laid to specified alignment will be centered in the trench with adequate clearance between the pipe and sidewalls of the trench. Undercutting the trench sidewall to obtain clearance will not be permitted. Pavement Cutting: 1. Cuts in concrete pavement, asphalt pavement, and asphalt base pavements shall be no larger than necessary to provide adequate working space for proper installation of pipe and appurtenances. Cutting shall be started with an asphalt or concrete saw in a manner which will provide a clean groove for the full depth of pavement along each side of the trench and along the perimeter of cuts for structures. 2. Asphalt pavement and asphalt base pavement over trenches excavated for pipelines shall be removed so that a shoulder not less than 6 inches in width at any point is left between the cut edge of the pavement and the top edge of the trench. Trench width at the bottom shall not be greater than at the top and no undercutting will be permitted. Pavement cuts shall be made to and between straight or accurately marked curved lines which, unless otherwise required, shall be parallel to the centerline of the trench. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 12 December 2012 -mW; ,,, �. ,� � .�. �: �; ' ' I� � ' ' , �� , � L.J , ' ' L_ 1 , ' , ' , �J ' , � , ' ' , Pavement removed for connections to existing lines or structures shall not be greater than necessary for the installation as determined by the Engineer. E. Artificial Foundations in Trenches: Whenever so ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate to such depth below grade as the Engineer may direct and the trench bottom shall be brought to grade with such material as the Engineer may order installed. All piling, concrete, or other foundations made necessary by unstable soil shall be installed as directed by the Engineer. F. Bell Holes: Bell holes shall provide adeyuate clearance for tools and methods used in installing pipe. No part of any bell or coupling shall be in contact with the trench bottom, trench walls, or granular embedment when the pipe is jointed. 3.09 TESTS A. As stipulated in the quality control section, all tests required for preliminary review of materials shall be made by an approved independent testing laboratory at the expense of the Contractor. Two initial gradation tests shall be made for each type of backfill material and one additional gradation test shall be made for each additional 500 tons of each material by the Contractor's independent testing laboratory. Moisture-density (Proctor) tests and relative in place density tests on the materials, and all in-place field density tests, shall be made at the expense of the Testing Laboratory. � 3.10 DRAINAGE MAINTENANCE �J � � � , � ' � ' A. Trenches across roadways, driveways, walks, or other traffic-ways adjacent to drainage ditches or water courses shall not be backfilled prior to completion of backfilling the trench on the upstream side of the traffic-way to prevent impounding water after the pipe has been laid. Bridges and other temporary structures required to maintain traffic across such unfilled trenches shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor. Backfilling shall be done so that water will not accumulate in unfilled or partially filled trenches. All material deposited in roadway ditches or other water courses crossed by the line of trench shall be removed immediately after backfilling is completed and the original sections, grades, and contours of ditches or water courses shall be restored. Surface drainage shall not be obstructed longer than necessary. 3.l 1 FINAL GRADING A. After other outside work has been finished, and backfilling completed and settled, all areas on the site of the work which are to be graded shall be brought to grade with the tolerance of f 0.1 feet at the indicated elevations, slopes, and contours where seeding or sodding is not required or, where sodding is required within three (3) inches of finished grade. Use of graders or other power equipment will be permitted for final grading and dressing of slopes, provided the result is uniform and equivalent to hand City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract ]: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 13 December 2012 � � �� : C 3.12 work. All surfaces shall be graded to secure effective drainage. Unless otherwise shown, a slope of at least one percent shall be provided. After grading and where seeding is required, topsoil shall be evenly spread to a minimum depth of six (6) inches. Topsoil shall be from an Engineer approved source and shall be clear of trash, debris and surface vegetation more than six (6) inches in height. Grading and surfacing shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Insofar as needed, suitable excavated materials shall be used in fills and embankments shown on the Drawings. All suitable excess excavated material shall be placed at the stockpile area shown on the Drawings or specified by the Engineer. B. The Contractor shall segregate different types of excavated materials (i.e. sands, clayey sands} as possible in the stockpile area. All debris, junk, stones, logs, stumps, roots, and other unsuitable materials may be disposed of by the Contractor in the sanitary landfill, but first must be weighed on the truck scales. C. The Contractor should slope and compact the stockpile with a light roller type vehicle to maintain stability. D. The Contractor shall maintain proper soil and erosion control measures. 3.13 A : SETTLEMENT The Contractor shall be responsible for all settlement of backfill, fills, and embankments which may occur within the correction period stipulated in the General Conditions. The Contractor shall make, or cause to be made, al1 repairs or replacements made necessary by settlement within 30 days after notice from the Engineer or Owner. Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 14 December 2012 W .. � � ,`� � d� ' ' ' � ' ' ' ' , ' � � � � ' � , , � � r � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � TABLE 02220 - B BACKFILL SCHEDULE FOR GRAVITY AND PRESSURE PIPING PIPE ENVELOPE PRIMARY ZONE SECONDARY ZONE Pipe Pipe Trench BEDDING Material Size Condition Material Material Depth° Material Depth Others Ductile Iron, Stainless <16" Normala Compacted Coarse Sand 0.5 O.D. Coarse Sand 0.5 O.D. +12" Steel, Culver Pipe and Common Fill Prestressed Specialb Class I Coarse Sand 0.5 O.D. Coarse Sand 0.5 O.D. +12" Concrete Cylinder Pipe > 16„ Fiberglass, PVC <6" and Other Plastic Pipe > 16" R.C.P. And C.C.P. <48„ >48„ Normala Specialb NOrmala Specialb Normala Specialb Normala Specialb Normala Specialb City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Faaiiiiies Expansion Frc�eci i"v-v"u39-�i'-�.4; Issued for Bid December 2012 Class II CIassI Coarse Sand Classl Class II Class I Class 1[ Class I Class II CIassI 31 23 16 - 15 Common Fill Common Fill Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Class Il Class [I Class II Class II Class II Class Il 0.25 O.D. 0.25 O.D. 0.7 O.D. 0.7 O.D. 0.7 O.D. 0.7 O.D. 0.5 O.D. 0.5 O.D. 0.25 O.D. 0.25 O.D. ��:. � Common Fill -- Common Fill Coarse Sand 0.3 O.D. +12" Coarse Sand 0.3 O.D. +12" Class II 03 O.D. + 12" Class Il 0.3 O.D. +12" Common Fill -- Common Fill -- Common Fill 0.75 O.D. +12" with ma�c. stone size < 2 Common Fill 0.75 O.D. +12" with ma�c. stone size <2 Class II Material should not have stones size >2". Organic content <1.l % by wt. TABLE 02220 - B BACKFILL SCHEDULE FOR GRAVITY AND PRESSURE PIPING PIPE ENVELOPE PRIMARY ZONE SECONDARY ZONE Pipe Pipe Trench BEDDING Material Size Condition Material Material Depth° Material Depth Others Pipe laid in rock (min. trench requirements) except for fiberglass and PVC pipe Gravity pipe (not Specified above) Pressure pipe (not specified above) Rock Class II Class II 0.5 O.D. Common Fill 0.5 O.D. +12" with maac. stone size Normal Normal Coarse Sand Coarse Sand Suitable Common Fill Undisturbed with max. Earth or stone size <2. Compacted Common Fill 0.5 O.D 0.5 O.D Common Fill 0.50 O.D. +12" Common Fill 0.50 O.D. +12" with max. Stone size � 2„ a. Dry Soil b. Saturated soils c. Outside Diameter of pipe = O.D. Notes: 1. No Special bedding shall be required in case of suitable undisturbed earth type trench bottom. 2. Bedding thickness shall be 12 inches unless specified otherwise. 3. The backfill shall be compacted to 95% Modified Proctor maximum dry density and shall be place in 6-inch lifts for pipe envelope and in 12-inch lifts from secondary zone to grad. Common fill shall be used as final backfill material. 4. It is intended that additional excavation be conducted to remove unsuitable materials. Over excavation, geotextile fabric, gravel blanket, granular fill and other acceptable stabilization methods shall be place within 4 feet of the bedding level or within 10 feet of the existing ground (whichever is greater depth) at no additional cost to the Ownec Construction required beyond these limits shall be executed in accordance with the General Conditions. When indicated on the Drawings, the City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 16 December 2012 � F��;�, �:��it�� "�� r � � � � � � � � � � � � Contractor shall remove unsuitable material below bedding level to the limits indicated and replace with coarse sand or other acceptable stabilization method up to the bedding level without any additional cost to the Owner. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well � i:}• c..n • v_.,•e„� i� nn�� r�r �n� i'�LS22L2�J L.��.�S1JlL13 : SV�LL! s:—vv_r: �—�_�; Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 17 December 2012 END OF SECTION THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid 31 23 16 - 18 December 2012 �� , `; ' � ' � � � � , ' ' � � ,-, ��I � L�J ' � � � � , � i � ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 ' A. ' B. ' l. ' ' ' i ' � � � :J � , r SECTION 33 11 16 UNDERGROUND PIPING AND FITTINGS DESCRIPTION Scope of Work: This section specifies the requirements for the provision, installation, and testing of all underground piping, fittings, valves, and other accessories. Related Work Described Elsewhere: 1. Disinfection of Process and Water Main Piping is included in Section 33 13 00. C. General Requirements: The provision and installation disinfection of all process and water main piping shall be in accordance with the City of Clearwater Standard Well Drilling and Construction Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and the specifications herein. If a discrepancy exists between these specifications and the City's standard documents, the City's standard documents govern. 1.02 A. 1.03 A. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Perform work in accordance with City of Clearwater Technical Specifications except as modified herein. SUBMITTALS Product literature and data for pipe, fittings, valves and other accessories shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Pipe and fittings shall be handled and stored in a manner which will ensure installation in sound, undamaged condition. Handling methods and eyuipment used shall prevent damage to the protective coating and shall include the use of end hooks, padded calipers, and nylon or similar fabric slings with spreader bars. Bare cables, chains, or metal bars shall not be used. Coated pipe shall be stored off the ground on wide padded skids. Whenever the storage period on the job exceeds 30 days, plastic coated pipe shall be covered or otherwise protected from exposure to sunlight. B. Do not place pipe or pipe materials on private property or in areas obstructing pedestrian or vehicle traffic. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid � December 2012 33 1] 16 - 1 �� 1.05 I1 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEES Provide standard manufacturer equipment warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A. DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS Ductile iron pipe shall meet ANSI/AWWA CI51/A21.51 latest edition, with cement mortar lining and asphaltic seal coat complying with ANSI 21.4/AWWA C104. B. Pipe 4" to 12" shall have a minimum pressure Class 350 psi. Pipe 14" to 20" shall have a minimum pressure Class 250 psi. Pipe 24" and larger shall have a minimum pressure Class 200 psi. Pipes 30" and larger shall be pressure Class l 50 psi. C. Joints shall be push on or mechanical joints conforming to ANSUAWWA Cl l l/A21.11. D. Fittings shall be push-on mechanical joint ductile iron fittings conforming to ANSI/AWWA Cl ]0/A21.10 or ANSUAWWA C153/A21.53 with cement mortar lining and asphaltic seal coating, or all fittings, under this section, shall be supplied with a fusion applied epoxy coating, both inside and outside for total protection. The epoxy coating system used shall be suited for potable water contact. The epoxy coating system must have NSF 61 certification and be recognized and certified by the manufacturer as approved for use in both potable water and wastewater application with total protection. The epoxy coating shall meet or exceed ANSUAWWA G550 and C I 16/A2l .l 16 requirements. Nominal coating and lining thickness shall be 6 to 8 mils dry film thickness. The coating and lining system shall be applied for secure adhesion and shall have a smooth surface. Gaskets for push-on or mechanical joints shall be vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber. Tee-bolts and nuts for mechanical joints shall be high strength low-alloy steel having the characteristics listed in Table 6 ofAWWA Cll 1. E. Exterior coatings shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4. F. All underground ductile iron raw water piping shall be marked with a continuous "olive green" painted stripe, two-inches (2") minimum width, located within the top 90 degrees (90 Deg.) of the pipe. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 A. 1NSTALLATION Raw water process piping shall be installed as follows: 1. Trench Preparation and Pipe Bedding City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 33 1 I 16 - 2 ��a,� � � , r , ' ' � � � , i � �� , � Ll � , � � 2 The trench preparation and pipe bedding shall be in accordance with Section 5 of the City's Technical Specifications (Section IV) and the design drawing details. Pipe Preparation and Handling All pipe and fittings shall be inspected prior to lowering into trench to insure no cracked, broken, or otherwise defective materials are being used. The Contractor shall clean the ends of pipe thoroughly and remove foreign ' matter and dirt from the inside of pipe and keep the pipe clean during and after laying. , The Contractor shall use proper implements, tools, and facilities for the safe and proper protection of the WORK. The Contractor shall lower pipe into the trench in such a manner as to avoid any physical damage to the pipe and shall , remove all damaged pipe from the job site. Care shall be taken to not drop or dump pipe into trenches under any circumstances. � , ' � � 3. 4 � Trench Dewatering and Drainage Control Trench dewatering and drainage control shall be in accordance with Section 5 of the City's Technical Specifications (Section IV). The Contractor shall prevent water from entering the trench during excavation and pipe laying operations to the extent required to properly grade the bottom of the trench and allow for proper compaction of the backfill. Pipe shal) not be taid in water. Survey Line and Grade Pipe shall be laid to the lines and grades shown on the design drawings, within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 feet. The Contractor shall provide line and grade stakes at 25' intervals. The Contractor shall provide Temporary Bench Marks (TBM'S) on site. The minimum pipe depth shall be three (3) feet below the finished grade surface. Pipe Installation in Trench � The Contractor shall prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the trench. The Contractor shall remove all foreign material from the pipe or joint ring before the next pipe is placed. If the pipe laying 1 crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into the pipe, the County Engineer or designee may require that snugly-fitted, tightly-woven canvas bags be placed over each end before lowering the pipe. � T'he bags shall be left in place until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operations, the Contractor shall keep debris, tools, clothing, or other materials out of the pipe. , � � � 6. Installation of Ductile Iron Pipe All ductile iron pipe shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C600 unless such standards conflicts with these specifications in which case these specifications shall apply. The Contractor shall cut pipe only as necessary to comply with alignment shown on the design drawings. Flame cutting of pipe City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 33 11 16 - 3 � : 7 shall not be allowed. The Contractor shall provide special tools and devices, such as special jacks, chokers, and similar items required for proper installation. Lubricant for the pipe gaskets shall be furnished by the pipe manufacturer, and no substitutes shall be permitted under any circumstances. Pipe Restraining General: All pressure pipe, fittings, mechanical joints, and other items shall be restrained with restraining assemblies as specified herein and as shown on the design drawing details. The use of thrust blocks for pressure pipe and fittings shall be prohibited. � Restrained Joint Construction Sections of piping shall be constructed using pipe and fittings with restrained "Locked-type" joints (Tyton Joint with Field Lok Gasket) manufactured by U. S. Pipe and Foundry Company or eyual. The joints shail be capable of holding against withdrawal for line pressures 50 percent above the normal working pressure. Any restrained joints that allow for elongation upon pressurization will not be allowed in those locations where the pipe comes out of the ground. Mechanical Restraining Devices Mechanical restraining devices as specified herein may be substituted for the restrained "Locked-Type" joints manufactured by the ductile iron pipe and fitting manufacturer. The restraining devices shall be "Megalug 2000PV" or approved equal. Joint Restraint Devices Mechanical joint restraint shall be incorporated in the design of the follower gland and shall include a restraining mechanism which, when actuated, imparts multiple wedging action against the pipe, increasing its resistance as the pressure increases. Flexibility of the joint shall be maintained after burial. Glands shall be manufactured of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536-80. Restraining devices shall be of ductile iron heat treated to a minimum hardness of 370 BHN. Dimensions of the gland shall be such that it can be used with the standardized mechanical joint bell and tee-head bolts conforming to ANSI A21.11 and ANSUAWWA C153/A21.53. Twist-off nuts shall be used to insure proper actuating of the restraining devices. The mechanical joint restraint device shall have a working pressure of at least 250 psi with a minimum safety factor of 2:1. , � � ' , � � � ' ' � � , ' � Locating Wire: All pressure mains shall be installed with a continuous color-coded insulated 10 gauge solid core copper wire. � C. Warning Tape: During the backfilling operating, pipe-locating tape shall be place one foot below grade directly above and parallel to the pipe run with the printed side up for visual identification. The tape shall be Lineguard as manufactured by Lineguard, City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 33 l l 16 - 4 �� , � � , 1 ' � ' 3.02 r , ' ' , � � � �_ CJ � � 1 , � � I:� C. 0 Inc., Wheaton, IL consisting of a two inch (2") minimum width plastic and metallized foil for detection by pipeline locating equipment. Tape shall be coded as follows: PIPE COLOR PRINTING Raw Water Olive Green "Caution Buried Raw Water Line Below" SEPARATION OF WATER, SEWER, AND RECLAIMED WATER PIPING General 1. Water mains that are laid in the vicinity of pipelines designated to carry raw wastewater or reclaimed water (wastewater effluent) shall meet the horizontal and vertical separations specified below. Horizontal Separation 1. Normal Conditions: Water mains shall be located at least 6 feet horizontally from pipes carrying raw wastewater, and 3 feet horizontally from pipes carrying reclaimed water. The distance shall be measured from inside edge of pipe to inside edge of pipe. 2. Unusual Conditions: When local conditions prevent a horizontal separation of 6 feet, a water main may be laid closer to a pipe carrying raw wastewater provided that the bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer pipe and water main is laid in a separation trench or on an undisturbed earth shelf. This configuration shall receive approval from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) and the County Engineer or designee, IN WRITING, prior to initiation in the field. Vertical Separation 1. Normal Conditions: Water mains shall be laid to provide a separation of at least 18 inches between the bottom of the water main and the top of the sewer. 2. Unusual Conditions: When construction conditions prevent a vertical separation of 18 inches as described hereinabove, the sewer pipe shall be constructed of ductile iron pipe with mechanical joints. Crossing of Water Mains and Sewer Mains 1 2 Water mains shall be above the sewer whenever they cross. Adequate structural support for both the water main and sewer mains shall be provided to prevent excessive deflection of joints and settling. 3. If separation is less than required, sewers shall be constructed of ductile iron pipe with mechanical joints and the length of the ductile iron pipe shall be a minimum of 18 feet and centered at the point of crossing so that the joints will be eyuidistant and as far as possible from the water main. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 33 11 16 - 5 � � 3.03 I:1 : C HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPING General l. Hydrostatic tests shall consist of pressure test and leakage test. Hydrostatic tests shall be conducted on all newly installed pressure piping, joints and valves including all service lines to the curb stops. Air testing of pressure piping will not be permitted under any circumstance. Tests may be made on sections not exceeding 2,000 feet, when this procedure is acceptable to the City of Clearwater. Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and material, make all taps, and furnish all closure pieces in the pipe as required. Equipment to be furnished by the Contractor shall include graduated containers, pressure gauges, hydraulic force pumps, and suitable hoses and piping. The City of Clearwater will monitor and approve a satisfactory test. 2. The Contractor may conduct hydrostatic tests after the trench has been partiaily backfilled with the joints left exposed for inspection for his informational purposes only. The hydrostatic tests for acceptance shall only be conducted after the trenches have been completely backfilled and compacted as specified. 3. All pipe sections to be pressure tested shall be subjected to a minimum hydrostatic pressure of 150 psi. The duration of each pressure test shall be for a period of 2 hours. If during the test, the integrity of the tested line is in question, the City of Clearwater may require a 6-hour pressure test. The basic provisions ofAWWA C600 shall be applicable. Procedure for Pressure Test The Contractor shall give the Engineer and the Clearwater Public Utilities Inspector 48-hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. Each section of pipe to be tested, as determined by the City of Clearwater, shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. To accomplish this, taps shall be made, and appropriate valves installed to ensure bleeding of all air from the main. If defective pipes, fittings, valves, or hydrants are discovered in consequence of this pressure test, all such items shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. Provisions of AWWA C600, where applicable, shall apply. Procedure for Leakage Test 1. After completion of the pressure test, a leakage test shall be conducted to determine the yuantity of water lost by leakage under the specified test pressure. Applicable provisions ofAWWA C600 shall apply. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid � December 2012 33 11 16 - 6 �� p�� ' ' ' � ' ' , , � , � � , ' � � i � ' � � ' , , ' I� 3 Allowable leakage in gallons per hour for pipeline shall not be greater than that determined by the formula: L = SD P 1 /2 133,200 Note: L = Allowable leakage in gallons per hour. S = Length of pipe tested, in feet. D = Nominal diameter of the pipe in inches. P = Average test pressure during leakage test in pounds per square inch gauge. Leakage is defined as the quantity of water to be supplied in the newly laid pipe or any valved section under test, which is necessary to maintain the specified leakage test pressure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air expelled. Should any test of pipe laid disclose leakage greater than that allowed, Contractor shall locate and replace or repair the defective joints, pipe or valve until the leakage from subsequent testing is within the specified allowance. I3.04 FINAL CLEANING AND DISINFECTION ' , ' i 1 i C � r , C� A. Prior to Final Inspection and acceptance of the piping by the City of Clearwater, the Contractar shall flush, pig, and disinfect all portions of the piping in accordance with Section 33 13 00 Disinfection of Process and Water Main Piping. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 33 11 16 - 7 ,,� � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 33 11 16 - 8 � � ,� � , � � , , , u � SECTION 33 13 00 DISINFECTION OF PROCESS AND WATER MAIN PIPING PART1- GENERAL 1.01 A. B. 1.02 A. ' , 1.03 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � ' DESCRIPTION Scope of Work: Furnish all labor, material, and equipment required for the disinfection of all process and water main piping. General Requirements: The disinfection of all process and water main piping sha11 be in accordance with the City of Clearwater Standard Well Drilling and Construction Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and the specifications herein. STANDARDS The standards referenced in this section are as follows: 1. Disinfecting Water Mains AWWA C651 2. Hypochlorites AWWA B300 3. Liquid Chlorine AWWA B301 SUBMITTALS A. General l. All submittals shall be in accordance with Section O1 33 00. B. Test Reports 1. The Contractor shall submit disinfection reports which include the following information: a. Type and form of disinfectant used. b. Date and time of disinfectant injection start and time of completion. c. Test locations. d. Initial and 24 hour disinfectant residuals for each outlet tested. e. Date and time of flushing start and completion. f. Disinfectant residual after flushing for each outlet tested. 2. The Contractor shall submit bacteriological reports which include the following information: a. Date issued, project name, and testing laboratory name, address, telephone number, and state certification number. b. Date and time of water sample collection. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 33 13 00 - l � 3 c. Name of person collecting samples and company name. d. Test locations. e. Initial and 24 hour disinfectant residuals for each outlet tested. f. Coliform bacteria test results for each outlet tested. g. Certification that water conforms to bacteriological standards of AWWA. h. Bacteriologists' signature and authority Submit five (5) copies of the test reports to the Engineer upon completion of the testing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A DISINFECTION CHEMICALS All chemicals used for disinfection shall meet AWWA B300 and/or AWWA B301 and shall be NSF 60 approved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Before being placed in service, all new water mains shall be chlorinated in accordance with the specifications below and the procedures outline in AWWA C-651, "Standard Procedure for Disinfecting Water Mains." Disinfection of water mains shall be witnessed by the Engineer and the Clearwater Public Utilities Inspector. 3.02 FLUSHING AND PIGGING A. Sections of pipe to be disinfected shall first be flushed (minimum 2.5 ft./sec.) and pigged to remove any solids or contaminated material that may have become lodged in the pipe. If no hydrant is installed at the end of the main, then a blow-off valve shall be provided large enough to develop a velocity of at least 2.5 feet per second in the main. B. All taps reyuired for chlorination or flushing purposes, or for temporary or permanent release of air, shall be provided for by the Contractar as a part of the construction of water mains. After the disinfection, all such taps shall be sealed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the Clearwater Public Utilities Inspector. 3.03 I1 DISINFECTION CRITERIA Before being placed into service, new mains and repaired portions of or extensions to existing mains shall be chlorinated by the Contractor so that the initial chlorine City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 33 13 00 - 2 � �� , ' ' ' � ' ' ' ' ' , , ' ' ' � ' , ' L _J residual is not less than 50 mg/1 and that a chlarine residual of not less than SO mg/l remains in the water after standing 24 hours in the pipe. , 3.04 FORM OF APPLIED CHLORINE LJ ' ' ' , ' , L__J , ' li � , ' ' ' ' A. Chlorine shall be applied as a sodium hypochlorite solution. The Contractor shall assume responsibility and shall meet requirements of OSHA and other regulatory agencies for safe handling of the chlorine solution. 3.05 POINT OF APPLICATION A. The preferred point of application of the chlorinating agent is at the beginning of the pipeline extension or any valved section of it, and through a corporation stop inserted in the pipe. The water injector for delivering the chlorine-bearing water into the pipe should be supplied from a tap made on the pressure side of the gate valve controlling the flow into the pipeline extension. Alternate points of applications may be used when approved or directed by the Engineer and the Clearwater Public Utilities Inspector. 3.06 OPERATION OF CITY VALVES A. Valves shall be manipulated by or in the presence of duly authorized City personnel so that the strong chlarine solution in the line being treated will not flow back into the line supplying the water. 3.07 CHLORINATING VALVES AND HYDRANTS A. In the process of chlorinating newly laid pipe, all valves or other appurtenances shall be operated while the pipe line is filled with the chlorinating agent and under normal operating pressure. 3.08 FINAL FLUSHING AND TESTING A. Following chlorination, all treated water shall be thoroughly flushed from the newly laid pipe at its extremity until the replacement water throughout its lengths shows upon test, a free chlorine residual not in excess of 0.5 mg/1. B. After flushing, water samples collected on two (2) successive days, 24 hours apart, from the treated piping system shall show no bacteriological contamination. All bacteriological sampling shall be performed in the presence of a Clearwater Public Utilities Inspector. All bacteriological analyses must be performed by a laboratory certified by FDEP. Copies of testing results shall be submitted to the Engineer. All costs for bacteriological sampling and testing shall be paid for by the Contractor. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 33 13 00 - 3 .� � �. ,� ; 3.09 A REPETITION OF FLUSHING AND TESTING Should the initial disinfection result in an unsatisfactory bacterial test results, the disinfection procedure shall be repeated by the Contractor until satisfactory results are obtained. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 33 13 00 - 4 ' , , ' � , ' ' , , , � ' r t � � � �� , ' L__J , , SECTION 40 O1 20 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING ' PART 1 - GENERAL �� J ' ' , , 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope of Work: Furnish alI labor, materials, services, supplies, tools, equipment, transportation and facilities necessary to install complete and operable all mechanical equipment as shown on the Drawings and specified in this Division. B. Drawings and Specifications: The Drawings and Specifications shall be considered as complementary, one to the other, so that materials and work indicated, called for, or implied by the one and not by the other shall be supplied and installed as though specificalIy called for by both. The Drawings are to be considered diagrammatic, not necessarily shown in the detail or to scale all of the equipment or minor items. In the event of discrepancies between the Drawings and the Specifications, or between either of these and any regulations or ordinances governing work of this Division, the Bidder shall notify the Engineer in ample time to permit revisions. C. General Requirements: All process mechanical work shall be in accordance with the City of Clearwater Standard Well Drilling and Construction Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and the specifications herein. ' 1.02 A � , i L_ J ' 1 ' �J QUALITY ASSURANCE All equipment and materials used in this installation shall be new, of the best quality and, unless otherwise noted, shall be standard catalog items of the various manufacturers. B. Equipment and appurtenances shall be designed in conformity with ANSI (formerly ASA), ASME, IEEE, NEMA, OSHA, AGMA, and other generally acceptable applicable standards. They shall be of rugged construction and of sufficient strength to withstand all stresses which may occur during fabrication, testing, transportation, installation, and all conditions or operations. All bearings and moving parts shall be adequately protected against wear by bushings or other approved means. Provisions shall be made far adequate lubrication with readily accessible devices. C. Machinery parts shall conform to the dimensions shown on the working drawings within allowable tolerances. The corresponding parts of identical machines shall be made interchangeable. Protruding members such as joints, corners and gear covers shall be finished in appearance. All exposed welds shall be ground smooth and the corners of structural shapes shall be rounded or chamfered. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 O1 20 - 1 � D. Clearances and Access: Ample clearance shall be provided for inspection and adjustment. All equipment shall fit the allotted space and shall leave reasonable access room for servicing and repairs. Greater space and room required by substituted equipment shall be provided by the Contractor and at his expense. Provide access panels at walls or ceilings for access to valves, dampers, equipment or any part requiring maintenance or service. Provide minimum sizes of 12 inches by 12 inches for hand access or 24 inches by 24 inches for personnel access. E. Safety Reyuirement: 1. All machinery and equipment shall be safeguarded in accordance with the safety codes of the ANSI, OSHA, and local industrial codes. 2. The Contractor shall provide for each V-belt drive or rotating shaft a protective guard which shall be securely bolted to the floor or apparatus. The guard shall completely enclose drives and pulleys and be constructed to comply with all safety requirements. 1 ' � � I' � ' ' ' 3. For fans, the belt guard shal] be arranged so as not to restrict the air flow into the fan inlet. Guards shall not interfere with lubrication of equipment. ' l .03 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. All machined surfaces and shafting shall be cleaned and protected from corrosion by the proper type and amount of coating necessary to assure protection during shipment and prior to installation. B. C. 1.04 A. 1.05 Oil lubricated gearing, bearings, etc. are to be shipped with an oil soluble protective coating as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. Motors, reducers and electric controls shall have the standard factory finish prior to delivery. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT Fabricated sub-assemblies, if any, shall be shipped in convenient sections as permitted by carrier regulations and shall be properly match-marked for ease of field erection. INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the project area will be open to public viewing. Therefore, it is the intention of these specifications that all finished work be suitable for such purpose. Precision gauges and levels shall be used in setting all equipment. All piping and equipment shall be perfectly aligned, horizontally and vertically. Tolerances for piping and equipment installation shall be 1/2- inch in 30 ft. horizontal and vertically. All valves and operators shall be installed in the position shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer if not shown. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 O1 20 - 2 ,--, � ,J �J , L_� � L �� L� � , ' � ;t� ; � � i ' r-, i� � I� II � ��_ � ' � � ' , B. The Contractor shall have on site sufficient proper construction equipment and machinery of ample capacity to facilitate the work and to handle all emergencies normally encountered in work of this character. To minimize field erection problems, mechanical units shall be factory assembled when practical. C. Equipment shall be erected in a neat and workmanlike manner on the foundations and supports at the locations and elevations shown on the Drawings, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer during installation. D. The equipment shall be brought to proper level by shims (I/4-inch maximum). After the machine has been leveled and aligned, the nuts on the anchor bolts shali be tightened to bind the machine firmly into place against the wedges or shims. Grout shall be as specified in Division 03. E F The grout shall be tamped into position with a board, steel bar or other tool. Tamping should not be so hard as to raise or otherwise displace the plate. All equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to provide access for routine maintenance including lubrication. G. For equipment such as pumping units, which require field alignment and connections, ' the Contractor shall provide the services of the equipment manufacturer's qualified mechanic, millwright, machinist, or authorized representative, to align the pump and motor prior to making piping connections or anchoring the pump base. , �I � ' � �� , � ' r--, L ' �_J H. All rotating eyuipment shall be statically and dynamically balanced. Unless otherwise specified, the vibration allowance in the units shall not exceed the upper limits as established by the manufacturer. I. Equipment of a portable nature which reyuires no installation shall be delivered to a location designated by the Owner. J. All cutting and patching necessary for the wark shall be performed by the Contractor. Where interferences occur, and departures from indicated arrangements are required, the Contractor shall coordinate the mechanical work with the other trades involved and make a determination as to changed locations and elevations of ductwork and/or piping and shall obtain approval from the Engineer for the proposed changes. K. Where the contact of dissimilar metals may cause electrolysis and where aluminum will contact concrete, mortar or plaster, the contact surface of the metals shall be coated, according to Section 40 23 20. 1.06 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATION AND SUPPORTS A. All foundations, platforms and hangers required for the proper installation of equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 Ol 20 - 3 B. All floor mounted equipment shall be mounted on a reinforced concrete pad of four inches in height as a minimum or as required by the Drawings. Concrete for pads shall be 3,000 lb. and shall conform to the requirements of Section 03 30 00. Reinforcement shall be as shown on the Drawings or specified in Section 03 20 00 and all edges shall be chamfered. C. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and protect all necessary guides, bearing plates, anchor and attachment bolts, and all other appurtenances required for the installation of equipment. These shall be of ample size and strength for the purpose intended. D. Anchor bolts required or indicated by the Drawings shall be furnished and built into the concrete foundations. E. Structural steel supports and miscellaneous steel required for supporting and/or hanging eyuipment and piping furnished under this Division shall be provided and installed by Contractor. F G. 1.07 All foundations, anchor pads, piers, pipe supports, and structural steel supports shall be built to template and reinforced as required for loads imposed on them. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for sizes, locations and design of all foundations, anchor pads, piers, pipe supports, curbs and structural steel supports. VIBRATION ISOLATION A. All rotating or reciprocating equipment unless otherwise directed shall be mounted on vibration isolators and provided with flexible connections to isolate the equipment from the structure and/or installation. B. Isolators shall produce uniform loading and deflections, regardless of equipment weight distribution, and shall be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of such items and who publishes engineering and selection data. 1.08 LUBRICATION A. The Contractor shall thoroughly lubricate all equipment in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's instructions. Lubricating oils and greases shall be of type and viscosity as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. B. All lubricants shall be furnished by the Contractor. C. All systems requiring oil lubrication for gearing, bearings, etc., are to be flushed with flushing oils as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. This includes all gearings, bearings, etc., regardless of whether they have been shipped with or without oil soluble protective coatings. D. Following flushing, oil lubricated systems shall be filled with "run-in" oil as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. The equipment will be "run-in" at the City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 01 20 - 4 ' ' � i� I� � L�' , CJ ' , , , � � � , � �� , ' , , ' � , ' no-load condition for a minimum period of 2 hours. Following "run-in" and inspection, the equipment is to be drained and flushed again with flushing oil as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. E. The schedule far the above procedures is to be submitted for review by the Engineer at least two (2) weeks prior to the selected procedure starting date. At this time inspection details can be worked out. F. The Contractor shall provide a one-year supply of all types of lubricants required for the various types of equipment furnished and installed under this Contract. Lubricants shall be in metal containers suitably labeled. I1.09 TEST OPERATION � L ' � ' ' ' , � ' , ' ' �J A. When equipment is required to be factory tested, the results of the tests shall be submitted to the Engineer and approval of the test results shall be obtained before shipment of the equipment. B. When an item of equipment, including controls and instrumentation, has been completely erected, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, who will designate a time to make such tests as required, and operate the item to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All testing shall be done in the presence of the Engineer. "Completely erected" shall mean that the installation is erected, all necessary adjustments have been made, all required utility connections have been made, required lubricants and hydraulic fluid have been added and the unit has been cleaned up. C 1.10 Contractor shall furnish labor, lubricants, and all other materials, equipment and instruments necessary for all tests. FAILURE OF TESTS A. Any defects in the equipment, or deviations from the guarantees or requirements of the Specifications, shall be promptly corrected by the Contractor by replacements or otherwise. The decision of the Engineer as to whether or not the Contractor has fulfilled his obligations under the Contract shall be final and conclusive. If the Contractor fails to correct any defects or deviations, or if the replaced equipment when tested shall fail again to meet the guarantees or specified reyuirements, the Owner, notwithstanding his having made partial payment for such eyuipment, may reject that equipment and order the Contractor to remove it from the premises at the Contractor's expense. B. In case the Owner rejects a particular item of equipment, then the Contractor hereby agrees to repay the Owner all sums of money paid to him and the Owner agrees to deliver to the Contractor a bill of sale of all his rights, title, and interest in and to the rejected equipment provided, however, that the equipment shall not be removed from the premises until the Owner obtains from other sources other equipment to take the place of that rejected. The bil( of sale shall not abrogate the Owner's right to recover City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 O1 20 - 5 �� 5' � damages for delays, losses or other conditions arising out of the basic Contract. The Owner hereby agrees to obtain the alternate equipment within a reasonable time and the Contractor agrees that the Owner may use the original equipment furnished by him without rental or other charge until the other equipment is obtained. 1.1 l RESPONSIBILITY DURING TESTS ' , ' ' A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper operation of equipment during tests and instruction periods and shall neither have nor make any claim for damage , which may occur to equipment prior to the time when the Owner formally takes over the operation thereof. 1.12 EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE REPRESENTATNE A. Equipment which wiil require any manufacturer's service representative for the purpose of assisting and directing and installation and adjustment of equipment is noted in the applicable sections of this Division. All costs relative to services by equipment manufacturer's service representatives shall be borne by the Contractor. B. A letter of certification (check-out memo) shall be submitted to the Engineer from the manufacturer's representative upon completion of plant visit indicating that the equipment has been checked out and is in proper working order and that the plant personnel have been instructed in the proper use of the equipment. 1.13 A. NAMEPLATES Provide identification nameplates for all equipment, controls, and apparatus where nameplates and/or data plates are not specified elsewhere. 2. � Equipment and apparatus nameplates shall be fabricated from 1 1/2-inch high black laminated plastic with 1 inch high cut-in white letters, permanently secured with stainless steel screws. Controls and switches shall be labeled with 1 inch high black laminated plastic with l/2-inch white letters to designate functions. Nameplates schedule and sample shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. B. Each piece of equipment shall be provided with stainless steel data plate securely fastened in a conspicuous place and clearly inscribed with the equipment manufacturer's name, year of manufacture, serial number and principal rating data. These data plates shall not be painted. 1.14 PIPE AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION A. Pipe Identification: All exposed pipe shall have code letters and flow arrows painted as per specification Section 09 91 O5. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) lssued for Bid December 2012 40 01 20 - 6 � � L� , , , ' ' � � � ' � ��.1 � , , � t ' �I �' �: B 1.15 Valve identification: On all valves, the Contractor shall provide a coded and numbered identification tag as per specification Section 09 9l O1. EQUIPMENT CLEANiNG A. All equipment, piping, duct work, insulation and other work provided under this Division and to receive finish painting by the General Contractor shall be thoroughly cleaned and ready for finish painting. B. Thoroughly inspect all items of equipment and any items dented, scratched or otherwise damaged in any manner shall be replaced or repaired and painted to match original finish. All items so repaired and refinished shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer for inspection and approval. t1.16 SYSTEM CLEANING ' , i r--, i , �' , , ' , � ' � i A. Each system of piping shall be blown through, washed out and/or flushed after completion to remove grit, dirt, sand, etc., from coils and piping for as long a time as required to thoroughly clean the apparatus. B. All elements within the system that may be damaged by the cleaning operation shall be removed or otherwise protected during the operation. C. Repair or replace any control valves or other system components which do not function properly due to damage during the cleaning operation or because of imperfect cleaning of any piping system. D 1.17 All strainers shall be inspected and cleaned as often as required and left in a clean condition at project completion. PRESSURE TESTS A. After installation, all piping shall be pressure tested and disinfected. Piping shall be tested in accordance with Section 33 11 16 and disinfected in accordance with Section 33 13 00. B. All tests shall be made in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Owner's representative and also, to the satisfaction of any local or state inspector having jurisdiction. 1. Provide not less than three days notice to the Engineer and the authority having jurisdiction when it is proposed to make the tests. 2. Any piping or equipment that has been left unprotected and subject to mechanical or other injury in the opinion of the Engineer shall be retested in part or in whole as directed by the Engineer. City of Clearwater WTPNo.2—Contract 1: Remote Well � �� s-�� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) y Issued for Bid December 2012 40 01 20 - 7 C D E. 3. The piping systems may be tested in sections as the work progresses but no joint or portion of the system shall be left untested. All elements within the system that may be damaged by the testing operation shall be removed or otherwise protected during the operation. All defects and leaks observed during the tests shall be corrected and made tight in an approved manner and the tests repeated until the system is proven tight. Repair all damage done to existing or adjacent work or materials due to or on account of the tests. F. Provide test pumps, gauges, and other instruments and eyuipment required for the performance of all tests. Provide all temporary bracing, test plugs, and additional restraint which may be required for test pressures above normal working pressures. G. All tests shall be maintained for as long a time as required to detect all defects and leaks but not less than the duration specified for each type of pipe or piping system in this Division. l.l 8 PROTECTION OF PIPING, DUCT WORK AND APPURTENANCES A. All duct work, piping, appurtenances, and openings furnished and installed under this Division shall be protected from dirt, foreign objects, and damage during the construction period. Damaged piping, duct work ar other appurtenances shall be replaced without additional cost to the Owner, should the damage occur prior to final acceptance of the work by the Owner. As soon as installed, all metal plated or polished fixture trimmings shall be thoroughly covered with noncorrosive grease which shall be maintained until all construction work is completed. I:? C Suitable precautions against freezing shall be taken during cold weather. All open ends of piping shall be closed by suitable cap or plug fitting to prevent obstruction and damage. D. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the work of other trades that may be damaged or disturbed in the course of this work and he shall restore it to the condition existing prior to damage without additional cost to the Owner. 1.19 FIRE HAZARD RATING A. All piping, duct work, and equipment insulation, fastener, and jacketing materials shall have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread, 50 for fuel contributed, and 50 for smoke developed. Rating shall be determined by ASTM Designation E84, "Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials". Corresponding ratings determined by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., UL-723, "Test Method for Fire Hazard Classification of Building Materials", will also be acceptable. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 O1 20 - 8 � ,,� �� . ' ' � ' ' ' � , ' � ' ' ' � � � � � � � 1 ' ' ' � ' � ' � ' � , � � ' � t B. Fire hazard ratings for materials proposed for use shall be substantiated by test results from the National Bureau of Standards, a certified report from an approved testing laboratory, or a UL label or listing. C. Flameproofing treatments will not be accepted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 O1 20 - 9 � .' THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 O1 20 - 10 � � <� �, ' ' ' ' ' � � ' � � � ' ' � � ' ' ' ' n J SECTION 40 OS 16 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 ' A. ' B. � ' DESCRIPTION Scope of Work: Furnish and install all pipe supports as indicated and as specified herein. Related Work Described Elsewhere: Above ground piping is included in Section 40 23 20. C. General Requirements: All pipe hangers and supports shall be in accordance with the City of Clearwater Standard Well Drilling and Construction Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and the specifications herein. D. General Design: The Drawings depict only minimum pipe support locations. ' Adequate pipe supports shall be supplied for all piping systems to provide a rigid overall installation and additional support for pipe ends when equipment is disconnected. ' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' � �I'' , A. Hangers and supports shall be of approved standard design where possible and shall be adequate to maintain the supported load in proper position under all operating conditions. The minimum working factor of safety for pipe supports shall be five (5) times the ultimate tensile strength of the material, assuming 10 feet of water filled pipe being supported. B. All pipe and appurtenances connected to equipment shall be supported in such a manner as to prevent any strain being imposed on the equipment. When manufacturers have indicated reyuirements that piping loads shall not be transmitted to their eyuipment, the Contractor shall submit a certification stating that such requirements have been compiled with. ' l .03 A. � ' CI� ' SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature for all pipe support devices and materials demonstrating compliance with Specification Section 01 33 00. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 OS l6 - 1 �"' � l .04 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING ' ' A. The equipment provided under this section shall be shipped, handled and stored in ' accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions, and in accordance with Section O1 61 00. 1.05 I:� WARRANTY AND GUARANTEES Provide warranties in accordance with the General Conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.O1 GENERAL A. All pipe and tubing shall be supported as required to prevent significant stresses in the pipe or tubing material, valves, and fittings and to support and cure the pipe in the intended position and alignment. All supports shall be designed to adequately secure the pipe, and personal contact. All pipe supports shall be approved prior to installation. B. The Contractor shall select and design all piping support systems with the specified spans and component requirements. Structural design and selection of support system components shall withstand the dead loads imposed by the weight of the pipes filled with water, plus any insulation. Commercial pipe supports and hangers shall have a minimum safety factor of 5. C. No attempt has been made to show all required pipe supports in all locations, either on the Drawings or the details. The absence of pipe supports and details on any drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing them through the plant. D. All support anchoring devices, including anchor bolts, inserts and other devices used to anchor the support onto a concrete base, roof, wall or structural steel works, shall be of the proper size, strength, and spacing to withstand the shear and pullout loads imposed by loading and spacing on each particular support. E. All materials used in manufacturing hangers and supports shall be capable of ineeting the respective ASTM Standard Specifications with regard to tests and physical and chemical properties, and be in accordance with MSS SP-58. F. Hangers and support shall be space in accordance with ANSI B31.1.0 except that the maximum unsupported span shall not exceed 10 feet unless otherwise specified herein. G. Unless otherwise specified herein, pipe hangers and supports shall be as manufactured by ITT Grinnel Co., Inc., Carpenter and Patterson, Inc., or approved eyual. Any reference to a specific figure number of a specific manufacturer is for the purpose of Ciry of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract l: Remote Well �� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 OS 16 - 2 ' �� , ' � � ' ' , ' � ' ' ' ' ' , , 2.02 A. establishing a type and quality of product, and shall not be considered as propriety. Any item comparable in type, style, quality, design, and performance will be considered for approval. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Pipe Hangers and Supports for Metal Pipe: , 1. Suspended single pipes shall be supported by hangers suspended by steel rods from galvanized concrete inserts, beam clamps, or ceiling mounting bolts as follows: , !I � ' , ' , ' �I � � LJ ' , ' ' a. Hangers Pipe Size, lnches Grinnell Fig• No• Less than '/2 l 38R '/2 through l 97C 1 '/4 through 4 104 6 through l2 590 14 through 30 l 71 b. Hanger rods shall be rolled steel machine threaded with load ratings conforming to ASTM Specifications and the strength of the rod shall be based on root diameter. Hanger rods shall have the following minimum diameters: c. � Pipe Size, Inchese Min. Rod Diameter, In. Less than 2 'h 3/8 2%zto3 'h 4 5/8 6 3/4 g t0 12 %�g 14 to 18 1 Where applicable, structural attachments shall be beam clamps. Beam clamps, for rod sizes '/z inch through 3/4 inch shall be equal to Grinnel Fig. No. 229, and for rod sized 7/8 inch through l'/4 inches shall be equal to Grinnel Fig. No. 228, or approved equal. Concrete inserts for pipe hangers shall be; continuous metal inserts designed to be used in ceilings, wall or floors, spot inserts for individual pipe hangers, or ceiling mounting bolts for individual pipe hangers and shall be as manufacture red by Unistrut Corp., Wayne, Michigan; Carpenter and Patterson, Inc., Laconia, New Hampshire; Richmod or approved equal and shall be as follows: Continuous concrete inserts shall be used where applicable and/or as shown on the Drawings and shall be used for hanger City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 OS 16 - 3 _ 4 ,� _ m � rod sized up to and including 3/4 inch diameter. Inserts to be used where supports are parallel to the main slab reinforcement shall be Series P3200 by Unistrut Corp., Fig 1480 Type 2 by Carpenter and Patterson, Inc., or approved equal. Inserts to be used where supports are perpendicular to the main slab reinforcement shall be Series P3200 by Unistrut Corp., Fig 1480 Type l by Carpenter and Patterson, Inc. or approved equal. Spot concrete inserts shall be used where applicable and shall be used for hanger sizes up to and including 7/8 inch diameter. Inserts shall be Fig. 650 by Carpenter and Patterson, Inc. for hanger rod sizes '/z inch through and including'/4 inch, and Fig. 266 by Carpenter and Patterson Inc., for 7/8 inch hanger rods. Ceiling mounting bolts shall be used where applicable and be for hanger rod size 1 inch through and include 1'/4 inches and shall be Fig. 104M as manufactured by Carpenter and Patterson, Inc., or approved equal. e. All pipe hangers shall be capable of vertical adjustment under load and after erection. Turnbuckles, as required and where applied, shall be equal to Grinnel Fit. No. 230, or approved eyual. 2. Wall or Column supported pipes shall be supported by welded steel brackets equal to Grinnel Fig. 194, I95, and 199 as required, or approved equal, for pipe sizes up to and including 20 inch diameter. Additional wall bearing plates shall be provided where required. a. Where the pipe is located below the bracket, the pipes shall be supported by pipe hangers suspended by stee} rods from the bracket. Hangers and steel rods shall be specified as above. 3. Floor supported pipes 3 inches and larger in diameter shall be supported by either cast-in-place concrete supports or adjustable pipe saddle supports as directed by the Engineer. In general, concrete supports shall be used when lateral displacement of the pipes is probable (unless lateral support is provided), and adjustable pipe saddle type supports shall be used where later displacement of pipes is not probable. a. Each concrete support shall conform to the details shown on the Drawings. Concrete shall be poured after the pipe is in place with temporary supports. Concrete piers shall conform accurately to the bottom 1/3 to %2 of the pipe. Top edges and vertical corners of each concrete support shall have 1 inch levels. Each pipe shall be secured on each concrete support by wrought iron or steel anchor strap anchored to the concrete with cast-in-place bolts or with expansion bolts. Where directed by the Engineer, vertical reinforcement bars shall be grouted into drilled holes in the concrete floor to prevent overturning or lateral displacement of the concrete support. Unless City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 OS 16 - 4 � � �`� �� " i� � ' � ' ' , , �_1 � ' ' , � Ll � ' ' ' � � �i � � � ' � ' , � � ' � ' II '�� : � c. otherwise approved by the Engineer, maximum support height shall be five (5) feet. Concrete piers used to support base elbows and tees shall be similar to that specified above. Piers may be square or rectangular. Each adjustable pipe saddle support shall be screwed or welded to the corresponding size I50 pound companion flanges or slip-on welding flanges respectively. Supporting pipe shall be of Schedule 40 steel pipe construction. Each flange shall be secured to the concrete floor by a minimum of two (2) expansion bolts per flange. Adjustable saddle supports shall be equal to Grinnel Fig. No. 264, or approved equal. Where used under base fittings, a suitable flange shall be substituted for the saddle. 4. Vertical piping shall be supported as follows: a. b. c. Where pipes change from horizontal to vertical, the pipes shall be supported on the horizontal runs with 2 feet of the change in direction by pip supports as previously specified herein. Fort vertical runs exceeding l5 feet, pipes shall be supported by approved pipe collars, clamps, brackets, or wall rests at all points required to insure a rigid installation. Where vertical piping passes through a steel floor sleeve, the pipe shall be supported by a friction type pipe clamp which is supported by the pipe sleeve. Pipe clamps shall be equal to Grinnel Fig. 262, or approved equal. d. Anchor bolts shall be equal to Kwik-Bolt as manufactured by the McCulluock Industries, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or Wej-it manufactured by Wej-it Expansion Products, Inc., Bloomfield, Colarado; or approved equal. All rods, hangers, inserts, brackets, and components shall be furnished with galvanized finish. Pipe Hangers and Supports for Plastic Pipe: 1. Single plastic pipes shall be supported by pipe supports as previously specified herein. 2. Multiple, suspended, horizontal plastic pipe runs, where possible, and rubber hose shall be supported by ladder type cable trays such as the Electray Ladder by Husky-Burndy, the Globetray by the Metal Products Division of United States Gypsum, or approved eyual. Ladder shall be of mild steel construction. Rung spacing shall be approximately 18 inches for plastic pipe and 12 inches for rubber hose. Tray width shall be approximately 6 inch for sing runs of rubber hose and 12 inches for double runs of rubber hose. Ladder type cable trays shall be furnished complete with all hanger rods, rod couplings, concrete inserts, hanger clips, etc. required for a complete support system. Individual plastic pipes shall be secured to the rungs of the cable tray by strap clamps or fasteners equal to Globe Modle M-CAC, Husky-Burndy Model SCR, or City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 OS 16 - 5 �: � C approved equal. Spacing between clamps shall not exceed 9 feet. The cable trays shall provide continuous support along the length of the pipe. 3. Individual clamps, hangers, and supports in contact with plastic pipe shall provide firm support but not so firm as to prevent longitudinal movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. Pipe Supports for Small Diameter PVC and Steel Pipe: 1. Small diameter Schedule 80 PVC piping 3 inches in diameter and smaller, and steel piping 2 inches in diameter and smaller shall be supported with "SUSPORT" system arrangements as manufactured by Universal Suspension Systems Inc. of Gillette, New Jersey or an equal approved by the Engineer. Clamping halves for the pipe support shall be manufactured of molded polypropolyne and shall support and fit closely for 360° around the pipe. To support piping carrying non-corrosive fluids or gases and located in non- corrosive, indoor environments, all hardware for the "SUSPORT" system shall be nickel chrome plated carbon steel. To support piping carrying corrosive fluids or gases, piping located in corrosive environments or piping located outdoors, all hardware for the system shall be manufactured of Type 304 stainless steel. 2. In some cases, to adequately support small diameter PVC or steel piping, a metal frame support structure may be required for support of the "SUSPORT" system specified above. Where reyuired, metal frame support structures shall be constructed using channels, fittings, brackets, hardware and other accessories as manufactured by B-Line Systems, Inc. of Highland, Illinois, or an equal approved by the Engineer. If located in indoor, non-corrosive environmental, the materials for the frame structure be Type 316 stainless steel unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Hardware used to construct the frame support structure shall be cadmium plated for carbon steel supports or Type 3l 6 stainless steel for stainless steel supports. 3. Pipe supports for small diameter PVC and steel piling shall be located wherever necessary in the opinion of the Engineer to adequately support the pipe, however, they shall have a maximum spacing as specified below for the straight pipe runs. Adequate supports shall especially be used adjacent to valves and fittings in pipelines. The following table is based on spacing requirements for Schedule 80 PVC or Standard Weight (Schedule 40) steel pipe carrying a fluid with a Specific Gravity of 1.0 at a temperature not exceeding 120°F. Support spacing for PVC or steel piping carrying fluids with Specific Gravity or temperatures exceeding those stated above shall be approved by the Engineer. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 OS 16 - 6 r' �� y,, , � � ' � � ' � � ' � � ' � ' , � � � , J ' � ' � t ' ' ' � �I ., � � i , Nominal Pipe Support Spacing, Feet Diameter, Inches PVC Pipe Steel Pipe Ductile Iron %2 " 3.5 4.5 N/A 3/4" 4.0 5.0 N/A 1 " 4.5 5.5 N/A 1 '/4" 5.0 6.5 N/A 1 '/2" 5.0 7.5 N/A 2" 5.5 8.0 N/A 2 'h" 5.5 - N/A 3" 6.0 - See Note Note: Spacing shall be 10 feet maximum for Ductile Iron, but may be increased depending on pipe size. Refer to A W WA standard of practice PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prior to prime coating, all pipe hangers and supports shall be thoroughly clean, dry and free from all mill-scale, rust, grease, dirt, paint, and other foreign substances to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. All submerged pipe supports shall be prime coated with Koppers 654 Epoxy Primer or approved equal. All other pipe supports shall be prime coated with Rustinhibitive Primer No. 621 as manufactured by Koppers Company, Inc., Pittsuburgh, PA., or approved equal. C 3.02 Finish coating shall be compatible with the prime coating used and shall be applied as specified in Section 40 23 20. INSTALLATION A. All pipes, horizontal and vertical, shall be rigidly supported from the building structure by approved supports. Supports shalt be provided at changes in direction and elsewhere as shown in the Drawings or specified herein. No piping shall be supported from other piping or from metal stairs, ladders, and walkways, unless it is so indicated on the Drawings, or specifically directed or authorized by the Engineer. � B. All pipe supports shall be designed with liberal strength and stiffness to support the respective pipes under the maximum combination of peak loading conditions to include pipe weight, liquid weight, liyuid movement, and pressure forces, thermal � expansion and contraction, vibrations, and all probable externally applied forces. Prior to installation, all pipe supports shall be approved by the Engineer. , , City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 OS 16 - 7 � � � � �. � C. Pipe supports shall be provided to minimize laterai forces through valves, both sides of split type couplings, and sleeve type couplings and to minimize all pipe forces on pump housings. Pump housings shall not be utilized to support connecting pipes. I� E. Pipe supports shall be provided as follows: 1. Cast iron and ductile iron shall be supported at a maximum support spacing of 10 feet, 0 inches with minimum of one support per pipe section at the joints. 2. All vertical pipes shall be supported at each floor or at intervals of at least l5 feet by approved pipe collars, clamps, brackets, or wall rests, and at all points necessary to insure rigid construction. Effects of thermal expansion and contradiction of the pipe shall be accounted for in pipe support selection and installation. F. Inserts for pipe hangers and supports shall be installed on forms before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, al) Drawings and figures shall be checked which have a direct bearing on the pipe location. Responsibility for the proper location of pipe supports is included under this Section. � � Continuous metal inserts shall be embedded flush with the concrete surface. Standard Pipe Supports: 1. Horizontal Suspended Piping: a. Single Pipes: Adjustable swivel-ring, splint-ring, or clevis hangers. b. Grouped Pipes: Trapeze hanger systems. c. Furnish galvanized steel protection shield and oversized hangers for all insulated pipe. d. Furnish precut sections of rigid insulation with vapor barrier at hangers for all insulated pipe. 2. Horizontal Piping Supported from Walls: a. Single pipes shall use wall brackets or wall clips attached to wall with anchors. Clips attached to wall mounted framing also acceptable. b. Stacked Piping i. Wall mounted framing system and clips acceptable for piping smaller than 3-inch minimal diameter. ii. Piping clamps which resist axial movement of pipe through support not acceptable. c. Wall mounted piping clips not acceptable for insulated piping. 3. Horizontal Piping Supported From Floors: a. Stanchion Type: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 OS 16 - 8 �� "" "' ' � ' � 1 � �J � ' , ' � � � , �, � � ' , ' ' , ' � ' ' ' ' , ' � 3.03 ' A , � , , ' i. Pedestal type; adjustable with stanchion, saddle, and anchoring flange. ii. Use yoke saddles for piping whose centerline elevation is 18 inches or greater above the floor and for all exterior installations. iii. Provide neoprene waffle isolation pad under anchoring flanges, adjacent to equipment or where otherwise required to provide vibration isolation. b. Floor Mounted Channel Supports: i. Use for piping smaller than 3 inch nominal diameter running along floars and in trenches at piping elevations lower than can be accommodated using pedestal pipe supports. ii. Attach channel framing to floors with anchor bolts. iii. Attach pipe to channel with clips or pipe clamps c. Concrete Cradles: Use for piping larger than 3-inch along floor and in trenches at piping elevations lower than can be accommodated using stanchion type. 4. Vertical Pipe: Support with wall brackets and base elbow or riser clamps on floor penetrations. 5. Standard Attachments a. To Concrete Ceilings: Concrete inserts. b. To Steel Beams: 1-beam clamp or welded attachments. c. To Wooden Beams: Lag screws and angle clips to members not less than 2-'/2 inches thick. d. To Concrete Walls: Concrete inserts or brackets or clip angles with anchor bolts. 6. Existing Walls and Ceilings: Install as specified for new construction, unless shown otherwise. PAINTING All fabricated steel or cast iron pipe supports, saddles, brackets, rolls, clevises and the like shall be painted, after installation, as specified in Section 40 23 20. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 OS 16 - 9 � � � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 OS 16 -] 0 � � ' � � � � �� , ' ' ' LJ ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 A � , ' SECTION 40 23 20 ABOVE GROUND PIPE AND FITTINGS DESCRIPTION The scope of work includes the provision and installation of above ground piping as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere includes the following: 1. Potable Watermains, Reclaimed Watermains and Appurtenances is included in Section IV Specifications Sub Section 41. 2. Piping and Equipment Identification System is included in Section 09 91 O1. ' ' l .02 A ' ' , ' 3. Underground Piping and Fittings are included in Section 33 ] 1 16. 4. Disinfection of Process and Water Main Piping is included in Section 33 13 00. QUALTTY ASSURANCE The materials shall be in accordance with the following standards: 1. 2. 3. Cement mortar lining for water: AW WA/ANSI C 151 /A21.51. Ductile iron pipe: AWWA/ANSI C151/A21.52. Ductile iron pipe fittings: AWWA/ANSI C153/A21.53 (350 PSI) 4. Ductile iron pipe flanged pipe and connections: AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15 B. The Contractor shall obtain from the pipe manufacturers a certificate of inspection to the effect that the pipe and fittings supplied for this Contract have been inspected at the plant and that they meet the requirements of these Specifications. All pipe and fittings shall be subject to visual inspection at time of delivery by rail or truck and just before they are placed into the trench. Joints or fittings that do not conform to these Specifications will be rejected and must be removed immediately by the Contractor. , 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS � A. All piping and fittings shall be cement lined ductile iron with flanged fittings in accordance with City of Clearwater Technical Specifications and these specifications which are to supplement the Section IV specfications. If there is a discrepancy � between these specifications and Section N specifications, the requirements of the Section IV specifications govern. � � City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 20 - 1 �., � � 1.04 I1 : 1.05 A. B. 1.06 A. SUBMITTALS Product Specifications 1. Product specifications from the manufacturer shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval in accordance with General Conditions and Section O1 33 00. Affidavit of Compliance 1. The Contractor shall furnish an Affidavit of Compliance certified by the pipe manufacturer that the pipe, fittings, and specials furnished under this Contract comply with all applicable provisions of current AWWA and ASTM standards, NSF 61, and these Specifications. No pipe or fittings will be accepted for use in the Work on this project until the Affidavit has been submitted and approved by the Engineer. 2. The Owner reserves the right to sample and test any pipe or fitting after delivery and to reject all pipe and fittings represented by any sample which fails to comply with the specified requirements. DELNERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING All pipe shall be shipped and stored at the jobsite with wood lagging between pipes such that pipes do not make contact with one another. Extra care shall be exercised when handling cement lined pipe. Damage to the lining will render it unfit for use. WARRANTY AND GUARANTEES Standard product warranties shall be provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A. B. C. GENERAL All wetted materials shall be NSF 61 approved. All pipe and fittings shall be clearly marked with the trademark or name of the manufacturer, the batch number, the location of the plant, the pressure class, and applicable standards. Manufacturers' shall submit an affidavit with the shop drawings indicating NSF 61 approval for the materials used in products that come into contact with the potable water, in accordance with Rule 62555320(3) FAC. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 20 - 2 �� , , 2.02 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS , u , � , , ' C� A. Ductile iron pipe shall meet ANSI/AW WA C l 5l /A21.S l latest edition, with cement mortar tining and asphaltic seal coat complying with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. The exterior shall have a shop prime coat compatible with the field finish coatings. B. Pipe 3" to l2" shall be pressure Class 350 psi. Pipe l4" to 20" shall be pressure Class 250 psi. Pipe 24" and larger shall be pressure Class 200 psi. Pipes 30" and larger shall be pressure Class 150 psi. C. Joints shall be flanged conforming to ANSUAWWA C115/A21.15. Flanges on flanged pipe shall be threaded and shall be flat faced. All gaskets shall be full faced 1/8" Toruseal gaskets or approved equals. Bolts, nuts, and gaskets shall be in accordance with AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15 and shall be 316 stainless steel. D. Fittings shall be flanged ductile iron fittings conforming to ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 with a fusion applied epoxy coating, both inside and outside. The epoxy coating shall meet or exceed ANSI/AWWA G550 and Cll6/A21.16 requirements. Nominal coating and lining thickness shall be 6 to 8 mils dry film thickness. The coating and lining system shall be applied for secure adhesion and shall have a smooth surface. Gaskets for push-on or mechanical joints shall be vulcanized styrene butadiene rubber. Tee-bolts and nuts for mechanical joints shall be high strength low-alloy steel having the characteristics listed in Table 6 of AWWA Clll. E. Pipe and fttings shall be manufactured by Griffin Pipe, US Pipe, American Pipe or an approved equaL � PART 3 - EXECUTION � 3.01 ' A r � , , ' , PREPARATION Pipe Inspection 1. All pipe shall be inspected and tested at the foundry. 2. The Owner shall have the right to have any or all piping, fittings or special castings inspected and tested by an independent testing agency at the foundry ar elsewhere. Such inspection and testing will be at the Owner's expense. 3. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected prior to installation. All pipe lengths or fittings showing a crack, damaged lining, or receiving a severe blow that may cause an incipient fracture shall be marked as rejected and immediately removed from the job site. Portions of damaged pipe lengths may be used if the damaged portions and 12" past the damaged portions are cut off providing the remaining pipe is sound. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 20l 2 40 23 20 - 3 ��, �� ,�� ` 3.02 A. : C. INSTALLATION General Installation Requirements 1. Piping shall be installed along straight line and grade between fittings unless other lines of alignment or grade changes have been indicated. Modifying alignments or grades during construction must be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. ' II ' � 2. Pipe, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be installed as shown or indicated , on the Drawings. 3. Aboveground and exposed piping shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the job site and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing, properly clearing all eyuipment access areas and openings. Changes in sizes shall be made with appropriate reducing fittings. Pipe connections shall be made in accordance with the details shown and manufacturer's recommendations. Open ends of pipe lines shall be properly capped or plugged during installation to keep dirt and other foreign material out of the system. Pipe supports and hangers shall be provided where indicated or as reyuired to insure adequate support of the piping. Handling and Cutting Pipe Care shall be taken in handling, cutting, and installing ductile iron pipe and fittings to avoid damaging the pipe and interior coat tar epoxy or cement mortar lining, scratching or marring machined surfaces, and abrasion of the pipe coating. All cracked pipe and fittings shall be removed at once from the Work at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Pipe cutting shall be done in a neat workmanlike manner without creating damage to the pipe and interior coal tar epoxy or cement mortar lining. Ductile iron pipe may be cut using an abrasive pipe saw, rotary wheel cutter, guillotine pipe saw, milling wheel saw or oxyacetylene torch. Cut ends and rough edges of ductile iron pipe shall be ground smooth. Interior lining shall be repaired at cut ends per the manufacturer's instructions prior to joint assembly. Assembling joints 1. Flanged joints: a. Bolt holes of flanges shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines of the pipe. Clean flanges by wire brushing before installing flanged fittings. Clean flange bolts and nuts by wire brushing, lubricate bolts with oil and graphite. b. Insert the nuts and bolts (or studs) finger tighten, and progressively tighten diametrically opposite bolts uniformly around the flange to the proper tension. c. Care shall be used when tightening joints to prevent undue strain upon valves, pumps and other equipment. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) lssued for Bid December 2012 40 23 20 - 4 � � „� ��_� � � � ' , ' � � � , � , ' , � ' ' � � , ' d. lf flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reset or replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints. Joints shall be watertight with no visible leakage under operational or testing conditions. D. Fabrication: ' ' 1 , � ' 3.03 A. ' B. � ' ' CI ' ' � , C 1. Tapped connections: a. Make all tapped connections as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. b. Make all connections watertight and of adequate strength to prevent pullout. c. Drill and tap normal to the longitudinal axis of the pipe. 2. Cutting: a. Perform all cutting with machines having rolling wheel cutters or knives designed to cut ductile iron. The use of a hammer and chisel to cut pipe is prohibited. b. After cutting, examine all cut ends for possible cracks. c. Carefully chamfer all cut ends to be used with push-on joints to prevent damage to gaskets when pipe is installed. PAINTING Pipe shall be painted following the hydrostatic pressure and leakage testing, with the pipes empty. Pipe shall be degreased with solvent and wiped dry immediately prior to the application of the specified coating. Pipe shall be painted as follows: 1. Shop Prime coat of Tnemec Series N140-1211, or approved eyual, shall be applied as shop primer at 3-5 mils DFT (new piping only). 2. Primer shall be spot repaired in field with Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy, or approved equal, at 4-6 miis DFT. 3. First coat of Tnemec Series 27WB Typoxy, or approved equal, shall be applied at 4-6 mils DFT. 4. Second coat of Tnemec Series 1075 Endurashield, or approved equal, shall be applied at 3-5 mils DFT. 5. All coatings shall be applied in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 20 - 5 4`, � ' ' 3.04 HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTING A. Ail piping shall be pressure and leakage tested in accordance with Section 33 11 16. ' 3.05 DISINFECTION A. All piping shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 33 13 00. ' END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 20 - 6 ' ' ' , , ' ' ' ' , ' r � � � R�� +l�tt��t�� , ' , SECTION 40 23 21 ABOVE GROUND VALVES AND PIPING APPURTENANCES PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 A , , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' : DESCRIPTION Scope of Work: This specification includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, eyuipment and appurtenances required for the complete installation of all above ground valves and associated appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. Related Work Described Elsewhere. l. Piping, Valve, and Equipment Identification System is included in Section 09 9l O5. C. General Requirements: The provision, installation, and testing of all valves and piping appurtenances shall be in accordance with the City of Clearwater Standard Well Drilling and Construction Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and the specifications herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All of the valves and appurtenances specified herein shall be products of well- established reputable firms who are fully experienced and qualified in the manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished. The eyuipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with standard practices and methods and shall comply with these specifications as applicable. 1.03 A. 1.04 A. 1.05 A. SUBMITTALS Submit manufacturer's product literature for all equipment in accordance with Section O1 33 00. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING The eyuipment provided under this section shall be shipped, handled and stored in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions and in accordance with Section 01 61 00. WARRANTY AND GUARANTEES Provide warranties in accordance with the General Conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS , 2.01 GENERAL A. Valves shall include the required accessories such as operators, actuators, handwheels � or levers, chain wheels, extension stems, floor stands, operating nuts, chains, wrenches, etc. necessary for proper operation. City of Clearwater , WTP No. 2— Contract I:Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � ��g�� ;;�� Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 21 - 1 , : ' All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings. All similar ' type valves shall be from the same manufacturer. C. All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the manufacturer and the working pressure for which they are rated cast in raised letters upon the body. D. All bolts, washers and nuts shall be Type 304 stainless steel, unless specified otherwise. E. F 2.02 Factory Finishing: l. Epoxy Lining and Coating: a. Linings and coatings shall be in accordance with AW WA C550, as applicable, unless otherwise specified. b. Linings and coatings shall be either two-part liyuid material or heat- activated (fusion) material. Only heat-activated material is acceptable if specified as "fusion" or "fusion bonded" epoxy. Materials l. All wetted materials shall be NSF 61 approved. Manufacturer's shall submit an affidavit with the product literature indicating NSF 61 approval, in accordance with Rule 62-555320(3) Florida Administrative Code. 2. Brass and bronze valve components and accessories that have surfaces in contact with water to be alloys containing less than l6 percent zinc and 2 percent aluminum. 3. Approved alloys are of the following ASTM designations: a. B61, B62, B98 (Alloy UNS No. C65100, C65500, or C66100), B139 (Alloy 11NS No. CS1000), B584 (Alloy UNS No. C90300 or C94700), B 164, B 194, and B 127. b. Stainless steel Alloy 18-8 may be substituted for bronze. GATE VALVES A. Valves shall be flanged NRS resilient wedge type rated for 250 psi working pressure and shall meet or exceed AWWA C515. Valve bodies, bonnets, wedges and hand wheels shall be constructed of ductile iron. The exterior of the ductile iron wedges shall be fully encapsulated with EPDM rubber. The wedges shall be symmetrical and seal equally well with flow in either direction. B. The gate valve stems and wedge nuts shall be copper alloy and the NRS stems shall have an integral thrust collar. The wedge nut shall be independent of the wedge and held in place on three sides by the wedge. G Valves shall be NSF 6l certified. D. All gaskets shall be pressure energized O-ring type seals. Stems shall be sealed by three (3) O-rings. The top two o-rings shall be replaceable with valve fully open and while subject to full rated warking pressure. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1:Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� ;��(�, Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 21 - 2 ' , ' ' II .� -� J LJ , ' , , �J , �� L� ' ' , ' 1 ' ' � , E. F. G. H. 2.03 Valves shall have thrust washers located with one (1) above and one (1) below the thrust collar to assure trouble-free operation of the valve. All internal and external surfaces of the valve body and bonnet shall have a fusion bonded epoxy coating, complying with ANSI/AWWA C550, applied electrostatically prior to assembly. Valves 16" and larger shall have bevel gear side actuators. See City of Clearwater Technical Specifications Article 41.2.3 for further Gate Valve requirements. BRONZE BALL VALVES A. Bronze ball valves shall be of two piece construction manufactured of bronze. Ball valves shall have NPT threaded ends. B. Ball valves shall be designed for 600 PSI WOG and 150 PSI working pressure at I20°F in accordance with MSS SP-110. C ' 2.04 ' I�7 ' ' 2.05 ' ' i� i � ' , A : Bronze ball valves shall be manufactured by Hammond, or an approved equal. CHECK VALVES Check valves shall be cast iron, bronze mounted and conform to AWWA C508 latest revision. Ends shall be flanged joint. Valves shall be furnished with all jointing accessories. Lever and weight shall be provided where required. All check valves shall be from a single manufacturer. Acceptable manufacturers: American Flow Control, M&H, Flomatic, Mueller or approved Equal. Check valves sha11 be coated with a high-performance, one-part, heat-curable, thermosetting epoxy coating which provides superior corrosion resistance protection for metal parts. V-NOTCH BALL VALVES V-Notch ball valves shall be segmented, V-Notch port, and rated for a working pressure of 150 psi. V-Notch ball shall be constructed from a solid metal piece. Shaft to ball connection shall be splined or keyed. Materials of Construction l. Body and Cover: 316 or 317 Stainless Steel ASTM A351, Grade CG8M 2. Ball: 316 or 317 Stainless Steel w/ heat treated nickel overlay,ASTM A531, Grade CG8M 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Upper and Lower Shaft: 2205 Duplex Stainless Steel ASTM A276 Packing: PTFE Upper and Lower Bearing: Reinforced PTFE Fabric Seat: Reinforced PTFE Thrust Bearing: Reinforced PTFE Fabric ' City of Clearwater � WTP No. 2— Contract I:Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) lssued for Bid December 2012 40 23 21 - 3 CJ ° � �,. C 0 V-Port ball valves shall be Dezurik VPB, Fisher V 150, TYCO Single V, Flow-Tek F 15/F30 or approved equaL Performance 1. Valves shall perform as follows: V-Port Ball Valve Performance Condition Value Minimum Flow ( m) 200 Maximum Flow m 400 Minimum % O en 15 Maximum % O en 80 Maximum Differeotial Pressure si 150 PSI Maximum Noise Level 70 dBA 1 meter 2.06 AIR RELEASE AND COMBINATION AIR / VACUUM RELEASE VALVES A. Valves 3/4-inch and smaller shall be simple-lever type with cast iron body ASTM A48, Class 35, 3l6 stainless steel trim, floats, float guide and stem, and viton orifice button. Valves shall have a working pressure rating of at least 150 P.S.I. B. Valves l inch or larger shall have heavy duty compound lever operating mechanism with 316 stainless steel pivot pins and 316 stainless steel retaining rings. Valves shall be constructed of cast iron ASTM A48, Class 35 with 316 stainless steel trim, floats, float guide and stem. Valves shall have an adjustable viton orifice button with Buna- N seating. Provide threaded outlet and stainless steel plug for top cover and body drain. Valves shall have a working pressure rating of at least 300 psi. Valve End Connections: 1. Valves smaller than 3 inches shall have a threaded opening. Valves 3 inches or larger shall have a flanged opening. 2. Flanges for Class 150 valves shall comply with ANSI B16.1, Class 125. Flanges for Class 300 valves shall comply with ANSI B 16.1, Class 250. 3. Threaded openings sha}1 comply with ANSI B2.1 4. All air release and air/vacuum release valves shall be isolated from the service line with a stainless steel ball valve C. Combination Air Release Valves shall be ARI Models D-040, Vent-O-Mat equivalent, or approved manufacturer's equivalent. Air / Vacuum Release Valves shall be ARI, Vent-O-Mat, ar approved eyual. 2.07 RIGID PIPE COUPLINGS/SLEEVES A. Pipe couplings used to join two pieces of plain end pipe shall be sized to suit the outside diameter of the pipe ends to be joined. Transition couplings shall be used to City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1:Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �g��; ��,�� Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 21 - 4 ' ' ' ' �� J ' ' LI .--, J L� �� CJ ' J � , ' ' � !_J r, �� , ' � ' ' ' , LI' ' li �, i ' ' , join pipes of different outside diameters. Pipe couplings shall be bolted type with steel middle ring and end followers. B. All carbon steel parts of the coupling shall be coated on the interior and exterior with a fusion bonded thermosetting epoxy coating with a l2-mil nominal coating thickness. C. Gaskets for the coupling shall be wedge type manufactured of Buna-N resilient rubber. D. Bolts shall be manufactured of high strength Type 316 stainless steel with Type 316 stainless steel hexagonal nuts. Bolts and nuts shall conform dimensionally to ANSUAWWA C111, latest revision. E. F. 2.08 A B, Couplings 4" to 12" shall be EBBA Iron Series 3800 Mega-Coupling restrained joint couplings ar an approved equal. Mechanical Joint sleeves shall be used as couplings to connect plain end piping above 12" in diameter. Sleeves shall be 250 PSI restrained mechanical joint sleeves. FLANGE ADAPTERS Adapters shall be suitable for joining plain-end pipe to flanged pipes and fittings. Adapters shall be constructed of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536 and shall have flange bolt hole circles that are compatible with ANSUAWWA CI 10/A21.10. C. Restraint for the adapters shall consist of individual actuated gripping wedges. Torque limiting actuating screws shall be used to insure proper set of the gripping wedges. The adapters shall be capable of deflection during assembly and allow at least .6" of gap between the end of the pipe and the mating flange without affecting the integrity of the seal. D. 2.09 A. Adapters shall be Series 2100 Megaflange restrained flange adapters with Mega-Bond coating as manufactured by EBBA Iron or approved equals. WALL AND FLOOR SLEEVES AND SEALS Wall and Floor Sleeves and Seals l. Wall and Floor Sleeves: a. Wall and floor sleeves shall be of cast or ductile iron, (see below for plastic alternate) and shall have integral water stop rings located on the outside center of the sleeve. Sleeves shall be provided with internal seals as indicated below and shall be sized as required for the installation of the carrier pipe and seals. Sleeves shall terminate flush with finished surfaces of walls and shall extend 2 inches above finished floors. b. When noted on the Drawings, smaller pipe sleeves in CMU specified as PVC shall be SCH 80 PVC. Sleeves shall be grouted in place and shall be oversized as required for the installation of the carrier pipe and sealant materials. Sleeves shall terminate flush with finished surfaces City of Clearwater ' WTP No. 2— Contract 1:Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 21 - 5 � .�� I� of walls and ceilings, and shall extend 2 inches above the finished floor. c. For poured or grouted in place sleeves, lightweight, high-impact thermoplastic sleeves may be utilized. Plastic sleeves shall have integral waterstop and anchoring ribs. Plastic sleeves shall be a product of the sleeve seal manufacturer and shall be Link-Seal sleeves, or approved equal. d. Sleeves shall be provided for all piping passing through building walls and floors, except where noted on the Drawings. Sleeves shall be sized in accordance with the seal manufacturer's recommendations based on the carrier pipe size. Escutcheon plates shall be provided for wall sleeves smaller than 3 inches to completely conceal the sleeves. Escutcheons shall be cast iron, nickel plated split-type. Wall and Floor Sleeve Seals: a. Wall and floor sleeve seals shall be modular mechanical type seals consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and wall sleeve. Links shall be loosely assembled with bolts to form a continuous rubber belt around the pipe with a pressure plate under each bolt head and nut. After the seal assembly is positioned in the sleeve, tightening of the bolts shall cause the rubber sealing elements to expand and provide an absolutely water-tight seal between the pipe and wall sleeve. The synthetic rubber shall be suitable for exposure to water, wastewater, and groundwater. b. Bolts, nuts, and hardware shall be 316 stainless steel. c. The seals shall be Link Seal seals or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 1NSTALLATION A. General: 1. All valves and appurtenances shall be installed in the locations shown, true to alignment and rigidly supported. Valves shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and with the details shown on the Drawings. Any damage to the above items shali be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before they are installed. 2. Valves shall be installed such that they are supported properly in their respective positions, free from distortion and strain. Valves shall be installed such that their weight is not borne by pumps and equipment that are not designed to support the weight of the valve. 3. Valves shall be carefully inspected during installation; they shall be opened wide and then tightly closed and the various nuts and bolts shall be tested for tightness. Special care shall be taken to prevent any foreign matter from City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1:Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 2l - 6 C� �� II � � �I ' ' � , ' ' , ' ' � , ' , L__J LJ , ' ' , lJ ' ' ' �J , ' LJ ' , � L�' becoming lodged in the valve seat: Check and adjust all valves for smooth operation. 4. After installation, all valves and appurtenances shall be tested at least 2 hours at the working pressure corresponding to the class of pipe, unless a different test pressure is specified. If any joint proves to be defective, it shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 5. lnstall all floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators and appurtenances as shown on the drawings that are in masonry floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as forms are erected and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, the contractor shall check all plans and figures which have a direct bearing on their location and he shall be responsible for the proper location of these valves and appurtenances during the construction of these structures. In addition, install hangers or supports at all changes in direction at the spacing requirements stated in Section 40 OS l6 Pipe Hangers and Supports. 6. Pipe for use with flexible couplings shall have plain ends as specified in the respective pipe sections in Divisions 33 and 40. 7. Flanged joints shail be made with 304 stainless steel bolts, nuts and washers, Mechanical joints shall be made with mild corrosion resistant alloy steel bolts and nuts. All exposed bolts shall be painted the same color as the pipe. All buried bolts and nuts shall be heavily coated with two (2) coats of bituminous paint comparable to Inertol No. 66 Special Heavy. 8. Clean iron flanges by wire brushing before installing flanged valves. Clean carbon steel flange bolts and nuts by wire brushing, lubricate threads with oil or graphite, and tighten nuts uniformly and progressively. Clean threaded joints by wire brushing or swabbing. Apply Teflon joint compound or Teflon tape to pipe threads before installing threaded valves. Joints shall be watertight. 9. l0 Pressure gauges shall not be installed until after the substantial completion date unless otherwise requested by the Engineer. Valve Orientation: a. � Install operating stem vertical when valve is installed in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations 4 feet 6 inches or less above finished floor, unless otherwise shown. Install operating stem horizontal in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations between 4 feet 6 inches and 6 feet 9 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise shown. ' 11. Install a line size ball valve and union upstream of each solenoid valve, in-line flow switch, or the in-line electrical device, excluding flow meters, for isolation during maintenance. ' City of Clearwater ' WTP No. 2— Contract 1:Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 21 - 7 ' � . ,� ,, 12. 13. Locate valve to provide accessibility for control and maintenance. Install access doors in finished walls or plaster ceilings for valve access. Floor Box and Stem: Steel extension length shall tocate operating nut in floor box. 14. Valves shall be tested hydrostatically, concurrently with the pipeline in which they are installed. Protect or isolate any parts of valves, operators, or control and instrumentation systems whose pressure rating is less than the pressure used for the pressure test(s). If valve joints leak during pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and hydrostatically retest the joints. 15. Following installation, all above-ground valves shall be painted in accordance with the painting system specified in Section 40 23 20. Following installation of buried valves or valves installed in valve vaults, repair any scratches, marks and other types of surface damage, etc., with a coating equal to the original coating supplied by the manufacturer. Prior to backfilling, all nuts, bolts, and other parts of the valve joints shall be coated with two coats, 10 mils DFT per coat, of coal tar epoxy equa) to Kop-Coat Bitumastic No. 300-M, or approved equal. 16. Expansion and Contraction Provisions .� L7 Rigidly support all piping with adequate provisions for expansion and contraction. Firmly anchor horizontal runs over 50 feet in length at the midpoint of the runs to force expansion equally toward the ends. 17. Support valves in accordance with Section 40 OS 16. 18. Pipe sleeves and wall castings shall be provided at the locations called for on the Drawings. These units shall be as detailed and of the material as noted on the Drawings. They shall be accurately set in the concrete or masonry to the elevations shown. All wall sleeves and castings reyuired in the walls shall be in place when the wails are poured. Ends of all wall castings and wall sleeves shall be of a type consistent with the piping to be connected to them. 19. Link seals for wall sleeves shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed installation instructions. For watertight applications in tanks or treatment units, the link seal installation shall be tested hydrostatically for leaks at the same time as the tank or treatment unit. Any leaks that occur during the test period shall be repaired by checking the link seals for proper installation and replacement of unit(s) found to be defective at no additional cost to the Owner. 20. Pipe couplings shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions and recommendations. Z1. Tie rods shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written installation requirements. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, the City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1:Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) � �� Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 2l - 8 � ' II� � � �I� , ' ' l� � � �� '�J , � li �: ' ' ' , , ' , ' � , ' ' � � ' ' , , ' � i r � � ' size and number of tie rods for a joint or installation shall be as recommended by the manufacturer's design chart for a working pressure of l50 psi. 22. Piping, fittings, and the air release valves shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. The air release valve assemblies shall be installed so that they are properly supported and such that they will function properly and freely and no parts shall be strained. Air release valve testing shall be performed during the testing of pipeline which air release is attached. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract I:Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 2l - 9 �.:�� ,, THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1:Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 23 21 - 10 � �a � ' , �I ( � ' ' � � ' � LJ ' ' ' � i 1 1 ' ' , 1 ' ' ' � � 1 , ' 1 1 ' , ' 1 ' 1 SECTION 40 91 10 PRIMARY ELEMENTS AND TRANSMITTERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 A I:� 1.02 A. 1.03 A : 1.04 A SUMMARY Section Includes: 1. Flow components. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to: l. Division Ol - General Requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE Referenced Standards: 1. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: 1. See Specification Section Ol 33 00 for requirements for the mechanics and administration of the submittal process. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. See Specification Section O1 33 00 for requirements for: a. The mechanics and administration of the submittal process. b. The content of Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 2. Warranties: Provide copies of warranties and list of factory authorized service agents. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Do not remove shipping blocks, plugs, caps, and desiccant dryers installed to protect the instrumentation during shipment until the instruments are installed and permanent connections are made. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 91 10 - 1 ��_� � ONE COMPAI�TY . 1!� �raMy solur=oMS� PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 A FLOW COMPONENTS Propeller Meters: 1. Acceptable manufacturer: a. Water Specialties Type ML-04 with TR-16 Transmitter b. No approved equals. 2. Design and fabrication: b. c. � e f. Pipe diameter: 6 in. Flow: 0-SOOgpm. The flowmeter tube shall be flanged on each end and shall have a pressure rating of 150 psi. Each flowmeter shall have the same diameter as its discharge piping at each respective well. The meter tube shall be fabricated steel, coated inside and out with 12-15 mils ofNSF approved fusion bonded epoxy. Each impeller shall be manufactured of high-impact plastic which retains its shape and accuracy over the life of the meter. The impeller shaft shall be 316 stainless steel and the ball bearings shall be 440C stainless steel. Magnets shall be fabricated from cast or sintered alnico. The bearing housing shall be brass. The meter shall have a mechanical head unit to measure propeller rotation, along with internal gearing to derive the flow measurement. The head unit shall also include an integral 6-digit mechanical totalizer. The register shall be hermetically sealed within a die-cast aluminum base. The protective housing shall include a domed acrylic lens and hinged lens cover with locking hasp. The instantaneous flowrate indicator shall indicate flow in gallons per minute. The totalizer shall indicate total flow in gallons. Transmitter: i. The register unit shall be provided with a current output module type transmitter compatible with the flow meter. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Furnish all mounting brackets, hardware and appurtenances reyuired for mounting primary elements and transmitters. City of Clearwater � � C1NE COMPANY WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well ��.• �. Many Solutians$ Facilities Expansion Project ] 0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 91 10 - 2 _ _ __ , � ' ' ' C , ' '�J � ' ' ' �1 ' ' ' ' � �i , � ' ' ' �� , ' ' , , � , ' , , ' ' ' 1 L: 1. Materials, unless otherwise specified, shall be as follows: a. Bolts, nuts, washers, expansion anchors: i. 316 stainless steel. b. Mounting brackets: i. 316 stainless steel. c. Mounting plates, angles: i. 3l6 stainless steel. d. Instrument pipe stands: i. 316 stainless steel. Cable lengths between sensors and transmitters shall be continuous (without splices) and as required to accommodate locations as shown on Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.O1 A. B. C. D. E. F. INSTALLATION Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Keep foreign matter out of the system. Remove all oil on piping and tubing with solvent before piping and tubing installation. Plug all open ends and connections to keep out contaminants. Threaded Connection Seals: 1. Use Tite-Seal or acceptable alternate. 2. Use of lead base pipe dope or Teflon tape is not acceptable. 3. Do not apply Tite-Seal to tubing threads of compression fittings. Instrument Mounting: 1. Mount all instruments where they will be accessible from fixed ladders, platforms, or grade. 2. Mount all local indicating instruments with face forward toward the normal operating area, within reading distance, and in the line of sight. City of Clearwater � � �NE CQMPANY WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well ��•• �. Man� Solutiorxs� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 91 10 - 3 3.02 A. : 3. Mount instruments level, plumb, and support rigidly. 4. Mountto provide: a. Protection from heat, shock, and vibrations. b. Accessibility for maintenance. c. Freedom from interference with piping, conduit and equipment. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL See Specification Section 01 91 14 Maintain accurate daily log of all startup activities, calibration functions, and final setpoint adjustments. 1. Documentation reyuirements include the utilization of the form located at the end of this Specification Section. a. Instrument Certification Sheet. C. Instrumentation Calibration: l. Verify that all instruments are calibrated to provide the performance reyuired by the Contract Documents. 2. Calibrate all field-mounted instruments after the device is mounted in place to assure proper installed operation. 3. Calibrate in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 4. Check the calibration of each transmitter and gage across its specified range at 0, 25, 50, 75, and l00 percent. a. Check for both increasing and decreasing input signals to detect hysteresis. 5 6 F 8. Replace any instrument which cannot be properly adjusted. Stroke control valves with clean dry air to verify control action and positioner settings. Calibration eyuipment shall be certified by an independent agency with traceability to NIST. a. Certification shall be up-to-date. b. Use of eyuipment with expired certifications shalt not be permitted. Calibration equipment shall be at least three (3) times more accurate as the device being calibrated. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 91 10 - 4 ��;" �� ONB CQMPANY � 1.i.•. t Man� Solutiatts� � � ' , ' ' , , ' �� ' ' ' , , � , ' � ' , ' ' ' ' ' , , ' ' � ' , ' � ' ' D. Provide verification of system assembly, power, ground, and I/O tests. E. Verify existence and measure adequacy of all grounds required for instrumentation and controls. 3.03 TRAINiNG A. Provide on-site training in accardance with Specification Section O1 91 14. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote WeH Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 91 10 - 5 �� ONE COMPAI��Y M�ny Solutioresa THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 91 ] 0- 6 ��Tl� ( QNE COMPANY A. ,L.� �, i Man� Solutions= , ' ' � � ' , , ' ' , � � � � ' � � ' �� Project Name: BIG PROJECT Project Owner: ABC Company HDR Project No. 1 00 50-2 1 1-1 34 Control Loop No.: 222 Instrument Certification S�eet Owner's Project No. (if applicable): Regulatory Agency Project No. (if applicable): Date: 12/19/98 Instrument Tag No. TSH-222 i ransm�nerigauge span: Manufacturer: ACE, Inc. Switch set-point: Model No. TL-2983-SH5 Switch dead band: Serial No. 10293583 Switch range: % OF SPAN 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% Other (if applicable) Other (if applicable) Low allowable TRANSMITTERS AND INDIC,� INCREASING INPUT INPUT OUTPUT ERROR SWITCHES 50 F 5F T: � Ol INCREASING INPUT DECREASING INPUT ' fNPUT OUTPUT ERROR INPUT OUTPUT ERROR % of ran e % of ren e r >ntact Close 0.1 % 45.1 F Contact Open 0.2% Documents): 1.0% Switch Range CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED DEVICE TYPE MFRIMODEL NO. ACCURACY Temperature (dry block) Hart Scientific XL5897T 0.1 F calibrator Certified by: Joe Smith (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering Inc. NIST TRACEABILITY? Yes Date Certified: 12l19/98 . J�� Project Name: Project Owner: HDR Project No. Control Loop No.: BIG PROJECT ABC Company 10050-211-134 106 Instrument Tag No. PIT-106A Manufacturer: ACE, Inc. Model No. 1275-X Serial No. 3049569TSH % OF SPAN 0% 75% 100% Other (if applicable) Other (if applicable) Low allowable Rema INPUT 0.00 pSi 50.00 psi 100.00 psi 150.00 psi 200.00 psi , Instrument Certification Sheet � Owner's Project No. (if appiicable): , Regulatory Agency Project No. (if applicable): Date: 12/19/98 ' Transmitter/gauge span: 0-200 psi Switch set-point: � Switch dead band: Switch range: TRANSMITTERS AND INDICATQRS I INCREASING INPUT DECREASING INPUT: OUTPUT ERR�R INPUT ` OUTPUT: ERROR , % of s an °!o of s an 4.02 mA 4.13 U.Qd psi ' 4.OD mA 0.00 8.00 mA O.UO 50:DU psi :8.01 mA` 0.06 12.01 mA Q.06 1pQ.D0 psi 12.00 mA 0.00 , 'I i6.00 mA Q;AO t50.�A0 psi 16.01 mA 0.06 2�A0 mA 0.00 204.� psi 19.99 mA 0.06 , ' SWITCHES INCREAStNG INPUT DECREASING INPUT ' ' bUTPUT ERROR INPUT OUTPUT ERROR % of ran e % of ran e ' �ntract Documents): 0.15% span � `.herwise no adiustments required � CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED DEVICE TYPE MFR/MODEL NO. ACCURACY NIST TRACEABILITY? ' Pressure calibrator Hathaway/Beta XL5946P 0.025% full scale Yes Pressure module Hathaway/Beta 0.025% full scale Yes ' XL5948P-6:0-150 si Certified by: Joe Smith Date Certified: 12l19/98 � (Version ].0 Apr 99) Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc. � ' � 1 1 , � � ' ' , ' , ' ' � � ' , � ' � Project Name: Project Owner: HDR Project No. Control Loop No.: Instrument Ta Manufacturer: Model No. Serial No. % OF SPAN 0% 25% 50% 100% Other (if applicable) Other (if applicable) Instrument Certification Sheet Owner's Project No. (if applicable): Regulatory Agency Project No. (if applicable): Date: Transmitter/gauge span: Switch set-point: Switch dead band: Switch range: TRANSMITTERS AND INDICATORS __ INCREASING INPUT DECREASING INPUT INPUT OUTPUT ERROR INPUT OUTPUT ERKOR (% of spanl (% of spa SWITCHES INCREASING INPUT ACTUATION POINT INPUT OUTPUT ERROR % of ran High (Increasing input) Low (Decreasing input) Maximum allowable error (per Contract Documents): Remarks: DECREASING INPUT _ INPUT OUTPUT ERROR CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED Certified by: (Version 1.0 Apr 99) Copyright 1991 HDR Engineering, Inc. Date Certified: _ THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2 Remote Well Facilities Expansion June 2012 � � `t `-� � � l_ � ' ' � , � ' ' C� 1 1 r � r � �� ' ' 1 , ' , ' , , , , , � � ' � , � � , PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 � SECTION 40 92 Ol MOTOR ACTUATORS FOR VALVES SUMMARY This specification indicates the requirements for furnishing and installing externally mounted motor actuators on valves as shown on the Drawings and as specified. Actuators types included are electric-motor type producing a multi-turn rotary motion. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Motor actuators shall conform to the requirements of ANSUAWWA C540 except as modified in this Section. B. Actuators shall be assembled to valves at the valve manufacturer's factory, bench tested for alignment, and shipped to the job site as a complete assembly. 1.03 . . SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 01 33 00. Submit cert�ficates from manufacturer showmg compl�ance wrth spec�fied requirements and standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturers are limited to the following: 1. EIM 2. AUMA 2.02 ACTUATOR SIZING A. Actuators shall be sized far the for the required torque or thrust, shaft diameter, thread characteristics and keyway dimensions of the valve actually furnished. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 92 01 - 1 _: � �. �,� 2.03 A. B. C. 2.04 ELECTRIC MOTORS Electric motors shall be TEFC, have Class F insulation, and operate on 480V three phase power. Motors shall be capable of a minimum of 1200 starts per hour and 0.5% repeatability. Actuators shall be built for rugged service. Worm gears, motor sizing and other components shall be oversized, mechanically suitable for freyuent corrections. ACTUATOR CONTROLS A. Actuator control enclosures shall be NEMA 4. B. Positioning shall be performed by utilizing discrete outputs of the PLC to inch the valve to the desired position. Positioning by 4-20 ma analog signals shall not be permitted. � I� E A 4-20 mA signal proportional to the valve position shall be provided. Limit switches shall not be subject to breakage from over travel and visible verification of the switch position shall be possible without disassembly. Limit switches and toryue switches shall be heavy duty, NEMA 1CS-2-125, rated for 600 volts. F. The actuators shall be designed to provide both manual control and remote control locally. G. Actuators shall operate on 480 VAC and shall be equipped with internal control transformers, limit switches, torque switches, reversing contactors and other accessories required to provide a complete and working system. H. Each actuator shall be equipped with local pilot controls, integral to the actuator, which include a"Local-Remote" selector, "Open", "Close", and "Stop" push buttons, and OPEN and CLOSED pilot lights. I. The actuators shall respond to OPEN and CLOSE output signals from the PLC. The acutator shall be configured to stop when the relay opens or when a limit or torque condition occurs. J 2.05 Limit switches shall provide "open" and "closed" signals to the PLC. Gearing shall be designed to stroke the valve slowly, so that the minimum travel time would be more than 60 seconds, but less than 120 seconds. POSITION INDICATION A. A dial to indicate valve position during power or manual operation shall be provided. Indicator lights shall also be provided to show the valve position. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 92 O1 - 2 ��1�� I�i� LJ ' , � ' � � ' � ' LJ LJ � , LJ � � ill � ' 1 1 � ' ' � , 1 , ' , � � � � , � ' � 2.06 /.;] PAINTING AND COATINGS Actuators shall be painted in accordance with the requirements of the specified Standard. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SHIPPING, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Assembled actuators and valves shall be packaged, shipped and stored in accordance with the requirements of the specified Standard. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Piping, electrical and instrumentation connections shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.03 I:1 TESTING Actuators shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 91 14. END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 92 O1 - 3 � THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 40 92 O1 - 4 ,� � �'�� « � � L� i I l_ � , � ' ' ' ' , CJ i 1 1 1 1 r , � � � , ' CJ , �� J SECTION 43 21 14 SUBMERSIBLE TURBINE WELL PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope of Work The work covered in this section consists of providing all equipment and materials necessary for furnishing, installing, and testing the submersible turbine well pumps, motors, and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. References l. NSF 6l — Drinking Water System Components. C. General Design 1 ' 1.02 A. , B. � r I �� ' , ' , LJ r C 1. Submersible turbine well pumps will pump brackish and fresh water from the wells to provide a specific flow to the RO WTP #2 at the required pressure. QUALITY ASSURANCE Pumps shall be stainless steel pumps manufactured by Goulds. Balancing 1. Pump units shall be statically and dynamically balanced. The vibration allowance in the units shall not exceed the upper limits as established by the Hydraulic Institute standards. Testing: 1. Each pumping unit shall be tested at the factory for capacity, power requirement, and efficiency at minimum head, rated head, shutoff head or point of discontinuity, and at as many other points as necessary for accurate performance curve plotting. Tests shall be performed with the manufacturer's calibrated laboratory test motors at full motor speed. If the pump fails to operate properly or fails to meet the specified conditions or reyuirements, the pump manufacturer shall modify the pumping unit and perform additional impeller work and tests until the pumps meet the reyuirements of the project. 2. The pump manufacturer shall submit complete pump test reports, test arrangement, instrumentation calibration data, test procedures, & test data sheets (in curve format). 3. The test results are to be certified correct by a licensed Professional Engineer in the state of manufacture, whom may be an employee of the pump manufacturer. 4. All test data shall be submitted to the Engineer, by the Supplier, for review and approval prior to releasing the pump eyuipment for shipment to the site. City of Clearwater WTP No. Z— Contract l: Remote Well �� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 43 21 14 - 1 1.03 A. B. C. SUBMITTALS Provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00. The following data shall be provided on the drive motor: materials of construction, dimensions, rpm at full load, frequency, voltage, full load current, code and design letter, efficiency, horsepower, number of phases, time rating, temperature rise, service factor, and bearing life rating. Shop Drawings 1. The following items shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to fabrication and delivery: a. Manufacturer's literature, illustrations, and applicable data for the pumps. b. A list of manufacturer's recommended spare parts to be supplied, with the manufacturer's current price for each item. D. Performance curves shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to shipment from the factory, and include the following: 1. Manufacturer's pump performance curves from actual pump and motor combination furnished illustrating pump characteristics of head, discharge flow, efficiency, impeller size, motor speed, and horsepower for the full range of head conditions specified. 2. Curves shall be submitted on 8'/2-inch by l 1-inch sheets, at as large a scale as is practical. Curves shall be plotted from no flow at shut-off head to maximum pump runout head and gallonage allowed by the manufacturer. 3. Points of operation which cause bearing stress or shaft deflection in excess of the manufacturer's tolerances for continuous operation shall be indicated on the submitted curves. 4. Critical frequency and torsional analysis shall be submitted to the Engineer for review to demonstrate pumps will not operate at destructive frequencies. E. In addition to the items listed above, the following information shall be submitted for each proposed pump: 1. Pump Manufacturer's Name. 2. Pump Model Number. 3. Rated Capacity (gpm). 4. Total Dynamic Head at Rated Capacity (ft). 5. Nominal Speed (RPM). 6. Outside Diameter of Bowl (in). 7. Size of Column Pipe (in). 8. Length of Column Pipe (ft). 9. Size of Discharge Connection (in). City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 43 21 14 - 2 � � � �� ' ' i � ' , ' ' ' ' ' � ' i ' ' ' �I I u ' �I � ' ' J ' � � , , CJ ' � , , , ' � ' � I�� F 1.04 A B l 0. Motor Manufacturer and Model No. 11. Motor NEMA Frame No. l2. Motor Horsepower. l3. Motor Speed (RPM). 14. Motor Efficiency at Rated Capacity (%). 15. Efficiencies. a. Primary Condition (%). b. Secondary Condition (%). 16. Hydraulic Thrust at Rated Capacity (lbs). Operating and Maintenance Instructions 1. Submit six (6) sets of operation and maintenance manuals. Provide 5 hard copies in 3-ring binders and one electronic file copy in pdf format, on a CD. Provide 6 CDs / copies of electronic copies. 2. The operation and maintenance manuals shall have been prepared specifically for the model and type of pump furnished and shall not refer to other models and types of similar equipment. 3. The operation and maintenance manuals shall include but not be limited to the following: a. Equipment function. b. Description. c. Normal and limiting operating characteristics d. Installation instructions (assembly, alignment and adjustment procedures). e. Operation instructions (normal start-up and shutdown procedures, normal operating conditions and emergency situations). f. Lubrication and maintenance instructions. g. Troubleshooting guide. h. Parts list with catalog numbers and predicted life of parts subject to wear. a J• Drawings - cross sectional view, assembly, and wiring diagrams. Performance curves for identical pumps. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Pumps shall be shipped and handled in such manner as to prevent damage. At the job site the pumps and motors shall be stored in a clean, dry and protected location. Each box or package shall be properly marked to show its net weight in addition to its contents. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 43 21 14 - 3 � ��i�� 4�I��i>�I�i� C. After hydrostatic or other tests, all entrapped water shall be drained prior to shipment, and proper care shall be taken to protect parts from the entrance of water during shipment, storage, and handling. D. Factory assembled parts and components shall not be dismantled for shipment unless permission is received in writing from the Engineer. Pumps shall be prepared for shipment in accordance with the Hydraulic Institute. E F. Finished surfaces of all exposed pump openings shall be protected by wooden blanks. Finished iron or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrosion. G. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is complete and the units and equipment are ready for operation. H. Pumps and motors shall be shipped and stored for prolonged storage. At a minimum, pumping units will be provided with a temperature controlled weather tight enclosure. Enclosure shall be suited, at a minimum, to provide power to motor heaters to prevent moisture damage. I. 1.05 Spare motor oil is required for these motors and shall be likewise shipped together on robust wooden pallets for long term storage and safe forklift handling. WARRANTY AND GUARANTEES A. All equipment supplied under this section shall be under warranty to be free from defects in workmanship, design and materials. If any part of the equipment should fail during the warranty period, it shall be replaced by the Supplier or their agent, at no expense to the Owner. See the General Conditions for warranty requirements. B. The replacement or repair (including cost of parts and labor) of those items normally consumed in service, such as pump packing, oil, grease, and the like, shall be considered as part of routine preventive maintenance by the Owner. C. Certifications l. Furnish the Engineer with a written certification signed by the Supplier, that the following is true for the installed eyuipment: a. b: d. Have been stored per manufacturer's reyuirements. Have been lubricated per manufacturer's instructions. Have been accurately installed, aligned, and proper running clearances set, after the pumps are installed at a later date. Is free from undue stress imposed by piping or mounting bolts. e. Is ready to be operated on a continuous basis, and is free from any known defects. PART 2 - PRODUCTS City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well �� ►'� �� Facilities Expansion Project ]0-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 43 2l 14 - 4 ' ' � ' ' LJ , ' � ' , � , , , ' ' , ' , ' 2.01 , A. B. � ' ' , , , ' ' ' , � ' , , ' , __ -- C � GENERAL Pump curves shall have no more than one specific flow rate corresponding to one specific head condition except for shut-off head. Pumps and all related equipment shall be constructed of materials suitable for the intended applications. Data Plates All data plates shall be of stainless steel suitably attached to the pump with stainless steel screws. Pump data pates shall contain the manufacturer's name, pump size and type, serial number, speed, impeller diameter, design capacity and head, and other pertinent data. 2. Motor data plates shall contain the manufacturer's name and model number, serial number, RPM, horsepower, frequency, voltage, phase, efficiency, and service factor. All machine bolts, nuts, and cap screws shall be of the hex head type. Hardware requiring special tools or wrenches shall not be used. E. Parts shall be completely identified with a numerical system to facilitate parts inventory control and stocking. Each part shall be properly identified by a separate number. Identical parts for separate units shall have the same number. F. The eyuipment shall be furnished with shims, stainless steel anchor bolts, couplings, motor flanges, and any other miscellaneous materials necessary to properly mount and install pump and motor. 2.02 A B MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT Submersible vertical turbine pumps shall be as listed by the Pump Schedule on the design drawings Pumps l. The submersible turbine pumps shall be multistage, submersible type deep well pumps by Goulds. 2. The pump bowls shall be 316 Stainless Steel (ASTM A351 Grade CF-8M or ASTM A276) with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi. The pump bowls shall be free from blowholes, sandholes, or other defects and accurately machined and fitted. 3. A Teflon bearing shall be used for the construction of each intermediate bowl to support the impeller shaft. The bowl unit shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic pressure equal to twice the pressure at the rated capacity or 1.5 times the shutoff head, whichever is greater. The impeller shall be 316 Stainless Steel and shall be accurately machined and finished, and suitably balanced. The taper lock bushing shall be 316 Stainless Steel and shall be used to securely fastened each impeller to the shaft. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 43 21 14 - 5 � � 4. A bearing shall be included in the bowl unit to carry the momentary up-thrust encountered at start-up. A 3l6 SS cable guard shall be included in the bowl unit to protect the motar cable from abrasion during installation. 5. The pump bowls wall castings shall be extra heavy high density material. The wall castings shall be designed with smooth water passages for optimum performance and maximum efficiency. The flow of water sha11 be guided by diffuser vanes. 6. The interconnector shall couple the bowl unit to the motor and shall be made of 316 Stainless Steel. A Teflon sleeve bearing with a length to shaft diameter ratio of at least 3:l to protect the motor from radial loads shall be included in the interconnector. A labyrinth-type sand slinger shall be used to protect this bearing from sand and grit. The interconnector shal] completely enclose the upper motor end bell to protect the coupling and motor seal from abrasives. A suction screen which has a net open area at least four times the area of the eye of the impeller shall be included in the interconnector. The screen shall be 316 Stainless Steel. 7. Impeller shaft shall be adequately supported by Teflon bearings in top and by bearings in intermediate and suction bowls and shall be 17-4 PH Stainless Steel, ASTM A564. The pump shaft shall be ground, polished, and precision straightened for extended pump life. 8. A heavy duty thick 316 Stainless Steel casting with a smooth water passage for maximum efficiency shall be used for the discharge manifold. An extra heavy bearing housing with a Teflon bearing for durability and positive shaft alignment shall be used far the manifold. 9. 3l6 Stainless Steel (ASTM A351, Grade CF-8M) shall be used for the enclosed type impellers. Impellers shall be securely locked to shaft, perfectly balanced mechanically and dynamically, and finished all over. 10. 11. Provide fins or other appurtenances as may be required for pump motor cooling. Teflon material shall be used to manufacture all bearings. C. Column Pipe 1. The column pipe shall meet or exceed the performance requirements of Schedule 80 pipe, as per ASTM D1785 "Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40-irich, 80-inch, and 120-inch. The drop pipe shall be listed for potable water service with NSF Standard No. 6l . 2. The column pipe couplings shall provide a restrained joint utilizing machined grooves in the pipe and coupling. The assembly shall allow a nylon spline to be inserted, when aligned, which shall result in a fully circumferential restrained joint that locks the pipe and coupling together. A water-tight hydraulic seal shall be provided by the Flexible elastomeric Teflon coated O- ring seals in the coupling. The coupling shall have a minimum of six (6) threaded torque control screw holes. Cup point torque control screws shall be City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract I: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 43 2l 14 - 6 �x' � � LJ' ' , � , , C1 , ' � , , �J � ' ' , ' ' ' , ' ' L ' , ' , ' , ' ' ' � �� 1 �, I� � `. , � provided by the pipe manufacturer and installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations. All screws shall be 3] 6 Stainless Steel. 3. The column pipe system shall be Certa-Lok manufactured by Certainteed. To obtain the correct vertical drop length to the submersible pump, the column pipe shall be provided in l0 or 20 foot lengths. For required vertical lengths shorter than 10 feet, Schedule 80 PVC spool pieces with grooved ends for splines and couplings shall be provided. 4. Certa-Lok 3l6 Stainless Steel drop pipe adapter with a grooved end and a male NPT threaded end shall be used to connect the schedule 80 PVC column pipe to the pump. The threaded end shall be connected to 316 Stainless Steel schedule 40 couplings, a 316 Stainless Steel check valve, and 316 Stainless Steel schedule 40 nipples with NPT threaded ends which shall connect to the pump as shown on the drawings. 5. The top of the schedule 80 PVC column pipe shall be connected to the Discharge Head Assembly using a 3l6 Stainless Steel Schedule 40 Certa-Lok drop pipe adapter. 6. The adapters and column pipe shall be designed with adequate strength to support the electric motors, pumps, column pipe and appurtenances in operational, stationary, and maintenance modes, and shall be furnished by the pump manufacturer. 7. Install centralizers between the pipe and casing, if recommended by the column pipe manufacturer of this installation. The centralizers shall be constructed using PVC or other corrosion resistant materials as approved by the Engineer. The Centralizers shall be configured to allow the drop pipe to be located concentrically or eccentrically in each well casing. Discharge Head Assembly 1. The Contractor shall provide a Discharge Head Assembly designed with adequate strength to support electric motors, pumps, and column pipe. The assembly shall include the following components welded into one contiguous unit: a. b. c. d. e. f. The baseplate shall be 316 Stainless Steel, minimum thickness of 5/8- inch. Dimensions, bolt holes, pipe holes, and weldolets shall be as shown on the drawings. The ninety degree bend shall be 3l6 Stainless Steel Schedule 40 pipe fitting with welded ends, sized to match column pipe as shown on the drawings. The pipe shall be 316 Stainless Steel Schedule 40 Pipe, welded ends, and sized as shown on drawings The outlet flange shall be 316 Stainless Steel, I50 pound flange, flat face, with Schedule 40 welding neck, size as shown on drawings. Weldolets shall be provided with FNPT threads, sized as shown on drawings The drop pipe adapter shall be 316 Stainless Steel Schedule 40 coupling manufactured by Certa-Lok for connection to Schedule 80 City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 43 21 14 - 7 �4 � E F. C�3 ►� PVC drop pipe; has one grooved end and one MNPT threaded end, size as shown on drawings. Contractor shall remove the threaded portion of the coupling and weld to schedule 40 316 Stainless Steel pipe. g. Lifting eyes shall be provided as shown on the design drawings. The Contractor shall provide an SBR rubber, or EDPM gasket between the flat plate of the discharge head assembly and the concrete pump base plate. Pump Check Valve 1. Contractor shall provide and install an inline check valve directly above each submersible pump as shown on the drawings. 2. Check valves shall be of the in-line column type, designed for submersible pump installations, and manufactured by a submersible pump manufacturing company. 3. Valve shall be rated for a minimum working pressure of 250 psi. The check valve shall be manufactured from materials classified by UL under ANSI/NSF61. 4. Valves shall be a spring loaded design to open immediately and automatically with flow and close silently upon cessation of flow. Valves shall be maintenance-free and capable of providing long, dependable life under repeated daily operation. 5. Valve body shall have the ability to support the full weight of the submersible pump, motor, and column pipe filled with water. The valve body shall be of heavy cast material (316 Stainless Steel) of sufficient strength and shall be of sufficient thickness to be drilled and tapped and provided with a break-off plug to drain the column of water for pulling of the submersible pump. 6. The valve seal shall be of a durable nitrile to provide a positive shut-off. 7. All internal working parts shall be of 316 Stainless Steel. Pump Safety Cable 1. A pump safety cable shall be provided by the Contractor to support the pump, motor, column pipe and appurtenances. In the event of a drop pipe failure, the cable shall be anchored to the discharge head assembly to prevent equipment damage. 2. The safety cable shall be 316 Stainless Steel aircraft cable, '/4-inch diameter, with a minimum breaking strength of 12,000 pounds. The cable and its connections shall be sized, with a safety factor, to carry the pump load and its appurtenances. Pressure Gauges l. One pressure gauge shall be furnished on the above ground discharge piping of each well. The gauges shall have the following properties: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well ��t�� (��'�� Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) lssued for Bid December 2012 43 21 14 - 8 ' ' ' ' ' I� � ' , ' ' L� , � , ' ,---, J l_ ; ' ' , , ' ' , � � � ' , ' �� .. ' , a. 2-]/2 inch nominal diameter, black, with drawn Type 3l6 Stainless Steel ASTM A 35 ] Grade CF-8M Bourdon tubes with welded connections. b. '/4-inch NPT bottom male connection, stainless steel rack and pinion movement with Monel sector, micro-adjusted pointer, and black figures with white plastic non-reflecting dial. Z. Pressure gauges shall be Wika, Ashcroft, US Gauge or approved equal. 3. The gauge assembly shall consist of brass pipe and fittings, brass shut-off valve or cock and tee with brass test valve or cock with female outlet end arranged to allow field checking with a test gauge. 4. The discharge gauge range shall be 0-200 PSI. Motors and Power Cable 1. Motors shall conform to the }atest NEMA specifications for submersible motors. Regardless of the direction of rotation, the motor thrust bearing shall be sized to carry the weight of all rotating parts plus the hydraulic thrust of the pump. The thrust bearing shall have sufficient capacity to permit the pump to operate for short periods with the discharge valve closed. A minimum B-l0 life of 100,000 hours shall be used for the design of the thrust bearing. 2. The squirrel cage induction motor type shall be used with an inverter duty and suitable for variable speed operations. The motors shall be 3 phase, 60Hz, 460 V, 3,500 RPM and capable of continuous operation under water at the conditions specified. The power output shaft shall be Type 17-4 PH Stainless Steel or equivalent. All fastening in contact with well water shall be of Type 316 Stainless Steel or corrosion resistant material as approved by the Engineer. The service factor of the motor shall be 1.15. Motor shell shall be type 316 Stainless Steel. 3 � The Pump Motor Coupling shall be capable of transmitting the total torque of the unit regardless of the direction of rotation and shall be made of 3l6 Stainless Steel. The submersible cable may be separate conductors with each conductor jacketed, or the conductors may be included in a single jacketed assembly. The conductor insulation shall be water and oii resistant, suitable for ' continuous immersion. The cable shall be flat jacketed heavy duty type THW, as manufactured by Centriline of Claremore, Oklahoma (or approved equal), and shall have thermoplastic PVC insulation. r---, i � � 1 , 1 � 5. The leads shall be continuous from the motor (no splices below ground). The length of the cable required shall be the sum of the pump setting depth, including bowl unit, plus 2 feet for each 50 feet of setting to compensate for possible twist or sag during installation, plus 20 feet to extend from the surface plate to the well control panel. The cable shall be suitably supported by fastening to the column pipe with 3l6 Stainless Steel straps. All cable fittings and terminals shall be water tight at the pressure encountered in the City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 43 21 14 - 9 � � '� bh � application. All supports provided shall be made corrosion resistant materials such as 3l 6 Stainless Steel, PVC or other as approved by the Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.O1 INSTALLATION A. Installation of pumping equipment shall be in strict accordance with the respective manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Equipment shall be installed by experienced and mechanically skilled workmen with previous experience in similar installations. Installation shall include furnishing the required oil and grease for initial operation. The grades of oil and grease shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. I: 3.02 The Contractor shall provide certification of proper pump installation to the Engineer and Owner after the pump has been installed. STORAGE [� 1 , � L�. i I ' II � A. The Contractor shall ensure all parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until ' installation is complete and the units and equipment are ready for operation. 3.03 FACTORY SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE A. An experienced, competent, and authorized representative of the Supplier shall visit the site of the work and inspect, check, adjust if necessary, and approve the equipment installation. The representative shall be present when the equipment is placed in operation, and shall revisit the job site as often as necessary until all trouble is corrected and the equipment installation and operation are satisfactory in the opinion of Engineer. B. The Supplier shall furnish the services of a competent and experienced representative who has complete knowledge of proper operation and maintenance of the equipment to check the installed equipment, supervise the initial test run, and to provide instructions to City personnel. The first visit will be for checking and inspecting the equipment after it is installed. The second visit will be to operate and supervise the initial field test. At least four (4) hours of the second day shall be allocated solely to the instruction of City personnel in operation and maintenance of the eyuipment. This instruction period shall be scheduled at least ten days in advance with the Owner and shall take place prior to acceptance by the Owner. 3.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. After the pumps have been completely installed, the Supplier shall conduct, in the presence of the Engineer, testing of all mechanical equipment and piping as in operation to demonstrate capacity, correct alignment, smooth operation, proper adjustment, and freedom from noise, vibration, over-heating and leaking, and to ensure satisfactory compliance with the Specifications. All defects shall be corrected by the Supplier and Others. Others shall supply all oil, grease, electric power, water, and all other material necessary to complete the field tests. City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 43 21 14 - 10 ' , , � ' � �' li � il `� � ',J ' � � � � � �� i� ' ' B. If a pump performance does not meet the Specifications, corrective measures shall be taken by the Supplier, or the pump shall be removed and replaced with a pump which satisfies the conditions specified. C. Motors: , l. The Supplier shall check the insulation resistance (Megger) of each motor winding before energizing the motor, and, if insulation resistance is found to be low, shall notify the Engineer and shall not energize the motor. � , , ll ' , ' 1 , ' ' L� 2. The Supplier's certified technician shall check all motors for correct clearances and alignment and for correct lubrication in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. The pump manufacturer certified technician shall check direction or rotation of all motors and reverse connections if necessary. Pump Field Testing: l. Upon completion of all the mechanical work, the Supplier shall conduct testing as specified herein to demonstrate that the equipment performs in accordance with all Specifications. 2. A performance test shall be performed in accordance with Hydraulic Institute Standards. Flow output shall be measured by plant instrumentation and storage volumes. Others, along with the Supplier certified technician sha11 perform initial testing of the equipment to ensure that the tests listed in the Demonstration Test paragraph below can be completed. 3. The Demonstration Test shall demonstrate that all items of these Specifications have been met by the equipment, as installed, and shall include the following tests: a. b. c. d. That the pump can deliver the specified pressure and discharge flow at rated efficiency. That the pump controls perform satisfactorily. Pump shaft shall be dial indicated directly above the gland for recorded T.I.R. before running equipment. Motor no-load amperage, temperature, and speed shall be recorded. e. Pump and motor shall be field vibration tested by the pump manufacturer's certified technician at design conditions in accordance with Hydraulic Institute standards. f. All data will be logged and turned over to the Engineer for Owner's use. 4. In the event that the equipment does not meet the Demonstration Test, the , Supplier shall, at his own expense, make sure changes and adjustments in the equipment which he deems necessary and shall conduct further tests until written certification is received from the Engineer. ' , ' City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 43 21 14 - 1 I �� END OF SECTION City of Clearwater WTP No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Project 10-0039-UT-(A) Issued for Bid December 2012 43 21 14 - 12 � a'; .>� ' � � , � j_� i� ., , ' ' ' u ' ' , , ' , ' � � 8 APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION � J D D a � D � a Table of Contents: OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS • Instructions for Addendum to Agreement • ODP Agreement Form • Addendum to Agreement o Attachment "A" o Attachment "B" o Attachment "C" o Attachment "D" • Procedures for Sales Tax Savings, Requests to Requisition and Receiving/Invoicing • Request to Requisition Form SWFWMD MBE-WBE PROJECT PERMITS • City of Clearwater Building Permits • FDEP Construction Permit • FDEP ERP Exemption/ACOE Exemption ACP SEGMENTED RETAINING WALL QUOTE � � � � � � Appendix , u 9/27/20l 0 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) DOCUMENTS Appendix 9/27/2010 a 0 � a �1 �� INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO. 2- CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT CITY OF CLEARWATER CONTRACT # 10-0039-UT-(A) 1. 2. 3. 4. The Contractor and the City, prior to the ordering of any materials, must complete the Addendum to Agreement for Construction of the Water Treatment Plant No. 2— Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion project. Attachment "A" is to be completed by the Contractor and submitted with the Addendum. Attachments "B", "C" and "D" relate to Owner-Furnished Materials that are part of the of a Subcontractor's Work. Attachments "B" and "C" would be completed for each Subcontractor responsible for materials as part of the Subcontractor's Work. Submit two (2) original copies of the Addendum and Attachments to: ' City of Clearwater Engineering Department Attention: Robert Maue, Sr. Professional Engineer Phone: (727) 562-4827 ' Fax: (727) 562-4755 100 South Myrtle Avenue, #220 Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 ' 5 ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' Appendix , If you have any questions regarding this process please direct them to: Stephanie Sansom, Engineering Dept. Senior Accountant Phone: (727) 562-4744 Fax: (727) 562-4755 E-Mail: stephanie.sansom(cr�.myclearwater.com 9/27/2010 ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO. 2- CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT CITY OF CLEARWATER CONTRACT No. 10-0039-UT-(A) In reference to contract #10-0039-UT-(A) dated between City of Clearwater, the Owner, and , the Contractor, it is further AGREED as follows: 1. The Owner has reserved the right to purchase certain portions of the material for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. 2. The attachments lettered "A", "B", and "C", attached hereto (as amended by notations thereon) and incorporated herein shall be executed by the Contractor and applicable Sub-contractors and the terms thereof shall govern the purchase of materials for the Project as determined by the Owner. 3. The contract price shall be reduced by the cost of the materials purchased by owner plus the normalty applicable sales tax as bid by the Contractor even if the cost is in excess of the cost for the materials as bid by the Contractor. However, for purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, the original contract amount shall be used. 4. The Contractor reserves the right to authorize payments for invoiced materials, prior to Owner's authorization process, as outlined in Attachment "D". 5. The Contractor will assist Owner in owner's direct purchase of materials for the project. However, owner acknowledges that Contractor's Sub-contractors nonetheless each reserves the right to purchase project materials directly, without Owner's prior approval and consequent power to eliminate reimbursement of sales tax. This addendum, upon its execution by both parties, is made an integral part of the aforementioned agreement. CITY OF CLEARWATER: Date: William B. Horne. II City Manager/Owner ATTEST: Rosemarie Call City Clerk (City's Corporate Seal) APPROVED AS TO FORM: Camilo Soto Assistant City Attorney Appendix CONTRACTOR: Date: Contractor ATTEST: Secretary ' ' ' � ' ' � ' � ' ' � � ' ' l _J ' 9/27/2010 ' ' ' ' ' � �� ' � 1 , , �] ATTACHMENT "A" FROM: CITY OF CLEARWATER (OWNER) TO: (CONTRACTOR) OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS PROJECT: WATER TREATMENT PLANT No. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT (10-0039-UT-(A)) 1. The Contract Price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for material, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. The owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. Owner-purchasing of construction material, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. 2. The Contractor shall provide the Owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and material for consideration as Owner-Furnished Materials. The Contractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. 3. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished by the Owner in accordance with these Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Contractor. However, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at the job site prior to their installation or incorporation into the project. The Contractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular material furnished. The Contractor shall provide alt services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. 4. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually ' inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Furnished Materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such ' additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment A of this Contract. ' ' , , , ' 5. The Contractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual inspection, the Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. 6. The Contractor shall maintain records of all Owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of Owner-Furnished Materials in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any Owner-Furnished Materials delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. Appendix 9/27/2010 7. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage- repair calls shall be fonnrarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. 8. Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner-Furnished Materials. 9. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials. 10. As invoices are received, Contractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all suppliers of Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during that delivery for use by the Contractor and either concur or object to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon Contractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials. 11. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within thirty (30) days of receipt of said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders which will include owner's Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The Contractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as appropriate. At the end of the Project, Contractor will be provided with a deductive Change Order for the cost incurred by the Owner to provide all Owner-Furnished Materials. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Contractor at the Owner's direction, or may be turned over to the Contractor for salvage or disposal at the Contractor's option. 12. The Contractor shall be entitled to the benefits of any discounts attributable to the early payment of vendor invoices for materials furnished by the Owner pursuant to the Specifications. 13. The Contract between Contractor and Owner is hereby amended to clarify that Owner- Furnished Material shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining the Contract Sum due Contractor. Appendix 9/27/2010 ' ' ' � LJ ' LJ ' ' ' ' ' �� , , ' ' CJ ' � ' ' ' ' ' � ' , ' � FROM TO ATTACHMENT "B" OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS CONTRACTOR) (SUBCONTRACTOR) PROJECT: WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT (10-0039-UT-(A)) 1. The Contract Price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for material, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Subcontractor's Work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Subcontractor's contract. Owner-Purchasing of construction material, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will include owner's Certification of Exemption number. 2. The Subcontractor shall provide the owner a list of all intended suppliers, vendors, and material for consideration as Owner-Furnished Materials. The Subcontractor shall submit price quotes from the vendors, as well as a description of the materials to be supplied, estimated quantities, and prices. 3. The Subcontractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials furnished by the Owner in accordance with these Special Provisions including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery due to the negligence of the Subcontractor. However, the Owner assumes the risk of damage or loss during the time that the building materials are physically stored at the job site prior to their installation or incorporation into the project. The Subcontractor shall coordinate delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Subcontractor for the particular material furnished. The Subcontractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials. The Subcontractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Subcontractor. 4. As Owner-Furnished Materials are delivered to the job site, the Subcontractor shall visually ' inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for material delivered. The Subcontractor shall assure that each delivery of Owner-Furnished Materials is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such ' additional information as the Owner may require. The Subcontractor will then forward the invoice to the Owner for payment, pursuant to Attachment "A" of this Contract. 5. The Subcontractor shall insure that Owner-Furnished Materials conform to the Specifications � and determine prior to incorporation into the Subcontractor's Work if such materials are patently defective, and whether such materials are identical to the materials ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Subcontractor discovers defective or non-conformities in Owner-Furnished Materials upon such visual , inspection, the Subcontractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials in the Subcontractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Subcontractor's Work such defective or , nonconforming Owner-Furnished Materials, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by pertormance of an inspection, Subcontractor shall be responsible for all damages to the owner, resulting from Subcontractor's incorporation of such materials into the Project, including liquidating or delay damages. I�� ul ' ' 6. The Subcontractor shall maintain records of all owner-Furnished Materials it incorporates into Subcontractor's Work from the stock of Owner-furnished Materials in its possession. The Subcontractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any owner-Furnished Materials delivered into the Subcontractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials which have been incorporated in the Subcontractor's Work. Appendix 9/27l2010 , 7. The Subcontractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and ' guarantees for all materials and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage-repair calls shall be forwarded to the Subcontractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or sub-subcontractor. 8. Notwithstanding the transfer of Owner-Furnished Materials by the Owner to the Subcontractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all Owner-Furnished Materials. 9. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Subcontractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that sales made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Subcontractor agrees to promptly notify Owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to Owner-Furnished Materials. 10. As invoices are received, Subcontractor shall be required to review invoices submitted by all suppliers of Owner-Furnished Materials delivered to the Project during that delivery for use by the Subcontractor and either concur or object to the Owner's issuance of payment to the suppliers, based upon Subcontractor's records of materials delivered to the site and any defects in such materials. ' � ' ' 11. In order to arrange for the prompt payment to the supplier, the Subcontractor shall provide to ' the Owner a listing indicating the acceptance of the goods or materials within fifteen (15) days of receipt of said goods or materials. The list shall include a copy of all applicable Purchase Orders which will include ownePs Certificate of Exemption number, invoices, delivery tickets, written acceptance of the delivered item, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Owner. The check will be released, � delivered and remitted directly to the supplier. The Subcontractor agrees to assist the Owner to immediately obtain partial or final release or waivers as appropriate. At the end of the Project, Subcontractor will be provided with a deductive Change Order for the cost incurred by the Owner to provide all Owner-Furnished Materials. Salvage materials shall be stored or removed from the site by the Subcontractor at the Owner's ' direction, or may be turned over to the Subcontractor for salvage or disposal at the Subcontractor's option. Appendix 9/27/2010 CJ ' ' �� ' ' � LJ , ' , ��I � ' LJ , ' ' �_� ' � , ' , i 1 1 1 I� u ATTACHMENT "C" From: (CONTRACTOR) To: (SUBCONTRACTOR) Project: WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSlON PROJECT (10-0039-UT-(A)) This project qualifies the Owner to utilize its sales tax exemption for the purchase of materials used in the project. In order to do this, the City of Clearwater, Florida, (Owner) must pay for the materials directly. This shall be accomplished in the following manner: 1. Subcontracts will be issued by Contractor to Subcontractors in the usual manner, including sales tax. 2. Subcontractors will prepare their material orders and forward same to Contractor so that City of Clearwater (owner) purchase orders may be placed for these materials. 3. Contractor will return to the Subcontractor a copy of the City of Clearwater (owner) purchase order on behalf of the City of Clearwater (Owner). It shall read: To: Supplier For: Material per attached Subcontractor order, 4. The material supplier will then bill the City of Clearwater (Owner) c/o "Subcontractor" c/o Contractor. Subcontractor will approve invoice and send to Contractor who will submit same to City of Clearwater (Owner) for payment. 5. City of Clearwater (Owner) will then pay the invoice directly and the Subcontractor will be issued a deductive change order for the amount of the invoice plus sales tax. It is imperative that the Subcontractor approve the invoices and forward them to Contractor by the of each month for payment by the . Those received after the will be processed in the next month's billing cycle. Appendix 9/27/2010 ATTACHMENT "D" PROCEDURE FOR GENERATING SUB-CONTRACTOR DIRECT PURCHASE ORDERS FOR SALES TAX CREDITS 2 3 � General Contractor will submit requisition for materials with vendor information required (see vendor application form), item description, quantity if applicable, price, etc. Also included wilf be the sales tax savings amount. Architect will review the requisition, and forward to the project manager for approval and preparation of electronic purchase requisition. Requisition must contain project number as well as correct account number. Project Manager will then request requisition approval from the Finance Director. Purchasing will issue purchase order and will mail, fax, or otherwise distribute purchase order as requested. 5. A purchase order summary report will be maintained indicating the following: purchase order number, owner Certificate of Exemption number, vendor, total amount of P.O., total tax savings, amount previously requested, amount of current request, and remaining balance of P.O. This report will be updated and issued with each group of payment requests (monthly). � 7 Appendix Payment requests with invoices must have receiving paperwork with authorized signatures and must be submitted for approval as indicated below: Payment authorization sequence: invoices must be submitted for approval in the following order: a. General Contractor b. Architect c. Project Manager d. Engineering/City Manager e. Purchasing/for processing only f. Finance/for processing only ' ' ' � I� �� L�' , ' , ' � , ' �J LJ ' ' 9/27/2010 ' ! I � ' 1 , ' , ' � PROCEDURES FOR SALES TAX SAVINGS, REQUESTS TO REQUISITION and RECEIVING/INVOICING CITY OF CLEARWATER WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT (10-0039-UT-(A)) Contractor: CEI: Reiss Enqineerinq, Inc. Addendum to Aqreement for Construction: See separate instructions for completing the Addendum to Agreement. Process procedures for tax savings: 2. Completion of the Request to Requisition forms by Contractor. 3. Approved by CEI. Approver(s): 4. Original to Owner's Representative for processing of P.O. requisition. , 5. Based on Request to Requisition forms a schedule will be prepared for the City's Purchasing Manager to reduce the Contractor's P.O. by the amount of the P.O.s to the Materials Suppliers. It is important to process as many material supplier Requests to Requisition as ' possible at one time thereby reducing the amount of changes necessary to Contractor's P.O. Construction contract will not change and the sum of the P.O.s to the Materials Suppliers plus the Contractor's P.O will represent the total contract commitment. Before sendinq to the Purchasinq Manaqer, the schedule will be forwarded to the Owner's Representative, ' CEl and Contractor's representative for approval. We will need the e-mail address for the Contractor's & CEI's contact person(s) for this process. 6. The estimated sales tax savings for each materials requisition will be deducted from the 1 primary lines of Contractor's P.O. A related Sales Tax Savings line for each charge code will be added to the Contractor's P.O. No changes will be made to the sales tax savings lines until all materials are purchased, received, accepted and paid for unless additional materials purchases are necessary. 1 , CJ ' � � 7. Closing of the sales tax savings line on the Contractor's P.O. can only be done through a change order (Recommendation is that iYs done on the final C/O). Process procedures for request to requisition forms: 1. General description is a brief recap (sewer lines and manholes; water lines; etc) 2. Contractor should include their fax number as well as a contact number. 3. In the description section of the Request to Requisition include any special delivery instructions. 4. Indicate whether or not retainage is to be withheld. City's standard is 5%. 5. Include the address where the supplier is to mail invoices. 6. Where applicable, shipping and handling costs should be listed as a line item on the request to requisition. 7. City staff will complete the charge code line. Procedures where a detailed line item proposal has been received from the ODP suqplier: ' Appendix ' a. On the request to requisition summarize the materials to be ordered by type of system (stormwater, streets, water, sewer, reclaimed, etc) giving the total dollar amount per for each system. Leave 2 line spaces between each system to allow for the addition of the City's charge code. 9/27/2010 b. Attach the suppiier's proposal to be mailed as an attachment to the purchase order. Attachment should include estimated auantities and types of materials. Cost information is optional. Procedures where a detailed line item proposal is not available: � c. Provide quantities and detailed descriptions of the items to be ordered, per unit and total cost as the City's P.O. will be sent directly to the Materials Supplier. d. Materials on each request to requisition should be grouped in relation to the major billing line items on Contractor's P.O. Leave 2 spaces between each group, as the City will add the appropriate charge codes. The requesting official wil{ be the Contractor's official with authority to procure materials. Contractor's authorized procurer(s): The official approving that the materials requested meet the design specifications will be authorized personnel from the CEI only. Authorized approvers: NOTE: Anv materials ordered bv the contractor that are not included on the Citv's issued purchase order or anv amounts ordered that exceed the amounts on the Citv issued purchase order MUST be seaaratelv ordered pursuant to a purchase order directiv between the supplier and the contractor. These materials MUST be invoiced separatelv from the materials suqplied pursuant to the Citv issued purchase order. Another option would be to submit an additional Request to Requisition to increase the amount of the ODP purchase order for that supplier. Process procedures for receivinq and invoicinq: 1. Upon receipt of materials, Contractor's representative will verifv the materials are in usable condition and the quantity received. 2. The Materials Suppliers will be instructed on the City's P.O. to send their original invoice to the Contractor to the attention of . 3. Contractor must sign off on the invoice to approve the payment and, if no receiving report is attached, must indicate on the invoice that all materials were received in usable condition. Any discrepancies with the invoice are to be resolved between the Contractor and the Materials Supplier. If the invoice is in error, it can be corrected by the Contractor before forwarding for payment under the following conditions: a. A corrected supplier's invoice can be paid up to the amount of the originally issued invoice but not in excess of that amount. b. None of the original data on the invoice can be obliterated. If it is the City will return the invoice for replacement by a corrected one from the supplier. c. If the corrections cause the invoice amount to exceed the original billed amount, the excess must be invoiced separately by the supplier and is to have the same support documentation and/or approvals as all other invoices to be paid. 4. Supplier invoices for retainage amounts, if any has been withheld, are not required support documentation but must follow the approval process as all other invoices. 5. After approval the Contractor will forward the original invoice and any attachments to City of Clearwater's Owner Representative: City of Clearwater Engineering Department Attn: Mr. Robert Maue 100 South Myrtle Avenue, #220 Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 6. After approval and verification of the materials received the Owner's Representative will forward the original invoice and any attachments to the appropriate City department for payment processing. Appendix 9/27/2010 � ' , ' ' ' � ' ' � � , , ' u � � Cli � , � , ' , � ' � ' ' ' � � , ' � ' ' ' 7 8 0 Steps 1 through 7 will be followed for each materials receipt and invoice. Materials purchase P.O.s can be closed only upon completion of the materials acquisition and at the approval of the Contractor. Upon closing of a materials purchase P.O. any unused balance will be added back to the appropriate line(s) on Contractor's P.O. Closing of Contractor's P.O.: 1. All Materials Suppliers' P.O.'s must be closed prior to the final change order and closing of the Contractor's P.O. Appendix 9/27/2010 ' ' � ' � , , � , , ' � ' , � � ' , � a� � �' �� ` � �� Engineering Department WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT (10-0039-UT-(A)) REQUEST TO REQUISITION STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER General Item Description: Vendor: Street Address: City/State/Zip: Receiving Location (Ship to): Street Address: City/State/Zip: Requested by: Phone Number: Date Needed by: Expense Code: (City wilt complete) Phone No: Units Detailed Description Price Per Line # QuBtltlt $, @tC. (List shipping & handling charges, if applicable) Each Total Date: Date: ,_ Requesting Official Approving Official Title and Organization - Contractor Title and Organization — C.E.I. Services Completed forms are routed for approval to contracted C.E.81. Firm and to Engineering. Engineering will process and provide records retention according to City of Clearvvater's Records Management Program. Page 1 of 2 Appendix 9/27/2010 u� {� � � , , ��lt��✓ ►~� ;- ,_,: .,�, a"'"`°"`.,..�' i.? ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT (10-0039-UT-(A)) REQUEST TO REQUISITION STANDARD PURCHASE ORDER (Continuation page) Requested by: Phone Number: Date Needed by: Expense Code: Units Detailed Description Price Per Line # QUantl $, etC. (List shipping & handling charges, if applicable) Each TOtal Completed forms are routed for approval to contracted C.E.&1. Firm and to Engineering. Engineering will process and provide records retention according to City of Clearwater's Records Management Program. Page 2 of 2 Appendix 9/27/2010 , , ' ' ' � ' , ' ' ' � ' , ' � ' , Appendix ' SWFWMD MBE-WBE 9/27/ZO10 MINORITYNVOMEN OWNED AND SMALL BUSINESS UTILIZATION REPORT Projects receiving $100,000 or more in cooperative funding from the Southwest Florida Water Management District require the submission of the following information within 30 days of any amendment increasing project funding and with the final invoice. Questions regarding use of this form should be directed to Contracts Administration, Phone (352) 796-7211 ext. 4132. INDICATE THE ONE CATEGORY THAT BEST DESCRIBES EACH ORGANIZATION LISTED' Cooperator: _ BUSINESS CLASSIFICATION CERTIFIED MBE NON-CERTIFIED MBE UNKNOWN Z U� (I1 D 2 D D D 2 D Z D Agreement No.: Z �. a A � a � m A � y � m 3 � � D z Z m A D z Z m � O �� D � D � Z D � D 3 Z A 'v� � � y m � � y m Project Name: < �� A D � � � A D � � Z 3 Z � (/i � Z Z � Z Z Z Z 3 Z Z A :S7 Total Project Cost: n n z z NAMES OF CONTRACTORS AND TOTAL AMOUNT PAID SUBCONTRACTORS UTILIZED *❑ Our organization does not collect minority status data. Signature Date Print Name and Title 16.00-026 (01/07) � � � � r i � � � � � � � � � � � � � 1 i � , ' ' 1 ' ' , ' , ' , ' ' ' ' Appendix ' PROJECT PERMITS 9/27/2010 Appendix City of Clearwater Building Permits 9l27/2010 � r � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ' ' , , ' ' � � ' , , —, iJ ' ' , � ^ ' ' , � �R �f� -�: �:� �� ,� �W ��-,�,; ,� , � n ,:f � � # ��:�� y. -n -�; �-� ��' �1'` : � � <� ` r � � � � � � ,, .;: ''^..��FF ��.t:��:i"�t� �k's: �.)1?i"(1s�c%b1t�.�1� December 13, 2012 I rI� �' �� ` .� �� . �� I� ��' ;"� '�' �.,. �'� }�..�: f )r 1. t ?�r�,� ;TM` kfi. €,... .� �:.a,?,. a� € �: : i°i"?��'-� ' 1<'� ��'i�'ii��P�€ t`�n°3C1° ��'i[..3i"�i�,,��}i},`�€ �..� �4��1�T� _,�i.i-"i;T.�.t��„;iii.£i.��`f �i#y,i "i�°`ri'`t I i: �,;r, t'�>�);r,3_.{°�a,..> �',,,(�'�};{�W'-�<;d`��s RE: WATER TREATMENT PLANT #2 REMOTE WELL FAGILITIES EXPANSION 0 Per our previous individual letters sent on 10/25J2012, the following permits are ready for a licensed Gontractor to pick-up at the City's Planning & Development Services Department: Permit Na. BCP2012-d9092 8CP2012-Q9096 BCP2012-09097 8CP2012-09098 BGP2012-09099 BCP2012-09100 BCP2012-091�1 BCP2012-09102 BCP2012-091Q4 BCP2012-09106 BCP2012-09107 BCP2012-Q9108 BCP2012-d9118 BCP2012-09124 BCP20]2-09128 8CP2012-10124 Proiect Descriptian WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACiLlTIES fXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACiUTIES EXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACILITiES EXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACIL13tES EXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACItITIES EXPRNSION WTP #2 REMOTE WEII FACIUTIES EXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSlON WTP #2 RENEOTE WELL FACILIiIES EXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACILITIE5 EXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION WTP #2 REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION _ � �� _. �i� r� A. Scott Kurleman Qevelopment Service Center Manager City af Clearwater Planntng & Development Department 100 South Myrtle Avenue P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 Pho ne: 727-56�-�553 �i:. ��:�,N?at �.a4Fr��V"�t�.?,'i SRt:i,�,hJ;i St.i4'€:.c�.+;i+31 �`?4€l�te-[�� Permit Address 1111 MCMULLEN BOOTH R� 1281 S HERCULES AVE 1456 LAKEVIEW Ra 2950 GIEtV OAK AVENUE 21233 US HIGHWAY 19 401 MCMULLEN BOOTH RD 1535 S MLK JR AVE 1281 S HERCULES AVE 1000 EDENVILLE AVENUE 109 S OLD COACHMAN RD 9 S ULD COACHMAN RD 1326 S MLK JR AVE 21133 US HlGHWAY 19 1435 S MLK JR AVE 325 DAVID AVE 1430 MISSION DRIVE WEST FDEP CONSTRUCTION PERMIT Appendix 9/27/2010 , �I � �! i � r-� �4� ' , ' ' ' , ' ' , � ' ' r-, LI r � Tn ti�c Mattee of an ��licatic7n f�r Permit by: City c�f Clear�rater Rabert S. Fahey, Y.l:. Utilitie�s Engii�eei-ing lVT�t�agcr 100 Soutl� ylyrtle Ave��ue Clearwater, I'L 33756 i°� l�e;t°t. fa h e}-; rr`J t�ivc t c, an�v aier. co �n Fic�rida Depa►-tment of Environmental Prc�tection South��est District Uffice 1.i051 North'felecoi�t Park�vav "t'empte Terrace, l� lc�ric3a 33637-092( �eGelll�?Ct' �J, 2�)�2 Iti;:i< tit�E,lt {.; i) �' � r;' i,l- lL�:3Si(.�t C'arr�-�;I ': I. �,:iat�.��r*'tsr I i�3:��cL� I 7�. �'iiis i+:I Jr. '�cc.E ��ttsrl�� Projec.t: Gity ol C1ear��vater W'Tl' No. 2 Contract 1: I2c��ote ti�eil Facilities Exp�nsion Project Permit No. O1 ��966-334-�'VC/20 C;ity of Cleaitivater, I'WS Nn. 6�2-U336 T'incllas County NO'1�IC;� �r P}:KM["l, ISSUARTCE Enct�sed is Permit Numbey 01259Gfi-i34-WC/20 to cc�nscruct p�it�lic v��ate�• syste�n components, issued �u��sriant to Section(s) �03.OB7(1), I'lorida Statutes (I'.S.). A per-son w�hosc sttbstant'ral interests are affected by this permii may petitio�a ft�r an aclrni�nistrativ� pec��eedir�g (hearing} i�z aeeardance v��itii Section I20.57, I'.S. Th� petitio►� m�ist co�ztain the ia�fo�•mafion sef torth (aelow and i��Grsi be filed (received) in the Offiee of Genera) Gounsel �f the Department at 3900 Cammon�vealth Boulevarc�, Tallahassee, Fl�rida 32399-3000, wiihin �4 da�s af �•�cei�t o� this Perrnit, �etiti�aner shall mail � copy of the pc�titior� to the applicant at the address indicatcci above at the ti�ne of filing. Failure to file a petitian r�vithiu this ��titn�� eriod sha11 cons�ihite a� �vaiver of any �right such person may have to re��►ese an ac3it�itiistrative delermiiiati�n (i�caring} ua�der Scctiot� 12U.57, F.S. The Petifiion sh�ll cc�ntain the FQllowing informatian; (a) Ti�e �Z�ne, address, and telephane numbez• af each pet:itioner, the a�plic��it's na�ne and acidress, the Depa�•tment Permit Filc Numbe�• ai�d the county in wl�ic;l1 the projeet is proposed, (b) A statement af I�a�� and x�hen eacli �etitiorler i-eceived notice of the De�artment's action nr pro�osed action; (c) A statement af how each petitianer's substantiat ia�terests are affected by tl�e :Depat-tment's actian or }�t�o�osed actioii; (�i) A statement of the mater•iat facts disputeci by Petitioner, if a►iy; (e) A stateulent of facts which petitioner conteiids �varrazil reversai or modiiicatioi� of the Department's a4ti�n or prc�posed acti�n; (t} A statetncnt of which rules or stah�tes petitic�ner c�ntends rec�uire reversal ot' �nodification of'the Department's action or propased aetion; and (g) A state�»ent of fhe relief sc5u�ht hy petitiUt�er, �tating precisely the action petiiioner wants the De�artrnent to take with respect #� the Department's action or proposccl actic�n. iYt # tl8¢:i.:i'P��l�'.fL9.ts ]'ERM{T�C�E: City of Clearr�uater PERMIT No. 012596�-334-WC120 PROJECT: Cify of Clearwater WTP No. 2 Ccmtract i: R�anote Wetl Facilities Expansion If � j�etition is filed, the ad�l�i«ist�•afive htiarii3g ��rocess is designec� to for»>ulate agency ac�tion. Accordingly, the Departmeni's final action inay be different fi�am tlle position takcn by it :in tt�is permit. Persons w}�ose substantial interests �uill be aFfected by �ny decision of tl�e I3epartment cvith reg�irci to the appiicatic�n liave the rigt�t t� petitian to become a party to the {�raceeding. The petition must conforn� tb tl�e requiremet�ts specified above and be filed {received) withitl l� days c�f receipt af ihis notice in tlie� (�ffice o�F General Cal�nsel aY tile �bave addre�s of �t1�e Depa�tm�t. Failt��-e to petition �vithin �the �IIo�We�l ti[»e frame co��stitkates a�vai4�er of any ri�;ht sttch persun (las to i•e�uest a heari��g t�nder Sectian 120.37, F.S., ancl to pa�-ticipate as a party to� th�s }�roeeedi►ag;. A«y sutzsequent iilterventi�t� will only be at the a�proval of t1�e �residing officer up�n m�ti�n file�l ptn-suant tU Rcile 2�-5.207, F.A.C. 'l his permit is finai and effeetivc �t� tlie clate fitccl witl� the C(erl: afi' the Dep�rtment irnless a. pctitian is filcd iii acc�rdance �vith tl�c a�iove ��ai��grapi�s c�r unless a request ft�r extension taftime in which to file a peti�ion is fileci �vit�iin the tiine specil:�ed f�r filing �a }aetiiic�i� anci eonfo��ns to Rul� 62-103.070, I'.A.C. Upon timely �ling of a petitiocl ai• a reqttest for �►i cltensio�l of ti�ne this pertnit �vill not 6e effective untii farther Urdec of the Deparhncnt. Wlzen the Order (Permit} is final, any party to the Ordet• has the right to seek judicial F•cview of tlie Order pursuant to Section (20.68, F.5,, by the filing of a Notice of A}�peal pursuant to Itule 9.110, .Florida Rutes of �lp�ellate proe�edure, with the f:le�•lc of thc De�art��ent in �t�xc Df�cc of General Counsel, 390Q C�mmon��ealth B��►levard, Tallahasse�, I'lori�3a 32399-300fl; and by Filing a c�py of the Notice �f Appe�l accam��anied by the ap��lic;able fling fees with t17e �pprnpl-iate District Court of A�peal. The Notice of flppeal musC be filed tii=itllin 30 davs fi�om tl�e date �the F� inal Qrder �is filec� ��vith the Clerlc of �the-De�at�hnent. Execufed in T�illsboraugh Couuty, Fl�r-ida. 1VI.M1sk sYr�:��,� �oF ��.o��n.� n��r�k•rn�r�rt�� OF �NV IRONMENTAL PROTECTION �� /� f '�� ,��--�1 Mauryn McDonald, P.E. Water Cacilities Program tldministrator Southwesti District Pag� 2 of 3 ' �� `, ' ' ' r ' ' I� li �I � � i� � � ' ' ' r � � � ' ' ' , ' ' � ' , ' ' � � ' ' , , PERMITI�EE: City of Clearwater 1'I;RMI`I' No. 0125966-334-WC/20 PROJ��T: City of Cfearwater WTY Nt�, 2 Cc�ntract L: Re�nate We11 Facilities Expa��sion CERTIFICATE OF SERVIt:E This is to ce�i•tify tl�at t[��s NO`['IC� O� P�RMIT 1SSU�NCE and all copies ��c7�e �3�ailed b�fore tt�e close of business o�� TJecembei• 6, 2012 ta the listed persons. PiLINU ANI� t�CICNOWLEDGM};N'I' FLL�D, on tl�is clate, par�t�ant t� §120.52, Plorida Statutes, �vith the designatcd Department Clerk, reccipt of wliich is herehy acknowled�ed. � �5t.... ��+-�.-.�'7 12-6-12 (Clei•k) (Date) Enc;ic�sure cc. Ma�•1: K. W�i�sl�am, P.E., Reiss Engineering, Ine,., n�k�vofs9��2�i!Ei;reiss�e� �.�, ca��.a Brian Brown, FD�P S�WD, l�ci�i�.br<7�t�n(uad��.staie.tl.�ys Pa�;e 3 of 3 � � ' l_ ] ' � ' , �E�Mlrrr�; City of Ciear•tivater 10� SQUth Myrtle Avemie Clear�vater, l� L "33756 Fl�rida Depactment of Environmental Protectio�i �outh�r�es# District Ufficc 13051 Nc�rth Tetecom Park�+-ay `l`emple T�n•ace, Ftc�rida 3:i637-0�)26 Ali��: Itobert S. Fa}iey, P.�,. Utilities Engz��ec��i«g Mar�a��r ro (�eri. fahev!��m�clear�ti�atei•.cc�tn iti�l� tic�}tt �i 4t1E i'{'1'�)1` fti��i�ila;r t`,Et`rc,ll [.,1.. (_as.r�:>i`1'�rt:ti' I?ei;sc�ktv[ l. 1`ia��<�E�iE:ir, 'Setr�taf � PERM 1T/CElZT1FiCl�'['TON PWS ID Ncimber: 652-0336 Permit Number: 012�96G-334-WC120 Datc of Issue: Dect�nbe�• 6, 2012 F;Y�iration Dafe: December 5, 24 ( 7 County: Pinellas l,at/[.on�;: Scctil'ow��/Rai�ge: N/A Projr;ct: City �f Clear�uater WTI' No, 2 Cont��act I: item�te Wetl I"acilities Cxpansion Project � This pei7nit is issued under the provisio�ls c�f' Cha�ter �03, 1^lorida �tahite�, and� Florida Ailministrative Gode Itute(s} 62-555, Tlie above-named pet-naittee is l�ercb� atrtharized Co perfot�nl tl�� uorl. or operaiu tl�e iacility sl�o�vx� on #he applieation atid a�p�-ove-d d1•awing(s), � �lai�is, and other docnjaienfs, attache�t hereto or oi� �ite witJi the� departtnent �and �nade a�art hereoi�and spe:cifically desci�i[�ed as follows: ' Remotc well facilities exr�ansion �f the W 1 P No. 2. The construction is to be i�� accordai�ce with enginecrin� draw'►ngs and related documetzts prepared b}� Ma�-k K. Woi•sham, P.E., [Reiss Engineering, L�c.], ancl is to �ne(ude the following. � Canstruction ot'new brackish ra4v Water Welis No. 1, 2, 1 l, 20a, 20b, 32, 35, 37, 55, 82, 8�, & �4; , Twelve new brackis3l raw wafer wells of6" diamcte�; each equipped with pttmp horscpower ��anging fi-om 25 to 301ip anci with capacities r�ngin� fron1350 #U 400 GF'M �ld aperating at TDH ranging fi•orri 19Q to 232 ft; ' ' � ' � ' Reha6ilitatiotl of existing ti•esh ra�v Water Wells No. 45, 46, 51, & 52; Four existing fi•esh ra�v tivater wells of 4" a�rd C" diamete�•, each equi�ped �vith pump horsepower ranging from 15 to 30 hp and with c�pacities ranging fi•c�m l50 to 4(�0 CPNI; and Associate�3 piping and appurtea�ances. The Gurxent permitted operating inaYimum-clay capacity is 25:0 MUD. Locatian: Various Sites withi�� the WTP No. 2 service area ii� Piiiel�as Cou�ity, Flori�a. tUl€.zi-. c�!j?:.clfi�l�,f P £t.4' PERMITTEE: City of Clearwater P�RMIT No. 0125966-334-WC/20 PROJEC7': City of Clearwater WTP No_ 2 Contract 1: Remote Well Facilities Expansion Speciftc Conditions: t. All construction must be in accordance with this permit. Before commencing woa-k on project changes for which a construction permit modification is required per 62-555.536(1), the permittee shall submit to the Department a written request for a permit modification. Each snch request shall be aceompanied by one copy of a revised consiruction permit application, the proper processing fee and one copy of either a revised preliminary design report or revised drawings, specifications and design data. [�.A.C. Rule 62-555.536] 2. Permitted construction or alteration of public water supply systems must be supervised dvring constrt�ction by a professional engineer registered in the State ofFlorida ifthe project was designed under thc responsible charge of a professional engineer licensed in the State of Plorida. The pei•mittee �nust �-etain the service of a professional engineer �-egistered in the State of Florida to observe that construction of the project is in accordance with the engineering plans and specifications as submitted in support of the application for this permit. [F.A.C. Rule 62-555.52Q{3)] 3. Permitted construction or alteration of a public water system may not be pIaced into service until a letter of cEearance has been issued by this Depa�•tment. [F.A.C. Rule 62-555345] 4. A letter of ctearance may be issued once the folIowing items have been submitted: a. Complete and fully execttted form "Ce�•tification of Construction Completion and Request for Clearance to Ptace Permitted PWS Components into Operation", DEP �orm 62-555.900(9) effective August 28, 2003 [�'.A.C. Rufe 62-555.345(I)]; b. The portion of rccord drawings showing deviations from DEP const►-uction permit, ineluding the approved preliminary design report or drawings and specifications, if there are any deviations from said permit. (Note that it is necessa�y to submit a copy of only the portion of record drawings showing deviations and not a comptete set of record drawings) [F.A.C. Rule 62-555345(I}(a)]; c. Copy of satisfactory bacteriofogical wel[ survey verifyitlg that proper disintection of the well was conducted in accordance with 62-555.315(6) and the American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standard C654 as follows: i. A total of �t least 20 sa�nples — each taken on a separate but cotZSecutive workday and taken at least six hours apart fi•om the other samples — shall be collected al�er first pumping the well to waste to remove all residual chlorine �nd then pumping the we(i to waste at a rate approximately equal to that of the permanent well pump for at least 15 minutes before each sample is collected, and the samples shall 6e analyzed for the presence of total residual chlorine, total coliform, and E. coli. If any sample shows the presence of free or combined chlorine, the sample shall be considered invalid. If any sampie shows the presence of E. coli, Page 2 of 5 � ' , , ' � r-, I� � � � � � � , [_j � , � ' ' ' � ' ' ' ' ' C1 ' ' ' PERMIT"I'�E: City of Clearwater PERMIT' No. 0125966-334-WCl20 PROJECT: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2 Contract l: Remote Welf Facitities �xpansion the well shall be considered microbially contaminated unless the Department invalidates the sampfe or the sup�lier of water deter-mines and eliminates the source of E. coli, in which case the well shall be re- disinfected and re-sainpled. [F.A.C. Ruie 62-555.315] d. Copies of satisfactary bacteriological analyses verifying that proper disinfection of the process piping was conducted in accordance witli 62-5553�0(2)(a) through (c) and ihe American Water Works Association (AWWA} Standard C653-97 as fotlows: After i•educing the total chlorine residual in the water mains to no moi•e t[�an four �nilligrams per liter, a total of at least two samples — each taken on a separate day and talce►� at least six houa-s apart from the other sample - shall be collected at each of the loeations indicated in the applicable AWWt1 standard, and the samples shall be analyzed for total residual chlorine and foc the presence oftota! cofiforri�; ii. If any samp[e contains more than four miliigrams per liter of total chlorine, the sample shall 6e considered inva(id. If any sample shows the presence of total coliform, the water mains shall be redisinfected and resampled untiI two consecutive samples at each sampling location show the absence of total coliform; [F.A.C. Rute b2-555340] e. Copy of a satisfactory pressure test of the process pi�ing performed in accordance wrth AWWA Standards. [C'.A.C. Rule 62-555320(21}(a)(1)] � f. Copy of satisfactory test results for the foflowing Safe Drinking Water Standards: Primary inorganics, Secondary Contaminants, Volatile Organic Contaminants, Synthetic Organic Contaminants, Radiological Parameters in accordance with 62- ' S55345(i)(c) and 62-550.500(11}, and Black Water Parameters in accordance with 62-555.315(5). ' ' ' ' ' g. Copy of the Watee Management District Construction Permit in accordance with 62- 555.312(6} and 62-555.350(9). h. Copy of the Well Driilecs log in accordance with 62-532.400(2)(b}. 5. The permittee must instruct the engiaeer of record to request system clearance fi•om the Department within sixty (60) days of completion of construction, testing and disinfecting the system. Bacieriological test results shall be considered unacceptable if the test were completed rnore than 60 days before the Depa�-tment received the results. [F.A.C. Rule 62- 555.340(2)(c)] Page 3 of 5 __ PERMITTEE: City of Clearwater PERMIT No. 012546b-334-WG20 PROJ�CT: City of Clearwater WTP No. 2 Cant�-act 1: Remote WeII Facilities Expansion 6. The permittee must ensure that all components that wi31 be installed undez• this project and that will come into contact with drinking water or drinking water treatment chemicals confo►7n to one of the following: b. c. d. NSF Tnternationa( Standard 61 as adopted in Rule 62-555.335, F.A.C.; NSF International Standard 42, 44, 53, 55, 58, or 62 as adopted in Rt�le 62-555.335, r.A.c.; Section 6 of NSF International Standard l4 as adopted in Rule 62-555335, F.A.C.; The Food and Drug Administration's regulations for indirect food additives as conEained in the April 1, 2002, revision of 121 CFR Parts I74 through 189. [F.A.C. Rule 62-555.320(3)(b)] 7. The permittee �nust �rovide cesponsible operation personnel in accordance with the Chapters 62-602 and 62-b99, F.A.C. 8. Coinpliance monitoring shall be in accordance with F.A.C. Ru1e 62-550. 9. The su�plier of water shall operate and maintain the public water system so as to c;ompty with applicable standards in F.A.C. Rule 62-550 and 62-555350. 10. Reclaimed water land application areas must not 6e located within the setback distance from potabte water supply wells established in Cliapter 62-610, F.t\.C. 11. Setback distances between potable water wells and sanitary hazaz•ds shall be in accordance with 62-555312 F.A.C. 12. If prehistoric or historic artifacts, such as pottery or ceramics, stone tools or �netal impleinents, dugout canoe remains, or any other physical remains that could be associated with Native American cultures, or early colonial or American settlement are encountered at any time within the project site area, the per�nitted project should cease all aetivities involving su6surface distarbance in the immediate vicinity of such discoveries. 'The permittee, or other designee, should contact the Florida Department of State, Division of Historical Resources, Co�npliance and Review Section at 850.245.6333 or 800.847.7278, as we[I as the appropriate peitinitting agency o�fice. Project activities should not resume without verbal and/or written authorization from the Division of Historiea[ Resources and the permitting agency. Tn the event that unmarked human remains are encountered during permitted activities, all work shall stop iminediately and the proper authorities notified in accordance with Section 872.Q5, Florida Stalutes. 13. The permittee shal} be aware of and operate under the attached "Applicable Conditions." Applicable conditions are binding upon the permittee and enforceable pursuant to Chapter 403, Florida Statutes. [F.A.C. Rule 62-555.533(1)] Page 4 of 5 �� t ' r � ' , ' � ' ' � ' , 1 ' ' � , ' ' PERM17°l'EE: City of Clcar��ater NLRiVIi't' No. 012�96b-334-VJC/2� PROJEC'I': Cit� ofCle�a�-vvatee W7"N No. 2 Coi�tract l: tZernote Welt Facilities Expaasion ' 14. This clocuinent satis�es Di•ii�l<ing Waier �uthorize c;onstruction or operation of this requirec3 by l�ca(, State and Federal agencies. ' ' , ' ' ' ' , ' � ' ' , ' ' peF�nitting r��uiren�ents only anci does no� facility prior to �btaining all �th�r permits 15, if unanticipated cielays will cause project completion to extend beyond the e;cpirati�n ciate of this per�nit, the permittee shali submit ta the Depai•tment a request to extend the expiratioij date af this pe3-►nit including the apprapriate processing tee. This reqt�est shall specity tl�e reasoi�s f�t• the delay at�d sl�all bc sub��itted to tht T�epari�nent f�r ap}�rovai }��ior to tl�e �Ypiratian clat�; o#�tl�is pecmit. Note that tao s�ecific construction permit sfl�ll be e�,t�nded so as to reinain in �ff�,ct langer'than tiv� years. ��.A.C. Rule G2-55�.536(4)] 1G. The rletiv or altered, aboveground piping at the drinking ��ater treatinenfi plant shall ve c_alor coded and labeled as recon�mended �in Section 2.1=� of "Rzcoanmencicd Standards f�r V�'�t�r Wc�rks, 1997I;ciition". �F.A.C. Rule 62-555.320(10)� 17. Persons pf•oposin� to transfer this �ermit prior to the project being approved or cleared by tile De��artment for placen�ent into pertnanent o�eration shall cc�mplete DCP Form 62- 555.900(8) effective /�ugust 28, 2003 and submit to the Depa�-tment aloi�g wit[� the propec pr�cessing fee. [F.A.C. l2u(e f2-555.53(i] 1 i�. �("he pei•inittee sl�all provide an o�eratioi� and ��aintenance manual f�r the ne�v oc altei•ed treatment t'acilities ta fi�lfill the requirements �►��der subsecti�n 62-�55.350(13), F.A.G "I'he inanual shall ca��tain o��ration and con[�•�l ��oc�clures, ai�c! pr��e�tative inai��icnai�ce �ancl repair prac�dures, for a11 plant ec�uip�nent aikd sl�alf be made avai(abl� t'or refercnce at t1�e pla�nt or �t a convenient locatio�l near t(�e piant. I�ound and i7�dexed equipment fna��tlfacfi�urer man�rals shall be considered sufFicient to meet the rec�ui�'ements �of tk►e subsection. MM�sk STAT� (�F I'LORIDA DEPARTMENT Or ENVIRONIVi�NTAL PROT�CTION �� '��1 r�-� �-� Ma�uyn McDo��ald, I'.E. ^'-- ------ Water Facilities Progi•a�n Adininistrator St�uthwesf District ;Page 5 of 5 , , , LJ Ap�licab[e Permit Conditions (1} The terms, conditions, requirements, limitatians and restrictions set forth in this permit, are "permit conditions" and are binding and enforceable pursitant to Sections 403.141, 403.727, or 403.859 through 403.861, F.S. The permittee is placed on notice that the Department will review this per►nit periodically and may initiate enforcement action for any viotation ofthese conditions. {2} This permit is valid only for the specific processes and operations applied for and indicated in the ' approved drawings or exhibits. Any unauthorized deviation from the approved drawings, exhibits, specifications, or conditions of this permit may constitute grounds far revocation and enfoa�cement action by the Departmcnt. ' �J , � (3) As provided in Subsections 4Q3.087(6) and 4Q3.722(5), F.S., the issuance oFthis permit does not convey any vested rights or any exclusive privileges. Neithe►- does it authorize any injury to public or private property or any invasion of personal i-ights, nor any infringement of federal, state, or local laws or regulations. This permit is not a waive�� af or approval of any other department pe�•mit that may be required for other aspects of the total project which are not addressed in this permit. {4) This permit eonveys no title to land or water, does not constitute State recognition or acknowledgment of title, and not constitute authority for the «se of su6merged lands unless herein provided and the necessary title or leasehold interests i�ave been obtained fi-om the State. Only the Trustees of the Internaf improvement Trt�st Fund may express State opinion as ta title. {5) This permit does not relieve the permittee fi•om liabitity for ha►7n o�• injury to human health or ' weliare, animal, or }�Iant life, oe property caused 6y the construction or operation of this permitted source, or Fron� penalties therefore; nor does it allow the permittee to cause pollution in contravention of Florida Statutes and Depactment rules, unless specifically authorized by an order from the Department. r-, i � ' (6) The permittee shall properly opet•ate and maintain the facility and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) that are instalIed and used Gy the permittee to achieve comptiance with the conditions of this permit, as required by Departtnent rules. This pravision inciudes the operation of backup or auxiliary facilities or similar systems when necessary to achieve compliance with the eonditions of the permit and when required by Department rules. ' (7) The permittee, 6y accepting this permit, specifcal[y agrees to allow autliorized Departrnent personnel, upon presentation of credentials ar other documents as may be required by law and at reasonable times, access to the premises where the pet�rnitted activity is located or conducted to: '� J ' , ' ' '� (a) Have access to and copy any records tlaat must be kept under conditions of the permit; (b} lnspect the facility, equipment, practices, or operations regulated ai• required under this permit; and (c) Sample or monitor any substances or parameters at any location reasonably necessary to assure compliance with this permit or Department rules. Reasonab[e time may depend on the naiure of the concern being investigated. (8) If, for any reason, che permittee does not compty with or will be ut�able to comply with any condition or iimitation specified in this permit, the pe�•mittee shall immediately provide the Depart�nent with the foliowing information: (a) A description of and cause of noncompliance; and (b) The period of noncompliance, including dates and times; or, if not conected, the anticipated time the noncompliance is expected to eontinue, and steps being taken to reduee, eliminate, and prevent t-ecurrence of the noncomplianee. The permittee shall be responsible for any and all damages whieh may Page I of 2 resuit and may be subject to enforcement action by the Department for penalties or for revocation of this perm it. (9) In accepting this permit, the permittee understands and agrees that ali records, notes, monitoring data and other information relating to the construction or operation of this permitted source which are submitted to the Department may be used by the Department as evidence in any enforcement case involving the permitted source arising under the Ftorida Statutes or Department rules, excent where such use is prescribed by Sections 403.1 i 1 and 4Q3.73, F.S. Such evidence shall onty be used to the extent it is consistent with the Florida Rules of Civil Procedure and appropriate evidentiary rules. (10) The permittee agrees to comply with changes in Department rules and Flarida Statutes after a reasonable tirne for compliance; provided, however, the permittee does not waive any other rights granted by Plorida Statutes or Department eules. A reasonable time for con�pliance with a new or amended surtace water quaIity standa�•d, other than those standards addressed in Rule 62-302.500, shal! inc(ude a reasonable time to obtain or be denied a mixing zone for the new or amended standard. (11} This perinit is transferable only upon Department approval in accordance with Rule b2-4.120 and 62-730.300, F.A.C., as applicable. The permittee shall be liable for any non-compliance of the permitted activity until the transfer is approved by the Department. (I2) Tlzis permit or a copy thereof shall be kept at the wor[c site ofthe permitted aciivity. (I3) This pe►•�nit also constitutes: (a} Determination of Best Availahle Control Technology (BACT) (b) Determination of Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) (c) Certifcation of compliance with State Water Quality Standards (Seetion 401, PL 92-500) {d) Compliance with New Source Performance Standards {14) The permittee shall comply with the following: (a) Upon request, the periniftee shall furnish ail records and plans requiced undei• Department rules. During enforcement actians, the retention period for all records wili be extended automatically unless otherwise stipuiated by the Department. (b) The permittee shatl hold at the facility or othel• location designated by this permit records of al! monitoring information (including a31 calibration and maintenance records and all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumeniation) required by the permit, copies of all reports required by this permit, and records of aIT data used to complete the application for this pecmit. These materials shall be retained at least three yea�•s from the date of the sample, measurement, report, or application unless otherwise specified by Depa��tment rule. (c) Records of monitoring information shall include: 1. the date, exact place, and time of sarripling or measueements; 2. the person responsible for performing the sampling or ►neasurements; 3. the dates analyses were perfortned; 4. the person responsible for performing the analyses; 5. the ai�alytical techniques or methods used; 6. the resufts of such analyses. (15) When requested by the Department, the permittee shall within a reasonable time furnish any information required by law which is needed to deter�nine co�nptiance with the permit. If tl�e permittee becomes aware the reievant facts were not submitted or were incorrect in the permit application ar in any reUort to the Department, such facts or infortnation shall be conected promptly. Page 2 of 2 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � I� lu �� I �I � ' ' ' ll ' ' , FDEP ERP EXEMPTION/ACOE EXEMPTION ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � ' r � � � � Appendix ' 9/27/2010 � � � ' , � October l9, 2012 Florida Department of Environmental Protection Southwest District Office 13051 North Telecom Parkway Temple Terrace, Florida 33637-0926 City of Clearwater c/o Robert Fahey l00 South Myrtle Avenue, Room 220 Clearwater, F133756 File No.: 52-0314175-002, Pinellas County ' Dear Mr. Fahey: ' � ��I� �� lkt C;c��.�vrr.��e �� s�r�sfe�� ( �� ._,�1 � `t, i..rt}i c i I .i'2 }Ii;r�cti�,l l'. 1'int��ir� 1r. SGcrc t;?:i�� Thank you for your request to the Department far an exemption determination regarding the proposed construction of sixteen remote well facilities, which will consist of 12-foot by 24-foot (288-square-feet) piping pads, well pumps and piping, and associated electrical and control equipment. The project sites are located at multiple sites throughout the City of Clearwater (as indicated in the enclosed project location sheet). The project areas will occur within Sections 08, 09, 17, 18, 22, 23, and 24, Township 29 South, Ranges l 5 and l6 East, in Pinellas County. This type of activity requires a regulatory authorization for construction and operation of the project ' pursuant to Part N, Chapter 373, Florida Statute (F.S.), unless otherwise exempt by statute or rule, proprietary authorization to use state-owned submerged lands Chapters 253 and 258 F.S., and federal autharization for works in waters of the United States through the State Programmatic General Permit ' (SPGP) program. Your request has been reviewed for all three authorizations. The authorizations you have been granted are listed below. Please read each section carefully. Your project may not have qualified for all three authorizations. If your project did not qualify for one or more of the authorizations, that specific section will advise you how to obtain it. You may NOT commence your project without all ' three authorizations. If vou chan e t�he project from what you submitted, the authorization(s) ��anted may no lon�er be valid at the time of commencement of the project. Please contact us prior to be innin�vour project if you wish to make any changes. ' REGULATORY REVIEW — APPROVED ' Pursuant to Section 373.406(6), F.S., and based upon the forms, drawings, and documents submitted on September 27, 2012, the proposed project appears to have only minimal or insignificant individual or cumulative adverse impacts on the water resources of the State. Therefore, the proposed project appears to qualify as an activity that is exempt from regulation pursuant to Chapter 373.406(6), F.S. A copy of , Chapter 373.406(6), F.S. is attached. This determination is based solely on the information provided to the Department and the statutes and rules in effect when the exemption determination request was submitted, and is effective only for the specific activity proposed. This determination shall automatically ' expire if site conditions materially change or the governing statutes or rules are amended. In addition, any substantial modifications in your plans should be submitted to the Department for review, as changes may result in a permit being required. In any event, this determination shall expire after one year. , This determination that your activity qualifies for an exemption does not relieve you from the need to comply with all applicable water quality standards during the construction and operation of the facility. Activities conducted under this exemption must be constructed and operated using appropriate best ' � � management practices and in a manner that does not cause water quality violations, pursuant to Rule 62-302, Florida Administrative Code (F. A. C.). The determination that your project qualifies as an exempt activity pursuant Chapter 373.406(6), F.S. may be revoked if the installation is substantially modified, if the basis for the exemption is determined to be materially incorrect, or if the installation results in water quality violations. Any changes made in the construction plans or location of the project may necessitate a permit or eertification from the Department. Therefore, you are advised to contact the Department before beginning the project and before beginning any work in waters or wetlands not specifically described in your submittal. Authority for review- Part IV of Chapter 373, F.S., Title 62, F.A.C. and in accordance to operating agreements executed between the Department and the Water Management Districts, as referenced in Chapter 62-113, F.A.C. PROPRIETARY REVIEW — APPROVED Please be advised that any use of sovereign submerged lands without specific prior avthorization from the Board of Trustees will be considered a violation of Chapter 253, Florida Statutes and may subject the affected upland riparian property owners to legal action as well as potential tines for the prior unauthorized use of sovereign land. A review of the location of your proposed project indicates that it is not on state-owned submerged lands. Therefore, your project is exempt from the further requirements of Chapter 253, F.S. Authority for review - Chapter 253, F. S., Chapter ] 8-21, F.A.C, and Section 62-343.075, F.A.C. as required. SPGP REVIEW — NOT APPROVED Your project has been reviewed for compliance with a State Programmatic General Permit (SPGP). No further permitting for this activity is required by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACOE). Authority for review - an agreement with the USACOE entitled "Coordination Agreement Between the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Jacksonville District) and the Florida Department of Environmental Protection or Duly Authorized Designee, State Programmatic General Permit," Section l 0 of the Rivers and Harbor Act of 1899, and Section 404 of the Clean Water Act. Thank you for your assistance in protecting the natural resources of the State of Florida. If you have any questions, please contact Victoria Sowell at 813-632-7600, extension 362. When referring to this project, please use the file number listed above. cc: Doug Fry, Tallahassee Sincerely, �'��,�.�-�-, �=,�L�,�G.z,� Maryellen Edwards Program Administrator Submerged Lands and Environmental Resource Program Southwest District City of Clearwater, WTP No. 2 File No. 52-0314175-002 Page 2 of 9 ' ' ' , , i C_1 ' ' � ' � LJ , , � ' ' LJ ' � Janine Alexander, Reiss Engineering, Inc., 1016 Spring Villas Point, Orlando, F132817 jmalexander�reissen .g cotn ' Enctosures: Chapter 373.406(6), F.S. Project Drawings ' Notice of Rights of Substantially Affected Persons Attachment "A" for Discretionary Publication � CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE The undersigned duly designated deputy clerk hereby certifies that this determination including all copies, , was mailed before the close of business on October 19, 2012, to the above listed persons. ' ' ' � C� FILING AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT FILED, on this date, under 120.52(7) of the F.S., with the designated Department Clerk, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. C/'lN�`."-'i Clerk Date October l9, 2012 Chapter 373.406(6), F.S. , Any district or the Department may exempt from regulation under this part those activities that the district or Department determines will have only minimal or insignificant individual or cumulative adverse impacts on the water resources of the district. The district and the Department are authorized to determine, on a case-by-case basis, whether a specific activity comes within this exemption. Requests to , qualify for this exemption shall be submitted in writing to the district or Department, and such activities shall not be commenced without a written determination from the district or Department confirming that the activity qualifies for the exemption. � � r � ' City of Clearwater, WTP No. 2 File No. 52-0314175-002 Page 3 of 9 City of CleanArater Water Treatment Plan# No. 2- Contract 1: Remot� Well Facili�ss Expansion Project Form 62-3�3.900(1) Sec�on A Part 5 Project Locaiion Wel! W�I� �ec�on Township Site Permit Ra�� ParcellD Address Na. No. 1 2-1 09 2� 1� 09-2�-16-�000-240-034G 1911 N. I��Sc�1ullen 6�oth Rd. 2 2-2 0� 29 96 0�-29-16-00�40-3�Q-01�0 409 N.1�tc��uli�rt Boath Rti. 11 2-5 17 2916 17-29-16-DOE)OD-930-0�0� 325 David Ave. 20a 2-8 24 2� 15 24-29-15-�DOOD-120-0240 1289 Hercules Ave. 24b 2-7 24 2915 24-29-�5-4�D00-120-03t}0 12�1 Nercules Ave. 32 2-9 23 2915 23-29-15-OQ0�0-220-QiQO 1456 Lakevievr Rd 35 2-� 1 22 2� 1� 22-29-15-229A6-Ofl0-OOIG 1435 S. ��a�tin Luther Kin� Jr. Ave. 37 2-12 � 2915 22-29-15-13680-040-�810 1535 S. �1ar�n Luther King Jc Ave. 55 2-3 08 29 i6 0�-29-16 ;58217-�[t0-0Ofii 1430 hiission Dr.1N. 82 2-4 08 2A 16 �8-29-16-00000-410-02Q0 2�5Q Glen Oak Ave. N. 83 2-6 18 29 'i6 18-29-16-�QQQ-430-0500 10li0 Edenville Ave. �4 2-10 22 2915 22-29-15-00000-230-09t}0 1328 S. �iariin Lu�er King Jr. Ave. 45 �5 17 291F 97-29-16-0�00-220-�3�Q 29133 US Hwy 1�J North 46 46 17 2916 17-29-i6-00000-220-0300 21133 US Hwy 19 Nor�h 51 51 18 2916 1�-29-'i6-DD00(�110-'lOQO � Old Caachman R�ad 52 52 18 2916 18-2�-1�-QDOU�-110-10�0 90901d Coachman R�ad City of Clearwater, WTP No. 2 File No. 52-0314175-002 Page 4 of 9 ' � � 1 , , 1 ' , ' � 1 ' ' � ' ' 1 ' s:wes2aismeo-0�weqauai.as�miso.aro. Ear�+�+, aiatao� i7sm wa � i! .� �D O m n m 9i � �� ~p O Z o -r � AZ N N ��t � � � P#g i� l$ a i 4 � � � ' I I �� 6 �� . � �� , � �; � � ,, $R- y�� 1�� Q � � � � � �� F� �� ° �� a p� � i j��i�i� E��l'� ��a�sN�iYtt�ttliCS'!'��efaS��qIC'N��!'q{e��`!{��y�F�r• 'sF _ P I �ltiE ��I�� j��;�� i�� i��, ; � �� t � � � ; .we��umt��t�v�r++71:•��ei��i+�w^�iMf�+16Hl�iKNy��yfficncscau� �y.�a�� '��ti �i�! ��i�� ;�� +�wd ��`��i��j1��B��) � �j B � � ! ��; �i��) � ; E � � �� __ � i � �1 � � � �� e � i �� Ow O•• r�nucva� x8t oerat. e�F�a, ui:� .xnk.s 4f01(I'ORWB,LOlTII IIN NFYt ■ Mt 4w1Y 4qR �q}q/�(� IWtWOTR�4 bUMiPYd�� d.M MNMM nw 1'�IMIw�N� �� arnw iN f Ni MCY M bi a �. , �.�.,�� ,��.�. ur �rnu � ' m� 5 �@x >. � ..�, °°"•••"" r�aovu.�a�eu�►anroeru. r.s..ew wrnrNt n �� iw�em+JO�n« ae�ii rwt I � A1 R 19RfCO� M u��P I M �A.p�u�[ I LYt%OM�fRM �r a ! rwwu ur w �r MM M18rtdlfAL 0►l81r1A1'DAN110Nit1llNRlLDE�AL Yorxe+r w11A W a�nr MoaKCerni r.�. LEGQIO , f1ttM11' In q MFUR r.�w«u»�c�, W N M\MIMI 7Vq fYl>4AY1 WiwM � WYhIr11 W' w an mxw 7w9 x a rtuw ywmueM RI N IfM NOi tl'<ri�/Y �OiYt w�il aVC! )/N' lN A IM�OEM1 iMY MINW�I�M n w�n riet (Ne sewq Ip M N f iPMw M►M WMI� 1� 00� M(Q I�l` bit WI �ptlo �A ,r» a we aoac wm a� wMe,r�.w,nw ��t w ��o�eo s� � �nt P� W -M�/f1FTP<p19.MMU �,� H 4a0� Ktt 9�� v ��a��a rvne'aa,�asra nsa � mww.naww�wMm M�b1pMY MR e aeca w ew maau m�Rww�nner 6Mlllf WlNS01 Wu! �G Vb iIN uY II� A W �Illt 111�11 b1M Idd �L14N1 1911� ncetrunpw'te.rM iICM MD1aA M mu�wwtt�naw [aw ade etx.a me wp pwo 111,M1 NYWYM a. nw +umm . eu� uw sea un. w«wsoa�.s+ RMMI IY�4 �� . � 0 ;� o � 0 o �' � �� V1Ay 1��p.tf�[ N�OOtMy {�ryq�y • YibOQA1W Mtl�¢tM1[iW ulaY ui'i'�nwpn en�r aw nf �urw w �spMy�i+psY sa�wy �s wn+l[ror wy pr�w,n w u�R .4iHlN P R@YRIW` w x�Nr � f�ql�if�a Rld OpqNR(�ilMA9BB,�T ft/M1Yd sraraonRn wrEU owurx; ANOCQNSiRUCT�N PLANS SECTIONS AND DETA�S N O zo p. i 1 � � � 3 �. w {.n r"i � � M � O � N pp � (d �za 4.r � O �. w U C� 1 , ' �,r j J RIGHTS OF AFFECTED PARTIES This determination is final and effective on the date filed with the Clerk of the Department unless a sufficient petition for an administrative hearing is timely filed under sections 120.569 and 120.57 of the F.S. as provided below. lf a sufficient petition for an administrative hearing is timely filed, this determination automatically becomes only proposed agency action subject to the result of the administrative review process. Therefare, on the filing of a timely and sufficient petition, this action will not be final and effective until further order of the Department. The procedures for petitioning for a hearing are set forth in the attached notice. This determination is based on the information you provided the Department and the statutes and rules in , effect when the application was submitted and is effective only for the specific activity proposed. This determination shall automatically expire if site conditions materially change or the governing statutes or rules are amended. In addition, any substantial modifications in your plans should be submitted to the , Department for review, as changes may result in a permit being required. In any event, this determination shall expire after one year. ' Be advised that your neighbors and other parties who may be substantially affected by the proposed activity allowed under this determination of exemption have a right to request an administrative hearing on the Department's decision that the proposed activiry qualifies for this exemption. Because the administrative hearing process is designed to redetermine final agency action on the application, the filing � of a petition for an administrative hearing may result in a final determination that the proposed activity is not authorized under the exemption established under Chapter 373.406(6), F.S. , The Department will not publish notice of this determination. Publication of this notice by you is optional and is not required for you to proceed. However, in the event that an administrative hearing is held and the Department's determination is reversed, proceeding with the proposed activity before the , time period for requesting an administrative hearing has expired would mean that the activity was conducted without the required permit. If you wish to limit the time within which all substantially affected persons may request an administrative , hearing, you may elect to publish, at your own expense, the enclosed notice (Attachment A) in the legal advertisement section of a newspaper of general circulation in the county where the activity is to take place. A single publication will suffice. ' If you wish to limit the time within which any specific person(s) may request an administrative hearing, you may provide such person(s), by certified mail, a copy of this determination, including Attachment A. For the purposes of publication, a newspaper of general circulation means a newspaper meeting the � requirements of sections SO.OI 1 and 50.031 of the F.S.. In the event you do publish this notice, within seven days of publication, you must provide to the following address proof of publication issued by the newspaper as provided in section 50.051 of the F.S. If you provide direct written notice to any person as ' noted above, you must provide to the following address a copy of the direct written notice. l_ J , ' ' City of Clearwater, WTP No. 2 File No. 52-0314175-002 Page 7 of 9 ATTACHMENT "A" FOR DISCRETIONARY PUBLICATION OF NOTICE OF DETERMINATION OF QUALIFICATION FOR AN EXEMPTION In the Matter of an Application far a Determination of Qualification for an Exemption by: City of Clearwater c/o Robert Fahey 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Room 220 Clearwater, F133756 DEP File No.: 52-0314175-002, Pinellas County The Department of Environmental Protection gives notice that it has received a request for authorization to construct sixteen remote well facilities, which will consist of 288-square-foot piping pads, well pumps and piping, and associated electrical and control equipment. The project sites are located at multiple sites throughout the City of Clearwater (as indicated in the enclosed project location sheet). The project areas will occur within Sections 08, 09, 17, 18, 22, 23, and 24, Township 29 South, Ranges l5 and l6 East, in Pinellas County. This activity appears to have only minimal ar insignificant individual or cumulative adverse impacts on the water resources of the State, and has therefore determined the activity to be exempt from regulation under Chapter 373.406(6), F.S. A person whose substantial interests are affected by the Department's action may petition for an administrative proceeding (hearing) under sections 120.569 and 120.57 of the F.S. The petition must contain the information set forth below and must be filed (received by the clerk) in the Office of General Counsel of the Department at 3900 Commonwealth Boulevard, Mail Station 35, Tallahassee, Flarida 32399-3000. Mediation is not available. If a timely and sufficient petition for an administrative hearing is filed, other persons whose substantial interests will be affected by the outcome of the administrative process have the right to petition to intervene in the proceeding. Intervention will be permitted only at the discretion of the presiding officer upon the filing of a motion in compliance with rule 28-106.205 of the F.A.C. In accordance with rule 62-110.106(3), F.A.C., petitions for an administrative hearing must be filed within 21 days of publication of the notice or receipt of written notice, whichever occurs first. Under rule 62-110.106(4) of the F.A.C., a person whose substantial interests are affected by the DepartmenYs action may also request an extension of time to file a petition for an administrative hearing. The Department may, for good cause shown, grant the request for an extension of time. Requests for extension of time must be filed with the Office of General Counsel of the Department at 3900 Commonwealth Boulevard, Mail Station 35, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-3000 prior to the applicable deadline. A timely request for extension of time shall toll the running of the time period for filing a petition until the request is acted upon. Upon motion by the requesting party showing that the failure to file a request for an extension of time before the deadline was the result of excusable neglect, the Department may also grant the requested extension of time. The petitioner shall mail a copy of the petition to the applicant at the address indicated above at the time of filing. The failure of any person to file a petition for an administrative hearing within the appropriate time period shall constitute a waiver of that right. City of Clearwater, WTP No. 2 File No. 52-0314175-002 Page 8 of 9 LJ , t ' LI ' ' ' ' ' , , ' r ' , , , � �I �_ I � J ' A petition that disputes the material facts on which the Department's action is based must contain the following information: , ' � ' ' , , ' , LJ ' 1 r-- L�� ' , ' (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) i� �g) The name and address of each agency affected and each agency's file or identification number, if known; The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner; the name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner's representative, if any, which shall be the address for service purposes during the course of the proceeding; and an explanation of how the petitioner's substantial interests are or will be affected by the agency determination; A statement of when and how the petitioner received notice of the agency decision; A statement of all disputed issues of material fact. If there are none, the petition must so indicate; A concise statement of the ultimate facts alleged, including the specific facts the petitioner contends warrant reversal or modification of the agency's proposed action; A statement of the specific rules or statutes that the petitioner contends require reversal or modification of the agency's proposed action; and A statement of the relief sought by the petitioner, stating precisely the action that the petitioner wishes the agency to take with respect to the agency's proposed action. A petition that does not dispute the material facts on which the Department's action is based shall state that no such facts are in dispute and otherwise shall contain the same information as set forth above, as required by rule 28-106301. Under sections 120.569(2)(c) and (d) of the F.S., a petition for administrative hearing shall be dismissed by the agency if the petition does not substantially comply with the above requirements or is untimely filed. Complete copies of all documents relating to this determination of exemption are available for public inspection during normal business hours, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, at the Department's Southwest District Offlce, 13051 North Telecom Parkway, Temple Terrace, FL 33637- 0926. City of Clearwater, WTP No. 2 File No. 52-0314175-002 Page 9 of 9 �I � ' ACP SEGMENTED RETAINING WALL QUOTE , ' � ' , ' ' , , ' , , ' , ' ' Appendix ' 9i2��zo� o , , � 1 ' ASSI�CIATED CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS, INC. 25352 Wesley Chapel Blvd., Lutz, FL 33559 Ph: (813) 973-4425 - Fx: (813) 973-0485 To: City of Clearwater ' Atm: Robert A. Maue, P.E. Email: Robert.Maue@MyClearwater.com Ph:727-562-4827 ' Project Name: Kapok Access Road DesignBuild Retaining Wall ' Quote #: Date: P-8361 P-7/ 13/2012 Salesman: Randy Friloux V.P. Sales/Special Projects Email: RFriloux@acpfl.com Ph�4�7-399-339� MSE Retainin� Wall S, stem We propose the following: � To supply and install approximately 175 L.F. (1 wall, 525 SF) of Anchor Diamond Pro modular block retaining wall system. Take-off completed using plans by City of Clearwater, Florida, drawing name 20l 1057, dated 12/19/11. , , t ' Inclusions: • One mobilization. Delays to ACP caused by others may be subject to additional charges per our attached terms. • All materials to include block, cap, geo-grid reinforcement, filter fabric, leveling pad and drainage materials per our engineered submittal package. • All labor required for the installation of the retaining wall as described in this proposal. • Placement and compaction of backfill material in the geo-grid reinforced zone. • Signed and sealed submittal package, including calculations, shop drawings and material information. • Sales tax. Exclusions: • Compaction testing. ' • Surveying and or layout of retaining wall. � Any dewatering of ground water or rainwater, before, or during construction. • Excavation, including the leveling pad and the geo-grid reinforced zone. , • Any clean backfill materials (see engineer's submittal for backfill requirements). • Supply, or installation of any handrails/fencing. • Structural design for placing handraiUfencing directly on top of wall. � L , • Any Bonds, fees or permits. General Notes: • If there is any change in the size of the project ACP reserves the right [o revise it's pricing. • ACP will require a staging area for the unloading and placement of palletized materials. • The backfill material shall be stockpiled with-in 100 feet of and along the wall(s). • ACP is not responsible for the final grading in front of or behind the wall(s). • Our proposal is based on subsurface below the proposed retaining wall is stable and suitable to support all incurred loads by this project. • ACP is not responsible for design and protection of retention pond and slope surfaces. Pricing: � • Base Price : $15.92/SF $8360.00 o Price includes gray block — solid color block available at additional cost o Fall Protection — Please add $8.50/LF, for structural design, concrete in top (3) courses, ' for pIacing handraiUfencing directly on top of wall. Otherwise, fencing will need to be placed 2' from back of wall. ' Page 1 of 2 1 % ASSOCIATED CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS, INC. 25352 Wesley Chapel Blvd., Lutz, FL 33559 Ph: (813) 973-4425 - Fx: (813) 973-0485 Terms of proposal: ]. Materials will be billed upon delivery and retainage is not to be withheld. 2. NET 30 DAYS. In the event any amount becomes past due, the customer agrees to pay ACP a service fee of 1.5% on the unpaid balance each month until paid, plus all costs of collection including reasonable attorney's fees incurred by ACP prior to, during litigation, including arbitration and appeal. Suit may, at the option of ACP, be instituted in Pasco County, Florida. 3. Failure to pay in accordance with the terms voids all warranties. 4. Delays to ACP caused by the owner, the contractor or it's sub-contractors will be charged to the contractor at the rate of $37.50 per hour per man, plus the equipment at a daily rate of $100.00 per hour. If ACP is delayed a complete day, an additional charge of $250.00 will be made for room and board where applicable. 5. There will be a charge of $1,000.00 far any additional mobilizations. 6. Material orders are often placed in excess of what the project may require to ensure waste and breakage factors are accounted for. Thus all left over useable materials becomes the property of ACP. 7. This proposal is based on uniform fine sand typical of F7orida. If these conditions do not exist, an adjustment to the proposed price may be required due to the changed site condition 8. The quoted prices are good for thirty (30) days only. Beyond thirty (30) days prices are subject to adjustment. 9. The quoted quantities are estimated and subject to change upon final design or installation. Additional or replacement materials will be billed at the unit price established above. The above unit cost shall not be used for cost reduction if the size or scope of the project change. 10. An executed copy of this proposal shall be attached to and be referred to by any contract documents prepared by the contractor. This proposal shall govern over any conflicts. 11. ACP must be in receipt of this executed proposal before any materials will be ordered. 12. This agreement is solely for the benefit of the signatories hereto and represents the entire integrated agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, whether written or oral. 13. Current Insurance coverage is @$2,000,000 general liability and $1,000,000 workers compensation coverage. Any additional insurance coverage may be an additional cost. I have read, understood and agree to the proposal, inclusions, exclusions, and general notes and terms of this proposal. Accepted by Sign ACP Rep. Sign Print Print Page 2 of 2 Date Date ' � � , ' � � 1 � ' ' ' ' � � �1 , , ' ' , � 1 ' , ' ' ' � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents: CONTRACTBOND ..................................................................................................................... 1 CONTRACT.................................................................................................................................. 3 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT ..................................................... 7 PROPOSALBOND ...................................................................................................................... 8 AFFIDAVIT.................................................................................................................................. 9 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT .............................................................................................10 PROPOSAL................................................................................................................................. 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET ................................................................. 16 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL ............................................................................................................. 17 SectionV.doc Page i 7/26/2012 ' ' ' ' STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Hilisborough BOND NUMBER: 929452630 CONTRACT BOND ' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we SOUTH�AST DRILLING SERVICES. INC. as Contractor and WESTERN SURETY COMPANY. (Surety) whose home address is P. O. BOX 507�. SIOUX FALLS. SD .57117. ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' u HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of TWO MTLL,ION THREF; HUNDRED THIRTY FIVE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED FORTY FIVE DOLLAitS AND SIXTY CENTS ($2,335.845.601 for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful performance of a certain writter� contract, dated the _ day of , 2013, entered into between the; Contractor and the City of Clearwater for: WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO. 2-- CONTRACT 1— REMOTE WELL FACILITES EXPANSION PROJECT 10-0039-UT (A) a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the: Contractor shatl in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the� one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contraci: documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form o�.' Sarety Bond, Instructions ta Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the� Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be; made in said Plans and Specifications as therein pravided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless; the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents� or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly ot� indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of' the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Ovmer may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or� indireet, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of' the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of' said contract. SectionV.doc� Pagc 1 of 14 7/2G/201�: ' ' ' CONTRACT BOND i2) And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors, ' administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the sai<i Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may b�; recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation b�r ' reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenanc�; thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents orr� servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, om ' the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any rnaterial furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise. , ' ' ' � And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs„ executors, administrators, and assi�ns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the: Owner rnay be compelled to pay because of any lien for (abor material furnished for the work:, embraced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension oi� time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder ar the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affcct its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms; of the contract or ta the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 1 st day of April , 2013 IATTEST: ' ' � � 1 WIT ESS: Tracy Tod COUNTERSIGNED: �. � I «: �ti aron . a or ��t�. ��e-��..�"c.-� � Toni Valentine ' SectionV.docx ' SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES. INC. Page 2 of 14 : Western Surety Company SURETY BY: � I'ORNE IN-FACT . �t ..�,'� i f�.� f''.. �. .�€.a . C:e p S � ; ��"��...�� , , � '��- - "��!'.3r�•:''�� ,- ` � . ..r t .... 7/26/2012 ' 1 ' ' , ' , ' ' ' ' , ' Western Surety Company POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Michael Wayne Rogers, Sharon Elaine Taylor, Jennifer A Fava, Individually of Temple Terrace, FT„ its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similaz nature - In Unlimited Amounts - and [o bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly au[horized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicaC��d, by the shazeholders of the corporation. In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Vice President and its corporate seal. to be hereto affixed on this 12th day of September, 2012. � Et} �"'Pa%•~'pOR••.�`p'; � 'W 40P . ql�,;iy, at :z ��\SE 0'V''Pi Q'ijM��P�01 State of Sou[h Dakota l � ss County of Minnehaha J WESTERN SURETY COMPANY aul T. Bruflat, Vice Pre:sident On this 12th day of September, 2012, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and sa}�: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal afiixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authorir�, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation. ' My commission expires •` � J. MOHR ' JunO 23, 2015 f SEAL NOTARY PUBLIC S�� ,r SOUTH DAKOTA ♦ �.i , ' � ' CERTIFICATE �Q/1� V ✓ J. Mohr, Notary ]'ublic I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subs�.ribed my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this � day of �(`� , �d�i� . y''"ET" WESTERN SURETY COMPA]vY .� 3 W?'4� POqqj��;D . i = s�i`4 fAb,;',r'�� tl/ pPK�p`, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary Form F4280-7-2012 �, �I Authorizing By-Law ' ADOPTED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS OF WESTERN SURETY COMPANY This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the foilowing By-Law duly adopted by the shazeholders ' of the Company. Section 7. All bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney, or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the , corporate name of the Company by the President, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or any Vice President, or by such other officers as the Board of Directors may authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer ' may appoint Attorneys in Fact or agents who shall have authority to issue bonds, policies, or undertakings in the name of the Company. The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the corporation. The signature of any such officer and the corporate seal may be printed by facsimile. ' ' u� ' � ' , � C1 u L� � ' � , ' ' CI ' ' ' , ' ' � , ' ' CONTRACT This CONTRACT made and entered into this � day of u�'.. , 2013 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES. INC., of the City of TAMPA County of HILLSBOROUGH and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreemer�.ts on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of tihe sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for t:he following: WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO. 2— CONTRACT 1— REMOTE WELL FACILITES EXPANSION PROJECT 10-0039-UT (A) IN THE AMOUNT OF TWO MILLION THREE HUNDRED THIRTY FIVE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED FORTY FIVE DOLLARS AND SIXTY CENTS ($2,335,845.60) In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other speci:al provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with a�:►y advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of tY�is contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successo�rs and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of tl�e City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by tlhe Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGRF,E ' TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAIN��T THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIO1PdfS ' AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE A1�fD HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMEN7['S OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINyT ' THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENT'S, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONE:D CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. ' ' SectionV.docx Page 3 of 14 7/26/2t112 ' , , CONTRACT �2) In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requiremenls: ' In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the followir�.g: ' employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off ar termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employe;es ' or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth ihe provisions of the non-discrimination clause. ' The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors :for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. , ' � ' I'� � �J ' ' � , It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in 1;he event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per dav for each day that the work to be performed by 1:he Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per d� shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of 1:he Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not. to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms auid conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its o�wn expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additiomal bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to �he City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms a�nd provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SectionV.docx Page 4 of 14 7/26/s:012 ' � 1 ' ' , , ' ' � ' , ' , ' ' , 1 ' ' CONTRACT (3) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals ar�� have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: Wa� ��WB�-uc.-'� William B. EIorne, II City Manager Countersigned: .• tAr��tn C�t�IRkAS By: � George N: Cretekos, Mayor (Contractor must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual.} (The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation). SectionV.docx Page 5 of I � Attest: �(. o�r rxf �� ,��I � i� ta ,1 _ "a -�-� � �. �--�= _ � � ---- pprove as t o . _� Assistant City Attorney ,,,,.., ,., , , ,+ , y � �, . . � ... :-, : � ' ',°� .� ° _ o�;... k� � `� . t . ' �A o Q �'• G!R r: = --s a. �- �:.-; c, c; a ' ~��"�rC'� t� `'� �� ,`, � ,� 7/2G/20d2 � , ' 1 ' ' , ' ' ' CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT (CORPORATION FORNn STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly swo:rn, deposes and says: That he is the (TITLE) of SOUTHEAST DRILLING SERVICES, INC., a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 10614 E. US HIGHWAY 92. TAMPA, FLORIDA 33610 (herein, ihe "Contractor"). That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of , 20_ with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of: WATER TREATMENT PLANT NO. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT 10-0039-UT (A) That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractc�rs, ' laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nat�ue nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work against the described property. , ' ' , That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract)� in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract. The word "liens" as used in this �davit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. Sworn and subscribed to before me ' This day of , 20 ' ' ' , NOTARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: SectionV.docx Page 6 of 14 : AFFIANT PRESIDENT v26izoi2 � ' '� ' , ' ' , ' t ' , ' ' ' PROPOSAL BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. as Principal, and Western Surety CompanY as Surety, who's address is P.O. Box 5077 Sioux Falls, sD 57717 , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Bid Dollars ($10� of bi�being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. as Principal, and Western Surety Comapny as Surety, for work specified as: Water Treatment Plant No. 2-Contractl : Remote wPll Facilities Expansic�n ProTect all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Signed this 16thday of Januar� , 201�—• (Principal must indicate whether corporation, partnership, company or individual) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title; the person signing for a corporation must, by affidavit, show his authority to bind the corporation. , ' ' SectionV.doc ' Page 8 of 27 Mi Corporation 9C�ult�e�at �g Sen++<�s.°i�rc. Principal gy; ��/ Title Pr , �_ ,, r� Western Sur��C��m `` Surety _ �,�`��" �: � ., _ ,� �,,� � �� ° �� `�� / . �, � A! -7 J vn.�a )^ 'p, �1 t iG ,fd,a 7/26/2012 ' 1 ' ' ' , ' ' ' , ' , ' ' ' ' , � Western Surety Company POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dako[a wrpora[ion, is a duly organized and existing corporation having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it dces by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Michael Wayne Rogers, Sharon Elaine Taylor, Jennifer A Fava, Individually of Temple Terrace, FL, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature - In Unlimited Amounts - and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts cif said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the shareholders of the corporation. In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Vice President and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed on this 12th day of September, 2012. �`�`E"T�, =e'�`'_.......�, coss =,.W oap0qqi;'jo'= =w;4 �"=a= .Z `�s�� : State of South Dakota l T ss County of Minnehaha J WESTERN SURETY COMPAIVY aul T. Bruflat, Vice President On this 12th day of September, 2012, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which executed the above instrument that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it v�as so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation. My commission expires +~ �, MOHR f June 23, 2015 � SEAL NOTARY PUBLIC S^�� f SOUTH DAKOTA i ++ �4�/ ✓ � J. Mohr, Notary I'ublic CERTIFICATE I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is st:ill in force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this 1(�_ day of Januar� ,��T� ' Form F4280-7-2012 �°�ETy ��j pPOAq`c�i�� W'�'� j{�yD"i =s �s�.`Sf Ay: P� ai'i�� ppKO� WESTERN SURETY COMPAiVY L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary � ' Authorizing By-Law ' ADOPTED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS OF WESTERN SURETY COMPANY This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the shareholders ' of the Company. Section 7. All bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney, or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the , corporate name of the Company by the President, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or any Vice President, or by such other officers as the Board of Directors may authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer , may appoint Attorneys in Fact or agents who shall have authority to issue bonds, policies, or undertakings in the name of the Company. The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the corporation. The signature of any such officer and the corporate seal may be printed by facsimile. ' �I � , , ' ' � ' ' ' ' ' � �� I i 1 , ' AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA ) cou� oF Hillsborough ) Sonya P. Ziegler being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is � Secretaryof Southeast Drilling Services�Inc. a corporation arganized and e�sting under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: ' 10614 E. US Hiqheax 92 Tampa Hillsborough FL Street & Number City County State , Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. . (Name of Corporation) ' � � , Affiant further says that W_ B_ Ziealer is President (Officer's Name) water Treatment �Tltle� plant No. 2- Contract 1: R<smote of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for WeII Facilities t Expansion Projec for said corporation by virtue of Corporate Resolution dated 01/05/2001 (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Sworn to before me this ��`" day of jc�g''},UARY , 20 I , ' ' ' ' ' , SectionV.doc ' �:!� a�� _ � Notary Public ,_�;�,�,r^ �� E�, ,�,11VHITMAN _ �� ;*5 MY CQMMI3�ION # EE015T38 EXPIRES August 09, 2014 Type/prinbstamp name of Notary '�'•�„�„ �`� com (407) 398-0153 F�►�'�erv�ce Title or rank, and Seria1 No., if any Page 9 of 18 Southeast Drilling Services; ��oi2 �I � ' CI' ' ' NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF Hilisborough � W. Ziegler being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is President of Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. , � the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or ' indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to ' fu� any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder ' has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. ' �J , ' , ' � J � �� Affiant Sworn to and subscribed before me this �$� day of F�g{?jUAR1� , 20 13 . , SecrionV.doc , � :� .;'^ MICHA�I. J WHITMAN �,/ ' f °' �� :; ��•,*_: MY GOMMISSION # EE015738 Notary Pub1iC ?.,�,'�- �XPfRES August 09, 2014 (407) 398-0153 FIO�Wallotary�ervice.com Page 10 of 18 7/26/2012 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. ' ' , ' � ' , ' ' ' , ' , ' ' ' ' ' ' PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CIT'Y OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for WATER TREATMENT PLANT No. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT (10-0039-UT-(A)) and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked WATER TREATMENT PLANT No. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILITIES EXPANSION PROJECT (10-0039-UT-(A)) Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attomey; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Insiructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, a.nd Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and accarding to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: SectionV.doc Page 11 of 18 7/26/2012 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. � ' ' ' ' � ' � ' 1 PROPOSAL �2) If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has. abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is nd certified check on Bank, for the sum of �$ (being a mi.nimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the na.me of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). ' NAMES: ' � �J C' ADDRESSES: W. B. Ziegler, President, 10614 E. US Highway 92, Tampa, FL 33610-5972 Sonya P. Ziegler, Secretary, 10614 E. US Highway 92, Tampa, FL 33610-5972 Signature of Bidder: (The bidder must indicate wheth Corporatio � artnership, Company � , ' SectionV.doc 1 Page 12 of 27 Southeast Drilling Services; ��ncoi2 � � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' PROPOSAL (3) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. BY� W. Ziegler Title: President Business Address of Bidder: 10614 E. US Hiqhway 92 City and State: Tampa, FL Zip Code 33610-5972 Dated at __ 2 PM , this 18th day of February , A.D., 20 13. SectionV.doc Page 13 of 27 Southeast Drilling Services; ��ncoi2 ' ' ' ' ' ' � � , ' ' ' � � ' ' ' ' ' CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUMSHEET PROJECT: WATER TREATMENT PLANT No. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILTTIES EXPANSION PROJECT (10-0039-UT-(A)) Aclaiowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. SectionV.doc Addendum No. 01 Date: 01 /11 /2013 Addendum No. 02 Date: 02/07/2013 � Addendum No. 03 Date: 02/13/2013 Addendum No. 04 Date: 02/19/2013 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Page 16 of 27 Southeast Drilling Servi (Name of�di der) (Title of Offcer) 01 /18/2013 (Date) Inc. 7/26/2012 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. � , � ' ' , , ' ' � ' ' , ' , ' ' , ' ' ' , BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: WATER TREATMENT PLANT No. 2— CONTRACT 1: REMOTE WELL FACILIT'IES EXPANSION PROJECT (10-0039-UT-(A)) CONTRACTOR: Southeast Drillin Services, Inc. _l3�.� _YS-- BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL $ BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ; 60 � �c v �-- ► (�7Unrr�cl . ----. �v �E �� - T�u ��sci�i�.i�u t � .� �uf�� J� � �' i�n� 1'n�� ; ''��►�� _ >��:: _ , .-t..-_ <_-�'r. - - �+-,_t -�,z,�F � 1: Ruth Eckerd Hall (City Well 2-1) � �� 1 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ 2 p� $ 2 �'c,x� 2 Tree Removal 1 LS $ v $ 2 SvU 3 Tree Barricade 1 LS $ �� $ ?.vv 4 Erosion Control 1 LS $ 2S(� $ �.S'c7 5 Root Pnuun 70 LF $ S $ ?..5� 6 Electrical Service Conduit and 60 LF $ $ w� 3 �. 2 z2� 7 Electrical Service Pull Boxes 1 EA $ 1, v u $ q v0 8 Site Work 1 LS $/ S�l� $/�'s� 9 Well Pump Piping and Electrical 1 LS $ p� $ S�� E ui ment � 10 Well Pum Dro Pi e 80 VF $ �,j $ Z. �� 11A Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 1 LS $ $ Motor - ODP Item g'�-S 3 �/S3 11B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ S30 $ p_ 11C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ S Wu $ • uuo Furnish & Deliver Control Valve 12A and Control Valve Actuator — ODP 1 LS $ �d $ Item g S �� 12B Sales Tax Savings 1 LS $ SS $ l 12C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $/ $ Wv Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter — 13A ODP Item 1 LS $ a��s $�+ �� 13B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ l'-r Z $ j 13C Installation, Testing, Warranty 1 LS $ � $ / �Oc� Subtotal for Ruth Eckerd Hall Well Facili (Bid Item Nos. 1-13) _$/j �! � # g �, 'e � : s '„ �'" "� �'-�, h-�, �,. �� .:.9- " s :�. ' - �-. r �- #-� �. y-„ 4 '. -r '�. � .�,Y y� -; -�y�. � ' �y y y � =� ,,s � � � �� : � �. r � ,,r , �'�.`;�� ;r� �� `�.lr� ;�,11 ��u� VY � YL��. - � � � Ei �' .�' - ,.�' '�" _�a's-._ _�..: 14 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $� $ 2, o 15 Tree Barricade 1 LS $ J $ oc� , 16 Erosion Control 1 LS $ Z,, j'p $ Section V.doc Page 17 of 28 Revised 2/12/2013 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. Li �_ J ' ' ' ' ' u �I ' ' ' , , l.J '�1 , I!� ,� !L I T� � � ,<: � Nti - �'� ; �tem Desertpt�ai� +Qaantity TTwt Uni� �nce ��' �DtaI C+� t � ?° _. _ _ _ :;�._ ,.. _. r �. 17 Root Pruning 10 LF _$ ,� _ $ ,S'-o 1 g Electrical Service Conduit and 100 LF $ $ w� 3 �- 3 �'�' 19 Electrical Service Pull Boxes 1 EA $ d2,�c�b $ 2 v 20 Site Work 1 LS $/yS�� $! s't�o 21 Well Pump Piping and Electrical 1 LS $ SSo� $�SO o0 _ E ui ment 22 Well Pum Dro Pi e 80 VF $ � $ z-c�o Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 23A Motor — ODP Item 1 LS $��3 $�� S-3 23B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ 3 p $ S3 0 23C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ ,� $ .�'.x.�+ca Fumish & Deliver Control Valve 24A and Control Valve Actuator — ODP 1 LS $ $ Item � ' �� r�� 24B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ ,�52 $ ,s-�2 24C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $/ W $ / �c�u Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter — 25A ODP Item 1 LS $ a��S $ a„�8, f'' 25B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ /�{ 2 $ J� 25C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $/ ou b $ u c,t� Subtotal for Del Oro Park Well Facili id Item Nos. 14 — 25) _$/ /6 2,. t € �-c --...4 � -��.-- � . � � ' ` .. -� -�,.�, �"�-�''�� ..` ,� ,` � �c�-�" -�T , +. ��° �`x'. � z � � ; ..��- � � � � �_ � �11Tssion��Iil1s �C�f�'�ell� �,� � � � �� - � -� ,� � .-� �� _ �� 26 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ 2 Sc�o $�2 � 27 Erosion Control 1 LS $ 2„�0 $ .S� 28 Root Prunin 170 LF $ S $ S� 29 �e� cal Service Conduit and 60 LF $ '? � $ 2 2 2 � 30 Electrical Service Pull Boxes 1 EA $ 2 0� $ 29� 31 Site Work 1 LS $/ 9�is� $/9 Soo , 32 Well Pump Piping and Electrical 1 LS $,�S'ts� C� �$ SS� Jc:� E ui ment 33 Well Pum Dro Pi e 80 VF $ 1 T' $ 2. ovl� Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 34A Motor — ODP Item 1 EA $&� S3 ��l S 3 34B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ 3 0 $ 5.3� . 34C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ � $ ,�cu� Furnish & Deliver Control Valve 35A and Control Valve Actuator — ODP 1 LS $�Sou $ 8"-�u Item 35B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ 5"S2 $ S'Z. 35C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $/wo $ t�j 36A Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - 1 LS $ 8 $ ODP Item °�' � S a � �� Section V.doc Page 18 of 28 Revised 2/12/2013 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. � ' ' ' ' , ' ' , C� ' ' ' u , ' , ' � L_ J �� Item Descnption � Quantity : Unit Unit Pnee � �+�tal :Cosf ' 36B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ �( 2 $/� 36C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ / O $ V�� Subtotal for Mission Hills Well Facili id Item Nos. 26 - 3 =$ J'2, 2� =�z > 4. Kapok Park (City Well 2-4) �-" ;' 37 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ ,t-� $ 2,�Nv 38 Erosion Control 1 LS $ 2.t'O $ Z, 39 Root Prunin 0 LF $ $ .,� 40 Electrical Service Conduit and 90 LF $ $ w� ��' �330 41 Electrical Service Pull Boxes 1 EA $ 29oc� $�9vo 42 Site Work 1 LS $� ,fue� $!�r SZ� 43 well Pump Piping and Electrical 1 LS $ S,f°�oc� $�S~oo�> E ui ment 44 Well Pum Dro Pi e 60 VF $ Z 3' $!S'c�U 45A Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 1 LS $�� ' 3 $�/ S? Motor - ODP Item 45B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ S?� $ o 45C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ ov� $ S"��u Furnish & Deliver Control Valve 46A and Control Valve Actuator - ODP 1 LS $�� $ gso C� Item 46B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ ,S`S'Z $ 46C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ /cxsp $ t�tx� 47A Fumish & Deliver Flow Meter- 1 LS $ a.-I&,f $ a,l�S� ODP Item 47B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ �j Z $ >'�L 47C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ uu� $ !� Subtotal for Ka ok Park Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 37 - 47 =$/j a o YZ ° i w � ��te 1� �C�#y �e11 �5� � � � � ��i � �.�.y,. . .r. : � �� t- � �� 48 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ 2 S�v $ m�. �v 49 Erosion Control 1 LS $ $ oLS� 50 Root Prunin 25 LF $ ,f' $( 2.f' 51 �e� cal Service Conduit and 110 LF $ �`� $+�0 �'V 52 Electrical Service Pull Boxes 1 EA $ vp $ z�'Up 53 Site Work 1 LS $� S$b0 $ -Sav 54 well Pump Piping and Electrical 1 LS $ S'$'�c� $ S'S�o p c'7 E ui ment _ 55 Well Pum Dro Pi e 60 VF $ ZJ'' $/,� W 56A Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 1 LS $ $ Motor - ODP Item �� s� ��*�z� 56B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ ,S' Q $ O 56C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $,S'c?t� $ S' '� Section V.doc Page 19 of 28 Revised 2/12/2013 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' ' �To � Item �escript�on _ . Quantity Unit � IInit Pr�ce � �otalT�ast ! _ �. Furnish & Deliver Control Valve 57A and Control Valve Actuator - ODP 1 LS $�S� O $ f�:Sc� Item 57B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ ,SS2 $ SSZ 57C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ Vu(� $ oc� Fumish & Deliver Flow Meter - 58A ODPItem 1 LS $ 2��5 $ a„��s 58B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ /�/2 $ yZ 58C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ d�(� $ /Oc�p Subtotal for Site 11 Well Facili id Item Nos. 48 - 58 =$/f ,1 0�'"(� 6. McMullen Tennis Complez (City WEii.2-6j �'. ,' ` 59 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ s"o o $ 2,rC�o 60 Tree Barricade 1 LS $ Zc�b $ `Zvo 61 Erosion Control 1 LS $ ,�o $ 2So 62 Root Prunin 350 LF $ $/'�,5'v 63 Electrical Service Conduit and 2g0 LF $ $� p 3 6 0 Wirin � �" 64 Electrical Service Pull Boxes 2 EA $ Qoc� $ S'aro O 65 Site Work 1 LS $/ ov0 $ 9 cxx� 66 well Pump Piping and Electrical 1 LS $ S"$"cXsv $ S"1-a�� E ui ment 67 We11 Pum Dro Pi e 80 VF $ 2�' $ 2 v v n Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 68A Motor - ODP Item 1 LS $�� S3 $�/S 3 68B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ �o $ �o 68C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ S�lX�t� $ ,s't�w Furnish & Deliver Control Valve 69A and Control Valve Actuator - ODP 1 LS $�SvO $�,�-� Item 69B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ $'�2 $ ,S�t 69C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ c�op $ n 70A Fumish & Deliver Flow Meter - 1 LS $ ODP Item a" f �'� $ �'�'�� 70B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ /�y/ 2 $ 70C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ �c7 $ � �bp Subtotal for McMullen Tennis Com leg Well Facili id Item Nos. 59 - 70 =$/ - � �-� �_ ' � � '� � �111en�s Cree� ��st ��t� �� '� �� ` � `� �'� � * , ��..,� � . ..::a . -:. �._ _...� ...r - _ �..._. __ = ,e�,t � � �'� 3,,� w �. p _.�, � . ,� � _nr�._ x�� . _ . . _�, .,,..,. _ ._ ,_. ��. � _ 71 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ $ 2,5-W 72 Tree Removal 1 LS $ .�vt� $ 2,Sc�►Q 73 Tree Bamcade 0 LF $ o $ /� 74 Erosion Control 1 LS $ $ Z 75 Root Prunin 150 LF $ $ Section V.doc Page 20 of 28 Revised 2/12/2013 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. 23��v � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' , ' � �._�T�r y Item Description ;_ ;. _ Quantity F: TJn�t Unit �rice ,: �'otal Co�Y f-� _ �, , .�; . , _ 76 Electrical Service Conduit and w� 110 LF $ 3�. $ t�r b�j 77 Electrical Service Pull Boxes 2 EA $ Z�j'o0 $.1`�'aa 78 Site Work 1 LS $ l ,rZ��O $� s� 79 Well Pump Piping and Electrical E ui ment 1 LS $.S'si3o`c7 $.S�op O 80 Well Pum Dro Pi e 100 VF $ ,r $ 81A Furn.ish & Deliver Well Pump and 1 LS $ Motor - ODP Item �j/S3 $ �/ s'3 81B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ ,$"'30 $ � 81C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ Sc�o $ J'��U Furnish & Deliver Control Va1ve 82A and Control Valve Actuator - ODP 1 LS $�,S-� o $ b'r,Sc�O Item 82B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ ,S`S 2. $ SS 2 82C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ $ �ov 83A Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - 1 LS $ 2/ 8,� $ d1 �,�,r ODP Item 83B SalesTaxSavin s 1 LS $ /Y2 $ ��2, 83C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ �D $ t�oo Subtotal for Allen's Creek East Well Facili id Item Nos. 71- 83 =$( 3� � ., ., x� � � u � �8. Allen's Creek �es� (Ci��+VeIl":2 8) _ �`� �'� .. -: .. . � v .: ."v-.:� . '',.�. . '. �4 � «:�2..m ��.".:.`.. :a3� F,,. �i .� �: 84 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ 2$`ao $ 2 S� n 85 Erosion Control 1 LS $ 2�v $ Z� 86 Root Prunin 40 LF $ ,� $ 200 . 8� Electrical Service Conduit and 150 LF $ Wirin ? �r - $ ,S" S SO 88 Electrical Service Pull Boxes 1 EA $ �'u n $,'�.�f c�o 89 Site Work 1 LS $/ bOc� $ q cx�D 90 Well Pump Piping and Electrical 1 LS $$",S�v $,1''��°� E ui ment 91 Well Pum Dro Pi e 100 VF $ Z j" $ Z,,jvo 92A F�sh & Deliver Well Pump a.nd 1 LS $��53 $�j,S-� Motor - ODP Item 92B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ o $ �(� 92C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ � p $ ,fc�ov Fumish & Deliver Control Valve 93A and Control Valve Actuator - ODP 1 LS $�.�p $��-vu Item 93B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ ,s',$'2 $ 5,�2 93C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ p $ � Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - 94A ODP Item 1 LS $�, ��.� $ a, �� 94B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ �( Z $ � 2 94C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ WJ $ �j Section V.doc Page 21 of 28 Revised 2/12/2013 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. � � ' � , ' ' ' ' ' ' � ' ' � ' , ' � Subtotal for Allen's Creek West Well Faci 9. Safety Village 95 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 96 Tree Removal 1 97 Erosion Control 1 98 Root Pnuun 40 99 Electrical Service Conduit and 50 Wirin 100 Electrical Service Pull Boxes 1 101 Site Work 1 102 Well Pump Piping and Electrical 1 E ui ment 103 Well Pum Dro Pi e 100 104A Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 1 Motor — ODP Item 104B Sales Tax Savin s 1 104C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 Furnish & Deliver Control Valve l O5A and Control Valve Actuator - ODP 1 Item lOSB Sales Tax Savin s 1 lOSC Installation, Testin , Warran 1 106A Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - 1 ODP Item 106B Sales TaY Savin s 1 106C Installation, Testing, Warrantv 1 Subtotal for Safe Villa e Well Facilit 1D 'Ed yVi igbt Park 107 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 108 Tree Removal 1 109 Tree Barricade 1 110 Erosion Control 1 111 Root Prunin 0 112 Electrical Service Conduit and � Wirin 113 Electrical Service Pull Boxes 0 114 Site Work 1 115 Well Pump Piping and Electrical 1 E ui ment 116 Well Pum Dro Pi e 100 117A Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 1 Motor — ODP Item 117B Sales Tax Savings 1 Section V.doc Page 22 of 28 I 1 "I, 9� 2 id Item Nos. 84 - 94 =$ ty Well 2-9j LS $ Z o $ t_ 2� LS 2� $ 20 0 LS $ $ 2 � LF $ � $ � LF $ 3 � $ � �.5� EA $ a Q o n $ 2 vo LS $ / Sbu $ soo Ls $ Ss� $ �'000 VF $ 2S � Z o0 Ls � ��-3 � ��,s3 LS $ S" 30 $ s3 u LS $ S uw $ �`� LS $ �,� u $ &.��V LS $ ,��2 $ �, LS $ o c� $ l0� LS $ �.l�,f $ ,118'j` Ls $ Iti z $ /7i. LS $ $ / ck�p Bid Item Nos. 95 —106 =$ 1! 96 Z ty VVell.2-10) =� ` LS $ 2 Sc� o $ �� , LS $ o $ Z.rtx� LS $ 200 $ �-�O LS $ 2, o $ ,s'o LF $ ,S" $ /' LF $ 3�. $ /� EA $ 1 00 $ /� LS $ � Sot� $ l ,fo 0 LS $ ,$',s000 $ S,Socx� VF $ Z .S $ 1y`ca� LS $ � /S 3 $ ��a 3 LS $ S" 3 � $ �'',�O Revised 2/12/2�113 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. 0 ' � , ' , , ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' �To, Item �escriptiog (�uant►'ty Unit i�nit Pnce = TotaI Co�t ��' 117C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $,S-vo� $ s-cx, v Furnish & Deliver Control Valve 118A and Control Valve Actuator - ODP 1 LS $ $�S� Item � s�' � 118B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ $ s-,T Z 118C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $/�p $ � 119A F�sh & Deliver Flow Meter - 1 LS $ Z, � S,� $�$y� ODP Item 119B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ �-/ 2 $ y 119C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $/ c�c� $ vc�p Subtotal for Ed Wri ht Park Well Facili id Item Nos. 107 -119 =$ O S ot 11. South Elevated Tower (Cif� Well 2=ilj "� �� . < , �€' . e, _ � �w.F.. 120 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ 2 Sb� $ Z S�c� 121 Erosion Control 1 LS $ �.� $ 2� 122 Root Prunin 40 LF $ ,s' $ 24t� 123 Electrical Service Conduit and 175 LF $ �'�- $�o y�,f Wirin 124 ElectricalServicePullBoxes 3 EA $ 2�jOV $��tlo 125 Site Work 1 LS $ $'�O $�rf,S'oO 126 Well Pump Piping and Electrical 1 LS $,SSO�d $�$'OC�� E ui ment 127 Well Pum Dro Pi e 80 VF $ T $ 29ou 128A Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 1 LS $$i,S3 $�/S3 Motor - ODP Item 128B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ 30 $ S 30 128C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ ou� $ Sc�t� Fumish & Deliver Control Valve 129A and Control Valve Actuator - ODP 1 LS $ g,s'bp $�SW Item 129B Sales Taac Savin s 1 LS $ SS Z $ ,SS' Z. 129C Installarion, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ �� $ � 130A Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - 1 LS $ $ ODP Item �l8� �'/�� 130B Sales T� Savin s 1 LS $ /a( �'Z $ Z 130C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ c7�� $ t)O(� Subtotal for South Elevated Tower Well Facili id Item Nos. 120 - 130 =$/ � 6�� -� � �� , �� - r�2 Belinont �ark �Crty'We11 �-��j�� ,, �, � �.�� ' �. � �� 131 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 ��LS $ c�U $ 2�� 132 Tree Barricade 1 LS $ � v $ 2 4v 133 Erosion Control 1 LS $ rc� $ 134 Root Prunin 350 LF $ $ 135 �e� cal Service Conduit and 175 LF $'3'�" $-� �( �"� Section V.doc Page 23 of 28 Revised 2/12/2013 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. _ ____ _ __ _ �,1To _ . . � � Item Descri t�on - ' � � � _ _. ; - p ; Quantity - Un�t : : . . Unit Pric� r :�'otai Co �.;,-_ ` ;. . w.,;; ,. 136 Electrical Service Pull Boxes 1 EA $ on $ � 137 Site Work 1 LS $ ,fC� $ ,SoC� 138 well Pump Piping and Electrical E ui ment 1 LS $ S�oUO $��d� 139 Well Pum Dro Pi e 80 VF' $ � 3 $ 2�o 140A Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 1 LS $ / 3 $ Motor — ODP Item � S �/S,� 140B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ ,��0 $ .f`,io 140C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ �np $ 1'c�o Furnish & Deliver Control Valve 141A and Control Valve Actuator - ODP 1 LS $�Sc�o $�,�caC� Item 141B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ ,r,SZ $ S's'z 141 C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ lW v $ /� 142A F�sh & Deliver Flow Meter — $ ODP Item 1 L S a�&,r $��5-- 142B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ � y 2 $ / y 2. 142C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ $ /WJ Subtotal for Belmont Park Well Facili id Item Nos. 131-142 =$( b '" �w , �, � � � ,� � �-��- � .: � ` �� '' �,�,`` �„"��- > u _. - .. . .. e. � _.`�-z-� .. ..a =. _ = �� . i 1 -� � �-�� ='� � ' � w 3 We� � � � . = . � mm � �£�., mr'. ,�. . , � _ : � . . �.w,- �- 3 _ , � �:� - r _�.; 143 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ vu $ 2 � 144 Erosion Control 1 LS $ � $ � 145 Electrical Service Conduit and 25 LF $�� $ VVu7n 3 .. 146 Site Work/Demolition 1 LS $ � oa $ 2��00 147 E ui m�ent Piping and Electrical 1 LS $�� cs� $$ S�4 148 Well Pum Dro Pi e 80 VF $ S $ 2 �� 149A Fumish & Deliver Well Pump and 1 LS $ $ Motor — ODP Item �'� S 3 �/S3 149B Sales T� Savin s 1 LS $ ,S3o $ S�v 149C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $,s'uuo $ Sza�� Furnish & Deliver Control Valve 150A and Control Valve Actuator — ODP 1 LS $�S�e $��,u Item 150B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ $ SSZ 150C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ V� $ c�uo Fumish & Deliver Flow Meter — 151A ODP Item 1 LS $�� $��; 151B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $��,/ 2 $ 151 C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $/ tk� v $ c't� Subtotal for Well 45 Well Facili id Item Nos. 143 —151 =$(O �,3�� '�-�-+��C "�r°�' '�,� �;_-'��',� � -� F �'� � �Y�.- ,��7 k � �.€"� _„�-.� .£� . � �° €€,� s{a°'�a» d „-�� .. .� -`�'�°��: .S '�'�'�� *!'�'�Gaa"�� ,y �.�a t.� �� = � .� t � � < �a £� � �� , ;_�`=�-�"� �� * a,r -�,.�'-' �� . Secfion V.doc Page 24 of 28 Revised 2/12/2013 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. _ _ , � ' 1 ' ' , , � ' , ' , ' ' ' ' ' 1 ��n - I�em Description �uantity Unit : �Tni# Price : Tota1 Cost _�� _ ,� , ,. _ . 152 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ $ Z c,� 153 Erosion Control 1 LS $ �„ $ ,�o 154 Electrical Service Conduit and 25 LF $ $� a f WuYn 3 � 155 Site Work/Demolition 1 LS $ ZO .c,up $ 2 v ocaU 156 well Pump Piping and Electrical 1 LS $ $ o6b E ui ment S,� � -SS 157 Well Pum Dro Pi e 80 VF $ �.5 $ 2 uvu 158A Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 1 LS $ 8y S3 $&yS3 Motor — ODP Item 158B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ 5�3� $ 5' o 158C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ ,fc�u $ rt�w Furnish & Deliver Control Valve 159A and Control Valve Actuator — ODP 1 LS $�Svp $ �� Item 159B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ ,TS 2 $,�,�� 159C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ $ � 160A Fumish & Deliver Flow Meter - 1 LS $ 21�5 $ ODP Item Z 18'�� 160B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ / Y�, $ / 160C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $/c�u(� $ �p Subtotal for Well 46 Well Facili id Item Nos. 152 —160 =$ 0 �3 jV � x � � � � 15 VVe1151�� =� � � ��;, � �.<.._�� .;° , 161 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ $ fcxl 162 Erosion Control 1 LS $ Z,Sc� $ �.S^U 163 Electrical Service Conduit and 25 LF $ $ G�r Wirin � �` 164 Site Work/Demolition 1 LS $ 2pcxx� $ 7�cwu 165 Well Pump Piping and Electrical 1 LS $ SuW $ n qp E ui ment s SJ� 166 Well Pum Dro Pi e 80 VF $ 2 $ Zouv _ 167A Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 1 LS $ $ Motor — ODP Item g< S3 /s 167B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ .S' O $ S?o 167C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ S'� $,�c�, Fumish & Deliver Control Valve 168A and Control Valve Actuator — ODP 1 LS $��p $��W Item 168B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ rS2 $ 168C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ � $ / c�W Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter — 169A ODP Item 1 LS $ a, �� $��'i,S' 169B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ / Z $ Z _ 169C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ $/ ck� Section V.doc Page 25 of 28 Revised 2/12/2013 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. t ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' , ' ' ' No = - Item Descrcpfion Quantity - Unit =: LTnit Price . �otaI'Cos� , , , _ , �. : �: ,, Subtotal for Well 51 Well Facili id Item Nos. 161-169 -$ l� *� � 16. Well 5� � f �,: 170 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ o o $�J� 171 Erosion Control 1 LS $ Z o $ �,Sa _ 1�2 Electrical Service Conduit and 25 LF $ 3�- $�as Wirin 173 Site Work/Demolition 1 LS $ 2. �v0 � $ Z� °V b' 174 E ui m np Piping and Electrical 1 LS $ SS'�yo�o $ 5�0� 175 Well Pum Dro Pi e 80 VF $ $�� 176A Furnish & Deliver Well Pump and 1 LS $ Motor - ODP Item ��'�-� $ ��.� 176B Sales Ta1c Savin s 1 LS $ ,$�3� $ S'30 176C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ s'cx� $.S�� , Furnish & Deliver Control Valve 177A and Control Valve Actuator - ODP 1 LS $��Uv $�,�W Item 177B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ SSZ $,�'.rL 177C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ uc� $ c.t� 178A Furnish & Deliver Flow Meter - 1 LS $ ODP Item °�' �� $°2 I�� 178B Sales Tax Savin s 1 LS $ 2 $ y L 178C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 LS $ p $ c�c�� Subtotal for We1152 Well Facili id Item Nos. 170 -178 =$ � � 17..Kapok �Access 12oad � � � �-_�`= �? ' �' , �- w '. �._ ; _ � � � _. .._ Y`� a ,Y . .. .._ ,.-,. - � : � ,. _ ... .: . , . . .: ,a, � � _. . . 3 r. .�+ ,-'3"��"'�' �. .: . . . � , .5 . . �- ... . . _ _ . � . ,... ..-.. . � .-. . _ :. _ �..n- "' -� a� :a.�-�b ,_. -. . , 179 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $�c�C� l7 $ c�v o 180 Erosion Control 1 LS $ $ c� Oc�c� 181 Tree Barricades 1 LS $ ouo $.�� 182 Tree Removal 1 LS $ � Ot7 $ ��iCX�7 _ 183 Root Prunin 720 LF $ S $ o�W 184 Clearin & Grubbin 1 LS $ 2i�SUUU $ Zc��U 185 Stabilized Sub-Grade 12" Thick 1,160 SY $ p $ c�V 186 Crushed Concrete Base 8" Thick 1,160 SY $ $ �&C�, 187 Twin Bollards w/Chain 2 EA $�3 ,s'0 O $ 188 Unsuitable Material Excavation 100 CY $ �� $� �! p� Below Grade as Directed b Owner 189 Select Backfill Below Grade as 100 CY $ �`� $ Z y�Q Directed b Owner 190 Segmented Retaining Wall 1 LS $ 8,360.00 $ 8,360.00 Allowance Subtotal for Ka ok Access Road Bid Item Nos. 179 -190 =$ 'E� Section V.doc � /3a�y�v� Page 26 of 28 Revised 2/12/2013 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. _ _ , ' ' - 18. Progress Energy , �` 191 Pro ess Ener Utility Allowance 1 LS $ 125,800.00 $ 125,800.1)0 ' ��-" �' , ' ; ' 19. Pinellas Connty Interconnect � 192 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 LS $ pc�o $ �e 193 Erosion Control 1 LS $ $ 3,5-� ` ' 194 Site Work/Demolition 1 LS $ �� $/ xro�� __ 195 Interconnect Piping and Electrical 1 LS $/�-ob o $ l�� Eauinment ' , �J C ' , , , ' ' ' ' � ' Furnish & Deliver Control Valve 196A and Control Valve Actuator - ODP 1 Item 196B Sales Tax Savin s 1 196C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 197A Fumish & Deliver Flow Meter - 1 ODP Item 197B Sales Tax Savin s 1 197C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 198A Furnish & Deliver Backflow 1 Prevention Assemblies - ODP Item 198B Sales Tax Savin s 1 198C Installation, Testin , Warran 1 Subtotal for Pinellas County Interconnect LS I $ �'�io� Ls $ 9s LS $ cX�c� LS $ ��j` LS $ /'-/ 2 LS $ /o� Ls $ :3�a LS $ .2.y LS $ / OD� Items Nos. 192 —19 $ �-6 �' $ y�3� $ /a�u $ ��- $ !yZ $ / Cxx� $ ��v e $ oL�,/�" $ (x� _ $ �/ q, � Subtotal for Ruth Eckerd Hall Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 1— 13 =$/% ,'�, Subtotal for Del Oro Park Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 14 — 25 =$/I (, Subtotal for Mission Hills Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 26 — 36 =$/J .�, 2�e2 Subtotal for Ka ok Park Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 37 — 47 =$/ Subtotal for Site 11 Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 48 — 58 =$/ � Subtotal for McMullen Tennis Com lex Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 59 — 70 =$ ;'[ ?�q 2� Subtotal for Allen's Creek East Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 71 — 83 =$ j � Subtotal for Allen's Creek West Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 84 — 94 =$ •— �� 2� Subtotal for Safe Villa e Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 95 — 106 =$/%/ (,� Subtotal for Ed Wri ht Pazk Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 107 — 119 =$ S/ Subtotal for South Elevated Tower Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 120 — 130 =$/'�/ (,�' Subtotal for Belmont Park Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 131 — 142 =$ ( 3 j� Subtotal for Well 45 Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 143 — 151 =$ 0�7 ,3 � Subtotal for We1146 Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 152 — 160 =$ p 3`x Subtotal for We1151 Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 161 — 169 =$ p `� Subtotal for Well 52 Well Facili Bid Item Nos. 170 — 178 =$ p�- `�- Subtotal for Ka ok Access Road Bid Item Nos. 179 —190 = � �ZY'yv Pro ess Ener Utili Allowance Bid Item No. 191 =$ 125,800.00 � Subtotal for Pinellas Coun Interconnect Bid Items Nos. 192 — 198 =$�/ Subtotal Construction Cost for All Work tem Nos. 1-198 =$ ' Z�� 3,y4�; .� Section V.doc Page 27 of 28 Revised 2/12/2013 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. ' ' , ' ' ' ' � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , , ' ' � `7/ � 3,`7��,a� 2! 2 G'" l/ 199 Owner's 10% Contin enc 1 LS $ $ Bidder's Grand Total tem Nos. 1-199 =$ �.t%�: THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UIVIT PRICES � yS� AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ES'TIlVIATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH 2. � 3 3� SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT TI� TIlVIE OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE TI� TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE U1VIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. Section V.doc Page 28 of 28 Revised 2/12/2013 Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. ' ' ' ' Section III — General Conditions SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REOUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The aff ant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: ' 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with ' Aciivities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and ' ' ' ' , ' ' , ' ' ' ' � 2. 3. 4. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other appa�ratus of business or commerce; and If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its prtnaipals are plaaed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and S yria. ' , SectionIII.doc Printed Name President Title Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. Name of Entity/Corporation Page 48 of 49 7/3 ]l2012 � , ' , ' , i ' � ' ' , ' ' , ' ' ' ' � Section III— General Conditions STATE OF Florida COLTNTY OF Hillsborough The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 15th day of March , 2013 , by W. B. Ziegier (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the President (title) of Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein X , or produced a (type of identiiication) as identification, and who dicUdid not take an oath. �.�'avP��.,,� 8. MARIE BROOD +°. « �•s Notary Public - State ot Florlda := My Comm. Expires Nov 13, 2015 ��' ` ' �� Commissfon � EE 115985 �"'� �� "`��, 8aoded ihrouqh Nalfonal Natary Assn. NOTARYSEAL ABOVE SectionIII.doc Notary Publi � i'Y%2�� l�� Printed Name My Commission Expires: �i �� 3 I� Page 49 of49 �......}... ��,�.... .�. _ �,., `��PRYP4�� . :! ",i..i .. . , .-'r�y .`�: Natary Puei��: .,, . 3', �,; A1y Comm. Exp�res Nov 13, 20,15 �c° Commission # EE 115985 I�� '�� "�� Bonded Throuph National Nolary Assn. 7/31/2012 � _ , , ' ' ' ' ' ' � ' ' ' ' 1 ' Section III — Generai Conditions SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORNI AS REOUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Acfivities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and � 2. The vendor, Gompany, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutin.ized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba ar Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintauung, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real properiy, military equipment, or any other appaaratus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendaz days after any of its principals are plaaed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. � � _ ' SectionIII.doc � Printed Name President Title Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. Name of Entity/Corporation Page 48 of 49 7/3]/2012 � Section III— General Conditions STATE OF ' ' ' � Florida COLINTY OF Hillsborough The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 15th day of March , 2013 , by W. B. Ziegler (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the President (title) of Southeast Drilling Services, Inc. (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein X , or produced a (type of identification) as identifiGation, and who did/did not take an oath. ' ,.��a 'o"oa., 8. MARIE BROOD r`+°. .t�= Notary Public - State ot Florida • .•: My Comm. Expires Nov 13, 2015 �;' � ' �� Commissbn # EE 115985 ' `' %°� �"�� Banded Throuph Nattonal Notaryr Assn. ' � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' � NOTARYSEAL ABOVE SectionIII.doc �• //!<<_� �l• ,� -•/ i ' � � f'Y��2/� �/�-�� Printed Name My Commission Expires: �� 3 �� Page 49 of 49 ��..�... �.�:. � ��tipRY P� �ii ;� '�,� .,� „ , 'r° �`��" Natar P ' ' ° = Y uuU�: . . :,; ,.. ��.;� . ;' � »•; My Comm.. Expires �yov 13, 2015 . �%,',;;aF��;.°'`, Commission # EE 115985 '��" 8onded Throuph Nalional Notaty Assn. 7/3l/2012